Mitsubishi 3000gt Workshop Manual Vol 2

--
BackupServiceManual General
3000~l1992-l 996 Volume 2
Electrical
FOREWORD
This Service Manual has been prepared with the latest service information available at the time of publication. It is subdivided into various group categories and each section contains diagnossis, disassembly, repair, and installation procedures along with complete specifications and tightening references. Use of this manual will aid in properly performing any servicing necessary to maintain or restore the high levels of performance and reliability designed into these outstanding vehicles.
GROUP / SECTION INDEX

........................
w w m m w m d w II w w 111 Configuration Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . - . . Circuit Diagrams . . . ..*............. m;
Fusible Link, Fuse and IOD or Storage Connector Location . . . . . . . . . . Inspection Terminal Location . . . . . . . . . Grounding Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relay Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . -. . . . . . . Control Unit Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solenoid, Solenoid Valve Location . . . . . Diode Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -. . . . . . . Junction Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Centralized Junction . . . . . . . . . #. . . . . . .
i L
Harness Connector Inspection . I . . . . . . How to Diagnose . . . . . . . . . . . . . -. . . . . . .
A . ., @
WESUFFORT VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN CERTiFiCATlON THROUGH National lnaltute for AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE EXCELLENCE
Engine Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chassis Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alphabetical Index .............
Mitsubishi Motors Corporation reserves the right to make changes in design or to make additions to or improvements in its products without imposing any obligations upon itself to install them on its products previously manufactured.
L
@ 1995 Mitsubishi Motors Corporation Reprinted in USA
NOTE: For information concerning all components other than the electrical system and on-vehicle service procedures for engines and transmissions, refer to Volume 1 Chassis & Body of this paired Service Manual. For overhaul procedures of engines or transmission, refer to the separately issued Engine Service Manual or Manual/ Automatic Transmission Service Manual.
G E N E R A L - Fusible Link, Fuse and IOD or Storage Connector Location
FUSIBLE LINK, FUSE AND IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR LOCATION

Name Dedicated fuse No. 1 to No. 7 Dedicated fuse No. 8 and No. 9 Dedicated fuse No. 10 1 Symbol 1 B C E Fusible link IOD or Storage connector Multi-purpose fuse Name 1 Symbol 1 A B D
00002606
z19Fo134
\ \216~0265
fuse
\\
Y16FO246
216F0260
1 TSB Revision
GENERAL - Inspection Terminal Location
3 I I
I I
INSPECTION TERMINAL LOCATION

Name Data link connector <From 1994 models> Data link connector <Up to 1993 models> Engine speed detection connector Symbol C B A Name Fuel pump check connector Ignition timing adjustment connector Symbol A A m
'0257
00002697
Y19FO134
A A--+% Ptz-+v l,& ~:~~~~p::~eotor

\6
Ai32m-1
I- 1
abjustment connector f ,
From 1994 models
Y16FC498
TSB Revision
GENERAL - Groundina Location
GROUNDING LOCATION
\
Xl 9FO134
216FO267 NOTE Same ground numbers are used in the circuit diagram.
qZ F 1 m fi
w -.-mt-, ---
T= i A8~ )&
1 TSB Revision
..__-
GENERAL - Grounding Location
I \\ 1
crossmember
216FO258
c
TSB Revision
6 RELAY LOCATION
Name -ABS power relay* Auto-cruise control relay Blower motor relay Blower motor relay (Hl)*5 Condenser fan motor relay (HI) Condenser fan motor relay (LO) Defogger relay Door lock power relay 1 Door lock power relay 2 l 2 Fog light relay Fuel pump relay Generator relay Headlight relay Horn relay Magnetic clutch relay
GENERAL - Relay Location
Symbol /A I E K D D F F L A C A A A D 1 MFI relay
Name
Symbol
TJ
B A F D A A L A A E H G B
Motor relay (ABS hydraulic unit) Pop-up motor relay*3 Power window relay Radiator fan motor control relay*3 Radiator fan motor relay (HI) Radiator fan motor relay (LO) Rear intermittent wiper relav Starter relay Tail light relay Theft-alarm horn relay*4 Theft-alarm starter relay*4 Turn-signal and hazard flasher unit Valve relay (ABS hydraulic unit)
NOTE *l: Vehicles produced up to Oct. 1993. (1) l 2: Except 1993 and earlier models without keyless entry system. I:; *3: Up to 1993 models (4) *4: Vehicles with theft-alarm system. (5) l s: Except vehicles with manual air conditioning from 1996 models.
00002699
TSB Revision
: P
<Up to 1995 models>
Z16FOOO8
4~ to 1993 models> 4
L-7 \ \ I. \_ H?ic\ -% Theft-z2 5:\ Y starter relay

-Z16FO282
TSB Revision
control relay v
X16FO396
EA 169s
models> L -
?I
i jH$iy (1: i
I/ I il &@IId---~::~~~ I II: I. II -Cd \ i (j 1 (
\.\ ' . yliFO264
p!
Rear intermittent
TSB Revision
GENERAL - Sensor Location
SENSOR LOCATION
Name ABS front speed sensor ABS rear speed sensor Air inlet sensor (for A/C) Air therm0 sensor (for A/C) Symbol Y Z S R Name Kickdown servo switch Knock sensor Left bank heated oxygen sensor Manifold differential pressure sensor*4 Photo sensor Power steering pressure switch Pulse generator A, B <A/T> Revolution pick-up sensor Right bank heated oxygen sensor Steering wheel angle speed sensor Therm0 sensor*2 Thermostat 1 Throttle position sensor ( Vehicle speed sensor (Reed switch)* 1 Vehicle speed sensor Symbol M E D C T F M I D 0 K I
Automatic transaxle oil temperature sensor M 4lT> Camshaft posit!on sensor and crankshaft N ... posrtton sensor I Camshaft position sensor (from 1993 model) Crankshaft position sensor (from 1993 model) EGR temperature sensor*3 cTurbo, Non Turbo (for California)> Engine coolant temperature sensor (for A/C) Engine coolant temperature sensor (for engine control) Engine coolant temperature switch (for A/C)*2 Front impact sensor G sensor (for ABS) G sensor(for ECS)*3 Heated oxygen sensor* Interior temperature sensor
NOIF
G H C Q L L Ix PJ
IJ
Ip
1
I
IB
tA
I
Iw
ID /
( Volume air flow sensor
: Up to 1992 models
I:; *2: Up to 1993 models
(3) *3: Up to 1995 models (4) *a: From 1996 models
19FO134 00004237
TSB Revision
00002701
Volume air flow sensor
<Turbo, Non Turbo (for California)>
pressure sensor
Y7FUlOlO
AOSFOOM

o> - 1994,1995 models for Federal and from 1966 models
<From 1993 models>
0 .: \I0w r- m
CUD to 1993 models>
Revolution pick-up sensor
\u /c, fd
<DOHC> -I I I
Throttle position sensor (with built-in closed throttle position switch) built-in closed
) ) 1
\ \l/ / \ \v
~~1026
1 TSB Revision
12
<Up to 1993 models> I
> servo switch
I I f$3&FZX AI
6F0063
<Up to 1992 models>

Vehicle speed sensor
Steering wheel angle speed sensor
Y12FOO72
Y66FOO12
ZWFOO47
216FO26-3
TSB Revision
216FOO51
Interior temperature sensor 4 Qs
1 TSB Revision
14
GENERAL - Control Unit Location
CONTROL UNIT LOCATION

Name ABS control unit Active exhaust control module cup to 1994 models> Air conditioning compressor lock controller Air conditioning control unit Symbol J H C B Name Engine control module ETACS control unit Keyless entry control unit Light automatic shut-off unit Motor antenna control unit SRS diagnosis unit Sunroof control unit Symbol B A F d
19FO134
00004239
16FO267
control module
TSB Revision
GENERAL - Control Unit Location
~ X16FOPtM
A16FO568
<Vehicles without keyless entry svstem>
Electronic d&trbl 1 suspension control unit
I --J
Z16FO281
IFi& \\ -q== r--?KI\ 216F;)OO6
1 TSB Revision
16
GENERAL - Solenoid, Solenoid Valve Location
SOLENOID, SOLENOID VALVE LOCATION
to 1995 models for California
TSB Revision
GENERAL - Diode Location
17
DIODE LOCATION
Name Diode (ABS circuit) <Up to 1995 models> Diode (MFI circuit) Diode (Seat belt warning circuit) Symbol
A
Name Diode (Theft-alarm circuit) Diode (4WS fluid level warning light circuit)
Symbol C D
B C
I
Diode (ABS circuit)
00002703
T19F0134
/
i16FOO24
(MFI c?uit)
Y16FO251
236FOO16
1 TSB Revision
18 JUNCTION BLOCK
GENERAL - Junction Block
ccc-74)
K(C-80)
J(C-78) pTiRz$q
H(C-76)
ULTIK""
E(C-83) pTisq
ACC-68) EL!
q *
F(C-82)
B(C-69)
HROOMOOAA
Remarks (1) Alphabets assigned to the connectors are keyed to those assigned to connectors on P.19 (2) Terminals of the harness side connector are indicated in parentheses ( ).
TSB Revision
GENERAL - Junction Block
19
Front
Back
To /I front wiring harness
To roof wiring harness
- TO instrument panel wiring harness
/ L
Theftalarm horn relay
To body wiring harness W-9
II L ,.c !! +J { . i/11
\oi
Z16FO304
00002704
Z16FOO58
/ id
TSB Revision
GENERAL - Centralized Junction
CENTRALIZED JUNCTION
FUSIBLE LINK (Relay box in engine compartment)
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
No.
I
Generator circuit Pop-up motor circuit (Up to 1993 models) Lighting circuit Ignition switch circuit Radiator fan motor and condenser fan motor circuit Junction block (Multipurpose fuse (l), (6), (14), (16), (17), (19)) ABS circuit Top stack circuit <Convertible> Power window circuit Defogger circuit Active aero circuit <Hatchback>
Housing color Wine red Pink Green Pink Green Green Yellow Pink Pink Green Pink
Rated capacity IA) 120 30 40 30 40 40 60 30 30 40 30
10 11
116FO256
1 TSB Revision
GENERAL - Centralized Junction DEDICATED FUSE
21
Power supply circuit

,
No.
!
Rated capacity (A)

. I
Housing color
/
Circuit MFI circuit 1 Tailliaht circuit Horn circuit Fog light circuit Upper beam circuit Hazard light circuit ABS circuit Sunroof circuit Condenser fan motor circuit Air conditioning circuit Remote controlled mirror heater circuit I
Battery Tailliaht relav Fusible link (6) Fusible link (3) Headlight relay Battery
1 I2 3 4 5 6 7* 7*2
20 115 10 15 10 10 10 20 20 10 10
Yellow 1 Blue Red Red Red Red Red Yellow Yellow Red Red
Fusible link (6) Defogger relay NOTE
a 9 10
*l: Vehicles produced up to Oct. 1993. *2: Vehicles with sunroof
<Relay box in engine compartment>
216FO256
<Air conditioning relay box in engine compartment>
<Interior relay box>

Up to 1993 models F r o m 1994 models
Z16FOOO2
Z16FOOO3
00002705
Z16FO431
TSB Revision
22
Power supply circuit Battery No.
GENERAL - Centralized Junction
MULTI-PURPOSE FUSE (In junction block)

Rated capacity (A)
Ignition switch
10
Battery Ignition switch IG2 1 7 18 Ignition switch ACC 9 I I 10
I15 I
Battery Battery 14 10
Battery
I 16
I
switch
17
115
130
Ignition
IGl I 18 ( 10
NOTE (l)*: Vehicles produced up to Oct. 1993. (2)*2: From 1994 models. (3)*3: Up to 1995 models.
Multi-purpose fuse
TSB Revision
GENERAL - Centralized Junction CENTRALIZED RELAY

i Classification Relay box in A-01X engine compartA-02X ment A-03X A-04X A-05X A-06X A-07X A-08X A-09X A-l OX A-11X Name Headlight relay Classification Name Condenser fan motor relay (HI) Radiator fan motor control relay (Up to 1993 models) Magnetic clutch relay Condenser fan motor relay (LO) Door lock power relay 1 Defogger relay (1994 models) Defogger relay (Up to 1993 models, From 1995 models) Power window relay Air condition- A-31X ing relay box in engine A-32X ABS power relay (vehicles compartproduced up to Oct. 1993) ment Fog light relay Radiator fan motor relay (LO) Taillight relay Horn relay Radiator fan motor relay (HI) Pop-up motor relay (Up to 1993 models) Starter relay Generator relay IOD or Storage connector A-33X A-34X Interior relay C-04X box c-05-x C-06X c-07x
NOTE IOD: Ignition Off Draw
Y16FO256
<Air conditioning relay box in engine compartment>
<Interior relay box>

Up t;-;t;3 models c-05x From 1994 models c-04x c-05x
TSB Revision
24
GENERAL - Harness Connector Inspection

ess connector
HARNESS CONNECTOR INSPECTION

CONNECTOR CONTINUITY AND VOLTAGE TEST
When checking continuity and/or voltage at the waterproof connectors, follow the steps below to avoid poor connector contact and/or reduced waterproof performance of connectors. (1) When checking is performed with the circuit in the state of continuity, be sure to use the special tool (harness connector). Never insert a test bar from the harness side, because to do so will reduce the waterproof performance and result in corrosion. (2) When the connector JS disconnected for checking the female pin, the harness for checking the contact pressure of connector pins should be used. Never force the insertion of a test bar, because to do so will cause poor contact. (3) When the male pin is to be checked, apply the test bar against the pin directly. Care must be taken not to short-circuit the connector pins.
contact pressure checking harness
201 R057
TERMINAL ENGAGEMENT CHECK

When the terminal stopper of connector is out of order, engagement of male and female terminals becomes improper even when the connector itself is engaged perfectly and the terminal sometimes slips out to the rear side of connector. Ascertain, therefore, that each terminal does not come off the connector by pulling each harness wire.
IJ I
Z16R1317
CONNECTOR TERMINAL ENGAGEMENT AND DISENGAGEMENT

Connectors which are loose shall be rectified by removing the female terminal from connector housing and raising its lance to establish a more secure engagement. Removal of connector terminal used for MFI and 4 A/l control circuit shall be done in the following manner.
I
COMPUTER CONNECTOR
(1) Insert screwdriver [1.4 mm (.06 in.) width] as shown in the figure, disengage front holder and remove it.
1 TSB Revision
25
(2) Insert harness of terminal to be rectified deep into connector from harness side and hold it there.
Z16R1320
Housing lance /
(3) Insert tip of screwdriver [1.4 mm (.06 in.) width] into connector in a manner as shown in the figure, raise housing lance slightly with it and pull out harness. Caution Tool No. 753787-l supplied by AMP can be used instead of screwdriver.
(4) insert needle through a hole provided on terminal and raise contact point of male terminal.
Needle
ROUND WATERPROOF CONNECTOR (1) Remove waterproof cap by using a screwdriver. (2) Insert tip of screwdriver [I.4 mm (.06 in.) or 2.0 mm (.08 in.) width] into connector in a manner as shown in the figure, raise housing lance slightly with it and pull out harness.
Housing lance
Z16R132
(3) Insert screwdriver through a hole provided on terminal and raise contact point of male terminal.
1 TSB Revision
26

RECTANGULAR WATERPROOF CONNECTOR (1) Disengage front holder by using a screwdriver and remove it.
Front holder
\\Z16R1325]
(2) Inset-t tip of screwdriver [*0.8 mm (.03 in.) width] into connector in a manner as shown in the figure, push it lightly to raise housing lance and pull out harness. *If right size screwdriver is not available, convert a conventional driver to suit the size.
Housing lance 7,fiEL,
(3) Press contact point of male terminal down by holding a screwdriver [1.4 mm (.06 in.) width] in a manner as shown in the figure.
INJECTOR CONNECTOR (1) Remove waterproof cap.
(2) Insert tip of screwdriver [1.4 mm (.06 in.) width] into connector in a manner as shown in the figure, press in terminal lance and pull out harness. (3) Press contact point of male terminal down by holding a screwdriver [1.4 mm (.06 in.) width] in a manner as shown in the figure.
Caution
Make sure that lance is in proper condition before terminal is inserted into connector.
Terminal lance 00000400 \c
1 TSB Revision
GENERAL - How to Diagnose
27
HOW TO DIAGNOSE
L;
The most important point in troubleshooting is to determine Probable Causes. Once the probable causes are determined, parts to be checked can be limited to those associated with such probable causes. Therefore unnecessary checks can be eliminated. The determination of the probable causes must be based on a theory and be supported by facts and must not be based on intuition only.
TROUBLESHOOTING STEPS
If an attempt is made to solve a problem without going through correct steps for troubleshooting, the problem symptoms could become more complicated, resulting in failure to determine the causes correctly and making incorrect repairs. The four steps below should be followed in troubleshooting.
Ii
, ;zirvation of Problem Symp-
Observe the symptom carefully. Check if there are also other problems.
Determination of Probable Causes I
In determining the probable causes, it is necessary to check the wiring diagram to understand the circuit as a system. Knowledge of switches, relays and other parts is necessary for accurate determination. The causes of similar problems in the past must be taken into account.
Troubleshooting is carried out by making step by step is found. Always go through what check is to be made where
After the problems are corrected, be sure to check that the system operates correctly. Also, check that new problems have not been caused by the repair.
INFORMATION FOR DIAGNOSIS

This manual contains the cable diagrams as well as the individual circuit drawings, operational explanations, and troubleshooting hints for each component required to facilitate the task of troubleshooting. The information is compiled in the following manner: (1) Cable diagrams show the connector positions, etc., on the actual vehicle as well as the harness path. (2) Circuit drawings show the configuration of the circuit with all switches in their normal positions. (3) Operational explanations include. circuit drawings of voltage flow when the switch is operated and how the component operates in reaction. (4) Troubleshooting hints include numerous examples of problems which might occur, traced backward in a common-sense manner to the origin of the trouble. Problems whose origins may not be found in this manner are pursued through the various system circuits. NOTE Components of MFI, ETACS, ECS, etc. with ECU do not include 3 and 4 above. For this information, refer to a manual which includes details of these components. TSB Revision
/ b
GENERAL - How to Diagnose INSPECTION

1. Visual and aural checks Check relay operation, blower motor rotation, light illumination, etc. visually or aurally. The flow of current is invisible but can be checked by the operation of the parts. d
2. Simple checks For example, if a headlight does not come on and a faulty fuse or poor grounding is suspected, replace the fuse with a new one or ground the light to the body by a jumper wire to determine which part is responsible for the problem.
3. Checking with instruments Use an appropriate instrument in an adequate range and read the indication correctly. You must have sufficient knowledge and experience to handle instruments correctly.
Changeover k&b
Z1680224
INSPECTION INSTRUMENTS
In inspection, make use of the following instruments. 1. Test lights A test light consists of a 12 V bulb and lead wires. It is used to check voltages or short circuits.
Z1680225
2. Self-power test light A self-power test light consists of a bulb, battery and lead wires connected in series. It is used to check continuity or grounding.
TSB Revision
29
3. Jumper wire A jumper wire is used to close an open circuit. Never use one to connect a power supply directly to a load.
Z1660227
4. Voltmeter A voltmeter is used to measure the circuit voltage. Normally, the positive (red lead) probe is applied to the point of voltage measurement and the negative (black lead) probe to the body ground.
5. Ohmmeter An ohmmeter is used to check continuity or measure resistance of a switch or coil. If the measuring range has been changed, the zero point must be adjusted before measurement.
Normal open (NO) type I ON OFF
CHECKING SWITCHES
In a circuit diagram, a switch is represented by a symbol and in the idle state. 1. Normal open or normal close switch Switches are classified into those which make the circuit open and those which make the circuit closed when off.
Current does not flow

16X0690
/4 1
X
Current flows
16X0691
aI I
Normal close (NC) type ON OFF i===
1
a a i
Current flows
16X0691
00000401
/ 4 - X 1
16X0690 00000402
TSB Revision
30

2. SWITCH CONNECTION This figure illustrates a complex switch. The continuity between terminals at each position is as indicated in the table below.
5 4 3 2
18AO253
4th stage
10W808 00000403
Cover Coil Spring Iron core - ContZt
CHECKING RELAYS
1. When current flows through the coil of a relay, its core is magnetized to attract the iron piece, closing (ON) the contact at the tip of the iron piece. When the coil current is turned off, the iron piece is made to return to its original position by a spring, opening the contact (OFF).
Iron
21680231
2.
By using a relay, a heavy current can be turned on and off by a switch of small capacity. For example, in the circuit shown here, when the switch is turned on (closed), current flows to the coil of the relay. Then, its contact is turned on (closed) and the light comes on. The current flowing at this time to the switch is the relay coil current only and is very small.
Normal op6 Deenergized state
(NO) type
Energized state

lSXO804
nKil
X
3. The relays may be classified into the normal open type and the normal close type by their contact construction. NOTE The deenergized state means that no current is flowing through the coil and the energized state means that current is flowing through the coil.
Current flows 10x0095
00000404 J I
TSB Revision

Normal close (NC) type Deenergized state Energized state
31
When a normal close type relay as illustrated here is checked, there should be continuity between terminals (1) and (2) and between terminals 3 and 4 when the relay is deenergized, and the continuity should be lost between terminals 3 and 4 when the battery voltage is applied to the terminals 1 and 2. A relay can be checked in this manner and it cannot be determined if a relay is okay or faulty by checking its state only when it is deenergized (or energized),
CHECKING FUSES
A blade type fuse has test taps provided to allow checking of the fuse itself without removing it from the fuse block. The fuse is okay if the test light comes on when its one lead is connected to the test taps (one at a time) and the other lead is grounded. (Change the ignition switch position adequately so that the fuse circuit becomes live.)
Z1680235
State of fuse blown due to overcurrent
/ L
I
21680237
CAUTIONS IN EVENT OF BLOWN FUSE When a fuse is blown, there are two probable causes as follows: One is that it is blown due to flow of current exceeding its rating. The other is that it is blown due to repeated on/off current flowing through it. Which of the two causes is responsible can be easily determined by visual check as described below. (1) Fuse blown due to current exceeding rating The illustration shows the state of a fuse blown due to this cause. In this case, do not replace the fuse with a new one hastily since a current heavy enough to blow the fuse has flowed through it. First, check the circuit for shorting and check for abnormal electric parts. Only after the correction of such shorting or parts, fuse of the same capacity should be used as a replacement. Never use a fuse of larger capacity than the one that has blown. If such a fuse is used, electric parts or wirings could be damaged before the fuse blows in the event an overcurrent occurs again.
State of fuse blown due to thermal fatigue
(2) Fuse blown due to repeated current on/off The illustration shows the state of a fuse blown due to repeated current on/off. Normally, this type of problem occurs after fairly long period of use and hence is less frequent than the above type. In this case, you may simply replace with a new fuse of the same capacity.
Z1660236
1 TSB Revision
32
GENERAL - How to Diaanose CHECKING CABLES AND WIRES

1. Check connections for looseness, rust and stains. 2. Check terminals and wires for corrosion by battery electrolyte, etc. 3. Check terminals and wires for open circuit or impending open circuit. 4. Check wire insulation and coating for damage, cracks and degrading. 5. Check conductive parts of terminals for contact with other metallic parts (vehicle body and other parts). 6. Check grounding parts to verify that there is complete continuity between attaching bolt(s) and vehicle body. 7. Check for incorrect wiring. 8. Check that wirings are so clamped as to prevent contact with sharp corners of the vehicle body, etc. or hot parts (exhaust manifold, pipe, etc.). 9. Check that wirings are clamped firmly to secure enough clearance from the fan pulley, fan belt and other rotating or moving parts. 10. Check that the wirings between the fixed parts such as the vehicle body and the vibrating parts such as the engine are made with adequate allowance for vibrations.
HANDLING ON-VEHICLE BATTERY

When checking or servicing does not require power from the on-vehicle battery, be sure to disconnect the cable from the battery (-) terminal. This is to prevent problems that could be caused by a short circuit. Disconnect the (-) terminal first and reconnect it last. Caution 1. Before connecting or disconnecting the negative cable, be sure to turn off the ignition switch and the lighting switch. (If this is not done, there is the possibility of semiconductor parts being damaged.) 2. After completion of the work steps [when the batterys negative (-) terminal is connected], warm up the engine and allow it to idle for approximately five minutes under the conditions described below, in order to stabilize the engine control conditions, and then check to be sure that the idling is satisfactory. Engine coolant temperature: 85-95C (185-203F) Lights, electric fans, accessories: OFF Transaxle: neutral position (A/T models: N or P) Steering wheel: neutral (center) position
1 TSB Revision

Power supply
33
GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM CHECKS

A circuit consists of the power supply, switch, relay, load ground, etc. There are various methods to check a circui; including an overall check, voltage check, short circuit check and continuity check. Each of these methods is briefly described in the following. 1. VOLTAGE CHECK (1) Ground one lead wire of the test light. If a voltmeter is used instead of the test light, ground the grounding side lead wire. (2) Connect the other lead wire of the test light to the power side terminal of the switch connector. The test light should come on or the voltmeter should indicate a voltage. (3) Then, connect the test light or voltmeter to the motor connector. The test light should not come on, or the voltmeter should indicate no voltage. When the switch is turned on in this state, the test light should come on, or the voltmeter should indicate a voltage, with motor starting to run. (4) The circuit illustrated here is normal but if there is any problem such as the motor failing to run, check voltages beginning at the connector nearest to the motor until the faulty part is identified.
L
Fuse
,----c / / I I
ON (2)
Switch
i
Motor
Z16AO260
TSB Revision

2. SHORT-CIRCUITS CHECK A blown fuse indicates that a circuit is shorted. The circuit responsible can be determined by the following procedures.
Remove the blown fuse and connect a test light in its place (Switch is in the OFF position)
+
Test light comes on NO Turn on the switch (Test light comes on but the illumination light does not come on) I 1 Short circuit between fuse block and switch (A)
t +
Disconnect the illumination light connector I Test light remains on i Short circuit between the illumination light connector and illumination liaht ((3 NO Short circuit between the switch and illumination light connector (B)
A
Power supply
B
Power supply
C
Power supply
Test light
Fuse block (Remove the fuse.) location OFF

(Remove the fuse.)
Fuse block (Remove the fuse.)
1 i
Switch
Switch
* Disconnect the load
Illumination fight
16.4om2
Illumination light iii T 16Aom
Disconnect the load Short-circuit - location Illumination light 16Alncd ii ? 00000741
1
Self powertest light (or ohmmeter)
3. CONTINUITY CHECK (1) When the switch is in the OFF position, the self power test light should come on or the ohmmeter should read 0 ohm only when the terminals 1 and 2 are interconnected. (2) When the switch is in the ON position, the self power test light should come on or the ohmmeter should read 0 ohm only when the terminals 3 and 4 are interconnected.
Z16AO269
TSB Revision
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS
CONTENTS _
Dash Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Engine and Transaxle CA/T> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 <MiT> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Engine Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 How to Read Configuration Diagram . . . . . . . . . 37 Instrument Panel and Floor Console . . . . . . . . . . 54 Interior.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Luggage Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Overall Configuration Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
36
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Overall Configuration Diagram
OVERALL CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM

Roof wiring
<HAT1 CHBACK>
Instrument panel wiring harness
Front wiring harness
- ,;
l, .-----y , \. Body wiring harness (LH)
Door wiring* harness Y36FOO19
<CONVERTIBLE>
Body wiring harness (RH) Instrument panel wiring harness Control wiring harness /
Roof wiring
Door wiring* harness

/
Front wiring harness
x\..e----qT .\ , -*
Body\Niring
harness (LH)
00002733
Z36FO124
NOTE (1) This illustration shows only the major wiring harness. (2) * indicates also equipped at the right side.
TSB Revision
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - How to Read Configuration Diagram
37
,l id<
HOW TO READ CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM

The wiring harness diagrams clearly show the connector locations and harness routings at each site on actual vehicles.
Denotes connector No. The same connector No. is used throughout the circuit diagrams to facilitate connector location searches. The first alphabetical symbol indicates the location site of the connector and a number that follows in the unique number. Numbers are assigned to parts in clockwise order on the diagram.
Examole: A-l 2 Number specific to connector (serial number) Engine compartment Engine and transaxle Dash panel Instrument panel and floor console Interior Luggage compartment
/ Connector location site symbol

A: B: C: D: E: F:
Denotes ground point. Same ground number is used throughout circuit diagrams to facilitate search of ground point. Refer to P.4 for details of ground points.
A-01X A-02X A-03X A-04X A-05X A-06X A-07X A-08X A-09X A AL\, A-11X
n-1K
\
LI
$~~~;~.--.-.*/hhA, L^---,.I I II-m 1 lta>.

ueriotes a sermon coverea
by a corrugated tube.
236F0122
A-01X Headlight relay A-02X ABS power relay A-03X Fog light relay A-04X Radiator fan motor relay(L0) A-05X Taillight relay A-06X Horn relay A-07X Radiator fan motor relay (HI) A-09X Starter relay A-l OX Generator relay A-11X IOD or Storage connector A-12 ABS front speed sensor (RH) A-13 ECS front shock absorber (RH) A-14 Washer fluid level sensor
A-18 A-l 9 A-20 A-21 A-22 A-23 A-24 A-25 A-26 A-27 A-28
ignition timing adjustment connector Front washer motor Evaporative emission purge solenoid EGR solenoid (Vehicles for California) EGR temperature sensor (Vehicles for California) No connection <Turbo> Brake fluid level sensor ECS front shock absorber (LH) Theft-alarm horn Theft-alarm horn Auto-cruise vacuum pump
TSB Revision
38
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment
ENGINE COMPARTMENT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)
01x A
<Turbo>
Connector symbol
A-12 A-13
A-14 A-15 A-16A:174-18 A-79 q-20 A:21 4-22
thru 34X
A-20
A-21
A-22
A-01X A-02X A-03X A-04X A-05X A-06X A-07X A-08X A-09X
Headlight relay ABS power relay Fog light relay Radiator fan motor relay (LO) Taillight relay Horn relay Radiator fan motor relay (HI) Pop-up motor relay Starter relav
A-10X A-11X A-12 A-13 A-14 A-l 5 A-16 A-17 A-18
Generator relay IOD or Storage connector ABS front speed sensor (RH) ECS front shock absorber (RH) Washer fluid level sensor Front wiper motor Engine speed detection connector Fuel pump check connector Ignition timing adjustment connector
1 TSB Revision
39
A-23 A-24 A-25
A-26
A-27
sJ=+?6Foo13
00004251
A-l 9 A-20 A-21 A-22 A - 2 3 A-24 A-25 A-26
Front washer motor Evaporative emission purge solenoid EGR solenoid (Vehicles for California) EGR temperature sensor (Vehicles for California) No connection <Turbo> Brake fluid level sensor ECS front shock absorber (LH) Theft-alarm horn piFE&l
A-27 A-26 A-29 A-30 A-31X A-32X A-33X A-34X
Theft-alarm horn Auto-cruise vacuum pump ABS front speed sensor (LH) 4WS fluid level sensor <Turbo> Condenser fan motor relay (HI) Radiator fan motor control relay Magnetic clutch relay Condenser fan motor relay (LO)
<Turbo>
A-69 \
A-70 \
A - 6 7 +
36FOO14
A-72 A-71
A-5
A-57 A-55 A-54 A-53 A-52 A-51
A-47
A-48 A-49 A-50
A-35 A-36 A-37 A-38 A-39 A-40 A-41 A-42 A-43 A-44
Dual pressure switch Air conditioning relay box Air conditioning relay box SW front impact sensor (LH) Front combination light (LH) inspection light switch Headlight (LH) Front wiring harness and headlight wiring harness (LH) combination Fog light (LH) POWJO motor (LH) TSB
A-45 A-46 A-47
A-48 A-49 A-50 A-51 A-52 A-53 A-54 A-55
Condenser fan motor Condenser fan motor Horn Horn Horn Horn Fuel pump resistor <Turbo> A/T fluid temperature sensor Kickdown servo switch GAIT> Pulse generator <A/T> Radiator fan motor
Revision
ENGINE HOOD
A-73 \
/ A-46
I A-45
I A-44
I A-43
A-42
A-56 A-57
A-58 A-59 A-60 A-61 A - 6 2 A-63 A-64 A-65
Engine coolant level sensor Active aero front venturi skirt Fog light (RH) Pop-up motor (RH) Front wiring harness and headlight wiring harness (RH) combination Headlight (RH) Front combination light (RH) SRS front impact sensor (RH) ABS hydraulic unit ABS hydraulic unit TSB Revision
A-66 A-67 A-66 A-69 A-70 A-71 A-72 A-73
Hood switch Front wiring harness and control wiring harness combination Diode (for ABS circuit) Resistor <Turbo> Turbocharger waste gate solenoid <Turbo> Fuel pressure solenoid <Turbo> Control wiring harness and solenoid valve harness combination Inspection light
42
ENGINE COMPARTMENT (FROM 1994 MODELS)

A-01X A-12 ! A - 1 3 A-14A-15 A - 1 7 \ 1 A-16 / A-18 A-19 A-20 A-21 A-22 i I /
A
<Turbo>
01x thru 34X
A-20 A-21
A-22
NOTE *: Up to 1995 models
A-01X A-02X A-03X A-04X A-05X A-06X A-07X A-09X A-l OX
Headlight relay ABS power relay Fog light relay Radiator fan motor relay (LO) Taillight relay Horn relay Radiator fan motor relay (HI) Starter relay Generator relay TSB Revision
A-11X A-12 A-13 A-14 A-15 A-16 A-17 A-18 A-l 9
IOD or Storage connector ABS front speed sensor (RH) ECS front shock absorber (RH)* Washer fluid level sensor Front wiper motor Engine speed detection connector Fuel pump check connector Ignition timing adjustment connector Front washer motor
A-23 A-24 A-25
A-26 A-27
A-30 A-31X A-32X A-33X
\; ,., , / /--fk!pJ / -_---__ jfy--@--o Id\ / rilf+ 1 =\ 2 I ::36FOt22 00004253
tim-I
A-20 A-21
A-22 A-23 A-24 A-25
Evaporative emission purge solenoid EGR solenoid cTurbo, Non Turbo (Up to 1995 models for California and from 1996 models)> EGR temperature sensor* <Turbo, Non Turbo (California)> No connection <Turbo> Brake fluid level sensor ECS front shock absorber (LH)
A-26 A-27 A-28 A-29 A-30 A-31X A-33X A-34X
Theft-alarm horn Theft-alarm horn Auto-cruise vacuum pump ABS front speed sensor (LH) 4WS fluid level sensor <Turbo> Condenser fan motor relay (HI) Magnetic clutch relay Condenser fan motor relay (LO)
1 TSB Revision
44
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment , d ,

Connector symbol
35 thru 79
<Turbo> A 6g
A-70
36FOOl4
A-67
A-72
A-71 A-64 --+py>
I k&i I
A-77 \ \
A-49 A-50
NOTE *t: Up to 1995 models *2: From 1996 models
A-35 A-36 A-37 A-38 A-39 A-40 A-41 A-43 A-44 A-45 A-46
Dual pressure switch Air conditioning relay box Air conditioning relay box SRS front impact sensor (LH) Front combination light (LH) Inspection light switch Headlight (LO, HI) Fog light (LH) Pop-up motor (LH) Condenser fan motor Condenser fan motor
A 47 A 48 A 49 A 50 A-51 A-52 A-53 A-54 A-55 A-56 A-57
Horn Horn Horn Horn Fuel pump resistor <Turbo> AIT fluid temperature sensor Kickdown servo switch <AIT> Pulse generator CA/T> Radiator fan motor Engine coolant level sensor Active aero front venturi skirt
TSB Revision
45
ENGINE HOOD
; i \ -7 ! i 1 ._ !\\ I \ \
A-73
A-46
A-45
A-43
A-76
A-58
A-61 A-62 A-63 A-64 A-65 A-66 A-67 A-66
Fog light (RH) Headlight (LO, RH) Front combination light (RH) SRS front impact sensor (RH) ABS hydraulic unit ABS hydraulic unit Hood switch Front wiring harness and control wiring harness combination Diode (for ABS circuit)*
A-69 A-70 A-71 A-72 A-73 A-76 A-77 A-78 A-79
Resistor <Turbo> Turbocharger waste gate solenoid <Turbo> Fuel pressure solenoid <Turbo> Control wiring harness and solenoid valve harness combination Inspection light Headlight (Hi, LH) Headlight (HI, RH) No connection <Turbo> Motor antenna control unit cConvertible>*1 or motor antenna 4onvertible>*2
TSB Revision
46
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine and Transaxle <M/T>
ENGINE AND TRANSAXLE <M/T>

Connector symbol
Front View
B-0: B;lO 53-11
B-12
R-i? B-40*
B-06 B-07 B-08
B-02 ------+ B-01 B-30 \ 7
B-29
i *
B-:4 B-25 <Turbo>
B-23
A36F0176
B-25 <Non-turbo>
NOTE *A992 models [:I *2: From 1993 models *s:1994, 1995 models for California and from 1996 models *4: From 1996 models B-01 B-02 B-03 B-04 B-05 B-06 B-07 B-08 B-09 Engine coolant temperature gauge unit Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature switch (for air conditioning circuit) Crankshaft position sensor and camshaft position sensor* Throttle position sensor Control wiring harness and oil pressure wiring harness combination Control wiring harness and injector wiring harness combination Knock sensor Variable induction servo motor (with intake control valve position sensor) <Non-Turbo> B-10 Variable induction servo motor (with intake control valve position sensor) <Non-Turbo> Injector No. 5 Injector No. 3 Injector No. 1 Ignition coil Capacitor Left bank heated oxygen sensor (front) <Turbo, Non Turbo - 1994, 1995 models for California and 1996 models> Generator Generator Right bank heated oxygen sensor (front) Magnetic clutch Power Transistor Power Transistor
B-11 B-12 B-13 B-14 B-15 B-16
B-17 B-18 B-19 B-20 B-21 B-22
L)
TSB Revision
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine and Transaxle <M/T>
47
Rear View
B-46*4 B-32 B-33
A36F0167
B-23 B-24 B-25 B-28 B-29 B-30 B-31 B-32 B-33
Starter motor Starter motor Back-up light switch Fuel pump relay <Turbo> Volume air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor and atmospheric sensor) Control wiring harness and battery cable combination Injector No. 2 Injector No. 4 Injector No. 6
B-34 B-35 B-36 B-37 B-38 B-40 B-41 B-44 B-45 B-46
Speed sensor <Turbo> Idle air control motor (stepper motor) Oil pressure gauge unit Oil pressure switch Power steering pressure switch Camshaft position sensor*2 Crankshaft position sensor*2 Right bank heated oxygen sensor (rear)*3 Left bank heated oxygen sensor (rear)*3 Manifold differential pressure sensor*4
TSB Revision
48
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Ennine and Transaxle <A/T>
ENGINE AND TRANSAXLE <A/T>

Front View
By -[ ii 7741e2
B-06 B-07 B-06 * \ \I \ I I /A /
B-05
B-04* B-03 B-02 B-01 -
B-30 B-20 B-29
* B-27 B-26* B-26*2 B-43*2
B-24
A36F0176
i-42*2
NOTE [:I 1:: zif ~$$~ode~s (3) l ? 1994, 1995 models for California and from 1996 models (4) *4: From 1996 models B-01 B-02 B-03 B-04 B-05 B-06 B-07 B-08 B-09 Engine coolant temperature gauge unit Engine coolant temperature sensor Air conditioning engine coolant temperature switch Crankshaft position sensor and camshaft position sensor* Throttle position sensor Control wiring harness and oil pressure wiring harness combination Control wiring harness and injector wiring harness combination Knock sensor Variable induction servo motor (with intake control valve position sensor) B-10 B-11 B-12 B-13 B-14 B-15 B-16 B-17 B-l 8 B-l 9 B-20 B-21 Variable induction servo motor (with intake control valve position sensor) Injector No. 5 Injector No. 3 Injector No. 1 Ignition coil Capacitor Left bank heated oxygen sensor (front)*3 Generator Generator Right bank heated oxygen sensor (front) Magnetic clutch Power transistor
TSB ~~~ I--Revision
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine and Transaxle <A/T>
49
~ I
Rear View
B-46*4 B-32
8~33
A36F0169
B-22 B-23 B-24 B-26 B-27 B-29 B-30 B-31 B-32 B-33 B-34
Power transistor Starter motor Starter motor Inhibitor switch ELC-4 A/T control solenoid valve Volume air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor and atmospheric sensor) Control wiring harness and battery cable combination Injector No. 2 Injector No. 4 Injector No. 6 Speed sensor
B-35 B-36 B-37 B-38 B-40 B-41 B-42 B-43 B-44 B-45 B-46
Idle air control motor (stepper motor) Oil pressure gauge unit Oil pressure switch Power steering pressure switch Camshaft position sensor*2 Crankshaft position sensor*2 Kickdown servo switch*2 AA fluid temperature sensor*2 Right bank heated oxygen sensor (rear)*3 Left bank heated oxygen sensor (rear)*3 Manifold differential pressure sensor*4
TSB Revision
50 DASH PANEL
Connector symbol
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Dash Panel
01 thru 45
/i .mi
\ LJ
NOTE *I: 1992 models *2: Up to 1995 models

c-01 c-02 c-o.3 c-04x C-06X c-07x C-08 c-09 C-l 0 C-l 1 c-12 Body wiring harness (LH) and front wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and front wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and front wiring harness combination Door lock power relay 1 Defogger relay Power window relay Diode (for seat belt warning circuit) Diode (for seat belt warning circuit) Column switch Column switch Diode (for theft-alarm circuit) c-13 c-14 C-l 5 C-l 6 C-l 7 C-l 8 C-l 9 c-20 c-21 c-22 C-23 C-24 Accelerator pedal switch* Control wiring harness and instrument panel wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and instrument panel wiring harness combination Air conditioning control panel Air conditioning control panel Air conditioning switch Blower switch Heater control panel illumination light Blend air damper control motor Mode selection damper control motor Power transistor (for full-auto air conditioning circuit) Blower resistor
I TSB Revision
51
C-32 c-33
A36F0179
00004255
C-25 C-26 C-27 C-28 c-29 c-30 c-31 C-32 c-33
Air conditioning control unit <Manual air conditioning> Air conditioning control unit*2 <Manual air conditioning> Air-inlet sensor <Full-auto air conditioning> Air selection damper control motor Body wiring harness (LH) and control wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and control wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and front wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (RH) and front wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (RH) and front wiring harness combination
c-34 c-35 C-36 c-37 C-38 c-39 c-40 c-41 C-42 c-43 C-44 c-45
Body wiring harness (LH) and body wiring harness (RH) combination Foot light (RH) Body wiring harness (RH) and control wiring harness combination Auto-cruise control unit Blower motor Blower motor relay (HI) Air conditioning compressor lock controller Air-inlet sensor <Manual air conditioning>*2 Air-therm0 sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor MFI relay Over drive and power / economy switch
TSB Revision
52
JUNCTION BLOCK <Front side>

C-68 C-69
Junction
36FOOOl
C-76
<Rear side>
/ C-91*5 i I : Av///
:-8! C-64 1 / C-63 C-63 C-61 ( <Non <Turbo> C-62
QC-58 C-57 C-60
Turbo> ,
C-80
NOTE
36FOOO3
[-I! 1:: : 1992 Up to models 1993 models *s: From 1994 models *4: 1995 models (5) *5: From 1996 models
C-46 c-47
C-48 c-49 c-50 c-51 C-52 c-53 C-54 c-55
C-56
c-57 C-58
ELC-4 AA control module ELC-4 A/T control module ELC-4 AiT control module* Air conditioning control unit <Full-auto conditioning> Air conditioning control unit <Full-auto conditioning> Air conditioning control unit <Full-auto conditioning> Engine control module Engine control module Engine control module Left bank heated oxygen sensor (front) <Non-Turbo except for California> Theft-alarm starter relay Clock spring Key reminder switch
c-59 C-60 C-61 C-62 C-63 C-64 C-65 C-66 C-67 C-68 C-69 c-70
TSB Revision
Ignition switch Steering wheel angle speed sensor Stop light switch Stop light switch Clutch pedal position switch (for auto-cruise control circuit) Clutch pedal position switch (for theft-alarm circuit) ETACS unit ETACS unit Foot light (LH) Front wiring harness and junction block combination Front wiring harness and junction block combination Front wiring harness and junction block combination I
53
c-86*3
C-87*3
c-883
-J-----1)!_1/
t \.
- -b!w
C-89*3
36FO179 00004256
c-71 C-72 c-73 c-74 C-76 c-77 C-78 c-79 C-80 C-81 i C-82
Adapter wiring harness and junction block combination Theft-alarm horn relay Blower motor relay Roof wiring harness and junction block combination Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block combination Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block combination Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block combination Data link connector*3 Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block combination Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block combination Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block combination
C-83 C-84 C-85 C-86 C-87 C-88 C-89 c-90
Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block combination Auto-cruise relay Spare connector (Hand free microphone) Passengers air bag module*3 No connection <Turbo> Control wiring harness and front wiring harness combination*3 Body wiring harness (LH) and body wiring harness (RH) combination*3 Engine control module*3 <Turbo, Non Turbo - Up to 1995 models for California>
c-91 c-92 c-93 c-94 c-95
Data link connector <Convertible>*4y*5 Engine control module*5 MFI relay*5 Body wiring harness (RH) and front wiring harness combination*5 Motor antenna control unit*5
TSB Revision
54
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Instrument Panel and Floor Console

D-11 D;2 0 ., \
INSTRUMENT PANEL AND FLOOR CONSOLE

D-1
Connector symbol
D
D-03 D-02
D-Or ~~
\\ Id&
<On 1993 and later
D-49 4_
D-4i / D-41 -c.w -
D-36
/D-: - D-33
rL?A
I - -
1 D-30
D-31
\ D-29
NOTE *l: Up to 1993 models I:I *? Up to 1994 models (3) *3: From 1996 models
D-01 D-02 D-03 D-04 D-05 D-06 D-08 D-09 D-l 0 D-11 D-12 D-13 D-14 D-15 Pop-up switch and fog light switch Front speaker (LH) Combination meter Combination meter Combination meter Defogger switch and ECS switch Hazard switch Combination gauge Diode (for 4WS fluid level warning light circuit) Glove box illumination light Photo sensor Front speaker (RH) Glove box illumination light switch Instrument panel wiring harness and control wiring harness combination 1 TSB Revision D-l 6 D-17 D-18 D-19 D-20 D-21 D-22 D-23 D-24 D-25 D-26 D-27 D-28 Instrument panel wiring harness and body wiring harness (RH) combination Ashtray illumination light Cigarette lighter Cigarette lighter Cigarette lighter illumination light Power seat switch Body wiring harness (LH) and console wiring harness combination SRS diagnosis unit SRS diagnosis unit SRS diagnosis unit* SRS diagnosis unit ABS G sensor Parking brake switch
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Instrument Panel and Floor Console

D-13 D-14
55
D-15
D-17
/ id
D-46 D-23 D-24
D:27 D-26 D-25*
36fO181 00004269
/ id
D-29 D-30 D-31 D-32 D-33 D-34 D-35 D-36 D-37 D-38 D-39 D-40 D-41 , D-42
Active aero switch <Hatchback> Accessory socket Accessory socket Auto-cruise main switch Seatbelt warning buzzer Radio Radio Radio Rear wiper and washer switch <Hatchback> Active exhaust switch*;! Remote-control mirror switch Rheostat Instrument panel wiring harness -and body wiring harness (LH) combination Instrument panel wiring harness and body wiring harness (LH) combination
D-43 D-44 D-45 D-46 D-47 D-48 D-49 D-50
Instrument panel wiring harness and body wiring harness (LH) combination Instrument panel wiring harness and adapter wiring harness combination Instrument panel wiring harness and front wiring harness combination Telephone cable Radio or body wiring harness and radio sub wiring harness combination Top switch <Convertible> Instrument panel wiring harness and body wiring harness (LH) combination <Convertible> Parking switch <Convertible>
D-51 D-52 D-53
Chime*3 Body wiring harness (LH) and header wiring harness combination*3 Body wiring harness (LH) and header wiring harness combination*3
TSB Revision
56 INTERIOR
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Interior
E-07 E-06 -Of E-04 \ I / l -
E-08
E-30
E-29
/ E-28
E-27
E - 2 5 1 E-i4 / E:22/ E-21 1

+4 ,520
E - 2 6 E - 3 9 *2 E - 2 3 EJJ,
NOTE *I: From 1993 models l *: From 1994 models
E-01 E-02 E-03 E-04 E-05 E-06 E-07 E-08 E-09 E-10 E-11 E-l 2 E-13
Body wiring harness (RH) and door wiring harness (RH) combination Vanity mirror illumination light (LH) Door mirror (RH) Door speaker (RH) Dome light Power window sub switch Vanity mirror illumination light (RH) Power window motor (RH) Door light (RH) Door key cylinder unlock switch (RH) Door lock actuator (RH) ABS control unit ABS resistor -=zAWD>*~
E-14 E-15 E-16 E-17 E-18 E-19 E-20 E-21 E-22 E-23 E-24 E-25 E-26 E-27
Front seat belt solenoid (RH) Door switch (RH) ABS rear speed sensor (RH) Light automatic shut-OFF unit Rear intermittent wiper relay ABS rear speed sensor (LH) Front seat belt solenoid (LH) Door switch (LH) Door lock actuator (LH) Door key cylinder unlock switch (LH) Front seat belt switch (RH) Door light (LH) Front seat belt switch (LH) Power seat assembly
ITSBion
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Interior
E-45 E-46 E-47
E-48
E-4g
E-18
\
E-19
A36F0180
E-28 E-29 E-30 E-31 E-32 E-33 E-34 E-35 E-37 E-38 E-39 E-40
ECS G sensor Door speaker Turn signal and hazard flasher unit Diode (for MFI circuit) Body wiring harness (LH) and door wiring harness (LH) combination Door mirror (LH) Power window main switch Power window motor (LH) Keyless control Unit Door lock power relay 2* (for keyless control system) Amplifier*2 Body wiring harness (LH) and door wiring harness (LH) combination <Convertible>
E-41 E-42 E-43 E-44
Jumper connector A (LH) <Convertible> Jumper connector B <Convertible> Body wiring harness (RH) and door wiring harness (RH) combination <Convertible> Jumper connector A (RH) <Convertible>
E-45 E-46 E-47 E-48 E-49 E-50 E-51
Sunroof control unit Liftgate wiring harness and sunroof wiring harness combination <Hatchback> Sunroof switch Sunroof motor Interior temperature sensor <Vehicles with sunroof> Rear courtesy light (LH) cConvertible>*4 Rear courtesy light (RH) cConvertible>*4
TSB Revision
58
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Luaaaae Compartment
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
<HATCHBACK>
pIl
-
--.
F-11 F-12 F-13 F-14 F-15 F-16
FF-34
NOTE (1) l : From 1993 mod [;I I,: Up to 1994 models : Up to 1993 models F-01 F-02 F-03 F-04 E-05 F-06 F-07 F-08 F-09 F-l 0 F-11 F-12 F-l 3 F-14 F-15 F-l 6 F-17 F-l 8 F-l 9 F-20
I id ~
-_
Interior temperature sensor Defogger (+) Rear wiper motor High-mounted stop light or active aero rear spoiler Defogger (-) Rear speaker (RH) ECS rear shock absorber (RH) Luggage compartment light ABS resistor <FWD> Rear combination light (RH) Back-up light (RH) ECS control unit ECS control unit Body wiring harness (RH) and fuel tank wiring harness combination Rear washer motor Fuel tank License plate light (RH) Body wiring harness (RH) and rear bumper wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and body wiring harness (RH) combination Body wiring harness (LH) and body wiring harness (RH) combination
F-21 F-22 F-23 F-24 F-25 F-26 F-27 F-28 f-29 F-30 F-31 F-32 F-33 F-34 F-35 F-36 F-37 F-38 F-39 F-40
License plate light (LH) Luggage compartment light switch Liftgate cylinder lock switch Liftgate switch Back-up light (LH) Active exhaust control unit*2 Active aero control unit Active aero control unit Active exhaust actuator assembly*2 Rear combination light (LH) Motor antenna control unit ECS rear shock absorber (LH) Rear speaker (LH) Body wiring harness (LH) and liftgate wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and liftgate wiring harness combination Telephone cable*3 Spare connector (Wireless telephone unity3 Spare connector (Hand free controller)*3 Jumper connector (or Hand free controller)*3 CD changer*
I II
~ I LJ
1 TSB Revision
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS.- Luggage Compartment <CONVERTIBLE>

1995 models
59
F-41
F-42 F;43
I
F;44
/ i
J
F-45
Z36FO125 F-30
F-05 F-06 F-07 F-08 F-09 F-10 F-11 F-12 F-13 F-14 F-l 6 F-17 F-18 i: ;:;; F-23 F-24
Defogger (-) Rear speaker (RH) ECS rear shock absorber (RH) Luggage compartment light ABS resistor Rear combination light (RH) Back-up light (RH) ECS control unit ECS control unit Rear wiring harness (RH) and fuel tank wiring harness combination Fuel tank License plate light (RH) Rear wiring harness (RH) and rear bumper wiring harness combination License plate light (LH) Luggage compartment light switch Liftgate cylinder lock switch Liftgate switch
F-25 F-30 F-32 F-33 F-40 F-41 F-42 F-43 F-44 F-45 F-46 F-47 F-48 F-49
Back-up light (LH) Rear combination light (LH) ECS rear shock absorber (LH) Rear speaker (LH) CD changer Top stack harness Top stack harness Top stack harness Body wiring harness (RH) and rear wiring harness combination ABS resistor Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring harness combination
TSB Revision
60
CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Luggage Compartment
<CONVERTIBLE>
From 1996 models
Connector symbol
F-51
c F-14
F-48
F-47
F-l 0 F-11 F-14 F-16 F-17 F-18 F-21 F-23 F-24
Rear combination light (RH) Back-up light (RH) Rear wiring harness (RH) and fuel tank wiring harness combination Fuel tank License plate light (RH) Rear wiring harness (RH) and rear bumper wiring harness combination License plate light (LH) Liftgate cylinder lock switch Liftgate switch
F-25 F-30 F-44 F-46 F-47 F-48 F-50 F-51
Back-up light (LH) Rear combination light (LH) Body wiring harness (RH) and rear wiring harness combination No connection Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring harness combination No connection No connection
TSB Revision
61
CIRCUIT DlAG.RAMS
CONTENTS
Active Aero Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 Active Exhaust System Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Circuit . . . . . . 322 Auto-cruise Control Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Back-up Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-85 Buzzer Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Car Telephone Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 Central Door Locking Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-3 Cigarette Lighter Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-120 Cooling Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Defogger Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-193 Dome Light, Foot Light and Ignition Key Cylinder Illumination Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-72 Door Light and Luggage Compartment Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-81 ELC-4 A/T Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit . . 352 Fog Light Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-58 Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Glove Box Light, Vanity Mirror Light and Inspection Light Circuit . . . . . . . . . . 54-84 Headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-40 Heater Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,239 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54-116 How to Read Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Ignition System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-32 Manual Air Conditioning Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Meter and Gauges Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-12 MFI Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Power Distribution Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Power Seat Circuit . . . . :. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Power Window Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Radio and Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-124 Rear. Wiper and Washer Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Remote Controlled Mirror Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Starting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-20 Stop Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-98 Sunroof Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Taillight, Parking/Side Marker Light and License Plate Light Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-64 Tension-reducer Type Seat Belt Circuit . . . . . . 423 Theft-alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-206 Top Stack Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 Turn-signal Light and Hazard Light . . . . . . . 54-90 Windshield Wiper and Washer Circuit . . . . . . . . 316
I Li I
62
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - How to Read Circuit Diagrams
HOW TO READ CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

The circuit of each system from the fuse (or fusible link) to ground is shown. The power supply is shown at the top and the ground at the bottom to facilitate understanding of how the current flows. 3 ~
Indicates connector No. The same No. as in the wiring harness diagram is used. Connector numbers enclosed by frame are indiIndicates the circuit name to be cated with the connector symbols at the 1 [ connected. r arrow indi- [ connected. The arrow lower part of the page. Connector numbers cates the current flow direction. the current flow direction. not enclosed by frame are indicated without connector symbol. Indicates harness junction point No. for another system. It corre-
Indicates the circuit name to be
Indicates the powersupply in the B control unit. If no voltage is displayed, this indicates battery positive voltage.
An X at the end of a connector No. indicates that the connector is connected to a centralized junction that is shown in the section Centralized Junction.
GC
Indicates the operating condi-
Indicates the connector symbol. are indicated in numerical order.
1 TSB Revision
63
from control unit (current flow input Output output A broken line indicates thatthese
SIS IOR
Indicates that the diagram comes from v in the same circuit.
B i B . ,
Indicates current flow downward or upward as controlled by the

.
I, 1
indicates harnessjunction where wire diameter or color changes.
ground point in GROUNDING
the terminal is a
/ i
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - How to Read Circuit Diagrams CONNECTOR / GROUNDING INDICATIONS
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I
RESI s1 TA
3 \ J?--: - ^r;l
3 22
I3
B-L 8..
:
E&3 ic-26)
$
6----
5
5
45
1
---A
,I
t -t G-RI1 n SENSOR q \v
iI
-PI I
AI
7-
f3~
4 0 213
A* ii, , ,m,fC-021 ic-15) (c-18) fc-271 (c-28f (c-35) tr
TSB Revision

Item No. Connector / Grounding Symbol Male terminal Contents
65
Connector 1 and terminal marking
A16R0001 Female connector Female terminal

AWR0002
For the terminal symbols, the connetted terminal is indicated as the male terminal, and the receptacle terminal is indicated as the female terminal as shown in the illustration. Male connector The connector in which the male terminal is assembles is indicated as the male connector and the connector in which the female is assembled is indicated as the female connector. The Female terminal connector symbols shown the male connector with a double outer contour line and the female connector with a T single outer contour line. Female connector
I Connector 2 symbol marking Device
I The symbol indicates the connector as viewed from the illustrated direction. At the connection with a device, the connector symbol on the device side is shown, and for an intermediate connector, the male connector symbolisshown For the connectors which are not connetted to any appliance (spare terminal, terminal for inspection), the connectors at the harness side are shown. A connection between a device and connector on the harness side is either by direct insertion in the device (direct connection type) or by connection with a harness connector furnished on the device side (harness connection type). The two types are indicated as illustrated.
m/
:6A~c333 Connector 3 connection marking Direct connection type
Hams
t ~
16A0334
Intermediate connector-
I SA0339
TSB Revision
WIRE COLOR CODES

Wire colors are identified by the following color codes. Code Code Wire color 1 B BR GR I~-1 L
Wire color 1 Pink Red Sky blue Violet 1White Yellow I I I
1 Black Brown
1P R SB
v
I Gray
1 Blue
Green
1W Y
LG 0
Light green Orange
Example: e+ 1.25 5-E

1 -i2 cl
If a cable has two colors, the first of the two color code characters indicates the basic color (color of the cable coating) and the second indicates the marking color. No. 1 2
Al660244 -1
Meaning <F>: Flexible wire <TX Twisted wire Wire size (mm*)
Basic color (color of the cable coating) Marking color
3 4
NOTE *: No code indicates 0.5 mm2 (.0008 in.2). Cable color code in parentheses indicates 0.3 mm2 (.0005 in.2).
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit
67
POWER DISTRIBUTION L,
COMPONENT LOCATION
Fusible link Dedicated fuse No. 1 to No. 7 A., 1
se No. 8 and No. 9
~~ ~ Dedicated fuse No. 10 LJJ-
Z16FO280
Defogger relay
4992, 1993 and 1995 models>
TSB Revision
68
POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)
BATTERY
Y 2QB-Y n n A n
20B-R 1 i;+!$;ER
8W-R
BW-R 1 1
GENERATOR
FUSIBLE LINK
0 @ 40A @ 30A 0
6 2 ?OA
!R-B
MULTI-PURPOSE FUSE @ 3R-B

D
L-RY - 3R-B
IOA
L
10A
R-i
ABS ;C$ROL
B-R B-R 1 1
R-B 1
.HORN RELAY .HORN
HROlMOOAA
TSB Revision
69
FUSIBLE LINK /
2R-E
GENERATOR E&RUP
1;
2R-E
2R-B
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
LIGHT AUTOMATIC &#~+-oFF I 1.25R-B ..l A R-B ,.5 TAIL LIGHT RELAY (A-05X)
2B-r;
i
2R-L
HEADLIGHT
r
2R2R-I
10A
LIGHTING SWITCH
1.25R-Cc
.LIGHT AUTOMATIC ;#JT-OFF . #;HNG
c
.OA
!OA
15A
15A
B-W
2L-B
AIR CONDITIONING #~T"~~IC
CONDENSER FAN MOTOR
T
'L-W
(c-01)
Y-F
2R-L
i
G-k
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT MFI RELAY
COMBINATION METERCBEAM)
.FOG LIGHT $"fALyIGHT
IA-01x) (A-05X) @iqJ
HROlMOOAB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
$TED Q
L
5W-B
BE .b 6
G-W G-W
1
Et$:EE CONTROL
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
[Beg; COMBINATION
G-W J/B s(c-69)
.AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .GLOVE BOX ,I~~~tjINATION 1 .[\i#yINATION

I._...
SEAT BELT SOLENOID 1 .DOOR LOCK POWER RELAY 1 .DOOR LOCK POWER RELAY 2 .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT
Tug;T-ALARM .THEFT-ALARM HORN RELAY 1
.HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT .STOP LIGHT

i r
4~;;;"""" .LICENSE PLATE LIGHT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER .REAR ~~!&"""0" .RHEOSTAT .VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION LIGHT
.ACTIVE AERO CONTROL UNIT .AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT Y245~i6~"~~BT NATION
_- .__.. -- _.._. . @%!A
,DOME LIGHT -DOOR LIGHT E~;;;;~NIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT .ENGINE CONTROL MODULE .ETACS UNIT .FOOT LIGHT
'ESE! ILLl LIGt .KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT .LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT .LUGGAGE fP;bfiRTMENT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER .SPARE CONNECTOR WIRELESS ( 8%PHoNE ) .TRANSAXLE CONTROL MODULE
(A-13X) (c-sa) ic-ss) (c-70) mj fl pjq p&q
HROlMOOBA
TSB Revision
71
/ I
2B-Y
>:5
IOD OR
%iMOR
1 B-W 2B-W I
.ENGINE CONTROL MODULE .IGNITION COIL .IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR ,MFI RELAY .BACK UP LIGHT .LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT
.&~[E"~ORY .ETACS UNIT TRANSAXLE f%m" 'REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR
G~GAERo
CONTROL UNIT +J;&~L"U'SE MAIN SWITCH .#&lyCRUISE $i$&NATION $$;NATION
.SPARE CONNECTOR (#&i;iE) .SPEED SENSbR .ggTDIAGNOSI~ .TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT
:ABS POWER RELAY (UP TO 1993 October) .AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER .AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT *&L"$R MOTOR .BLOWER MOTOR RELAYCHI)
*tf@'$ESS CONTROL .REAR INTERMITTENT WIPER RELAY .WASHER MOTOR .WIPER MOTOR .WIPER RELAY .CONDENSOR AiFAyOTOR $&JTR.INIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT *RADIATOR FAN MOTOR RELAY 7 .AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT .ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT $~~CJ&~AND TAPE
.ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT
REMARK THE ABOVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SHOWS THE CURRENT FLOW AT THE IGNITION KEY POSITION "ACC", "ON" AND "ST" COMBINED. BE SURE TRACE THE APPROPRIATE CIRCUIT DEPENDING ON THE IGNITION KEY POSITION.
0 (c-59) (c-70) (c-82) ~giJJ~jq$q L

HROlMOOBB
TSB Revision
72
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Po,wer Distribution Circuit
POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS)
ij~
FUSIBLE LINK I I
0
30A
0 0
40A
0 63
30A
0 @
6 z ?OA
2!R-B
l---ACTIVE #ROL
MULTI-PURPOSE FUSE @ 3R-B D ,.2 (c-01) L-R ,.3 3R-B ,\ 4 /\

ON,;-OFF
2R-BI
.ACTIVE MODULE
3R-Bl3R-Bl
5W-E
;E[;$GER
(c-05x) \/
\I
E##E
KP=iAULIC
-------
G-Y ' , 3B-R EFS DEDICATED FUSE

IOA
" 5
. %F" .POWER WINDOWS RELAY
3B-R
DEFOGGER
2B-R(
2W-B
R-I 3 v
NOTE %:UP TO 1993 OctoDer
B-R B-R v t
R-B 7
.HORN 'HORN RELAY
ABS ;#$OL
HROlMOlAA
TSB Revision
73
FUSIBLE LINK
ii
$OA
30A
40A
LIGHT AUTOMATIC &{Yi-l-OFF I

@
2R-E 2R-B 2R-f 2R-E

RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
";1
LIGHT AUTOMATIC &-$;-OFF
I-----_
0m 2R-L
r
ON
(L)
1.25R-B ,.5
R-B ,\ 1 /\ -
2B-I
2L-k
2R-L
HEADLIGHT
4
G-Y
2R-L 41
R-k
i
.LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT .&FT"gHNG
2R-L 9
OA
2R-L
1.25R-Cv
OA
10A
15A
B-W
2L-B
COMBINATION
2R-L
.FOG. LIGHT QfAi+GHT
G-W
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT \C MFI RELAY
AIR CONDITIONING F; p!E$IC
METERCBEAM)
i7
HROlMOlAB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS) (CONTINUED) ,ij
G-W G-W
5W-B * +43WFE CONTROL [Pgfi; COMBINATION S;SRTDIAGNOSIS .STARTER MOTOR ~3%""
2B-Y IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
G-W J/B MULTIRE"""
AMPLIFIER .AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .GLOVE BOX .ILJ&INATION

LIGHI
SEAT BELT SOLENOID *fi;;~yL~CK 'i&fEyLgCK .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT
T'#;;T-ALARM .THEFT-ALARM HORN RELAY
.HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT .STOP LIGHT
~~~l&INATION dM&CT'ON .LICENSE PLATE LIGHT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER .REAR COMBINATION LIGHT .RHEOSTAT .VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION LIGHT
$#~~NATION *DATA LINK CONNECTOR .DOME LIGHT .DOOR LIGHT *TRANSAXLE CONTROL MODULE E~;LE;[~NIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT .ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
.KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT ,LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT .LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER .SPARE CONNECTOR i ~~~@i~wE I
\ UN11 /
HROlMOlBA
TSB Revision
75
3y; 6
IGNITION SWITCH (c-59)

IGl I
2B-Y
pL5
V 2B-W *2L-B
I IOD OR %ii&!OR I I
2B-W
B-W J
GENERATOR RELAY 7 __-_--_-_____-___-_____________
.--_ .ENGINE CONTROL MODULE .IGNITION COIL .IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR .MFI RELAY .&EE;qORY .ETACS UNIT TRANSAXLE ki8%EL
-+ '#fiBi;'" .REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR L-l
f
,BACK UP LIGHT .LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT $$~TDIAGNOSIS .ACTIVE AERO CONTROL UNIT $@RC~UISE MAIN SWITCH ~f$J&CRUISE ~'$@~NATION .&y&NATION .ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT .SPARE CONNECTOR (jiifb%E) .SPEED SENSOR $/$TDIAGNOSIS .TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT \
c
$
+
.REAR INTERMITTENT WIPER RELAY .WASHER MOTOR .WIPER MOTOR .WIPER RELAY
jjf$ESS CONTROL
i
.AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT .ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
'ABS POWER RELAY (UP TO 1993 October) .AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER .AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT '&#R MOTOR
.BLOWER MOTOR RELAYCHI)
REMARK THE ABOVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SHOWS THE CURRENT FLOW AT THE IGNITION KEY POSITION "ACC","ON" AND "ST" COMBINED. BE SURE TRACE THE APPROPRIATE CIRCUIT DEPENDING ON THE IGNITION KEY POSITION.
HROlMOlBB
TSB Revision
76
POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS)
IlJ 1
BATTERY
20B-Y 208-Y 1
IL .
20B-R MULTI-PURPOSE FUSE @
,,o,GE;;l 3 -B
GENERATOR NOTE (1)Fusibie (2)Fusibie

link No.8:For Convertible link N o . 1l:For H a t c h b a c k
EYWKBLE
Jl a40A
I ZK-II!
-- -
3R-B
I
~(c-01) 2R
11 5W-B
3R-B[ T;h2z$cK3R-iEi:~:Ic I 5 , /
KkLHY ~
k------------A
DEFOGGER
10A
B-R B-R 7 7
R-l
HROlM02AA
TSB Revision
77
FUSIBLE LINK 0
40A
SOA
@I
30A
2R-I 2R-B 2R-I 2R-E 1

RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
2R-l 3
(F)2R T
GENERATOR
1!
&w,:l 3w
)-----_ 2R-B
r
5
IN 1
LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT 5 (L) 1.25R-B ..5 C\

/
LIGHT AUTOMATIC WT-""" I R-B ,\ 1
6
B
2B-F
2R-L
HEADLIGHT
"4 G-Y (R-Y) 2R-B

LIGHTING SWITCH
2R-L
2R-L
LIGHT AUTOMATIC f%YT-""' LIGHTING SWITCH

-
NOTE :l:HATCHBACK :E:CONVERTIBLE
OA
i3 OA
IOA
0.
15A
B-W
CONDENSER ~%DITIONING FAN MOTOR p~.w~;Ic
Y-R
COMBINATION METERlBEAM)
2R-L
.FOG LIGHT .;'fA\'GHT
G-h
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT MFI RELAY
0 (A-05X) (A-36)
Ic-ol)
TSB Revision
78
POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
F&J&C2TED Q
C
Y
G-W
5W-B G-W
[W/; COMBINATION G-W
-_-+
AMPLIFIER
v
,AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL SEAT BELT SOLENOID
+
W&T-ALARM .THEFT-ALARM HORN RELAY .HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT .STOP LIGHT
r
d
.ACTIVE AERO CONTROL UNIT' *AIR COMDITIONING CONTROL UNIT
;L MODULE .ETACS UNIT .FOOT LIGHT .lGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT .KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT .LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT .LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT *RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
.RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER *REAR COMBINATION LIGHT .RHEOSTAT .VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION LIGHT
4Mi8EU68FT $#~NATION
.DOME LIGHT .DOOR LIGHT .TRANSAXLE CONTROL MODULE ~~~~~$~~NIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT
NOTE =:HATCHBACK
(A-13X)
(c-68)
Fm) piq
(c-70) p&q
mi fg
HROlM02BA
TSB Revision
79
FUSIB E LINK b 4
3w
'&# CONTROL .;gTDIAGNO~~~ ,STARTER MOTOR $$$;ER
2L-w
2B-W
4 I
-J 4a
*(c-70)
.ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ,IGNITION COIL ,IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR ,MFI RELAY
f
$#;&TE .ETACS UNIT ;I$@fLE MODULE l-----l .REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR
I $i$ESS CONTROL
;gL"itGER
A
.REAR INTERMITTENT WIPER RELAY .WASHER MOTOR .WIPER MOTOR .WIPER RELAY
.AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT .ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
.ACTIVE AERO CONTROL UNIT: .#J$$;U'SE MAIN SWITCH j&CRUISE $&&NATION .~~~~RNATION
.ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT .SPEED SENSOR .$WSTDIAGNOSI~ .TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT
TIIMPRESSOR LOCK R CONDITIONING 2INTROLLER

.A1 R CONDITIONING CClNTROL UNIT $kL"A"&R MOTOR .BLOWER MOTOR RELAYCHI)
.CONDENSOR FAN MOTOR RELAY f~~~;~L"NIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT .RADIATOR [;FAyOTOR
NOTE THE ABOVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SHOWS THE CURRENT FLOW AT THE IGNITION KEY POSITION "ACC", "ON" AND "ST" COMBINED. BE SURE TRACE THE APPROPRIATE CIRCUIT DEPENDING ON THE IGNITION KEY POSITION. ::HATCHBACK
HROlM02BB
1 TSB Revision
POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)
I d
BATTERY
20B- Y 20B-Y Y n
20B-R 1
(F>8W-R (F)8W-R 1 1
NOTE (1)Fusible I ink No.8:For Convertibie (2)Fusible I ink No. 1l:For Hatchback
h 0
GENERATOR
5W-B
UNIT WATED
DEFOGGER 63
2W-B
]
1QA 10A
HROlM03AA
I TSB Revision
81
FUSIBLE LINK I 0
?OA
40A
30A
2R-E 2R-B 2R-r 1 2R-F

RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
2R-E
(F>2R 7
GENERATOR
&wJ 3w v
i -----_
10m 2R-B
r
5 (R-Y
10A
LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT
CL:
2B-F 2R-L
1N 1
?R-L IHEADLIGHT
) I
1 I 3
2R-B
1.25R.
LIGHTING SWITCH
!HT OMI: $-C HTI NG TCb1
2R-W 1.25R-W
NOTE =l:HATCHBACK :2:CONVERTIBLE
2R-L
10A
20A
15A
Y-R
CONDENSER AIR CONDITIONING FAN MOTOR ggI"c;1 C COMBINATION METERCBEAM)
2R-L
'FOG LIGHT $fAbIGHT
GTURN SIGNAL MFI RELAY AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT
HRO lM03AB
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
G-W G-W
5W-B
----1
[owl;; COMBINATION
G-W J/B
T_@
10A
AMPLIFIER
+
.AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .GLOVE BOX ILLUMINATION LIGHT $@INATION 4W'~CTION .LICENSE PLATE LIGHT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER *REAR fW&NATION .RHEOSTAT *VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION LIGHT SEAT BELT SOLENOID 1 .#3?YL~CK @iiyLgCK .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT W&T-ALARM .THEFT-ALARM HORN RELAY .HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT .STOP LIGHT
I 1
I
R-k
2(c-70)
1 -------
-_--_--
\ LJ
*ACTIVE AERO CONTROL UNIT' *AIR COMDITIONING CONTROL UNIT 4i#@-%tiET .&&NATION
.DATA LINK CONNECTOR *DOME LIGHT *DOOR LIGHT .TRANSAXLE CONTROL MODULE
, .ENGI CONT %L MODULE *ETACS UNIT .FOOT LIGHT .IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT *KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT .LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT .LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
NOTE 2:HATCHBACK
(A-1IX) (c-68) ms) (c-70) p&q fg mi [&I

HROlM03BA
1 TSB Revision
L,
FUSIB E LINK b 4
B 3w P P $$d! CONTROL jj!JyTDIAGNOSIS .STARTER MOTOR $$eEl?ER
2B-b
J I
2L-w
@#"TO" 7 __-__--__-__-_--_--_--~~-~~-~-1 I / 2-_-----__-_--_ /
--- -_ t
C\ 4,
/ i/
.ENGINE CONTROL MODULE .IGNITION COIL .IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR .MFI RELAY .BACK UP LIGHT .LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT .;;~TDIAGNOSIS i @L"'$jGER :ACTIVE AERO : CONTROL UNIT ~~~&~~U'SE MAIN SWITCH $&CRUISE .@j&NATION $'~$!$NATION .ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT .SPEED SENSOR jiyTDIAGNOSIS *TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT '
r *
.REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR
:
.REAR INTERMITTENT WIPER RELAY .WASHER MOTOR .WIPER MOTOR .WIPER RELAY .AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT .ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
.AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER .AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT .&A";R MOTOR .BLOWER MOTOR RELAY(HI)
.CONDENSOR ;@AiOTOR .~@;~~NIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT .RADIATOR &JAFOTOR
THE ABOVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SHOWS THE CURRENT FLOW AT THE IGNITION KEY POSITION "ACC", "ON" AND "ST" COMBINED BE SURE TRACE THE APPROPRIATE CIRCUIT DEPENDING ON THE IGNITION KEY POSITION. X:HATCHBACK
HROlM03BB
TSB Revision
84
<NON TURBO>
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>
MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL)
ZRY J/B
iw?B
IGN ION SWI' :H(ST)
1-83)70.85R-B
t
25R-E 11 1 .--A 25R-E I 2B-E
M/'T 1 A/T r, 2B-Y 2B-Y
2B-
v R-B
2B-k
IJME I SE ;OR 7 uI d M/T A/T r
!
$2;
--
10
--------.
M/T' A/T I 2B-Yig

----
2B-
3.85F
I /-
MFI RELAY
OFftON
B
C ~
W-R
B-W (c-53)
m$i---- --E. 1
108
(c-52: 8
4
HR05MOOAA
1 TSB Revision
IGN IT1 SWI'TCF iTG1) 2B- -W 7@33 J/B 3

iA
MFI RELAY
1.25B-L I S(c-71)
0.85~ .W
c(D-44)
0.85B- W ;&bKPUMP CONNECTOR 1.25B-F;
40
B-.W 59 (D-04) 1-
90
COMBINATION METER
r----- ----1
6 1
1.25B-L Kb (F-16)
G-
SPEED ZNSOR (REED i 'ITCH) Y-W

S(c-14)
I / I / I ( r
I
1 I I /
1 2
I I
1.25B
Y-W
66
ENGINE k!imL
(c-82)
HR05MOOAB
TSB Revision
86
MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) <NON TURBO> (CONTINUED)
XW FLOW
0.85R CRANKSHAFT AND CAMSHAFT Wan" (~-64) 0.85R
SENSOR (8-29)
\/ 7 \k \/
r
5v
" 5 R-L
" 1 "2
"4
R-W 1.25B
G-Y 0 0.85R L-Y I
r--I v I I I / I I I I I I I I / I / GND
L-
19 v
5v
5v
5v
fr
GND
Y-
L-
&r
V ------Y
MFI RELAY
C
(c-52) %6 130 56 1.25B 1.25B w/--i j I ' I B

+
I iI I I I I I
61 64 G-Y BR-R1.258
BY
B 0.85R W/ 0 . 25:B 1.25B :,4
I B 1I ------i 253 $51 ts;
I
THROTTLE !Xl;Xl;;ON
B-W
(B-05)
ENGINE f[i&i/iTURE (8-02)
( B - 0 2 ) mz) (B-05) (8-29)
(c-52)
ic-53)
(c-55)
HR05MOOBA
1 TSB Revision
87
MFI RELAY 0.85R 0.85R R 1.25R IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR

I
1.25R 1 1.25G I 1
0 1.25R 1.25R 1.251 1.25R
f-1
1. 251
/1.25G 1.25R-W II I
..2 I\
,\ 5 ,\
lm 1
3
n INJECTOR
I. 85G-J ).85G-B
i -IA --__--------_-_--_ ________---_----__
58
G-Y
i-l
53
110
109
I II I WII II
I / I I
G-W 1
G-B 1 B-L
-----L
G-i 2 ---_
1.25B 1 0 KNOCK SENSOR EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR (~-22)

I
clVARIABLE INDUCTION CONTROL MOTOR
1Emo 1
I
TSB Revision
88
MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) <NON TURBO> (CONTINUED)
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE IGHT g;fK;TIC CLUTCH ( FUSE@ > Ki w --I 0.85R-B 1.25R-W 1 WITHOUT WITH G-Y 3B-I iXJ$XJc;?UISE &J$~~~~UISE DEDICATED FUSE 2
-I
&I ;:iH c 0.85G G
d
OFF - 0~
G-W
s(c-69)
A(c-62) r
L
G-W
J/B
B-I
(c-52)
t R-G 19 (c-29) R-G 24
ii I,
IXEGER
e(A-36) G
DIODE 1 E-31
(L-0 (c-29) (L-0

L /
POWER TRANSISTOR AIR ~;~~;$~ONING UNIT
AIR CONDITIONING ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH
HR05MOOCA
TSB Revision
MFI RELAY
TRI -
;AXLE i
'ROL
NJLE
EGR SOLENOID
(A-21)
LG- R
E - b
I
R
L-'
W-i
W-
BR-L
7B
16 -_-_-___ 1 / ENGINE / i;/g;L
f L-'
-_-_-_____--__--
107
113
------
-----___
-----------------A
12
1
104
(Y 1 & .___--_ 2 r 1 1 (c-79) 10 TA LINK NNECTOR (Y
IB-06)
B-G
IG; TION 86" !%MENT coi ECTOR
1:
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH
HR05MOOCB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO>
MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL)

<TURBO>
:TE:RY is: ;ER
1
1.25R-E 1 R-B IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-ITX) 1.25R-B (c-29) 3
+
WATED
2B-' 2B-' 3(A-67) 2B-'
,,l ------------1
2B- Y
2B-'
ME SE 'OR yg 10 % cu 2 2B-'Y 2B-' 3 MFI RELAY (c-44)
r
a: d 0.85F
E (c-53) 71 _----$0 1. 25 B-R 31 (c-52) 0,,108 (c-52))\ 8
B-W
HR05M05AA
1 TSB Revision
91
IGN ION SWI' H(IG1)
0.85BFUEL PUMP RELAY (B-28)
TLS I
3 5 40 ;-$&PUMP !ONNECTOR 1.25B-R
r-------
0.85B-
1.25B-1
COMBINATION METER
G-R
R-W
SPEED SENSOR
1.25B-LI
G-R
R-B
Y-W i
1.25B-R
1I L-------1.258
I / I
5(F-14) I
(c-54)
06 - - - - - - - - - - _ .-
36
(c-52)
!1 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ---I
2B 1 =
(La1-Ac 17)4) IEBl~~~~~, m3-2 (8-28) (c-54) (c-71) (c-82)~~~ L

TSB Revision
(c-53)
(F1-14) m
2 3456
HR05M05AB
92
MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) <TURBO> (CONTINUED)
0.85R CRANKSHAFT AND CAMSHAFT @a~" (B-04) 0.8s

CMP
Xi% FLOW
SENSOR (B-29)
INTAKE AIR ~WJ&$ATURE \--\I-,L..-.A,/
"7 R-W 1.25B
" 5 R-L
"6
" 1 " G-Y 0
65 -__-------.
/I I
I --------- :5eaB;mm
(1 0 MFI RELAY II
w:--; ' I ' I ; L--., I I I / /
G-Y BR-Rl. 0
Y-R
B-W
MODULE B -----------
B 0.85R W; 1 B i\ ------J ,?3 '/Pl 9?4 I I ;I 0 Ii,
q H
HEATED ^.,. ,^_", ~&i~&LH) (B-16)
HR05MOSBA
TSB Revision
93
MFI RELAY RESISTOR
-31)
NJECTOR
A 55
------------------2 58 LG-B
j3
jc-53)
HEATED OXYGEN (~-19) SENSORCRH)
HR05M05BB
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO> MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) <TURBO> (CONTINUED)
\ d
GER ACTIVE CONTRO
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE (FUSE@

A
KEST
0.85R-B 3B-R i R-W
B-R 0.85G
r---------------------------------------I
------------------------ J
(c-29) r---II /I // II 1 j R-W I
'
r-------------------------------------
(c-52)
102 (c-54)
I I I I / I I I I I / I 1 I I I I
1 ; L - - - - - - - - I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
d
+ 4 ------. v --------- ----
20 (L-0 I 7 G
22
10
%* _--23 ---------R-I G-l R BR-F
3
B(c-14)
L------------
6 _------- ------- .---_ B-L G I 80 G-Y

POWER TRiNSISTOR 1 hMg,NE,;IC RELAY
B-U
(L-0
AIR ~~~Kl~~~ON'NG UNIT
Bf
#T
ABS ;;ON"FROL
(c-61)
HR05MOSCA
1 TSB Revision
95
MFI RELAY
F RV
r---
2, d ---7T FUEL PRESSURE SOLENOID I , l(A-71)

L---
2( A EVAPORATIVE EMISSION B, PURGE SOLENOID "1 (A-20)
I
LG-Ii
;
R-E
TURBOCHARGER ERE i SOLENOID
l(A-;ll)
-_----__-___---_
_-__--_____--___
3 L -R LG-B
1 t
ma f 7 9 c._______-__-__-_-_ I _~____~____~_____ Y
113
------
112
---1 104
(Y 9 ------B-G L-R 10 IGNTTION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR (Y
AIR CONDITIONING ENGINE COOLANT $@$'&ATURE
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH
(A-18) (A-20) (ml (A-70) (A-71) (A-72) a@m@m
m (B-38) I 2 3 Q ig(
HROSMOSCB
TSB Revision
96
MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS)

<NON TURBO>
FUSIBLE LINK@ J/B
\/ ---- .J/ ,
BA1 -TTIZRY 5\v I
WTER
IGNITION SWITCH(ST) 2B-Y
(c-83)T7&'2 'r2 25R-1 "1 R-Y 1 R 0.85R-B .\2 I\ 1 IOD OR I A STORAGE A CONNECTOR R-B (A-11X) 1. 25R-I
L
2B-Y I I 2B-Y
2B-Y
WITHOUT EKG-
28-l
2B-\
, ,,-I8
Lq '2k D-
kise,pi;
30
2B-Y
-I-
I;-B( 26)
NR' N
P 2B-'
2B-R 7
VOI ,ME !Lt I
1.25 B-6
SE1 iOR 7
2B- 1o
+,:lr; ,
3 MFI RELAY
a d
J
I I<, -\,
M/T A/T e
OFF-ION
,--------4
k----k
-------. -1
\, 1, V I
I,
o,:>FF (C-44)
B-W
(c-53)
M/T
ATT
I (c-53: 71 ------
-A - I
(F>1.25B-L B 1.25 (F) B-R 1.25R C 0 D B W-R v L-G 1.25 1. 25 B-R B-R 50 (c-38 (c-3 _--- 12 ----- 1 510 25 Y Y Y
-4
1234 m
HROSMOlAA
TSB Revision
97
IGNI ION SW11 I(IG1) 2B-
\7 Ic-82)
J/B L.--s '6 (c-71)
!Yi
'I. 25B-I
iY
7
0.85B
s(D-44)
1. 25B-I
4(c-30)
0.85B1.258-F B59 (D-04)
#&PUMP CONNECTOR 1.25B-F

1 1
90
COMBINATION METER
/ l(D-03)
SPEED (REED
Y-W
--_-__---__--_~--___-~~~~-~~-7
G-
r----- ----1 1/ III

I I
6 1 FKk (F-16)
, 1
1.25B-L
ZNSOR ITCH)
I 2 1.258
S(c-14)
i ------ --___
J@gg
G-l
Y-W
(c-54)
106
cc-531
I!
66 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
2B
HROSMOlAB
TSB Revision
98
MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CONTINUED)
6 (F>O.B5R (F)O.B5R
(F)O.B5R ,(F>O.B5R E#S,EpsaasN ,, CII
XPk FLOW
SENSOR (8-29)
;4
f-.-p3
pP:-
,,~i~t5~ A I/
/
I
~p~i&%y
!f \/ + \/ a, "7 "5 "1 '(2 "4 3 "6 (F) (F) (F> (F> (F)R-W 1.25B (F)R-L G-Y (F>O 0.85R L-Y I I
E
(B-40) 1 "2 (B-41)"1 "
(F>B(F)L-R (F)B (F)L-R
5V
MFI RELAY
C
I I
56 --1 III
-----------
1 -
61 (F) (F)G- Y BR-I

1
---
B Y
AL
I I (F) (F) (F>B 0.85W Wi (F>B :F>G-' BR-i .---0 3 v4 t:3 - 1 1

ir-
1 I I 1 I I
i--
1.25B 1.258
n a
HEATED Kg! (c-55) (B-40) mm (c-52)
THROTTLE wlRoN (B-05) (c-53)
/li *
3
OFF
(F) (F>B B-W
ENGINE
(B-02) (B-05)2 ( B -
(c-55)
1 2 3 4 cl%
I
HROSMOlBA
TSB Revision
99
MFI RELAY (Fj0.85R (F)O. 85R O R 25R 1?>1.25F Fj'l.251 :F) 1. 25R 1;$.251
F (F>1.25!
1.25(
1.25R-W
1. 25F
IDLE SPEED pr&oL (B-35)

r r
I I 2
5 18 -__--_L___ i
1
(F) 0. 85G-' 3 --------_-___-
1a 7$x I 2 2
l(B-33) jI
n INJECTOR
:F) F) (F) (F) (F)G-R G-B GR-L 6": (:F)G ; ).85G-k .85G
=~4---~2- ,\ ,\ d&-&d
58 riI /II II ,I ,I.
0. 85W -----? <F) ti85G-R -------
0.85BF ---___ 3 (F) yj85Y-J -_-___ ti
_---____-_--_-__-_ A -----------------53 (F)G-Y (F)B
------- ----- -------- Y

110 109 103
I
111 m
w; I 4:
+ E
(F> ' j B-W 2 d,1 (B-08)
'l.25E
A h
KNOCK SENSOR
EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR (A-P~)
VARIABLE INDUCTION CONTROL MOTOR

(8-35)
(2 (8-07) B (B-lo) ( (B-08) (8-09) 1 1 ) CFm @ml Fm Em-2) Gm 1 2 @j~~r@~~@JJl@EJ@J@J
HROBMO IBB
TSB Revision
100
MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CONTINUED) d J/B MULTI-PURPOSE ( FUSE@ > A 0.85R-B
$fi&IGHT 1.25R-W -TDEDICATED FUSE 3B-R G-Y
CLUTCH
,30 J/B G
B-R
DIODE E-31 t,
I
G
R-G,, 19 (c-29) (c-52) R-G 24 c___-----_-_~_____-_____________________~~~---~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-~~~-~--~~
- 22 _---------__
3 ti ---23
I
(c-29)
(F) B-L
(F) B-W
(F> BR-R
(F>h
(F)L-R
(L-0
/ * IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR AIR @@DRONING UNIT \ AIR CONDITIONING ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH
HR05MO 1C.A
TSB Revision
101
MFI RELAY
TRANSAXLE
EGR SOLENOID VALVE
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION PURGE SOLENOID
L-1
W-I;
LG-I
BR-L
j.--------p ------- - -------- 5-i ti L
116 ---------7
/ENGINE I g;;p I
-_--___-___-_____
107
113
------
--------.
112
I
104
___-____-____----
(F>L-W (B-06) 2
(Y 4 mF ------_ F 10 (Y
B-G
(F)L-W (8-38) 1 r- 1
-
l(A-18)
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH oFTi (A-20) (A-21) (B-06) (8-38) (c-29) (c-79) @$T L3BER fzF&#qm/
HROSMOlCB
TSB Revision
102
<TURBO>
d
FUSIBLE LINK@ n BA: REI -rTERY I/ I - ~~&CATED
4riTVER
UI,
J/B
15A f
R-B
(C-2E D i9
I
I i
D I
2B-Y
i ------ -------_
2B30 2B50
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-31X) 1.25R-B 2B-k
2BJME / i0R I kB
t
iJ
2B-Y 10
1. 2
2B
8 0 1II0 If
1. 251 (c-53:
R- B /
1. 25 B-Y
71 ------ -t30 -I.----1
I!
r
(F) 1.25B-R $2; jl (c-52) ---I
2B3 MFI RELAY
8 E L-G
3 W-R
7 (F) 1.25B-L D 8
2 B-W (c-53)
(c-54) 108 (c-52) 8
(c-29)
(c-31)
(c-44)
(c-52)
HROSMOGAA
TSB Revision
103
IGNI ION SWIl -I (IGl) 2B- \7 (C-82) J/B II '6 (c-71) (F>
MFI RELAY
(F) '$Z 3 ,\ 5 FUEL PUMP RELAY (B-28) ___--- OFF / \/ 11(F;5"4"2 L-B (F) (F) 1.25B-F 1.25B-L
(F) 1.25L-B ,,l --FUEL PUMP RESISTOR -+$m (F> 1.25B-L 4 4 (c-30) 9 (c-34)
:6 (D-44)
0.85B-'
COMBINATION METER CONNECTOR
G-R
R-B FUEL PUMP (F-16)
G-R
R-B
L--------
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
2B !
(F-16)
TSB Revision
HROSMOGAB
104
MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) <TURBO> (CONTINUED)
,W>O. 8SK (F)O. a5R (F)O.a5R jib ,\
KUME FLOW
r 11 m 1 yy-j 1 R!r":] JmF ,\
SENSOR (B-29)
xl,, \, \/ v \I Y \/ 3 "7 "5 "6 "1 "2 "4 (F> (F>R-W 1.25B (F>R-L d": (F>O 6%5R I L': I I
E
-I? J II III I -gIlI q(B-40)1201 68 E~~--~~~~~~~~~~ L--------V
2d.d 2
(F)B(F>L-R (F)B(F>L- R 69 -
5v I I I ; 5v
5v
5v
&-
L-r
G+D
LAL--~~~~
(c-52) 26 1.25B 1.25B
ly---_\L - - - - Yys7 - - - - - - - - 2.siENG.i-.--wu56 ---------- ---61 y64 72 CONTROL (F) (F) (F> (F> (F) w[--; MODULE B-W G-Y BR-R1.258 Y-R I I 0 B ; I r_----i____-' L-B I I).RE?R 1 B B
V. YYI.
q q
(B-05) vm (B-29) ljp@ij)
---_-_-.. (B-05)
nnnr n?,vl. %+~%TURE 0 9-02) 8FRvmR UYLY""I\
HROSMOGBA
TSB Revision
105
MFI RELAY (F11.25R 1 3 :{6 :F)OSdg (F1O.a: G-1 IDLE , 1 "3 "4 "6 I= ,.l (B-12) 1 ) I[ 2 i 4 1 RESISTOR
(F> (F> .85G-Y 0.85G-B
(F)LG-I
--------------------_--__J ---_--_-____-----_---~-~~ I I L---m1 I / I v
I I I
j B-W
// It II dzlo B (F)B-W-+; 2 I\ 9E l(B-08) 0 II
+i
B I2
:l
(A-22)
7-k HEATED OXYGEN (~-19) KNOCK SENSOR SENSOR SENSORCRH) (A-69) CB-07) 0 cTm-7) (rn (8-13) (B- (B-31) (B-32) Em3 mm @JjzBldjz&@ziJ~@J#sJ
HROBMOGBB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO> MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) <TURBO> (CONTINUED)
GER -
ACTIVE CONTRO LEi -
:I#
3B-R Ed""'""
R-W
0.85G G " DIODE E-31 Y

r---------------------------------------II r-------------------------------------
B-R
(c-29) r - - - -
R-d
II 1
IQ CZ----------------------
12
/R-W \ 102 (c-54)
(c-52)
10
----- ----
23
11
-5 b ----------- ----------101 114 R-L R R-L t G-B R
i _-----------
103 (c-54)
_- --------(F> (F> B-W BR-f G-Y AIR ~~Yl~~T~ON'NG UNIT hWWg;IC RELAY 7
---- .------ ---- \ 4(A-67) (F>\
a(c-14)
IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR ABS ~{ClfROL
#T
(c-61)
1 TSB Revision
107
MFI RELAY 77 (F>R r----<\ 2 II I /II / I/I 2( II A FUEL PRESSURE ; .xt SOLENOID I "1 (A-71) III I
2 E
@%[ffifvE $
l- (A-20)
%ENOID i
10
;----,,----__-__--_-___ 3 (F>L-R
(c-52)7------__-_____--_ I b+
(F>LG-B
/ ENGINE / g/QgL I
---------__--_-____
(F)L-b 1
(F>L-R
AIR CONDITIONING = ENGINE COOLANT g;#BATU"E POWER STEER
i
DATA LINK CONNECTOR PRESSURE SW
B-c
IG
HR05MOGCB
TSB Revision

<NON TURBO>
E FUSiBLE,LINK Q :TE :RY SRBKER I 2B-\1 IGNITION SWITCH(ST) -T-
I
d ~
2B-Y -_----_ 3 -------------- 5 . M/T I A/T
0 i
15A
(c-71) 2B-k
2B-hr
1.25R-E 30
1.25B-Y
1.25B-Y _ 1.250-W AIR lNSOR
7
ON*-6kF \/
2B-Vi
1.25R-E 34 f 1.258 (F) 3.85R

-
A/;
"2 "3 1. 25 (F) B-R 1.25R -1 1. 25 1. 25 C B-R B-R ___ 120 5
"6 L-G W-R
"5 (F) 1 6
"1 B-h
v-Z :,(c-54)*1 $2 =*2 8(c-52) (c-54)::
TSB Revision
109
IGP SW1 -
ION H(IG1) 2B -W I 3
SA
# 1
MFI REL AY
D
17 m J/B \
)I 2
6
1.250 -L --o B-L -L 40
(c-71)
0.85B--W
:sm
0.85B- -W
B--W
59 (D-04)
FUEL PUMP CHECK CONNECTOR 1.25B- .R ,Ll(c-34) 1.25B- R

r - - - - - - - .-,:f
; ) i I G- R
COMBINATION METER
lI cD-03)
ZTER)
/ I
1.25B- L
I
Y-W
3 &
FUEL M PUMP (F-16) B] 1. 25:B +5
G-F7 (c-54):.1 (c-53):2 c3 I
/I
L--------
1. 2513 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 213

-. NOTE :l:FEDERAL :2:CALIFORNIA I
M02AB
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> MFI CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CONTINUED)
VOLUME r %F6k0" (B-29)
---I
7 (F>l. 251 5
Wl;;HERIC
I-
INTAKE AIR ;#"$ATURI
VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR
:NGINE :OOLANT ;;/g;$ATURE
(F>G-\
(F>'l.251
(F>R-h
(F) 1.25E
(F)R-1
(F>G-\I ,
(F>L-Y
(F)B 1-W
I (c-53): 19 (c-54): ENGINE ' CONTROL: MODULE ; 5

GND
7221 32x2 ------
g: .-------
j1:1 65:1 ;3:1 70:' 3122 85~2 ----- --------_------ 90 2 -______-_ .-- f33:2 --------------
d ei i
5V
i-t
HR05M02BA
TSB Revision
1 1 1
THROTTLE W3I;;ON I
ON
EGR &E#g;&ATURE (CALIFORNIA> I

-I
VARiABLE INDUCTION CONTROL MOTOR

r
: (B-i
(F> (F>l
F>G-
Y j
It-----_ 2
----__ 1
_----_
-a@-----__ 11
i (F)LG-B
(F>B
(F)G-Y
(F)E
(F>BR-R
(F)R-b
(F>B-L F>G-B
(F)G-W
I
g:; ----------
13~2 (c-54):2
(c-53)=
cggl
:2
$ij2fl -----
I ao9;1 * --__-3TOR ?IVE IC I ENGINE lsi%~!L I
ii
NOTE :l:FEDERAL :2:CALIFORNIA
HROSM02BB
TSB Revision
112
MFI CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CONTINUED)
MFI RELAY 31. 25R Fl1.25F (F>1.25RI

T
(F)1.25R
(F)1.25R (F10.85R (F)O.85R
0 (F>1.25R F)1.25F :F)1.25 KNOCK SENSOR
(F>1.25R (F)l.25R (B-40) 13 %SOR CKP ,.3 SENSOR ISC 5MOTOR r
pdeell
(F>B (F)B
INJECTORI
1 1! 1
3-13) I
:)BI
F)L-H t
rH
(F)L-A (F)G-E jg:1 39:2
(F) (F) (F) F)G-B GR-L (F)G-Y (F)(i 0.85G-k 0.85G-I 1_____ 17 -___- 5----- 18 ----. ,(c-5; r----e
Y
5v GND
GND
13 1.25B I! B
------
26 (c-52)
1.25B
ENGINE imEL
1.25B 1.258 d h
6 (B-08)-0
NOTE :l:FEDERAL z2:CALIFORN IA (c-53):1
(c-54)*2
HR05M02CA
1 TSB Revision
113
(F)O.85R (F) 1.25I 1.25( 1.25R 1.25C 1.25R-W
y-r------
RIGHT BANK LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCREAR) SENSOR(FRONT) (CALIFORNIA> (c-55):l (B-16):2 (B-44)
LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(REAR) (CALIFORNIA> (8-45)
RIGHT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(FRONT) (CALIFORNIA>
INJECTOR
1 lI II;
2 (B-3. 0.85Bl I III 2 / .-J
I I
(8-07) i
1--- --
3 _---__
i B II I ' --A B 0 (F>B
I I
I II
;B' II ---J B
i II
-I
(F)B
(F) F) (F) 0.85G-W .85G i-R ( 1.85Y(c-52) 6 _--_ t 15 ----_
(F) 1.25B 14
cc-53):1 (c-54):2 57:1 74z2 g:: g:: ---- ------77:2 i ---_ v v v Y
1:
V
gy2
NOTE Xl:FEDERAL :E:CALIFORNIA
HR05M02CB
TSB Revision
114
MFI CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CONTINUED) ij~ J/B MULTI-PURPOSE t FUSE@ i 77 1. ;;iiLyIGHT -
$GER Ki 3B-R
#+XFTIC CLUTCH
I2
G-k 8(A-36)
B-R
I + I 4
i DIODE E-31
G15'
Is(A-67) G \
'd
R-G 19 (c-29) ENGINE (c-52) s$$jf;L r----- -_- ___-- --I/

I I I
I
V
_-_____-_______ --- ----- -----. - ;'2 I-------------
1 i* ----_-_
23
-I
38:2
Tl!
L-R
1012
Ei:
j3Xl (c-54):' :c-53)*'(c-53):2
L-R
(F)W
+ \ * IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR
G-B
G-R
RADIATOR ;;pAyOTOR (HI) (LO)
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR 'z%PY
HR05M02DA
TSB Revision
115
MFI RELAY
Tl ?ANl SAXLE
NTROL
IDULE
F 1 EGR %&ENol D It (A-21) EVAPORATIVE EMISSION PURGE SOLENOID 20
L-.W
W-
LG-R
BR-L
17:2 (c-54)'l 07:1 (c-53)22 P (F>L- W (B-06) (F>L-' vi (8-38-) POWER STEERING ;;y'ziER 2 J/B
--_---_ 56Q 113:1 (Y I
j222
104'1 (c-90):2
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
i
(A-18) E-z3 (A-21) (B-06) ( B 3 8 ) e=zi) 9/10/11~~12~13~14(151161171)18119 (c-54)*1
OFF - ON
(c-::-1
(c-90):2
IGNITION NOTE TIMING ADJUSTMENT :l:FEDERAL :E:CALIFORNIA CONNECTOR (c-53):2
(c-79) FRONT SIDE
HR05M02DB
TSB Revision

<TURBO>
STA :ER REL 2B-k
0 15A
\I
FUSIBLE LINK@ 5W-B I J/B ,,l (c-68) 637 I
BAT RY 5w 0 r
p
1.25R-B 11 -------------- 30 IOD OR 3TORAGE ZONNECTOR 1.25R-B 2B-Y
2B-T1
2B-f
:c-29)
2B-V IME ioR 1.25R-E 1.25R-i 3 MFI RELAY 2B-! 7

.\
2E
3 1i iQ
1.25B
(F) I. 851
r1
L-C
ONI*OFF
6 R25B- Y 1. 2! B-l r71 ,----
5 (F) 1.25B-L
D W-l f 8(c-52)
B-W (c-54) 32
I (c-54) Ll-----
l--T---
1TSB Revision
117
IGNI SWIT 2B-I
ON (IGl)
&rI
(F> 1.25B-L
(F> 1.25B-L I 3
01
F)1.25L- B
I
0.858-h B-h
J/B
5 rl . "4"2
FUEL PUMP RELAY (8-28) i
\1
Kit;
ALI RESISTOR \,: ?(A-51)
CIRCUIT
(F> 1.25B-I > (F)1.258-F B-W 19 (D-04) , (F 258-L 41 I i5B-L ,I
(D-03)
)CEiTQ I 7
R-B
COMBINATION 1 GAUGE
1.25B-R (A-17)1 ::E J(c-34) I;;FbKPUMP CONNECTOR 1.25B-R

r - - - - - ---_-.
I I
G-R
COMB IATION METE (SPEE METER) Y-k 1-------_
1.25B-L 3 FUEL , PUMP 1 (F-16) 1
__-__-__-___-_--__
I I I I I I I I
( r
I I
G-R
R-B
3_-_--__--------___
Y-W 110 I 160

:
1.258 j(F-
L-----------
1.25B ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 28
HR05M07AB
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit eTlJRBO> MFI CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS) <TURBO> (CONTINUED)
VOLUME r &6kDW (B-29)

i 7
.-wp I w~[ow]
L INTAKE AIR ;EE;$AT"RE J
(B-02) ENGINE COOLANT 'XW~~ATURE
5 (F)1.25B (F)G-Y
1 (F>O
(F)l B
(F11.258
1
1
HR05M07BA
(F)R-lr
(F)1.25B
(F)R-I
(F)G-Y I
(F>L-Y t
(F>B-b L I
I
(c-52) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE +(j
f
.9 (c-54) 92 _-----
2 -------. 11_--- 15 --------------_ -(30 33-.----------/c -------_--.
ii 5v
Tf
3 -e
5v
1 TSB Revision
THROTTLE ;;~&;~ON I
OF!.
EGR ggNgb[ATURE (CALIFORNIA) -
KNOCK SENSOR
ON
I 1
(B-05
6i- I L
W
r&l
(F)Y-1
(F)
C)G-
(F>LG-B
(F)E
(F>BR-R
78 (c-54)
GND V
(c-52)yy----;:p58y26 1.25B 0 1.25B 1.25B h (A-22) (B-05) (W) (c-52) (c-54) B
1.25B h -
HR05M07BB
TSB Revision
120
MFI RELAY
.r
(F) 0.85R (F> 0.85R
-
, (F) 1. 25R 1 (F> 1.25R (F) 1.25R

(F) 'I- 25R
(F) 0. 85R RESISTOR (A-69)
(F>B
1
GND V
(F)L-I 39
(F)GI 7 (I 4 I. il
:F)G-1
18 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
5 ._---_ 18 --
I
GND V
Di >I :- :
I /
(F G ti
Q5 7
(F> (F) (F> (F) (F) 0. 85 0. 8: i;$ G-R G-k Os8E $3 1 1 1 6 INJECTOR _---- j.---- ,,4 --7 I v r. ni /
8
jl IL I 1 :B-12: ii3 21. 2:
1.25 R-W 1 m
1.25 R
I /
r I[ (B-33: &E 0. 05 0. 85 Y-W 3 3 --:$2--i .---(F> (F) (8-07) (F) Og; $!$ ;Ig 3 _--- 14 (C-52) _---. 15 ----- 16
(F) 0. 85 G-Y
(F) 0. 8E G-E
I----- 3 :--ti
1.25B 1.25B 1.25B h
HR05M07CA
TSB Revision
121
(Fj0.8:
LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(FRONT) (8-
t r I / I I I
F-!
4 II I III
I I
% A3
BII II I/I
iz
d
m c
/i2 v
_I 1 B
1/ II B// 1 /1I II I I II
v
2 ---
RIGHT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCREAR) (CALIFORNIA) (B-44) -
LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCREAR) (CALIFORNIA> (B-45) -I

6 \I \I
RIGHT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(FRONT) (CALIFORNIA) (B-1S)
% m
d
2 vi B B
2 v
II III BI/ I III II/ I I II
24 --- 71 II , WII I I/I II I 1 I ---_ i
r":
I%
z 62 B B
--_ I GB 7-_ --
J B-W
<F)1.25B '6
1.25E
TSB Revision
122
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE l FUSEQ ) 0.85R-B ,?

ON
GER 1.25R-W 0
15A
&I+xl -
DEDICATED 3B-R FUSE
R-
G-W (c-61) "3 0. 85G 0 G G-W
,,6 (c-69) J/B "5 (c-83) IL B-R
DIODE E-31 IL
1 r---
12 (C-29)
I I I / / I I I I I I I I I I I I I
R-G r--E~~~NE--------------------------------- 19 __-------__-__------_____j RI R-G ; CONTROL , r---------------------------------------- jr (cMODULE 24 III I

Y
'2 (c-53)
5
:_-__.
20
ti 3---__ .23
i8 :-9o)
: L-R G-Y i II II 7 L---- ----(L-0) LB
i _ ,t6 ------ _------ ------- ----_ I (A-3E a,,; S(F>B-1

G
R-I
.J )
R-I (F)B-W (F>BR-R (F>W G-E

G-F
G- Y AIR ' CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT 9
RADIATOR &doToR (HI) (LO)
1GN Lrl $i Y (c-29)
IGNITION POWER TRANSIST;OR

(c-52)
'E 6Bor ROL & ST UN H

(c-53)
HROSM07DA
TSB Revision
123
1 I I I , I I I 1 I
MFI RELAY 7 (F) r---- 2
1
@ENOID r Q TURBOCHARGER
-__--___--_-___
(F)L-I
(F>LG-E
(F)LG-I
(F)R-7
(c-52) L 5____-_----____--__
(F)L-b G
E! I
7
j(A-72)
32 (c-53)
ENGINE ##w"
. _ ~._
.-----56
l(c-29)
B-G
DATA Lib
ZONNECI
i.
[ IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR (c-52)
I1
(A-18)
(C-FRONT
SIDE
0Si2
HROSMO?DB
1 TSB Revision
124

<NON TURBO> (FEDERAL)
FUSIBLE LINK0 P BATTERY
2W-B
mER
IGNIT ION SWITCI i (ST) 1 2B-Y --I. 2B-Y
J/B+===+@&ATED ;
?-I ;
2B-Y
2B-Y I &ARM 2B-Y
(F> R-E 2B-Y R-B

HEADLIGHT DOME LIGHT. FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDEE ILLUMINATION LIGHT COMI LIGI t .ELECTRbNIC CONTROL SUSPENSION .FULL AUTO A/C
R-E
m fiiJ;&@sE 1.25R-1 3 1.25B-Y R-E

l-
E8:1 iEIGHT AND

7TMENT
1.25B-W !EI%!R
7
1.25B-k
(R-B){ELC-4A/T
1.25R-E
:F) 1. 851
2
r
d
L! -------ON'-&F \,
OFF-ION \/
3 -I -f 1
2 3 1.25 (F> B-R 1.25R 0 1. 25 C B-R 2_L7\ 12 (c-52)
6 L-G W-R
5 1.25B-L
1 B-W
D
108 (c-54)
8(c-52)
(c-53)
HR05M03AA
1 TSB Revision
125
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
tiF1 IEL AY 7 1.25B-
\, 5
\I \I
S(c-71)
-___-_---__
,6 (D-44)
1.25B-
FUEL PUMP CHECK CONNECTOR 1.25B59 (D-04) t TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT
g(c-34) 1.25Br--------
COMBINATION METER
/ WARNING LIGHT
(F>1.25B-W G-I
IGNITION
COMBINATION &%O,METE,:
Y-W
.25B-1 3 FUEL PUMP (F-16)
7 ------ ---- -- _-_____-__- 6m Y-W I G-R
1.25E
OSic-54)
.25E
2B
HR05M03AB
TSB Revision
126
MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED) d ~
(B-02)
VOLUME i%usow m
----4SENS0R
IINTAKE AIR IWIW~~ATURE
ATMOSPHERIC
VOLUME K2Jk0"
NGINE OOLANT ~bP;~ATURE
I
2 (F>[ (F>O.&R (F>t
7 (F>1.25B (F>G-k
(F)B :)G-Y
(F)R-W
(F>1.258
(F>R-L
(F>G-\I
(F>L-I
(F>B-'
I
r---
Et----- 52 - - - - - - --
%
GND 5V
- 13 26 (c-52) 1.25B 1.25B
------
1.25B n
1.25B h
HROSM03BA
1 TSB Revision
127
THROTTLE ?';;A;;""
c IN

i-i!----_ -----_
-a%.----_. 1
3-09)
1
-i 1
t-Y
2 B-10)
(F>Y-R
(F)l
(F> BR-I
)G-I
(F)G-Y
(F>B
(F)B (F>G-Y Y-L /

ELCdA/T
Y-R (F)R-$
ELC-4A/T
r 1
(F>B-L
F)G-E 1
(F>G-h
#;f;~IW~XJISE
(F>Y-R
(F>BR03 ----_
t 09 ------
I .lO
ITOR I( I !IVE ! ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
TSB Revision
128
MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)
MFI RELAY :)1.25R (F>1.25R (F)l. 25R (F10.851;
L
1 (F>E
(F>O.85R (F>1.25R (F11.251 CKP ..3 SESSOR ,\
(Fj1.251 ISC 5 MOTOR

i
CMP 3 SENSOR
F)l.25F ? ( F) 1.251 B-13) I 1 ,\ I I 2 LAL I

;
(f T
:) 1. 25R
(F)1.25R
JLA-L / \/ 2 & (F>E 3
3-11) 1 T 1 1
r2
)B
F)L-W
(F)L-F ! I
(F)G-E i9
ill-.
3 (I I4 4
(F) ?G-B GR-L (F)G-Y (F>(
:F) (F) 0.85G-Y ; ).85G-B 2L-----. _1
i____- 17 ----- 5----- 18 ---Y Y Y
GND V
GND V
TSB Revision
1 2 9
(F)1.25R (F) 1.251 1.25( KNOCK SENSOR 1. 25( 1 1.25( .25R
(F)O.B5R
I I 1 I I 1 I I 1 I I / I
LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(FRONT)
.25R-W 1 m
i
2
I I I I tq I I I / I I 4 I , I I I
I I I I I I I I I / 1 , I
0 s-2
J -
I
(B-33: 0.85Y-h (B-07)
1 ; vi
(B-08)
:B-3;
I I Ii 2 2 II I (B-31 I
0.8% 0.8581 3 -----_
B/
L/
I
D /W
L-
.---_
I I I I I I I I I 2' --J
i r
k I 1 I I I I
(F>f 3
(F) 0.85G-W 18
L-f ; ----
(F> I. %Y15 ----ti 14
(F) 1.258 I
(c-53)
(c-52)
1 --72
jS(c-53)
c&l
1 2 3 4 HR05MOXB I
I TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED) Yj
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE l FUSE@ i v O.S5R-BI
WITH &#&EU'SE I A
I ~
V&IGHT I nn I., I ;;EXkCATED 3B-R G-Y
c: CLUTCH
STOP LIGHT SWITCH
(c-62)1
I. 4
O F F 1 ON
CONTROLLED MIRROR G )
0.05G
.I
,t-?nv r LII,C.TF,l bmmlluu?.I,7 DID,C,VI I .STOP LIGHT + ch;;h~~fUISE
c @iNTI-LOCK
-,.
%I
I i I t I
I I lnIfli-lF
19 (c-29)
ENGINE (c- ~~~~~p r-----------------17
R-G
V
R-G ---------------- ------------------------------. t24
'2 1-------------
-5 101B G-k W L-F 130
-3 -i ZJi
17
_-----------
15
G -R (G-R)
ELC-4A/T
I
LE
--I
ELC-4A/T METER AND GAUGES
11 (c-29) (F)B-L (F)B-W
G -R
3@g
EI(A-67) G -R _ !!m!~fiIC
G-E
RAD IA' FAN REL,FE"' (Lo:
IGNITION POWER TRANSISTO;
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR %PY
HR05hi03DA
1 TSB Revision
131
MFI RELAY
7
TRP
qXLE C TROL M ULE
1
EVAPORATIVE %P ON SOLENOID W-l W-I
BR-l
'(c-53) 59
B _--___-- __-__
(F>L-h
P
ELC-4A/T
116 ----------7
5v
_-_-_-____--_-____--- ------_ 07 r113

p
---_-_-_-___-___-_------.
12
J/B
A
(p)
@s>
(Y)
P P
-----4 ':I(c-29)
$tB@FNC SUSPENSION .FULL AUTO

m
A/C
B-G
2B n =
B P R-B (Y) 16 7 (c-79) 4 5 1 A A A A A DATA LINK CONNECTOR
1 IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR
(A-18) ( A - 2 0 ) CFnl (B-06) (B-38)- (c-29) f?JJ @3J @ ~p7Jmmmq Ii3 9 ~10j11~~12~13/14/15~16)171118/19
(c-79) FRONT SIDE
HR05M03DB
TSB Revision
132
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit -<NON TLhBO>

<NON TURBO> (CALIFORNIA)
FUSIBLE LINK@ BATTERY
2W-B
HORN
EKE
IGNITION SWITCH(ST)
J/B
04
15Ab
I :;
(F) R-B
\/
(c-83) 11 "7 (F)R-B Ok"; (c-77) R-E3
2B-Y
1
2B-W
HEAbLIGHT I30ME LIGHT, 'OOT LIGHT /4ND IGNITION I<EY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION 1,IGHT 1 Ll ;GHT AND E8ZAI COMPAI 8 'MENT LIGHT
1.25B-Y R-
VOLU FLOW7
(R-B)
ELC-4A/T
1M> (c-54)
.25B
(F) 3.85k A/T I R-i 1.25 B-E
OFF-tON
ON?-OFF
\/
'6
"5 W-R 1.25B-L
"1 B-W
D
L-G
91 ------
380
A8(c-52)
(c-54)
i2
TSB Revision
133
IGN ITI1 SW1 TCH (IGl) 6 a: 28.
B-W
CHARGING
MFI RELAY II 7 1.25B- L WI
J/B
2B-Y( 5 --------___ t 0.85B-w

TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT
(D-44)
1.25B- L 4ic-30) FUEL PUMP CHECK CONNECTOR 1.25B-1 i g(c-34) 1. 25'B-R

r - - - - - - .-I
I
g(D-04)
1
-I (F)1.25B-W G-l
;;y;&NATION
(D-03)
COMBINATION METER liiiioojllliR:
Y-W ----~~--~-----------_ 6m
IGNITION
Y-W
/1.25B-L / 1I 3 II FUEL II PUMP m )
t
I
/ I I
G-h
(Y-W) ELC-4A/T
$, +J
Y-W
(F)Y
METER AND GAUGES
I, L------ -- ,,Ej(F-14)
/ I
1. :
25B
35B (c-53) ------libel l. : 0 2B
oFm (c-14)
Cc-30) 3 4 ) (c-
(c-53)
(c-54)
(c-71)
(c-82)
HR05M04AB
1 TSB Revision
134
MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CALIFORNIA) (CONTINUED) .vj
VOLUME r i!Wiiow !B-29)
:NGINE 'OOLANT ';/i!P;~ATURE
l-
I
7 (F11.25 5 '6 (F>G-Y
1
2 (F>C
\, 1
(F>B
4c
(F)R-'I (F> 1. 25: (F)R-I <F)G-Y (F)L-Y (F>B -W
_ (F)B -CF)G-Y
I
I?--..-
1 GND GND V V :-x------Y
I
1.25B n
E------- . E i
5v
15 ---------______
0 .---- ---- -I -:$ < -r ?I
13
33 (c-52)
1.25B
1.25B
1.250 n
HROSM04BA
TSB Revision
1 3 5
THROTTLE g;;W;;ON I
OFf
EGR ;E;g;EATURE /I
r I I

r c
.__--_
I------_
)
l -
+m-
3 (F) BR-f
(F>Y-
(F)l
F)G-
(F)LG-B
(F>B
(F)G-!
(F>B
(F>B OG-Y Y-L IELC-4A/'
Y-R (F)R-W
.ELC-4A/T $J~@fU'SE
(F)B-L :F>G-E
(F>G-h
(F>Y7
(F>BR-f;
ITOR 'IVE IC CONTROL MODULE
(A-22) (B-05) m I/~) i
(B-OS) j@+-/
(B-10)0 p&
(c-54)
HR05M04BB
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CALIFORNIA) (CONTINUED)
MFI RELAY ( (F> 1. 25RI (F> 1.25R (F> 1. 25R (F) 1.25R (F) 1.25R (F) 1.25R
(F) 0.851;!!I
(F)l.25R z5R (F):5Rm %fR
F)L-W I
(F)L
I~8_----E
5v GND GND V
-----13 26 ;i 1.25B 1
L I
(c-52)
ENG I NE CONTROL MODULE
HR05M04CA
/ TSB Revision
137
(Fj1.25 (F11.25 1.25 1.251 1.25(

INJECTOR
(F)O. 85R 1 --_-____I__--_--_ 1.25R 1.25RI 1 I I I I I I I I / I / I
RIGHT BANK LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN LEFT BANK RIGHT BANK HEATED OXYGEN ~~~~~~ HEATED OXYGEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCFRONT) SENSORCREAR) SENSORCFRONT) (B-16) (8-44) cB-45) (B-19) 'r------Ii1 3 : II m/ III /II ;B ; B (F>E CF:
I c
,I L
1
I
l I v I
4 I '3 1 /% m 105
I 6 2 12 / .J j I I *I -
: II
mj / I I / I I / I
/ L;
1: 2 21 I (B-33: (8-32: I I I I I 0.85Y-'i 0.85h 0.85B.R I I I I I I
L H
(B-07)
4 3 .----- L----. 2 1 .-J
i B " /I J B
I Ir 1I L
(F) F) (F) 0.85G-W .85G-R 0.05Y-
(F) 1.25B 14 '7 ---. 5-
1 1p
V J
ti
ENGINE Elm"
HR05h404CB
TSB Revision.
138
MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CALIFORNIA) (CONTINUED)
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE
gFGER -TG-Y 2B-R

REAR WINDOW .REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER .REMOTE Sy[$K!8LLED
: CLUTCH
86 A-36)
,,,,,~~ B-1
;'q
-'T
;~;;'L"~G;;STEM ~;LJh#J'SE
1
19 (c-29)
ti
DIODE E-31 G
6( 1A-67)
ENGINE
2p_--------- ____________________
i
IL L--_---. 10
------------
!l
11 (F>U i-R
_----------15
L-F
G-Y I 7----
17 (G-R) 11 (c-29) (F)B-L (F)B-W F)BR-R (F>'Ei

.ELC-4A/T .g;KEISAND
:-R
ELC-4A/T
Ei(A-67) i-R 1 AGNE' LUTC!
(L-o:
LB
IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR
NOTE :l:Hatcnaack Z2:Convertible mm (c-62)
HR05M04DA
1 TSB Revision
1 3 9
MFI RELAY
7
TRANSAXLE C TROL k YJLE
I EGR $i@O'" (A-21)
F
1
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION PURGE I SOLENOID 2m
L-k
W-l
LG-F
BR-1
146 (c-53)
iyi p#L
_____--__--__
(F>L-W (F>L-W
37 (C-53)
ELC-4A/T
&
-_- _-_
(Y)
v-----------------------62
P (P) P
26
(B-06) ,,2
(c-29) yf-----y
P
35)
*&;F;$lNIC SUSPENSION .FULL AUTO A/C
B-G
(P)
(B-38)
,,l 2B B B P R-B (Y)

4 5 1 A A A n A 16 7(c-79) A I?
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
1GN;TION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR
id
HR05M04DB
TSB Revision
140
<TURBO>
I i
;ER
FUSIBLE LINK@ 2W-B

HORN
BATTERY
i% -
J/B 09
5W-B ,,l (c-68) @

10A
2B-
2B-
418: L1GHT LUGGAGE
-Y
l(c-29:
SUPPLEMENTAL l?&"sW~~INT
,,4 (D-151 \'
fW'qRTMENT
I .DOME LIGHT, !TI;T LIGHT, IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATIO LIGHT .HEADLIGHT
\ d
MFI RELAY --------ON'*OFF
7 I@$
I
6
1.25B
. . 25B-
(F> 1.25B-L B-W
-I -Ei
(A-11X)0
1 2 3 4 ia5i (c-sa) c57Q (c-71)
(c-jq)
(c-29)
(c-44)0
(c-53)
(c-54)
II:pRif
(c-77)
(c-83)
(D-15)
(D-44)
HROSMOEAA
TSB Revision
IGN TION SW1 CH(IG?)

2B\ 2BB-W ,
MFI RELAY F>l. 25L(F) 1.25B-L

CHARGING
,7 (c-82) J/B 3 '6 (c-71)
0.85B-\ S(D-44) 0.85B-\r
FUEL PUMP RELAY (B-28)
I c
3 5 --------_ (F) 1.258-
RESISTOR I!m
Rib CIRCUIT
(F>1.258-I
t TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGH
B-1
B-1
L-R
WARNING LIGHT
g%J $1 +3 r
lmg I
R-E
COMBINATION GAUGE
;i;kKPUMP CONNECTOR 1.25B-F
r
1
.258-L ( 35B-L 1.25B-F
r-
COMB JATION METE (SPEE IMETER) G-R Y-h ---__--_ Y-k G-R R-E
L - -
1.25B-L 3 M 2 1.25B .-----__ 5 (F-14) 1.25B 2B

i
S(c-14)
FUEL PUMP (F-16)
6 .---- ----- ------ --.
Y-W Llic-53) 36 (c-54)
l(c-53)
I
) TSB Revision
i (c-71)
HR05MOEAB
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO> MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <TURBO> (CONTINUED) I
VOLUME &k&&""
l-
ENGINE COOLANT $;/WE&ATURE
I
-JCL ,
INTAKE AIR $~W&&fJATURE
7 (F)1.25E
(F>G-k
:F)C
(F)E
(F>1.25E (F)R-\IJ (F>1.25@ (F>R-L (F>G-Y (F)L-Y (F)B-1

,
3 I
(F>B (F>G-Y (F)B
c
19 (c-54) 32 ------- '2 .----___
I --8I iI
5v
1---_ !? __--- - ------_
IO -----l----
33 --------------
1
5V
HROBMOBBA
1 TSB Revision
143
EGR ;EEgEBATURE (CALIFORNIA> I I r OF!, IN THROTTLE ;;;W&ON L 3 (B-05: (Fly-1 2 1 2
KNOCK SENSOR r--b
(F> (F>E BR-fi F)G-
(F>LG-B
(F>B
(F>B (F)G-Y (F>B Y-R I-fJ;PiJpE
r BR-R --I
(F)Y-F
(F)BR-R
, '?l ---------------78 cc-54)
i7 ---------- 34 --------_--_--.
f
GMD V
--I
GND V
myyf----;-$;26 1.25B 1.25B 1.25B h 1.250 h tr B
(A-22) (B-05) (B-08)(=) m j-1 @.

i
(c-54)
HR05M08BB
1 TSB Revision
144
MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <TURBO> (CONTINUED) d

MFI RELAY T7 V
<F) l. 25R
4r (F> 1.25R (F) 1.25R (F) 1. 25R I (F) 1. 25R

L
(F) 1.
2?.jR
(F) 0. 85R RESISTOR (A-69)
T
(F) 0.85F (F> 0. 85R
L
I
(F>B (F>E
<F) Ok? 3
8
0.':;
6 G-i
/2
Lb ,
I \/
INJECTOR
1
I
(F> (F> CF) 0.05 0. 8E i G-h G-Y o.8z 1 1 6 v m
3 4 (6
1. 25 II IL I R-W 2 7IT (B-l= 2a fiFJ 1. 25( 1 /\ xm

l-
ALIL
L
(F>E
F)L-K
(F)L-W
i&-e.-------
(F)GK F)G-E 2 ----tE
(F) GR-L :F)G-I I
(B-3:! $1i&T 0. 8E 0. a5 W Y-hi 3 (F: (F) .---(F) (F> Ok Ok!; 0. 85 I 0. 85 G-W G-R 1---- 2----. 3---- A 16 ----Y
ti
GND V
GND V
HR05M08CA
1 TSB Revision
145
(F)O.B!
LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(FRONT) (B-16)

r 1
RIGHT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCREAR) (CALIFORNIA) (B-44)

-
LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCREAR) (CALIFORNIA> (8-45)
RIGHT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(FRONT) (CALIFORNIA> (B-19)
4 %
Lc
) -.
BII 6 2 c i II B
I I
ma-1 i
II I II III II I b
-.
\I I i-..5 "2 --. II II z m Bl d G II 2 I1I --I III B /II \G 1
G-- -l
III I iI I 1II I i
i-L-.
'2 --T$, E? m z+r-,'r 6 7-m d c --v 2 II v II/ -I I A B I /I/ --B _ it / 1 B-W
$1 '3
13
3 (c-88)
(F)1.25E (c-54) '6
. 25E
HR05M08CB
TSB Revision
146
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE t FUSE@ i
'T$TkkIGHT
DEFOGGER n-r n-9 KELHY

-T-
--I
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
.STOP LIGHT
R-G '--ENcl~~--------------------------------- 19 (c-29) I R-G ; CONTROL MODULE ' r---------------------------------------- f24 ic-52) I II Y
----20
(c-52) 22 59 :c-90) (L-C3) 1 L-CL-(3) I 77 c
------
---__.O
.------
23
11 (F>W
58 (c-so)
1 L-R
G-Y
L-----
7 ----LB
(A-67) 6
METER AND GAUGES
(L-0)
c I (A-36) a(F)B-I (F)B-W (F)BR-F (F>W G-Y \IR ' :ONDITIONING :ONTROL UNIT ETIC L RADIATOR FAN MOTOR IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR REI 1:" RELAY (HI) (LO)
NOTE :l:Hatcnoack :2:ConvertiDle
i!Lf
HROBMO8DA
1 TSB Revision
MFI RELAY 7 (F) 2 r---'
zr/ -7T Y \I
2 TURBOCHARGER WASTE GATE SOLENOID (A-70)
L----
- -_-_____ --__
--- -------- -----. 1
--__-_------___
(F>L-
(F)LG-: 7 _-___--__-_--_
(F)LG-I 2 3 _-_-___-_------_ 7 6
V
(F>R-\I 32 (c-53) ENGINE

ii#EEoL
b-f5v
4 :------------------ -
45 G(A-67) G-l
52 (F)L-V ii (B-06) ,: (F)L-V, r

(B-38) ,,l
---___--__-_____
52
(c-90)
I
I 9
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
(A-70)(A-71)(m) (B-06) (m(C-29) pLBi (c-90) i
IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR (c-52)
l(A-18) I
HROSMOEDB
TSB Revision
148
<NON TURBO>
MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)
TE
STARTER RELAY
IGN ION SWI' H (ST) 2B-k

F(c-31)
\,
2B-k ---- 5 1.25R-B (A-67) CONNECTOR 2B-Y R-B +
(c-83) il "7 (F)R-B Ok!; (c-7' R-
11-J
B-Y
I
Em""
2B-Y
2B-Y WITH . WITHOUT #g&ALARM ;vE';hALARM /\ L/ 2B-Y7 s ,\ PNP SWITCH

?=m '*k
2B-k
2B-W
DOME FOOT AND KEY
LIGHT, LIGHT IGNITION CYLINDER
&iQE"ISE
c-29)
1.25R-E l.25B-Y ?.25B-W VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR I

r
L*
1.25R-B
.
1
.25B
i
:F) ;).85R!
J
2B-W 4 1
I 0 ~ v $2; c 3Egm D I
----id;
O N '-OFF
2B-w I30
W-R 2 1.25B-L 'I

4 I
B-W
;.E.. iEm
12
5M09AA
TSB Revision
ClRCUlT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO>
149
IGN SWI 2B-
ION -I(IGl) \ J/B
B-W
CHARGING
MFI REL, D 1.25 B-L
0.85BB-L O.S5BB-W
TURN-SiGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT
B-L 1.25 B-R > 1.25i
g;EL&PUMP CONNECTOR
59 (D-04)
COMBINATION METER 1. 251

1Ir - - - - - I I/1 1. 25F I II /I II 1I II // / II 1. ; I /
L------.
1m
(F>1.25B-W G-I (F)2B-W 7 l

IGNITION
COMBINATION METER (SPEEDOMETER) I
j 1
FUEL PUMP
G-E
i(F-14)
S(c-53)
1. :
NOTE ::CONVERTIBLE
HR05M09AB
TSB Revision
150
MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CONTINUED)
VOLUME r %SEk"" (B-29)
ENGINE
3 (F>1.25B (F>G-Y
(F)R-k
(F> 1.258
(F)R-L
(F>G-Y
12 -----__
;I
GND
GND V
&
5V
HR05MOQBA
1 TSB Revision
151
THROTTLE ;&;OE&ON I
OF:, ON
MANIFOLD DIFFERENTIAL SEE;;; I

t

-@-
0 L-AL ,3 (B-05)
2 (F) BR-R )G-\l
A 1 I
-J
-----_ ----2 3
------. 1
1-09)
(F) (F> (F)W-I Z-Y (F>l (F>G-Y (F>B
2 (8-10)
(F>Y-F 7
(F>B (F)G-Y
24
Y-R
m*
.ELC-, 4 A
1'
#;;#J'SE
1 /T
(F>R-W
(F>B-1
')G-E
(F)G-W
(F>Y-R
-17 I 5v
(F) BR-R
!L-.------
I T 3gm -----_. 10 ITOR 7IVE IC i ENG I NE CONTROL MODULE

I
HROBMOSBB
TSB Revision
152
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> ~ d

MFI RELAY
MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CONTINUED)
(F)0.85R
1 1
(F>B '>B F)L-I:
r
I
5v
(F)1.25R
:)l. 25R F)1.251 F)1.25R (i)RI
<F>O.S5R
(F>1.25E (Fj1.25 CKP 3 SENSOR I
(F) 1.25E F)1.25R :F) 1.25
I rP
1 \/
2
VI w \/
5Ii%OR
1
@I I INJECTOR i
I
1 "3 "4 "6 (8-35)
[ 1r 1
3-13) I
(8-12) 1 c J 2 L
KNOCK SENSOR L
Ir
(F) (F) (F) ' (F)GR (F)G-B GR-L (F)G-Y (F)G 0.85G-Y 0.85G-I
B----(c-54
39
,(c-52 4 ----- 17 ----- 5----- 18 ----_ L------ 1-----
78
Y
5v
GND V
GND V
1.25B ! -
1.258 a -
HROBMOSCA
1 TSB Revision
153
(Fj1.25 R b (F)O. 85R (F)1.2EiR 1 *- ---- -__-_--_--_ I / 1.25IG 1.25R I
1
1
RIGHT BANK LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN HEATED OXYGEN x$:5$ SENSOR(FRONT)
In
i
LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCREAR) (B-45)
RIGHT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(FRONT)
1.25 1.25
INJECTOR
1.25R
1 1"
I- 1; 2 '2 2 II (B-33 (B-3; (B-31 !I ,II 0.85Y-1 0.85' 0.8581: II 1II (B-07) 4 3 21 .----_ ---_i- .-J (F) F) (F) (F) 0.85G-W .85G-I I. 85Y-I B
(c-52)
.IE !I[
I I I I I I I I I I
*l I I I I I I 4 I I I ;
I , I
B-W
i B-W ---J B-W
I : B-' L -_I _-B-l
I I
I I
(F)E
(F)B p ---- 43
V
16 -----. 15 -----. J: tE
i!
p -____-__--_ 79
V v
I tE
HR05MOSCB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <NON TURBO> MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (CONTINUED)
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE ! FUSE@ 1 v
;ER
#Ef"uTIC CLUTCH
G-k 2B-R
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER .REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER 'REMOTE Syi;;#LLED
GI
::E
,0.8;
.ANTI-LOCK .&;';f?G;;STEM
iv84
B-R
1
R-G 1 19 (c-29)
R-G 58 (c-92) v 3
DIODE E-31
G
:gZ50
ENGINE iEEL I
2 (c-52) I - - - - - - - - - - - - -
(c-52;
L-F G-E
.---. 0
-------- ----. ------. ------_ 11 (c-9; !l IO !3 (F>'
_----------_ 1 (L-0 W 1
.ELC-4A/T .~~;ld~SAND
jl
&&----------
G-R (17> (G-R) G-R

(c-29) 7 ELC-4A/T
G-k I ----
,,g (A-67)
L-B
(F)B-L
(F)B-W :F>BR-R
(F>A
(L-0
G-R
RADIATOR AiEA!OTOR (HI) (LO)
IGNITION POWER TRANSISTO;
AIR MAGNETIC CONDITIONING CLUTCH CONTROL UNIT
(c-62) El
1 2 HR05M09DA
1 TSB Revision
155
MFI RELAY 7
TRP
3ULE
2 EGR SOLENOID VALVE (A-21) ! 1
EVAPORATIVE ;flMIgEION SOLENOID 20
L-h
W-l
W-I.
LG-R
BR-I
46 (c-53) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
56
ELC-4A/T
1 (P) F (F>L-h (B-06) (F>L-W 10 :ONNECT (c-52)

(c-79) FRONT SIDE (c-92)
HR05MOSDB
B-G
C 1 IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR (c-53)
1 TSB Revision
MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)

<TURBO>
;ER
FUSIBLE LINK0 2W-B

HORN
BAI RY - 5\
82 28.
5W-B ,,l (c-68)
J/B
_-- - 1; --Ie
311 7 O$B ccg
B
00
0
---.I
1.25R-E
l-L----------_
15A
3 F
2B-k 30 50
R-B
14 i
R-B a A
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR R-B
1.25R-E
28. 0.85B-Y 1.25B-Y l--E 1

SUPPLEMENTAL ~&;;~fiINT
2B-k 4m
X88 L1GHT LUGGAGE
@%'+RTMENT DOME LIGHT, E%l' L1GHTp IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATIC LIGHT HEADLIGHT
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL W ARNING LIGHT FULL AUTO A/C T
IE AIR
NSC IR
1.25R-1 (c-93)
1.25R-E 1 2B-\r 4 2B-lv
(F> I. 851
iOF<.o, V
1 41
C
2 MFI RELAY L-C W-l B-W
1.25B
1.25B-I
(F)1.25R 25B-R i----7 12 (c-52)
(c-54)
r
38 (c-53)
TSB Revision
157
IGNI ON SWI? i(IG1) 2B2B\7 cc-82) ; J/B A JL 0.85B-\1 v

60
MFI RELAY v (F> 1.25B-L
')l. 25L- B
CHARGING
3 FUEL PUMP RELAY (B-28) !
/\
ON*
1
1
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT RESISTOR (A-5'1)
-(c-30) (c-34)
0.858-!J I 0.85B-W li I 77 COMBINATION B-W
(F> 1.258-k,
\/ \/ "4"2 (F> 1. 258-l
L
WARNIhiG LIGHT
/: iJ Y \I l(D-03)
COMBINATION GAUGE
l-37 (A-17)
g;;bKPUM? CONNECTOR .25B-R
r
1 III I/I II
I !
1.25B-L i 85B-L 1.25B-R
il(c-44)
.25B-F [ATION IMETER)

r---- -----_
1.258-L
G-F?
R-B Y-k 7 .__-_--___-__-__--1 ------__
s(c-14)
( ! 1.25B
Y-W G-RI R-B F)Y

i METER i GAUGES AND
I L-----------
hcI6 -_~-____---_--_---__
j6 (c-54)
1.25B 2E
! (A-17) (A-5(- 4 ( c - 1 / )
I
=
FUEL PUMP (F-161
5 (F-14)
HRO5MlOAB
TSB Revision
158
MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) <TURBO> (CONTINUED)
VOLUME r i%W?ow (B-29)
VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR

INTAKE AIR ;[W&ATURE
,INE 1LANT BiATURE
7 (F> .25E
(F)G-Y
(F)O
(F)0.85R \
(F>B
(F) .25E (F>R-k (F) 25E (F)R-L (F>G-Y (F>L-Y (F>B
(F>B :F>G-Y
32 --_---_ ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

ti
7 2 - -----. - -
HROBMlOBA
) TSB Revision
159
THROTTLE I%%;~"" '
MANIFOLD DIFFERENT IAL p&RE ----I
KNOCK SENSOR
(B-OB)
(F>Y-R
<F>B (F>G-Y Y-R L I - @$;$$UISE
(F>Y-R
(F)BR-R '4
8 (c-541
GND
---I
GND v
(A-22) (B-05) (B-08) (B-46) (c-52) m !jp&Tj) @ jlTEE#
(c-54)
HROSMlOBB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO> MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) <TURBO> (CONTINUED)
MFI RELAY
C (F) 'I. 25R
(F) 1.
25R
(F) 0.85R RESISTOR (A-69) 4 +
(F) 1. 25R
(F) 1. 25R
(F> 1.25R (F) ?.25R 0 (F) 1.25R (F) 0.05R (F) 0.85R ,,3 %%SOR /\ ,,3 %SOR
I\ R
ll
:( 7 5 1 2 8 3 (F) (F) CF> (F) (F) o.El 0. 82 O$g kSL G-I i;; ;;$ 1 1 6 INJECTOR/x3 1 _---- 5.----: 63 INJECTOR ---7 7 I v II r,1 [ I
ISC 2 0,,5
MOTOR
(B-40)1
l!b --:3 1
<F)B
,\
) (B-13: :B-l;
L 1[
II I 2 2 pi-J 1. 25C 1 m I[ 2 (B-32: 0. 85 W 3 _---(F) 0. 85 G-R 16 -----
(F>B
(F>E
F)L-k
(F)L-!I
:c- EL- _______ _ _ 8!
I !
(B-33 0. 85 Y-W (F) GE DG-I (F) (F: GR-L (F)G-\I G 8 L-. (F: OS (F> Ok; 1I---- 3 ----. iE (F) OS;
m I[ &
1
1. 25 R
I I I I 1 I
I\ 77 b 1L \I /
0. 85 BR 2 _---(F> 0. 85 Y-B 15 A ------
GND V
GND V
HROSMlOCA
TSB Revision
161
LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCFRONT) (B-16)

I
RIGHT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCREAR) (8-44)
LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCREAR) (8-45)
RIGHT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCFRONT) (B-19)
J 3
L r II II B/I I 1/I II III
*; 1
\, 5
L-
I k
'1 "3 3
5 m d 2
m 2 "
r I I I I BI 8 I I I / / / I I / r I
! I
$'2 '4 --_--7 --_.-J
I F--l
L
'1 "3
m
3m
I% co
h'c;t: v 2 CL&L, ;2iz v vv B
3 &
.I
*I B-W B-W
B-W B-W (F11.258

(c-54)
c
II
B-W (F>B
L-
6 7 - - 2-r-- .- 3 'I -+ I / / + II WI --- -J
- --8 _ _ 3 (c-88) % F? vo I (F)Y-B B-W B-W

t
76
34 (c-53:
HROJMlOCB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit <TURBO> MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) <TURBO> (CONTINUED)
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE FUSE@
IGHT
/GER
STOP LIGHT SWITCH
I
G-W
r
DEDICATED 3B-R FUSE I I 2B-R B-R \

.REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER .REMOTE ;p$$;;LLED
3B-R
50
J/B 5(c-83)
1
R-G
r----- ---------------------------------~
DIODE E-31
ENGINE ggp
R-G 580
d i
---_ 20 / L-R G-l
------ ------. ------. ------. ------. 1 IO 23 (c-52 22
1 (F> (L-0
L----_ 3
11 L-l
(A-67) 6 I (A-36) 8(F>B-1 G-b c (F)B-W (F>BR-R (F)
--Y
!4;;4~SAND
(G-B)
(L-0
RADIATOR ;~~A~OTOR (HI) (LO)
FE iwc IGiITION POWER TRANS&R REI .Y
AIR ~Cl~~l~~ONNG UNIT
HR05MlODA
1 TSB Revision
163
MFI RELAY 7 (F: 2 r---
I I I I I I / I I I I-----
g9g;fiTI~~ PURGE I SOLENOID j(A-20)
2( /\ EGR SOLENOID 1
1 I
TURBOCHARGER WASTE GATE SOLENOID
_-----------___
3 (F>L-
_____-___-______ 1 (F)LG-R
_______~______ 4 (F)R-' 32 (c-53)
(F>LG-1 40
6 E 9 _____-____-__--- i PV :
o+
P
A I _-----,
G(A-67) G-
I 9
(F)L-'h (B-06) ,,2 (F)L-W ,,l POWER STEERING g;y?;;ER 2B n B B P R-B (Y) 4 5 1 16 7m A A A] DATA LINK CONNECTOR cc-29)4 1
FULL AUTO A/C
l(A-18)
IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit COMPONENT LOCATION

Up to 1993 models and 1994, 1995 models Non Turbo (Federal)
Name Air conditioning relay Air conditioning switch Camshaft position sensor Check engine/malfunction indicator lamp Crankshaft position sensor Data link connector EGR solenoid <California - Non Turbo, Turbo> EGR temperature sensor <California - Non Turbo, Turbo> Engine control module Engine coolant temperature sensor Evaporative emission purge solenoid Fuel pressure solenoid <Turbo> a P D R Z Symbol 0 Name Ignition coil (ignition power transistor) Ignition timing adjusting terminal Injector / Symbol
(1
Multrport fuel rnjectron (MFI) relay ParWNeutral position switch c&T> Power steering pressure switch Resistor <Turbo> Throttle position sensor (With built-in closed throttle position switch) Turbocharger waste gate solenoid <Turbo> Variable induction control motor (DC motor) (with built-in induction control valve position sensor) <Non Turbo> H W C U J Vehicle speed sensor F I Volume air flow sensor (with built-in intake air A temperature sensor and barometric pressure sensor)
Heated oxygen sensor idle air control motor (stepper motor)
E L
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit
165
-x- --qY7FU1003
Volume &flo~.&&sor (with built-in intake air temperature sensor and barometric pressure sensor)
temperature sensor
built-in closed throttle position switch)
<From 1993 models>
<Non Turbo>
Heated oxygen sensor
P--l I
TSB Revision

<Turbo>, <Non-Turbo (From 1994 models)>
W12FOOSC
(DC motor) (with built-in induction _ control valve position sensor) , ./ I/
X7FI lOA
I-
Injector \
,-\ Y7FUO803 I
(rgnition powertransistor)
Y7FUO648
1 TSB Revision
167
Check engine/malfunction
Lki @ %\\ Y7FUO999 1
Xl 6FO498
\l-T-T-
..
Engine control module
W 16FO297
TSB Revision
\
21492 \ r/
\
X7FUlOlO
~ ./ , model&-v
yv
<From 1993 models>
\
Y7FU1309
TSB Revision
169
Symbol Q K T E Y N I H W E C
i L
1 994, 1995 models except Non Turbo (Federal) and from 1996 models
<Up to 1995 models for California, Up to 1995 models for Federal -Turbo>
Evaporative emission purge solenoid Fuel pressure solenoid <Turbo> Heated oxygen sensor Idle air control motor (stepper motor) Ignition coil (ignition power transistor)
X V E L M
Turbocharger waste gate solenoid <Turbo> Variable induction control motor (DC motor) (with built-in induction control valve position sensor) <Non Turbo> Vehicle speed sensor Volume air flow sensor (with built-in intake air temperature sensor and barometric pressure sensor)
U J
F A
iJ
TSB Revision

- l, , I Volume air flow sensor (with built-in intake air temperature sensor and barometric pressure sensor)
0 -I 3. \Y%=S-Y---l \
<California-Turbo and
<Non-Turbo (Up to 1993 models)>

Vehicle speed sensor (reed switch)
<Turbo>, <Non-Turbo (From 1994 models)>

W12FOO5C ) I
I TSB Revision
-- p q (qqTjar=-? I T j+ I) !yyj;jZ_ A~- -e L-I-p-----m--~~, ___ -T i s i\ 1 ~~~~+~~y7Fu,o~6 -r,
Ar;;{di6onin$& i
I lim.-;lII
c
I Injector \
/-, Y7FUO803
, L
\ R\/1
I I\,?-==,>\ I
/I relay
- 1
1 Check engine/malfunction
U68FOOll
TSB Revision
1 7 2
W16FO49E
W16FO292
pressure sensor
tTt)-Li ii/ FCR t.amnerstl IW sananr I
I
__--. -_--
riY
WIkUlUlU 1
TSB Revision
173
-/
W7FUlOll
If
X7FU1309
i;
TSB Revision
174
NOTES d
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit
175
COOLING
COMPONENT LOCATION
Name Air conditioning compressor lock controller Air conditioning control unit Condenser fan motor relay (Hi) Condenser fan motor relay (LO) Symbol E D B B Name Radiator fan motor control relay (up to 1993 models) Radiator fan motor relay (HI) Radiator fan motor relay (LO) Therm0 sensor Symbol B A A C
I U16FO257
R19F0134 00002185
3 II
Radiator fan motor relay
: p ?GKli$~E[ \y\ \ CUP to 1993 models> Condenser fan
V16FO292
Air conditioning compressor lock controller
TSB Revision
176
COOLING CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)

IGNIT N SWITCI IGl) 28-h 7 b t '""I, L-RI T 2L-G 5 I\ L-R 2L-G L-R 0.85B-W 1 7T + 0.85B-W L-R
t
\ LJ
FUSIBLE LINK@ 2R-B 2R-B
IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) 2L-B
,l ,,5 1 fi RADIATOR A (A-04X) ------&!EA?oToR ------JOFF- ;,ON \/ _ \I (LO) (HI).OFF-:flN I 3 4 3 4 2L-Y L-B
59 (D-04)
d
L L-Y
2L-Y
L-B
h
L-B
28
G-B 0
1 I L-Y
G-B
G-B P6
7(D-45)
2
1
,3 /Z
RESISTOR
ENGINE COOLANT 1 OFF - LEVEL SENSOR d 0; (A-56)
RADIATOR FAN ASSEMBLY
(A-55)
2Ei
B
?
2E
HRO-SMOOAA
TSB Revision
177
K&K CONTRO
L-R 7 G-
)ITIONING IE"W LoCK
RADI FAN REL(
L-B
~
L-------- 4 L-----------------------G-C
G-C 5 .TICONDENSER =AR' """TOR 1
;
2L-B
B G-B
B L-G L-G i
9 _--__-__----___---__---~~~---~~---- i
(A-36)
HR06MOOAB
TSB Revision
178
COOLING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)

FUSIB E LINK b 5 2R-B 2R-B
A
IGNI: 3N SWIT( (IG2)

,FULL AUTO A/C .MANUAL A/C
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) B-W
2L-E (c-82) 2 .-_______--____
(c-69)
L-F
METER AND GAUGES
2L-G 1 (A-04X)
TrIN
L-k ,,5
L-I
RADIATOR (A-07X) ;;EA~OTOR -------___ (HI) OFF-:iJN I (LO) I' 3 '4 3 L-E 2B G-E x----~~~----~~~~-~------- ,2 (C-31) G-B
2L-Y
L-E
G-l 11 ---
25 (D-45) L-Y 7 G-B ..2 ,\ (A-56) ENGINE ENNT OFF '?ON- SENSOR R - 1
pW#IATOR : ASSEMBLY : (RESISTOR) . r i (A-55): 2B
G-Y
!%kAND
VEHICLE %i%R
ELC-4A/T
53 __-- ------ 166 ___------------@--.&J (C-53)
2B
1 TSB Revision
179
FUSIB E IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) LINK k 5 Lr---
DUAL ~$~PX~~RE
G, / 1 I
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER I

(G-0) I
GI 7 I I I I I I I I / I I I I I I I / I I I I I I I / I I I I I I I I I I I I I I / 3 -----___ _I
/2L-I
DEDICATED FUSE
I-------
G,,l
,\
2L-w 5 /\\ ------@OFF
2L-w 5 A\ CONDENSER ;;FAvOTOR ------( H I ) (LO) OFF-,? IN
\/ "3 II cI L---. 'i
'4 (A-31X)
(A-34X) L 1 L
2L-I
G-B
2L-I 4 .---__ 4 NO CONNECTION
28
I---7
(A-36)
2B a
(A-33X) (A-34X) (A-36) @im (A-45)
(A-46)
HROGMOlAB
TSB Revision
180
COOLING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)

<TURBO, NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA)>
~:Al;f _____ f$+yT b,C

FAN ASSEMBLY RADIATOR FAN MOTOR ) m2L
""I-,, nm.nn KHJJIHIUK
ffJYG:
B-w
1
CHARGING LIGHT
12
2R-BI
.MANUAL A/C
METER AND ISAUGES

!
2L-G 1 5 RADIATOR ;fi~,~OTOR (HI) (LIO) 3

OFF-:/ON
(A-04X)
LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT
\/ 4
L-
28 11 --------------------------G-B , L-Y f
G-B
L-E
(RESISTOR)
HiW AToR ASSEMBLY
VEHICLE .R $&/ND ;&i$;R
ENGINE COOLANT $;lgiEATURE
2B
TSB Revision
181
FUSIB E IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) LINK b 5 B A L-R 2R-B
DUAL l';~'~;RE G-O
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER
I I I I
(G-0) 1 10 0 r----+*------52---------------1 II // G-O I/ 2L-Y I II L--------&---------------------1 I 63% ELCATED / 2L-R 20A II 2L-w G-O
---7
id
G-B 2L ,: 1
c----------
w
I
&--,1 I
11 I
NC! CONNECTION
2B (A-36)
[CONDENSER ,FAN MOTOR
M
2
t/,-i 2
2L-B 0 2B
2B
I'
HROGM02AB
TSB Revision
182
COOLING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)

IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) 2R-B 2R-B I 2L-B IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
+ ---pqF-JNG (C-82) .MANUAL A/C 'FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONING J/B @

10A i (c-69) 1
L-R
0
L-f 5 (A-04X) r - b - - 2L-G
?1 1 I k--------- 1
METER AND GAUGES
IN
L-E
L-R L-l ,,5 RADIATOR /\ (A-07X) ---------_ Kk!A!oToR (LO) (HI) PFF-..b I 4 I G-B 2B G-B 11 __---____----------_-----G-B
J
2L-G
2L-Y
L-E
G-E 11
Gj~~~~~ G-B (A-56)

Bll ENGINE COOLANT ~~/;;~A'"""
VEHICLE
METER AND @;R GAUGES
Y-W 1 2E
EL&4A/T 1
20
92 1 ---_--------_- 1 ----86
2E
HROGMOBAA
1 TSB Revision
183
IGNITI SWITCf-
DUAL AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK g$FF%;;RE , CONTROL,LER (DOHC>
; 2L-;
I 1 0 y----.- ,,lO --__--__-----_ 3 / G-O 1 / 2L-Y L--------,2 --______-___--_-______ 09 WATED

20A C
2L-W
G-O ,,3 h 7 1, ,,-OFF (HI) (LO) ti ON "4 (A-31X) ' 2L-B 1 0
I I I I
L----
G-B L 2
I I I I I I / I @&
NO CONNECTION
2L-E
I 9 .--------_I
e
I
iCONDENSER /IFAN MOTOR
2B
i
HROGM03AB
TSB Revision
184
<Up to 1993 models> TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

1. Neither the radiator fan nor condenser fan rotate at all. l Check fusible link No. 5 2. Only the condenser fan does not operate. l Check dedicated fuse No. 8. 3. The radiator fan and condenser fan do not operate in the low speed mode, but operate otherwise. (1) The AK compressor magnet clutch does not enter the ON state. l Check whether the output of the auto compressor control unit is available. NOTE For troubleshooting of the air conditioning control unit, refer to GROUP 55. (2) The A/C compressor magnet clutch enters the ON state. l Check the resistor. Fan Operating Mode
ant temperature switch (for air conditioning cut3C (239 f 5F) or over, ON at 108C
Check the radiator fan motor relay (LO) and condenser fan motor relay (LO). l Check the therm0 sensor (for radiator fan). (3) The radiator fan does not rotate when the air conditioning switch is turned ON. l Check the radiator fan motor control relay. 4. The radiator fan and condenser fan do not operate in the high speed mode, but operate otherwise. l Check the therm0 sensor (for condenser fan). l Check the radiator fan motor relay (HI) and condenser fan motor relay (HI).
l
Radiator fan mo-
OFF ON ON ON
ON
LOW HIGH
LOW HIGH LOW
OFF
HIGH
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit <From 1994 models> OPERATION

The engine control module controls the power transistors (high speed and low speed) in the module to provide radiator fan motor and condenser fan motor rotation controls in accordance with the engine coolant temperature and vehicle speed. 1. Radiator Fan (Low Speed Rotation) l When the engine control module turns on the power transistor (low speed) in the module, the current flows from the ignition switch to the engine control module through the radiator fan motor relay (LO) coil. If the current flows to the fan motor relay coil, the switch of the relay turns on to supply the motor driving power (for low speed rotation). This will cause the current to flow from the battery to the ground through the radiator fan motor, relay switch and resistor, rotating the radiator fan at low speeds. 2. Condenser Fan (Low Speed Rotation) The power from the NC compressor lock l controller turns on the condenser fan motor relay (LO) to rotate the condenser fan at low speeds. 3. Radiator Fan, Condenser Fan (High Speed Rotation) When the engine control module turns on l the power transistor (high speed) in the module. the radiator fan motor relay (HI) and condenser fan motor relay (HI) will operate and the motor driving power (for high speed rotation) is sent to the radiator fan motor and condenser fan motor to rotate the radiator fan and condenser fan at high speeds. Fan Operating Mode
A/C compressor lock controller output Vehicle speed k% Engine coolant temperature $1 Approx. 95 [203] or less 80 or less [50 or less] LO (OV) 80 or more [50 or more] Approx. 95 [203] or more Approx. 105 [221] or more Approx. 105 [221] or less Approx. 105 [221] or more Approx. 105 [221] or less HI (12V) ,_ Approx. 105 12211 or more ON ON High speed Transistor in engine control unit Low speed OFF ON ON OFF ON ON Transistor in engine control unit High speed OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF Radiator fan OFF Low speed High speed OFF High speed Low speed
185
NOTE In the event of faulty water temperature sensor, the engine control module commands the fan motors (for both radiator and condenser) to rotate at high speeds.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
1. Neither the radiator fan nor condenser fan rotate at all. l Check fusible link No. 5. 2. Only the condenser fan does not operate. l Check dedicated fuse No. 8. 3. The condenser fan do not operate in the low speed mode, but operate otherwise. (1) The A/C compressor magnet clutch does not enter the ON state. l Check whether the output of the air conditioning compressor lock controller unit is available. (2) The A/C compressor magnet clutch enters the ON state. l Check the condenser fan motor relay (LO)4. The radiator fan and condenser fan do not operate in the high speed mode, but operate otherwise. l Check the engine control unit.
Condenser fan OFF OFF High speed OFF High speed Low speed High speed
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit
ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL)
IGNITION SWITCH(ST)
/ 0.850-w 160
ALARM 2B-Y 59a PARK/NEUTRAL > ~8~CI;~ON
&!g?!
WITH ElmL-R ,\4

P Lq,
L-R 5\10
\
___--_--- -----------L+$f
2+4 p
STARTER I
K-L
I ' i;y;;NATION (D-03)

I \, I
W-B Y Y-E? Y-R (R-G) G-Y
8BF
PWR
,\ 3 /, ,,4 /,
I
(R-G) ,,3 (R-G) I G-Y .i4 G-Y " (c-14) B-Y ,,ll 0-Y " (c-15)
B-Y _ 0-Y RHEOSTAT
0-Y
(B-Y)
HR07MOOAA
1 TSB Revision
187
IGNIT IN SWITC :IG2) 2L-B -___-__-___--_

10A
TAILLIGHT RELAY
L-R (c-30) L-R
L-R
L-R Z-D
OVERDRI VE SWITCH (c-45) L-F% I
&G!K MODULE
+-l-LJ
(R-G) G-Y
!&y?~- ----- ------ I 14

R-W A I !:&RUISE b!J#%JiSE CONTROL * CONTROL I 7 AUTO#@L R-W UNIT R-y lo (c-37) I i
3 s ' I d:m
(B-Y)
. El
HR07MOOAB
TSB Revision
188
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - EL(=-4 A/T Circuit
ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)
MGB6bE
5W-B1
A/T FLUID AIR CONDITIONING $$/g;;ATURE COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER (HOT) I (cooL)
G-R
I
--_-----_ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 1 I I 4

i
3o,(c-52: G-
I\
3 (c-29)
(c-
L-W
W-R
IOD OR 0 STORAGE CONNECTOR m^
dr
(G-R _----I 08E
------_
(P:
P ) ------- 4 ;;;XbERATOR SWITCH (c-13) (Y-R) P
-8 - - - - 6 -_ _ _ _ .I I i
18 (Y-W) Y-W Y-W BR-C 6m
10 I
(DOHC-Non-Turbo>
SPEED SENSOR (@%*)
:A LINK JNECTORAUTO-CRUISE = CONTROL UNIT H
1
OFF- ON
HR07MOOBA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 AK Circuit
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE I

5V GND 3
PULSE GENERATOR B &%iATDR A
1
.---A -----_-
l-----J-
(A-54)
$1 72 1.25B , j Y-R 1 B/,4 1 /-\
i?
L I
i_--_
JL ----?----. B _---_
s _-1--_
.-- _ .--. 3 _'59 .- _---_ aA
LL-,
E
4
GND
GND
GND
GND
IC
1
V I v_ ---J
1 ,
05 lm 62 B 0 B
HROTMOOBB
TSB Revision
190
ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) \j~

IGNITION SWITCH(ST) 2B-Y 2 (c-31) 2B-Y (A-67) 5---IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) mq$--------
0. 0qk5-(F)L-R
i WITHOUT WITH EEL 2 EA'ML-R 2B-Y 590 gp3 5260 PARK/NEUTRAL &E+$dON ------------- -----_______
(8-26) 1 Lq\2~r$Jp L~\~Tpp.fip L;,j_-p 9 ---Gx- Em lllJ12 2 4 rnd>

g +g ., *g $$
STARTER
&&>&&A AA/\AAA LLLlrLLLLG ""VV"V
&f%TUP B-Y R-L W-B

V
I
igZ;&NATION (D-03)
Y:B Y-R
RHEOSTAT
(c-14) (c-31) (c-15) (c-77) (c-29) ~~~1~~ (C-82)0 l@l

TSB Revision
HRO7MOlAA
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELCQ E\TT Circuit
191
IGNIl SWIT( 2L-E -------_- ____. z(c-82)
TAILLIGHT RELAY
G-W,,6 ic-ss)
L-F jc-30) 3 (F)L-R
L-R (L-R OVERDRIVE

SW1TCH
(c-45) %lwT
L-R
ISE
(c-37)
HR07MOlAB
TSB Revision
192
ELC-4 W CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
EYWKB6(4E
5W-Bi
1

4
G-R \/ G(G-R 3-----i 2 5
m --1
(c-52: L-W
(c-54
116 (c-53) W-R
W-L
IOD OR STORAGE
I 23 L 3 4
I 7 4 ------- 1,_----L_----------------------- ------. 18 Y
-r
_-----_ -_---(c-46) 3 (P: 11 17 (Y-R' P 2 __----- 4 BR-1
____-_------- ;46 140 (c-47) W (Y-W)

Y-W 6m
(Y-R
Y-W
I
r
\TA LINt INNECTOI SWITCH (B-42)
HR07MO IBA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELCQ A/T Circuit
I (c-53)
PULSE GENERATOR B k%:ATOR A l-----I
4 BR-F
4 -____--___ - -
GND A - - --__
---
i7
Y-R THROTTLE E;;&ON A/xl B,,4 /\ (B-05)
i V L .-_--- 3- 4 I- -. - - ---. I--.

n Ic
/ x
._ L
; B
I
193
-- --4;) ------A
!L
i+
GND GND
GND
I I I I / I I I I I I
is-
_I - - -J
II
-5 B
(F>L-Y
(F>R
(F)GR
(F>I
SOLENOID VALVE (A-54) (B-05) (B-27)(=) i-1 cc-47) (c-53)
HRO'IMOlBB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELCQ- A/T Circuit
ELC-4 AIT CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)

(FEDERAL)
IGN ION SWI' I-(ST) i 2B-\I 2 (c-31) 2B-Y 5 ----------- 3
J
STA ;ER REL 2B-\1
IGNI'I SWITC 2L-B (c-82) J/B p (c-81) L-R (c-29)
CG2) A#ic -2B-\
3N (IGl) B-W 7 CHARGING
r0
-------_-_ 0
10A ) (c-77)
2B-\
-J
16
0.85B-W 2 L-R L-R .
;gg
ALARM iltj$lil;UISE 1 2B-Y 2B-Y PARK/NEUTRAL g;sCE$;ON 2B-Y
WITH AEK'MMFI SYSTEM
'l.25B-Y 1 (F>L-R
Q
J
(L-R)
L-R 6 7
r-
2B-R 1.25B-W
MFI SYSTEM
2B-R
STARTING
0.85B-R
SUPPLkMENTAL @g$lM"'NT
169 B-Y :F)R-L (F)Y-
1
R-W
HR07M02AA
(c-82)
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC4 A/T Circuit
195
OVERDRIVE AND ~~';'~~;;ECONOMY
(R-G c G-W
.ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION .FOG LIGHT .GLOVE BOX LIGHT (F)G-W20 (F)G-W () VANITY MIRROR LiGHT AND INSPECTION 4 LIGHT .REAR WINDOW (G-W) ~~~KJ;~BC$" ' '-"DEFOGGER AND INSF .TURN-SIGNAL I.IGHT 1 AND HAZARD LIGHT II I I 1
A11 LIEI
PARK/NEUTRAL ISE ~;~Cl;RON IA

B C D E F
AUTGCRUISE CONTROL R-W UNIT

-
'-y I lo cc-37)
~~~~~~
II
47
(c-14) $:--$:4
(c-45)
(R-G) G-Y 3 4 COMBINATION' '\ /\ COMBINATION METER (D-03) t'

8:F P W R
I "8 OVERDRIVE ANC (B-Y) #;gi;ECONOMY (c-29):? (B-Y) B-Y 21 B-Y 11 h
j$@ELECTOR ILLUMINATION LIGHT
R-Y G-R RHEOSTAT
HR07M02AB
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED) d
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE SENSOR
JL
7 G-R 11
(c-77)2
l(c-52
.FULL AUTO A/C .MAN'JAL A/C 3
(c-54
R-B (c-29) R-B 8 ----s IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X) (F>R-B

DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE ~~ld~~"'"""'
(A-67)
G-R
G-R
G-Y B-1
T
L-W
W-L
MFI SYSTEM
23 .---_-----___ __
------_ !4----.. 17 -----wT--
R-E
DOME LIGHT, FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT HEADLIGHT
2B
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)
-I
P 6
1
G 1
OFF - ON -
(YYY-W SPEED SENSOR
HR07M02BA
1 TSB Revision
197

GND A z
PULSE GENERATOR B :k%ATOR A l-----l/

I-.
64 (F)G- (F>BR-R I
2Lll_ -- -G .-- -_--_ ?A-i _42_-A V
rI I I I I I I I IR I I 1 I I I I I /L.
3--- 4----_
(c-47)
GND
GND
GND V -
13 (F)L-I (F)R (F)GR (F)( E
-4 ---45
(A-54) (B-05) iB-27)(4-p
(c-47)
(c-53)
HR07M02BB
TSB Revision
ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)

(CALIFORNIA)
IGNITION SWITCH(ST)
ggp!
ALARM
fWO~g~"'SE 1
:fE ,~
2B-Y 2B-R 2B-R ?
STARTING
;ER i% -
IGNIl IN IGNI' 3N SWIT( 54- (IG2) SWIT( (IGl) 28-1 B-W 2L-E I 28-1 r CHARGING (c-82) ,L 7 77 J/B )
r0
L-R
p& (c-81) l2
10A
(c-77)
16
0.85B-W
i0 (c-30)
WITH EE-
(c-29)
2 L-R L-R
MFI SYSTEM
2B-Y
1 (F)L-R $3
(F)0.85R 1 &SO
(L-R)
L-R 6
OFF 'WR -
PARK/NEUTRAL g;sWHON
-6 r
Lq, 2s
2 % 5
1
N 3
'4
1.25B-W
MFI SYSTEM
(F) 0.85R-L
v &wp
0.85B-R
SUPPLEMENTAL g;g$;;INT
(F)B-Y F>R-L (F>Y
HR07M03AA
1 TSB Revision
199
TAILLIGHT OVERDRIVE AND ;t$~~&ECONOMY
RELAY
l.r
OVERDRIVE AND ~~~~~~ECONOMY I R-W i r - - - - ------_
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE FUSED >

J
NOTE :l:Hatcnback %2:Convertible
WITHOUT PARK/NEUTRAL K%isU I SE Pt&T~ON , * I "80 G-W
(R-G G-W
G-w 80 I ,
.ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION .FOG LIGHT (F)G-W .GLOVE BOX LIGHT, 20 VANITY MIRROR LIGHT AND INSRECTION LIGHT .REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER (G-W) *TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT L METER AND GAUGES
Y 14
t
l-
: -_____ ---_
(F)G-W
t GLOVE BOX LIGHT, VANITY MIRROR LIGHT AND INSPECTION
(F)Y-R (Fj
IL
3 (c-14) --. (R-G G3 COMBINATION METER (D-03) %F ( I

1 PW 1
11 Ilr
)B-
R-Y B-Y G-R I RHEOSTAT 37+-@f%w
HR07M03AB
TSB Revision
200
ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (CALIFORNIA) (CONTINUED)
AIR CONDiTIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE I ,

------.
SW-RI
<F>G-RI
3 -1
16
I
(c-70)
loAO I 1,
1-- 2 (c-8c D 11
.FULL AUTO A/C .MANUAL A/C
R R-Y (F>R- B 1 i2
T-i
Bi R-B f (R-B) (c-47),39 I V

/
W-R
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
MFI SYSTEM 1
(F)R-B J
DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
R-E
~%BF 3 I1 1
(c-46)
2; i 7
R-I
4 i
(Y-R
l-
DOME 'LIGHT FOOT LIGHT'AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT 'HEADLIGHT
-----11
7 (Y-W Y-W
-----------10 MFI SYSTEM (Y-W)! w
46 ( c - 4 7 ) I 1
(P
MFI SYSTEM
(c-29)
P _T BR-G
I
?(c-14)
2B 5 1 =
(Y-R
SPEED SENSOR
%% SWITCH
(B-42)
7M0 3BA
1 TSB Revision
201
PULSE PULSE GENERATOR B GENERATOR A
4.
84 (F>G (F>BR-I; THROTTLE &E~'o~ON
GND
I -I
17
I L r /I I/I I I/ IIIF ,I II II &-
(A-54)
-, _--
----1----.
B
----
I I
.---12 .--_- r_3_ -
?-4-,
z-
ie - a+
GND Q
GND 0
GND
I I
13 (F>L-' (F)R (F)GR B
-4 --15
la
~~:~~~~~1~~~~~~-~~~~~~~~I L *
SOLENOID VALVE
ia
HR07M03BB
TSB Revision
202
ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)
IGNITION SWITCH(ST)
E%""
IGNITION ' SWITCH(IG1)
------___
CHARGING
(c-77) 16 0.85B-W WITHOUT XK #;~~~fUISE 2B-Y 2B-Y PARK/NEUTRAL/ ~;~CJ$~ON 2B-Y WITH E!%Bh10
MFI SYSTEM I
L-R L-R
/+ 1.25B-Y L/ (F>L-R A3 h
(F)O.85R
(L-R) /t 1
L-R A 6
d ~
; ----- - ---- 1% -------- -
V
2B-R 1.258-W
MF SYSTEM
.P , , D--?l' R v v ,, \, i, \I \I
Lq, 2a D--cN- R V
110)12 2 4
(F) 0.85R-L
I 5
I I
2B-R v
STARTING I
0.850-R
7 SUPPLEMENTAL g;tTER' NT
(F)Y-R
(F)B-Y JF)R-L (F>W-B (F>Y F)Y-B
G-R
HR07M04AA
TSB Revision
203
TAI
IL) r---I/ R-W iWITH WITHOUT PARK/NEUTRAL /$$&$UISE $$$&~"I"" Kl~~I~ON ,------I \ I / 1 I-
(R-G G-W
,FOG LIGHT ,GLOVE BOX LIGHT,
$!~;yA/j;RROR
(F>G-W
GAUGES
20 INSPECTION LIGHT REAR WINDOW + DEFOGGER TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT(G-W) #&B~~R~&HL'~GHT AND HAZARD LIGHT AND INSPECTION LIGHT
(F>G-W
(F>Y-R /t?\v.
(
t
4
G3 (c-14) --(R-G G-' 3
(c-45)
fE/JEWELECTOR ILLUMINATION LIGHT
2 E li
-\ i
I ,
dL-
COMBINATION METER (D-03)

PW ) /
8 OVERDRIVE ANC (B-Y) #@hECONOMk (C-29)12 t
ELC:4A/T CONTROL MODULE
I
L
I
R-Y G-R
RiEOSTl \T
HR07M04AB
1 TSB Revision
204
ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
5!53 A-1
-.lL
!- I I
-I
* 7 (c-53 16
2/
6C
(c-52
(c-9;3
G-R I
MANU!L A/C
I1 1 3
B-b I
L-W I
W-L
W-F1
R-,B aV 14 F
7 4 .-----_ -----__ !B---- - 4 -_
(F>R-B
I
I
DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE f~$RfRTMENT
R-EI
.f :OOT LIGHT
1OME LIGHT. \ND IGNITION :EY CYLINDER i~~@INATION
I l-3
(c-46)
Ii
(Y-R
.fiEADLIGHT
nJ
-------
2B
1 -
!
OFF
SPEED SENSOR
ON
!r=
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)-
%%""" SWITCH (B-42)
HR07M04BA
TSB Revision
205

5v
PULSE GENERATOR B #i%ATOR A
(F>BR-I
r I II II I I /R /I I I1/ /I IL. (c-47).
b- L 1
G
A
5 --_
1-- -.
k/
I I
,- - e--i - ; -
1;: -
a-,
id
(F)L-' (F)I;
&
GND
GND
GND
SOLENOID VALVE
HR07M04BB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC4 A/T Circuit COMPONENT LOCATION
P19FO134 owo**o6
switch
;, 2 \$/-- ~-p?e;s~6Foo63
dL -@- AlTfluid
// temperature
._
SCSV-B SCSV-A TCC solenoid
ZTFA0280
<iJo toi993 moiiels -
d a t a Iin%:,,
<F;om 1944 models>
\\
Y 16FC498
U16FO29;
1 TSB Revision
207
TSB Revision
208
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Buzzer Circuit
BUZZER CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)
FUSIE E LINK@ 5W-B (c-68) 1
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) 20-w I
0
15A
V
(c-82) 1
J/B
(c-70)
1 "2
0.85R-B 3m R-B
B-W
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR WHEN IS RE (A-11X)
'---- BUZZER n -(n-??'i 2 Y-W DIODE C-08
-\y 1
4-d
I I J
Y-R
B-W \I Y-B 3
DOOR SWITCH (LH)

:'l:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM :2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM =
(A-11X) ( c - 5 8 ) (c-65)*1
HR15M03AA
1 TSB Revision
209 I
BUZZER CIRCUIT (FROM 1994 MODELS)
FUSIBLE LINK@ I
70
0. 85
J/B
R-B91 IOD OR (F)R-I STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X) (F>R-B

DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
rTQ
HEN KEY S REM@vFn
1081
! /B-
id-1
B-W
r
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
52- (- c - 6 6 ) 1
\,
rr------ - - - - - -y- -2
TIMER CIRCUIT PULSE CIRCUIT
GND V .
1I
I I
HR15M04AA
TSB Revision
210
COMPONENT LOCATION
Name Buzzer
I I
Symbol C
-!
Name ETACS unit

I
Symbol A
1 Diode (seat belt warning)
PlQFO134
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Buzzer Circuit OPERATION L
211
<Key-reminder warning> l Battery positive voltage is continuously applied to the key-reminder switch. l If the drivers door is opened (door switch ON) with the key inserted in the ignition switch (key-reminder switch ON), the buzzer sounds to warn that the key has been left in the switch. &eat belt warning> l When the ignition switch is turned on, the timer circuit and pulse circuit will flicker the seat belt warning light for approx. 6 seconds with the buzzer intermittently sounding. l If the seat belt is fastened for the while, the seat belt switch will be turned off and the buzzer will stop. TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Problem Check method
The key-reminder The seat belt warning function l Check the door switch. doesnt is OK. (Refer to GROUP 42-Door Assembly.) warning sound. The seat belt warning also l Check the buzzer. doesnt function. (Refer to GROUP 52A-Seat Belt.) The seat belt warn- The seat belt warning light l Check the seat belt switch. (Refer to GROUP 52A-Seat Belt.) ing doesnt func- flashes. tion. The seat belt warning light l Check the key-reminder switch. (Refer to GROUP M-Ignition Switch.) also does not function (and the key-reminder warning also does not function).
/ L
The buzzer doesnt stop even through the drivers seat belt has been buckled. The seat belt warning light doesnt flashes (but the buzzer sounds).
Check the seat belt switch. (Refer to GROUP 52A-Seat Belt.) Check the light bulb. Check the key-reminder switch. (Refer to GROUP 54-Ignition Switch.) Check the seat belt switch. (Refer to GROUP 52A-Seat Belt.) Check the ignition switch input signal. (Refer to GROUP 52A-Troubleshooting.) Check the key-reminder switch. (Refer to GROUP 54-Ignition Switch.) Check the seat belt switch. (Refer to GROUP 52A-Seat Belt.) Check the key-reminder switch. (Refer to GROUP M-Ignition Switch.) Check the seat belt switch. (Refer to GROUP 52A-Seat Belt.)
l l l
The warning light does not flash and the warning buzzer also does not sound.
l l l
The warning light flashes, but the warning buzzer does not sound.
l l
[ TSB Revision
212
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Window Circuit
POWER WINDOW CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)
2R-B ,3(c-o1) R-B 0 2R-B 5 ,,l ,\\ I\ _____---__--____
FUSIB E LINK 9
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH (E-34)

ONE-TOUCH DOWN CIRCUIT
2B L------------_-____ I
4 16 (E-32)
/1 2BR-Y -tj 2G-Y 7 2BR-Y I? 2G-Y Al ,6 21 / I I I 2BR-Y 2L-B 2G-Y 16- - - - Ill - - &,21 (E-01) 6 11 121m -
2BR-Y ,,7 z
2L-B ,,9 \ 1 \/
2G-Y ,,8 " /POWER A POWER ll,T nlnnl.,
?G-R": 1 ,,,I 11 J.2+ A \ . (E-08)/ _
(E-06)
POWER WINDOW MOTOR o(E-32) (E-34)
(E-35)
HRllMOOAA
TSB Revision
213
IGNI :ON SWI-I I(IG1) j WS J/B

@
10A \I ---- V 1 (c-70)
2B-'rt
B-b
:2
R-Y 1' R ,,2 ,,l \ \
ETACS j. UNIT / / /II I

,
r--------
(c-65)
(c-66) 52 --__-____---__
u I
TIMER CIRCUIT -T-
Lk_T 16
Y-W 0 R-c 1.-----',,5 (c-34)
-----_ r1 y0.2 R-c Y.
141 B-
-----__
54
1:-g:I
GND
/ I
R-C (E-15)
Y-W
R-C (E-21) r 1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR
1 2 r --A
\
DOOR SWITCH
NOTE Xl:VEHICLES WITHOUT0 THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM :2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
HRllMOOAB
TSB Revision
POWER WINDOW CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS)
~ d ~
R-B 2R-B 5 \
OFF-&N
,,l
14

I8
L-----------------I
I I
2BR-Y I
2G-Y
2BR-YI 2L-Bj 2G-YI
pq!--+1 (E-01)
ETACS UNIT 'G-RI* 2G-Blh 1 2BR-YI 2L-B1 2G-Y1 1 " .p ",POWER lI$DOW t %!?F TWITCH (E-06)
I RUP
DOWN#
(RH) iuaF / / POWER WINDOW MOTOR (E-35) (E-08)0 (E-34)
(LH)
HRllMOlAA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power -Window Circuit
L-l

u R I
7!7 !I
TIMER CIRCUIT
7
id
GND
I , /
L----
6 :I R-G
:I
f. :2 Y-l1
14"l E
_---_--_ -1 :1
2972
Y-W
(E-15)
,I
R-G R-G
4 ----__ i(c-34) B-L R-E

Y-W
E 1
R-G (E-21)
1
1
------/
1- 5(c-79) - 1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
---hi-
d- OFUOFF -F--JON
-----7
(LH)
= (c-$2
o(C-34)
/ ii
DooR &ITCH (c-65):'
NOTE %l:VEHICLES WITHOUT0 THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM :2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
(c-70)
(c-82). (c-83)
HRllMOlAB
(c-77)
(c-79) FRONT SIDE (c-80)
TSB Revision
POWER WINDOW- CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS)
2L-B 9 /\ 1
I/ I / j I i
2E
16 (E-32)
3
2G-R / I 2G-E
2E
,. Off
(LH)
(RH) 1 -
I (E-35)
(E-06)
POWER WINDOW MOTOR o(E-32) (E-34)
HRllM02AA
TSB Revision
217
RE B-W L-l
CHARGING *TENSION-REDUCER TYPE SEAT BELT L-Y1
IGNI SWI? 2B-b
2B-W
HORN
5W-Bl 5W-B ,1i\ 1
J/B
B-W
R-B STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
51 -------1
L-------------_---y_-_____ :1
.FOG LIGHT .HEADLIGHT .TAILLIGHT,PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT 'I DOOR LIGHT AND /gG&GE COMPARTMENT
8 1oz2
14:' B-.L B (F)R-E
R-G
\
Y-W
TT
(F)Y R-G R-G R-G (E-21)1 A I (F)Y 3
R-B R-B
(F)R-B
@zA&GHT AND COMPARTMENT LIGHT
3,4m R-G (E-15)1 I I I
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79) = (c-65):2
= (RH) (A-11X)-
(LH) DOOR SWITCH (c-65):'
.TAILLI GHl',PARKING/SIDE GHT AND LICENSE !%ER L!i:HT .FOG LIGHT .HEADLIGHT *DOME LIGHTSFOOT LIGHT Ii AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT NOTE xl:VEHICLES WITHOUT0 THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM :2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
(c-68) (c-70) 1234 El m

q 1
HRllM02AB
1 TSB Revision
218
POWER WINDOW CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)
lij 1
2R-B
NOTE :l:HATCHBACK X2:CONVERTIBLE
2L-B
21
:2
r------------------------------------------------
-_-___-____-_____--______
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH iE-34)

r
ONE-TOUCH DOWN CLRCUIT I up
2L-B g ,\
I
I-
2E
3L T
4
I 8 3
ON
16 (E-32)
I/ "6 / 2BR-Y 2G-Y 7 6---------- 21 ' ----A , 2BR-Y 2L-B 2G-Y 6---- 11 3 (E-O -__ 2L-B ,,7 +9 2G-Y ,,8
I \I
2E
2G-F I
2G-E
2BR-Y
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
TSB Revision
219
POWER WINDOWS RELAY A B-W L-'y'

.TENSION-REDUCER TYPE SEAT BELT L-Y1 CHARGING
IGNITI SWITCl 2B-r,
r J/B
I I(c-80) L-i B-W

722 jzl (c-65) (c-66) u I
\, (c-77)1
(c-8:!
R-B
j2 51 ----------------------~
IOD STORAGE
CONNECTOR (A-11X)
1 / 1
TIMER CIRCUIT
FOG LIGHT HEADLIGHT TAILLIGHT,PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT Y I DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT 1'
R-G
\
Y-W
B-I
(F)R-E
(F)Y R-G R-G
R-B
$2
(F>R-B I R-B
DOOR LIGHT AND ~X%@MENT LIGHT
s&g
R-G (E-21)1
I / I
(F>Y
2
[
R-G (E-15),1
I /t
DATA LINK CONNECTOR @gT2J
.TAILLIGHT,PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT .FOG LIGHT .HEADLIGHT .DOME LIGHTsFOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY 6 CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT NOTE xl:VEHICLES WITHOUT0 THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM :2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
HRllMOGAB
TSB Revision
220
COMPONENT LOCATION
Name Data link connector (up to 1993 models) Data link connector (from 1994 models) Symbol A D ETACS unit Power window relay Name Symbol C B
<F;om 1994 models>
JKT
Y16FO354
Y16FO498
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Window Circuit OPERATION

l l
221
Turn on the ignition switch, and the transistor Tr will be turned on by the timer circuit. This will turn on the power window relay allowing the power window to be opened and closed. Turn the ignition switch from on to off, and the timer circuit will be activated to keep transistor Tr on for 30 seconds allowing the power window to be opened and closed. Moreover, if the front door is opened, the timer circuit will stop to turn off the transistor Tr. This will prevent the window from being opened and closed.
Phenomenon All door windows cannot be opened or closed. Inspection method e Check fusible link No. 9. 0 Check the power-window relay. Check the power-window main switch. l
l l
One of the door windows cannot be opened or closed.
Neither of the powerwindow switches (main or sub) operates Either the power-window main switch or sub switch does not operate.
Check the power-window main switch. Check the power-window motor for the power window that does not operate. Check the power-window switch for the power window that does not operate.
The one-touch down switch function only does not operate. The power windows do not operate when the ignition switch is at the ON position.
Replace the power-window main switch. Check the ignition switch input signal. (Refer to GROUP 42-Troubleshooting.) Check the ignition switch. (Refer to GROUP 54-Ignition Switch.) Checkthepowerwindow relay. (RefertoGROUP42-Power Window) Check the front door switch input signal. (Refer to GROUP 42-Troubleshooting.) Check the front door switch. (Refer to GROUP 42-Door Assembly.) Check the power window relay. (Refer to GROUP 42-Power Window.)
0
l
The power windows can be opened and closed immediately after ignition switch is switched OFF, but the power window operation does not stop if a front door is opened within 30 seconds. The opening and closing operations of the power windows are possible after the timer operation time has elapsed when the ignition switch is set to the OFF position.
l l
/ i
TSB Revision
222
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door .Locking Circuit
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)

(Vehicles without keyless entry system)
L-I; L-E BR-Y
BR-
BR 2-B
L-I
20 19 15 _-- _---- __-----L-R 2-B 3 1 ) BR-\I ,,3 ,,5 DOOR LOCK " " SWITCH (LH) .-t-, (E-34) ELK 0 LoCK B:l 2'3 4x2 2Bz2 0
----_ 19 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ 15
Id ;& % ,m I II
3
BR 3
L-B L-I 3 > -
I-(
(E-22)
DOOR LOCK " ACTUATOR B 4 (LH)
-it-
2B n
0 (c-04x) FE) O?XG] (E-01) (E-OS):1 (E-06)*2 NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT POWER WINDOW Z2:VEHICLES WITH POWER WINDOW (F-m (E-22) (E-32)
HRllM03AA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit
223
DOOR 3CK POWEF PELAY 1
EK"s"
I
DATA LINK CONNECTOR BR-L ----__---__ -A1 r
V
'------$ J/B
3"4 (c-65) ,:3
E T A UNIT ; C :
I I I I I I I I I
A-~------- I\~L~~~~~~
h Q II
I
GND
5v 1 t
I / III II
I I
Q -__--__---_ Ej7 23 Ei9 :4 r B-l
G-Y I WITHOUT ;r@iALARM WITH g&ALARM
WHEN KEY IS REMOVED
R-l s
(c-34: I,$ -- ,,5 R-c2 Y-W (E-15) 9? 1 ,,2 /\

r
R-G ( ?1
:p !
WITHOUT ;'E&ALARM r
WITH @&ALARM ,
z(E-21)
B-L
21 \ (RH) * (LH)
6 NOTE :3:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM :4:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
DOOR SWITCH
HRllM03AB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Lockina Circuit
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)

(Vehicles with keyless entry system)
J/B
DOOR LOCK POWER RELAY 2

(E-38)
R-B R-B ,,2 ,,7 \ I\

'JNLOCKo
DOOR LOCK POWER RELAY 1 (c-04x)
B L - R 38 ?m 5 9" 41 > gLl 0
5 38 4 1 ?m B L-R 1 L% gLl
BR-W Y-B BR-L BR-Y _ B-R
B 1
E 3 I >
$1
[Ir:rnl .il .ll % cd I m I 7
28 ! 8 (E-01)
(E-32) !I 1_8- 17 Ill 20-- 15 19 ----- ------,

I I
%3%5 2
d33"1g2 3
I1
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR (RH)
2E
3 h
NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT POWER WINDOW :2:VEHICLES WITH POWER WINDOW
(E-01) (c-04x) mi3 mv) p&iRqa f!q%i$q -:1 (E-34)** (E-38) mj !@sF@ lzlza
TSB Revision
(E-ll) (E-22) (E-32) @J@J
HRllM04AA
225
%R6 6
5W-B,,1 (c-68) J/B/ '
IGN SWI: 2-
:ON I(ACC) 4
@ i 10A 8
r(c-8l) (c-74) R-E
1
R-B
ll(c-72)
15
5(c-82) L-
DOME LIDHT
( A - - R-:
;;;Tg;MINDER VEHICLES WITH ( THEFT-ALARM ) BR-W Y-B BR-L B-L
OFF .* u 7
I (LH) R-B C-67 R-B t
I-
10 4
I Y
R-B ' 1 R-B

rt3
FEEDER ANTENNA TRANSMITTER
(A-11X) (c-58) (c-68) (c-70) m-a (c-74) (C-81) p&/%gqfg WH m~~&~~

/ i
HRllM04AB
1 TSB Revision
226
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 models) (Vehicles with keyless entry system) (CONTINUED)
R-G
(c-79)
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
ETACS UNIT v Tr
TIMER CIRCUIT
*
CONSTANT VOLTAGE 5V +
7 G-Y B-I II II I/ i
SNI: I
--__--__----___-___
-----------
----__
_-
V -
7%
j7 :3 :4 59
----_
-AL-l-. ----- j4 :4
6o:3 1
G-l
B-L 1 G-YI
\ Ij
(RH)
(LH)
, R-c
2E
i1
DOOR SWITCH
GND
KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT (E-37)
20
0
NOTE :3:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM x4:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
HRllM04BA
TSB Revision
227
NOTES
TSB Revision
228
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) Ijl

FUSIBLE,LINK@ 5W-B1
1OAb
0.85R-B R-B R-B ,,2 C\ R-B DOOR LOCK ,,7 POWER RELAY 2 (E-38) I\
I
12 (c-78) 1 0.85R-B 0.85R-B _ ,,2 C\ R-B DOOR LOCK ,.7POWER RELAY1 (c-04x)
1 , LOCK
UNLOCK+
4
B 0 'B
OFF-1 7-r
3
, LOCK
UNLOCK (
----
5 I
3 BR-b
I
B
5 R
3 I -1 I
8 (F)BR-t (F) BR-W
BR-I
BR-L
Y-B
BR-V
BR-L
(F) L-R
BR-L
(F) BR-'ti
(F) BR-W
13
2E
n 6 KEYLESS ENTRY (E-37) CONTROL UNIT la
HRllMOSAA
TSB Revision
DOOR LOCK POWER RELAY 1 A f-
(F)BR- L-R L-B ---,j!o ,J9 ---- --__ ,15 '> (E-32) L-R L-B BR-Y ,,3 ,,l ,,2 \ ,\ /\
LOCK
, \
%K LOCK
229
L--I -&..-I LDOOR LOCK

SWITCH(RH) my
(F>B
5r
(F>BI
(E-01)
13
G-W
(F)G-L
(F>G-'h KEYLESS ENTRY
5:: ic-65) ig; --------4

NOTE :l:VEHICLES :E:VEHICLES :3:VEHICLES :4:VEHICLES WITHOUT POWER WINDOW WITH POWER WINDOW WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM E
I ( 16n*3(c-65) ,,15:4- ,I I
ETACS UNIT
HRllMOSAB
TSB Revision
230
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
FUSIBLE LINK@ 5W-B 5W-B J/B I 2W-B

HORN J\lQj-izJ
IGNIl SWITC
IN ACC)
10A
(c-70) r 1--T2
RIR-Yi n U.U3K-tl nr_ _ 11 12
(F)R-B R-B
4,. *IR-B (RH) c-35 R-G
2-L (c-82)
L---_ I 6e--J
R-G
O.&R-0 R-B a-E
R-B
.BUZZER .DOME LIGHT, FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT
2 (;i;;;;;;;;H > +
N
B-L -*1 1
\ ~~QF, J$emJ,J~
I A
u
-7 I - - 1--""7 nn.r".nnr 1
AUAYLYYI ,f y
\ I I I
R-G
I
r-4
0 -
NOTE 'l:;{k&ES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM "2:;~~$~bES WITH THEFT-ALARM '3:;;giXgbES WITH KEYLESS ENTRY
.@
TRANSMITTER :3
KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT-
(c-81)
(c-82)-
(E-05) 3 7 ) (EHRllM05BA
TSB Revision
231
FUSIBLE LINKa SW-al. 2W-B
DOOR LOCK pow% RELAY
B8%RL :jfAYl AND2 B
R-B
r-
(c-66) I51 4
ETACS UNIT S" Aih "
(c-65) I
$4 1x5
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X) (F>R-B
54z4 5Pji
;#R LIGHT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
( - -------74 j7 :4
jg Z5
f(j-5.
--G-3 -4
14:4
R-G 1oz5 G-Y L-Y
G-Y
J
R-E B-L
g;;T;;MINDER VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM (c-58) E
1
G-Y
R-G
,5R-C
0 ;,.I3
I I
j
OFF ,*
p G;D
Is 5%
KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT

OFF 1
=
q
(c-65):4 (c-65) It5 (c-66)$4 (c-66):5
L/VU,\
SWITCHCLH)
(C-68) Em)
HRllM05BB
TSB Revision
232
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)
I L.J
FUSIBLE LINK@ I 5W-BI
0.85R-B R-B 1
OFF Y
12 (c-78) 0.85R-B 0.85R-B I

1
_ ,,2 R-B DOOR LOCK ,.7POWER RELAY1 (c-04x) ,\ I
R-B
DOOR LOCK ,,7 POWER RELAY 2 (E-38) I IT\
- LOCK 1 I
L-
: 1
N ----
UNLOCKiOFF/.! O N 0 _----. .---. 0 \, V
I -3
0.85B BR-I
"5
'
3 (F>BR-h (F) BR-W
1 BR-L
BR-I
BR-L
BR-k
BR-L
(F> BR
(F> BR-k
(F) BR-W
2B
3Y
G
HRllMO7AA
1 TSB Revision
233
DOOR LOCK DOOR LOCK POWER RELAY 1 POWER RELAY 2

7
(F: (F)BR-II \r Bf
ia -------
BR-I 3
BR-P i,
T--f-+
;CK + OCK
7 1I
H7
T
n
A7
DOOR LOCK POWER RELAY 1 * 7 (F)L-I 17 -----__
L-I?
L-B
(F>BR-I I 15 (E-32)
17 19 ------_ 20 ----- ----_ L-F? L-B 3

h
BR-' 3
15 (E-01)
T-
i -9 EcKp I
L;K
LOCK
I300R LOCE
SWITCH (RI(E-06) (F)BF
E ,
i
5
B
2B 1 E
BR-Y (F>G-L
4)
<F>LG-it /
E! LoCK ;Jk+;;ER
(RH) 1 !
L
I 3 KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT (E-37) :
------- (E-32) _1-L 5 LG-W 12 1 (F)BR-Y 1 3
(E-10)
I
(F)c
1 (E-23)
I:
2 ;E;R LOCK
#+#ER (LH)
NOTE :l:VEHICLES x2:VEHICLES :3:VEHICLES x4:VEHICLES
WITHOUT POWER WINDOW WITH POWER WINDOW WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
ii a r + bF ETACS UNIT
HRllM07AB
TSB Revision
234
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
IGNITIC-IN SWITCH (ACC)
5W-B 1
HdRN
l(c-68)
J/B l I
(C-E
69
10A
(c-7o,y--2
30 0.85R-B
0p
R R-Y ,.l ,.2 \ IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
(HATCHBACK)R-B DOME LIGHT - 1 1 R-B1 (F) R-B R-B1 (RH) c-35 I
R-B
BUZZER DOME LIGHT.FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT
r-r -_
KEY REMINDER VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM
B-L
7h
NOTE xlm;EbES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM "2:;;g'/gkES WITH THEFT-ALARM :3:;&g+gkES WITH KEYLESS ENTRY
TRANSMITTER x3
I KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT-
HRllMO7BA
1TSB Revision
235
FUSIBLE LINK0
R-B (c-66)1 51 4 STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X) (F>R-B 54

;I;" LIGHT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
GND n
--2
ETACS UNIT I nhn ""Y
(c-65) I
j7
:4 jg $5
----_
6:5
4:4
R-G G-Y
R-G (F)
J D
I
II
G-Y
G-Y
ir
R-G 1 --=
OFF OFF - ON - ON
B B
KEY REMINDER SWITCH w&BS THEFT-ALARM (c-58) B

GND GND kxmJ77~o
DATA
5 4 " v vj2B LINK CONNIXTOR A
DOOR SWITCH (LH)
lM07BB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Lockina Circuit COMPONENT LOCATION

Name Data link connector (from 1994 models) Symbol D Name Door lock power relay 2 (Concerning the vehicles up to 1993 models, only for the vehicles equipped with keyless entry system.) ETACS unit Keyless entry control unit F Symbol
Data link connector (up to 1993 models) Door lock actuator Door lock power relay 1
A E B
W16FO268 N19F0134
00002664
) <From 1994 models>
Y16FO354
Y16FO49f
actuator
Y16FO202
lay2
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit / Li! OPERATION

<Vehicles without keyless entry system> When the door lock switch is set to the LOCK l side (or UNLOCK side), the LOCK side (or UNLOCK side) of the door lock relay is turned ON and the door actuators of all doors operate. If the driver seat side door (or assistant seat l side door) is opened and the driver seat side inside lock knob (or assistant seat side inside <Vehicles with keyless entry system> With the drivers and front passengers doors unlocked, press the LOCK switch of the transmitter, and the door lock signal output (0 V) will be sent from the keyless entry control unit terminal No. 12 closing the door lock power relays 1 and 2 to lock the drivers and front passengers doors. While the R.H. and L.H. doors are in the locked state, press the UNLOCK switch of the transmitter once, and the DOOR UNLOCK switch signal (0 V) will be sent from the keyless entry control unit terminal No. 14 closing the door lock power relay 2 to unlock the drivers door. 0 Under the above-mentioned conditions, further press the UNLOCK switch of the transmitter, and the DOOR UNLOCK signal output (0 V) will be sent from the keyless entry control unit terminal No. 13 closing the door lock power relay 1 to lock the front passengers door. 0 When the keyless entry system is operated to turn the drivers door lock switch from the UNLOCK position to the LOCK position, the
237
lock knob) is locked with the key inserted in the ignition switch, the ETACS unit grounds the unlock side circuit of the door lock relay to unlock all doors. This way, failure to remove the key is prevented.
, id
dome light/foot light blinking signal output (system voltage) will be sent twice from the keyless entry control unit terminal No. 11 when the door lock switch is turned from the LOCK position to the UNLOCK position, the lighting signal output (0 V) will be provided for approx. 3 seconds. NOTE The dome light winks or comes on when the dome light switch is in the DOOR interlock position. However, the dome light does not wink while it .is ON for 6 seconds after closing the door by ETACS function. Besides the above-mentioned operations, the keyless entry control unit has the following functions. If any door is not opened or closed within 30 l seconds from unlocking the door by means of the keyless entry system, the door is In addition, if the automatically locked. cryptographic code other than the code stored in the receiver memory is received 30 times in one minute continuously, operation of the unit is suspended for 10 minutes. Operation is also suspended if the ignition key l remains inserted (key reminder switch: OFF) and either door is left open (door switch: ON).
<Vehicles without keyless entry system>
Phenomenon One of the door lock actuators fails to operate. No unlock operation can be made by pressing door lock knob after fulfilment of following conditions. 0 Insertion of key in ignition switch (key reminder switch OFF) 0 Opening of door (door switch ON) Inspection method 0 0 0 Check the door actuator which fails to operate.
Check the key reminder switch input signal. Check the key reminder switch. (Refer to GROUP 54-Ignition Switch.) 0 Check the front door switch input signal. 0 Check the front door switch. (Refer to GROUP 42-Door Assembly)
TSB Revision
238
CIRCUIT .DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit
<Vehicles with keyless entry system> The indicator does not blink after pressing the l transmission switch of the transmitter. 1) Check or replace the battery. (Refer to GROUP 42-Keyless Entry System.) 2) Replace the transmitter. l Transmitted wave is being sent from the transmitter (indicator is blinking), but the system does not operate. 1) Check the cryptographic code registering method. (Refer to GROUP 42-Keyless Entry System.) 2) Check the keyless entry control unit terminal voltage. (Refer to GROUP 42-Troubleshooting.) 3) Check the coaxial cable of antenna and the ground wire for connection. l Only R.H. or L.H. door can be locked or unlocked. 1) Check the door lock power relay 1 (for front passengers door) or door lock power relay 2 (for drivers door). (Refer to GROUP 42-Central Door Locking System.) 2) Check the keyless entry control unit terminal voltage. (Refer to GROUP 42-Troubleshooting.)
R.H. and L.H. doors can be locked and unlocked by the transmitter but the dome light and foot light do not blink or come on. (Interlocked lighting of the dome light and foot light by means of the dome light switch or door opening and closing is normal). 1) Check the keyless entry control unit terminal voltage (Refer to GROUP 42-Troubleshooting.) 2) Check the harness. NOTE l : Perform this check when replacement of the transmitter and/or keyless entry control unit or faulty storage of cryptographic code has been made.
l
\ Ilj
d I
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Heater Circuit
239
HEATER CIRCUIT (UP TO 1995 MODELS)
FUSIB E LINK b 6 2W-B c

CHARGING
IGNI ION SW17 H(IG2) 2L-I

NOTE %l:HATCHBACK t2:CONVERTIBLE
@~k\'GHT
5W-B 1 (c-68)
?(c-82) J/B
63
30A
E s
1OP
-I \r --___-____--_
\I
5-
3L yEBa L-R L-R
30
) TAIL LIGHT, PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT
G-W
2B
&L 2 3B-W 0 2B-WI BLOWER RESISTOR (c-24)
c
r
15A
G-W
s(c-69) J/B
G-W 5 (C-83)
L-R
;$##i;~ HEATER CONTROL PANEL ILLUMINATION LIGHT I B-L BLOWER MOTOR RELAYCHI) (c-39) RHEOSTAT
(c-20)
L-R 0.85B
W-B
LOI"&l-iMt <' ', (OFF\----------/I
(c-1s)
HR12MOOAA
1 TSB Revision
240
HEATER CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)
IGNI SWIT
3N (IG2)
2L-E cHAiTb (c-68)

63
30A
(c-82) J/B
0
10A
15A
G-W S(c-69) t 1
-------------- \/
3L ym32 L-R
REAR WINI: low DEFOGGER
L-F
TAIL LIGHT. PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT
21 _ 3B-W
;c;Tb'fT$;; HEATER CONTROL PANEL ILLUMINATION LIGHT
(c-20)
RHEOSTAT
Jq.
(c-1s) IOFF\----------I
,
\/ \I
W-B ' *
A/C SWITCH
I
L
\ 1,
2B 5 0 2B n
Z
(c-19) (c-2o)(m~(c-38)~c-68)(mgl 00 [c-83) fqqq@J @J Q B pi?Tqgj mfTmz?iq
HR12MOQAA
TSB Revision
COMPONENT LOCATION
Name Blower motor relay Blower motor relay (HI) (Up to 1995 models) Symbol A C Blower resistor Name Symbol B
,\) \\ kB.Z--- \iI ..y P4

\,#(qjj&$
T\ M ~i-Glili3r m o t o r fl
i TSB Revision
242
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditionina Circuit
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL)
FUSIBLE LINK @ I 2R-BI
IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) I 2L-BI
2L-R
/#PAToR ASSEMBLY
( (A-55) "5 2L-G 0
J/B
I
2L-G I5
OFF-,> IN 5I
I
L-R
I I
1 I
I1 '. RADIATOR ij i;ijCA:OTORr m 3
---+I
2B
2L-Y
I
Ei;IATOR (A-55) ASSEMBLY B
I
28 2B 6
HR12MOlAA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit
243
2-LR
EYkiB5E tz
AIR COb EKE: (G-C
TIONING 1: LOCK
7
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR RELAYCLO) L-l
DEDICATED FUSE
L----G-C
i
--------1
2L-I?
L-C
2L-w CONDENSER ;-FA;OTOR . OLdOFF, (HI) (LO)

, 4(A-31X)
G-O i ]
OFF-$3N
f#?~f~R[ .-----_
OF
c. G
(A-34X) "4
1 E
(A-32X) B
1. L-G
2B 2L-w 1 1
2L
,,l ______--_----___ ,,4(A-37) 2L 2L-E

.___-___-__-----_ J
(A-36)
2L-B 2
0 c
2B
HR12MOlAB
1 TSB Revision
244
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)
G-O 2
ON-OFF :210kPa (29.9~~ i) OFF-ON : 235kPa (33.4~5 i ) ON-OFF :2100kPa(299Psi) ,\
(G-0) DUAL ;;FPJE;RE (A-35)
'1 W-G ,,s THERMOSTAT'

ON-OFF :155C(311F) OFF-ON : 110 C (230 F) OFF *ON , (B-20) G-R3 4t
COMPARISON
EYWKB bSE
--
OPERATION -
COMPRESSOR
SPEED CIRCUIT 9
1 (Y-G IO .----
G-R
(A-67) G-R (G-R) G-R
3----
1 I I I I I I I I ! I I I I
G-R r----I i G-I; I I III II II I /I / 1 L B-W .----___ B-W
13
B-\ pbw;;1c RELAY (A-33X)
AIR CONDITIONING ENGINE COOLANT &#FF'EATURE

ON-OFF :115C(239F) OFF-ON : 108 C (226 F) I I I I I I i
j G-k
L-----
G -------
L-R (c-54) r115
G
, -
ENGINE E!6EL
0 cci5) GEE)
(B-03) [B-20) (c-02)
(c-52)
HR12MOlBA
TSB Revision
245
AIR ~~~~~~10"'""
i AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER
J/B b#&PURPOSE
11
CIRCUIT
I%%I%;:Y,C"IT\ 14
GND
(W-E
(G-Y)
(B
i(D-42)
; ) I
GND
(B)
COMBINATION METERCTACHO) W (W-B -.c
28
IGP PO) TRI
ION ISTOR
HR12MOlBB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditionina Circuit MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)
IGNI SW17 4: 2L- B;
77
E130 i
101
JL \ ? tc
I
t t
L-R
2B
3B-W 2B-W
I3
3B-E
k-l?~WR RELAY(HI>
(c-39) L-l 7
'I (c-19) IOFF\----------/ /
I: I ! - - -33 1
Oh 1
W-E
2B
I
HRlPMOlCA
(c-19) (c=m (c-38) (c-39) (C-68) (c-73) FE) (C-83) [fggg$J gJ Q fi!J gjj mlRi%q
1 TSB Revision
247
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK BL 'ER CONTROLLER SW FH
w 1.25R-'
,$IG HT DEDICATED FUSE
(G-!
W-E
I 6 J/B
G-W (c-18) AIR g&I;;;IONING
G-h G-b
,3 ,\
VI
\/
\,
"2 R-Y L-B
"4
5 6 (B-R) B-Y
B-Y B-Y
6V
7 RHEOSTAT
HR12MOlCB
TSB Revision
248
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) Id 1
FUS21;-LE, LINK @
2L-R
#IATOR ASSEMBLY RADIATOR ( FAN MOTOR J (A-55) 2L
J,B2b r
(c-69)2-30 L-RI L-RI

J C I
L-R 2L-G L-R ,,l ,,5 1 fi RADIATOR (A-04X) ------_ @IAvOTOR ------(LO) /UT \ -----. IOFF J,ON 4 3 ,5
2L-G
,111, WY I
2B
2L-k
Ir
I I
G-ll
6
-
G-B
FfiIATOR (A-55) ASSEMBLY
E
I
2B
0
2B
Q 6
(A-04X)(m)(=) (c-69j (c-82) (c-83)
HR12M02AA
TSB Revision
249
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR RELAYCLO)
I-----.
(G-t
L.
2L-R
G-O
2L-w 1 ,,5
2L-B ,,5 (LO) 2L

I .---_------------
G-
i3 Q
------__ . ON ,;OFF (HI) OFF-& 3 "4 (A-31X)
IN 1
; n
: B
%?i&R[ (A-32X)
i L;
II I
: 4, ~
L -G 4
1 I
e------Oh
c
7
2L-w
L----.
l(A-3i
2L-w
21
2L----_----____~~--__~-----------~~~ J 90
2L-B g 0 E 2B a
HR12M02AB
TSB Revision
250
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED) Iji
(G-l
ON-OFF :210kPa(29.9Psi) OFF-ON : 235kPa (33.4PS i ) ON-OFF &OlOE (384Ps i 1 :2100kPa(299Dsi)
COMPARISON I (F>WTHERMOSTAT
ON-OFF : 155 C (311 F) OFF-ON :llOC(230F) i OF
COMPRESSOR SPEED OPERATION CIRCUIT r 3

1 (Y-G
0 G-R
(F>G
G -R
(Y-F [ ----_ 3-------.
1 9 ?1 : I
(A-67) G-R (G-R) ( F )G-E
3---_ 1
I , I I I I I I I / 1 I
MODULE
AIR CONDITION NG ENGINE COOLAN #fK[ATURE

ON-OFF : 115 C (239 F) OFF-ON : 108 C (226 F)
ON i
:--i G -R I I I I I I I I I I I I c I 1T I I I I / I -..LL I I "3 I -Y B-W I G E3-------L---
10 .---_
(F) Y-F B(B-20
$( 1
L -0
6 0
G
L-------
(F)B-W E;
(F)L-R
G )*2'2 1
HR12M02BA
TSB Revision
251
AIR &~~;$IONING
G
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE ( FUSE @ ) AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER
(B-R) i5
11
ENGINE SI ;EEl OPERATIOI b
SND
V -
10 (c-40)
(G-k
(B
(B: I
4)
COMBINATION METERCTACHO) W (W-B
lz 2E

Q a
HR12M02BB
TSB Revision
252
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED) d
I G.NITI SW - ITCH 21
63
30A
(
1
Al /+,4
2B-W I3 BLOWER RESISTOR (c-24) 3B-' i BLOWER MOTOR RELAYCHI) (c-39) ci
I
ii
0.85B W-k
I- 2B,
----------
I
L
W-B
H
HR12M02CA
1 TSB Revision
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK g6' CONTROLLER f
;;[i;IGHT l.,,,-wl
(G-k
W-E
G-WI J/B
G-W (c-18) AIR ~;B;;;IONING
'-"I G-W
I2
-----oFF4!ji-jL; (
(G-Y
>
L-k
R-Y
(c-25)
_----_
7 .-__- ----- 2------~
II
2 L-B
I 41 B-k ,
B-'r 9 B-k I
v
11
(c-15)
RHEOSTAT
G
HR12M02CB
1 TSB Revision
254
MANUAL AIR COiDlTlONlNG CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)

EPizBQE
IGNI1 IN SWIT( (IG2) 2L-E
J/B @
30A (c-69)
L
L-k)
2L-G I
-lc 2L-G 1 0 L-R ,,5 RADIATOR - x., ---------_ --------__ fjZA!OTOR IN (HI) OFF-,% (LO) I 3 4 L-i G-E 2B 11 .--------------------------
t7
H
L
20 (F>f
P-R
L-E
G-E 11 -------.
Fk#IATOR ASSEMBLY (RESISTOR) (A-55)
(F>1 Y-W G-Y Y-1 j3 --------------_ B 2E (F> 1.25B rMFI SYSTEM
B-W
(F)
I (F)1.25E i6 - ------ --.---
3 7'2 I, - ---P
IE
l
j3 (c-53) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(c-
(c-53)
HR12M03AA
1 TSB Revision
255
J/B ULTI FUSE ( CII L-. r---I II !/ II I I II II I 1 2L-1 I
JRPOSE
>
L"yb&B E k 2R-E
'_-----. 2L-J @ c 2L-w

20A
G-O !O------------------_____
1 WATED
J
G-O
2L-b 5
------ --------_ 01 3
2L-w I 5
ON
,,3
40 2L-!4
(A-34x) 2L
5'
2L-Btl
1 -_--____--_______ 2L-u 2L
2B 1
0 (A-34X) Gz$
(A-37) (A-45) (A-46) iETf3m
HR12M03AB
TSB Revision
256
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit \ Ij~
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)
(G-0) G-O 2 ,\
ON-OFF :200kPS (28DS OFF-ON
i) :225kPa (32~7s i )
I' I I I I
I
l(c-02) (G-0)
AIR CONDITIONING (c-40) ,15 E%E&LSEOR LoCK

I 4
:2600kPa(3'70~si)
1 (F)W-G THERMOSTAT ,$ /\
I
COMPARISON COMPRESSOR SPEED OPERATION CIRCUIT 1 (Y-R (Y-G: 13 3
ON-OFF :155' C (311.F) i OFF-ON :llO'C(230'F) OFF 'IaN
13
G-R
r----3* ---I
2-------- IO ----
(A-67)
-.
/ G-R II .II
(F> Y-R B-j
(F) Y-G
G-R
ELC-4A/T
1
G-R B'W -Y 8 - -------- 6 (F)B-W b (F)B-W G L-------B-W p$;1c (B-20)
ON
0 (A-35) (A-36)
(A-67)
(B-20) (c-02)
(c-40)
(c-52)
HR12M03BA
TSB Revision
257
AIR CONDITIONING SWITCH

G
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE i FUSE @ 1
(B-R) i5 CIRC, D IRCUIT ----I
11 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER
(W-
(G-Y:
COMBINATION METER(TACHO>
1 )i I
E
A4
10 @KJ
(B
(B)
2E
HR 12M03BB
1 TSB Revision
258
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)
:ON i (IG2)
J/B
30A
1OP
t
2B-W BLOWER RESISTOR (c-24)
B-k )
3B-W 3
\
EM% RELAYCHI)
(c-39)
4
>-OFF --. '1
L-F; ?
W-B
1 2B
W-B ' 0 W-B

F
2B a
HR12M03CA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit , Ld

AIR CONDITIONING @j;;$~f~;$ LOCK ym:f;
E w
259
;'t&IGHT Gq-DEDICATED FUSE
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE FUSE 0 )
J/B
I . .
G-WI
3,s
I
i
AIR CONDITIONING SWITCH
I3
AND LI(7 :ENSE n, n-?. ri..n,~ LIGHT
;A& I i;i- MT MARKER 6%
3 B-1
I6
B-Y
i?%?;;
B-Y
11 (c-15) \IING I
t
EigiF$;TE
A*
A*
bN v
bN I v
RHEOSTAT
I
;;;s;;ERMO
HR12M03CB
1 TSB Revision
260
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)

IGNI1: ON SWITC (IG2) 2L-E J/B @ i
(c-69) 30A
2L-G I
I I
L-k
2L-GI (A-04X) ----------
RADIATOR #A!OTOR (LO) (HI) OFF-:/'JN \/ i 4
L-R
3 G-E 12 (c-31)
L-f 2B
------I 1 $ 1
i
ENGINE COOLANT ;E/E?QEWATURE
(F)i
2L-'
L-E
G-f I1 -------
G-B :LE iR (F)Y (F) 1.258 (F> B-W
!$FAToR ASSEMBLY
(RESISTOR) (A-55) 1 F= B 2E (LO) (HI) L-F
I---L
MFI SYSTEM
I (Fj1.251 16 .-------_-_--_
{A-04X) (A-07X) (A-55) SE2 (c-29)
(c-31)
(c-52)
(c-54)
HR12M04AA
TSB Revision
J/B ULTI FUSE ( (M
JRPOSE ) 2R-1 ---2L-'

@
20A
ONING LOCK
1 4
-.--1
1 I / I / I I I / I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I , I I I
I
\
;;kY&CATED
2L-h
G-CI
2L-\E(
.-_7
1
9 CONDENSER ;@WAyOTOR -------
L
2L-w
-OFF (HI) (LO) OFF-' IN a(A-31X) (A-34X)' ' 2L-E 2L 2L-E 1 ----------------- a .-----2L i
3-- J
I
L----------q<
fr
I I I I
(A-45)2
2-b 2B E A
2L-B 0 2B
HR12M04AB
1 TSB Revision
262
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) <TURBO, NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA)> (CONTINUED)
(G-0) G-O I
D
l(c-02) I I I
(F>W-G THERMOSTAT
ON-OFF :155C(311F) OFF-ON : 110 C (230' F) m
TON
pi&y-SSOR SPEED ION CIRCUIT A 1 (Y-G 10 (F> Y-k (F) Y-G 2R-I (Y-R -------_ 2B-F @ 10A C
G-
(A-6i
3---I / / I I I I I , 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I / I / I I I I I I i
(F)G-F r----. I I G-I

1 / I I 1 / I I I I 1 I I I I 1 I I I I
(A-36) 3
1
L-------_
FE&CATED
G-l (G-R)
ELC-4A/T
B-\
(B-20)
; .-----__
i I l?[;?b;TION
L 0
i G-Y L----. G _-----_ G
HR12M04BA
TSB Revision
263
AIR $I~~~'""'""
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE i FUSE @ 1
CIRCUIT
----I
~RCUIT (W-B (G-k
d -
) 3
(ZNI V -
14
L
10 (c-40)
(B:
(B)
(D-42)
-
COMBINATION METERCTACHO)
W (W-B:
--lx
W 2B
(D-15)
W
HR12M04BB
/ TSB Revision
264
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) <TURBO, NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA)> (CONTINUED)
FUSIB E LINK b 6
IGNI :ON SWIT I(IG2)
J/E
1OP
30 L-R
3B-wi
0-Y
3B-W 2 3
i
0
BLOWER MOTOR RELAYCHI) (c-39) W-B
4 21
HR12M04CA
TSB Revision
265
MPEk CONTROL:
FUSE ( MULTI( !POSE > (G-Y
IONING LOCK gtj( 1 FE&CAT""
W-B J/B
G-W
G-W G-W ,,2

I\ TAIL LIGHT, PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
r-
I -----oFF$.--+9&A/c IL+ 1
/ \/
d
,
(c-18) K&IIII;IONING
I $
:EAFCONTROL 'ANEL ~~~~~1"""""
"2 L(G-Y R-Y
"4 L-B (B-R)
5 '6 B-Y B-Y B-Y

CIGARETTE LIGHTER (c-15)
(C-2E
t tj Gy 411
RHEOSTAT
TSB Revision
266
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)
IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) 2R 2R Fi/iIATOR ASSEMBLY RADIATOR i FAN MOTCR ) 2L-G I 2L-G I 2L-G 15 L-R
7
(c-69)
L-R
REAR WINDOW
L-E I G-E 11 ~-~----------------~______ (F)E G-B L-B G-E 11 -------.

L
ENGINE COOLANT ;[/X?&';;ATURE 2B (8-02)
j(c-29)
EiSLE SENSOR
I (F) 1.256
RADIATOR FAN ASSEMBLY (RESISTOR) (A-55)
G-Y
L-R
I---MFI SYSTEM
F=- - ----
!O
(F)1.25E -----------
2 ----
I
2E
(LO)
(HI)
HRlPMlOAA
TSB Revision
267
i;
J/B ULT: FUSE P Lr---' I II II I I ------. I.--------------------~
I / I I I I I I I I / I I / I I I I , I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 / / I I I I I I I I / I I
JRPOSE )
ND1 TIONING E LOCK
G-
2L-w /\ --------------<#OFF
2L-B 5 CONDENSER EFAYoToR

(Hi)
,,5 I\
(LO) OFF-&IN
"4 (A-31X)
G-B
(A-34X) r4 2L 2L 4 2L- B 1.-----_____-___-_ ----20 1 2LI !%N^NECTION
2L-B
(A-361
7
I
9 -J -
hONDENSER [FAN MOTOR II I IL ------ ----+\d

(A-45)2
\,r I I 23?-L6) 28
. B
2L-B 0 2B
HR12MlOAB
TSB Revision
268
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
(G-0) I
ON-OFF :200k!h(!&bSi) OFF-ON :225kPa (32psi) ON-OFF OFF-ON :2600kPa(37OPsi)
l(c-02) I' I
G-O 2 I
, /
(G-0)
DUAL g;y$E#RE (A-35)
I I I I I I
(c-40)
I I-1 f
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK 5 CONTROLLER COMPARISON
(F>W THERMOSTATr
:155'C(311'F)
EYikBsE VT7 b
3 (Y-R:
1 (Y-G: 10 _-_-(F> Y-G
0
G-F
(F)G (F)G-1 r----I I GII II II III II I I ( I .-------
.-------
13
(A-67:
3 -----l
(F) Y-R
G-F (G-R) 1
ELC-4A/T
(B-20) 2
E 1
1 i G- Y L--- 8 ------;;:",--1B G-F I2 6 W
(c-53)
r
(A-67)
i ENGINE EFmL (8-20) (c-02) (c-40) (c-52)
(A-33x) (A-35) (A-36)
HR12MlOBA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit I Li

AIR &f~~~ION'NG
G
269
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE c FUSE @ 1
(B-R) i5 Y CIRCUIT ENGINE Si 'EE OPERATIOI u ( -h 1 Y
11 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER
GND v
(ZNI V -
(W-E
(G-k
4)
COMBINATION METERCTACHO) (W-B --II2B w

n 0
HR12MlOBB
1 TSB Revision
270
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
KGB b BE
2W-B (c-68) J/B .,l /\
HORN
IGNI' SWITl 2L-E
IN
(IG2)
82)
0 IOA
L-R
L-R I
+
2B 2B
BLOWER RESISTOR m
L-R
0.85B-G
2 WI H . -I H I
(c-19) rFjr-.--------a
(c-19) (c-24) (c-38) m33) oF73) m-q (c-83) pRJ@J fj 6 Q pFiqrmj

HR12MlOCA
1 TSB Revision
271
~ I
'ER ;CH
$E",&IGHT
(G-Y
W-B
G-W (c-18) AIR ~;~tll;;ION'NG

<1
G-W G-W
TAIL LIGHT. PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
,3
I\ -
,,2
/\
! ;ii;ER CONTROL ILLUMINATION B-,Y LIGHT

(G-Y
21
B-Y
CIGARETTE LIGHTER 11 ic-15)
GND / I
RHEOSTAT
2B $ki4;jERMO
HR12MlOCB
TSB Revision
272
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL)
FUSIB-;, LINK @
2L-R
2R-B
2R-B
2L-G
2L-G 5
L-R
2L-G
L-R
(A-04X)
,,l ,,5 1 /\ ,x RADIATOR (A-07x) ;$IhyMOTOR ------------_ -( LO) (HI) /&&I * 1 ] 4 3 2B G-B
t
l L-B
I I
I 1
b-D
I
2EI
RESISTOR
FjIATOR (A-55) ASSEMBLY
1 B
4
2EI
_h n
HRlPMOSAA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT. DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit
273

(G-C
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR RELAYCLO) L-l
F;E#CATED
L----
1 -------_-___------______
/ 2L-F
G-(
L-C
2L-w
2L-BI
G-l 3
FAN nv MOTOR ------"c-7 ON.$FFI~V ( L O )

1 I I C
_-_----_
------_.0 1
; 1;
5
, --------, I I / I I I I I / I / I / / / I I I
4-OFF
/ I 1
----J
28
L-G In f 2L-E (A-36) 9
Lee--.
1 ---------------- + 4w 2L-w L-- 4
2B d -
HR12MOSAB
TSB Revision
274
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED) J

(G-0) G-O
E ON-OFF :210kPa(29.9Psi) OFF-ON
l(c-02) I I I I , (G-0)
G-O 2
(
COMPARISON
B THERMOSTAT r-h
13 G-R 3 11 G-R I L, " II I
!E:%OR ITI ON ( T1 (Y-R: (Y-G !O
Ic r----d,? -------- J :-------I (A-36) / G-R I 1I/ II I ,3 /\ 2B-R @

10A
1--
PWATED
Y-R >
Y-
(G-R) 1
TRANSAXLE isKEEOL
AIR
CONDITIONING
II I II I II
I I
I I I I
B-W I\ -------__
B-b &#lE#C
O+iFe 's
REVOLUTION SENSOR
(A-33X) (A-35) (A-36)

(c-
IETI
5
123 4
m 0
(c-54)
HR12M05BA
Ij,
TSB Revision
275
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE ) ( FUSE @
CIRCUIT]
,3NC1
V -
D 10 (c-40)
I
(W-B (G-Y:
COMBINATION METER(TACHO> --d---i-B
(BR
(B )
(B)
2P
POWER TRANSISTOR
(L-0)
33- - - - -
HR12MOSBB
TSB Revision
276
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)
nfR6 b I
J/B 5W-B (c-68) ,,l
IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) 2L-B (c-82),, 2
Q;FI%#~ ii
RELAY
L ,E
I
'3 (c-83) L-R
j(c-82) R-B
21
PI IOD OR
%F% (c-38)
L/
L-R
STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
:;;&sToR [r;;l, c-23)

\, OFF-,;ON
"2 "4 28
"1 2B
"1
k?!ER 1
4
RELAYCHI) 2m
2B
R-B ).85B-G B-R I (c-49) 53 51 ------_ __ 52 4 -i Y
W-Y
L-R 116 .--108
101 (c-51) --------------. 1
/ 1 pm%/ ED%
/ 6
(A-11X)
E%WTCR
1I
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT (c-23) (c-38) (c-39) cm9 (c-51) (c-68) (c-70) (c-77)
HR12M05CA
1 TSB Revision
277
PHOTO SENSOR
L
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL. PANEL (c-17)

86FiTEF" Eiw I I
Tl
1
(Y-b
--I52 53
(Y-C
54
60
10 .---_ (R-h :R-\l

(Y-VI
R-L
R-G [G-R
(Y-G
I 1 I--
I --3--.I
I
---_
r----
ZATED
L----
---------_____
-----.
----------___
GV
iN1 I
----
?1 -15 (C-51)
B
-.
&%IITIoNING CONTROL UNIT
84
113
32
104
107
(P)
(BR
G-Ii
R-h
P 2
2B
10
I
1
AIR SELECTION ;flM&R CONTROL m n n
TSB Revision
278
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)
TAILLIGHT RELAY I 1.25R-W OH

15A
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL I IL1 A /AIR CONDITIONING GRAPHIC

c _-.
;;@ATED Lf -7 B-' G-W
1 ----__ 5
A :---- -__---_ :-__ 4 9 2
l -
l(c-16)
G-W J/B ,,6 7v ic-ss)
(B
(R-B
(E
(W-EI) (L-B:
(L.
-.-Lb"5 (c-83) B-' (c-15) i i I
10 - _7 ---- .---_ 9--tiP
--------____
55 (Y-R) RHEOSTA-I
37
OFF-ON: 22.5-30.5'C (72.7-66.7'F) 0
(L-W) ,\l B (Y-E
(L-W) (Y-R r 2 :
(L-W)
21 (c-27)
T-E!z!d i&@~LET
(c-42) hJ &ESRTfiERMO
HR12MOSDA
1 TSB Revision
279
INTERIOR $E['EBATURE
(F-01
52
----
.---61
(Y-L
56 (c-17)
(F-34:
i------
(W-R:
(B-C
(B-k
(B-W (Y-L
S(c-50)
16 ----
15 ----
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT
(c-49)
;6
(C-51) 105
------
---111 60
R-G
B-W (L-W) (W-L
R-G 1 B-W j(L-W) (W-l
~~~fX~RAIR (c-21) CONTROL MOTOR (c-17) o(c-22)(c-49)
I-+
M
,,2 r /\
,6 /k
,,4 LJ I /j~E~E&@&j; (c-22)
MOTOR (c-50) (c-51) (F-01) (F-34)
HR12M05DB
TSB Revision
280
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS)
FU;;-;, LINK @
1
IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) I 2R-B A 2R-B B
L-R
FiRIATOR 2 ASSEMBLY LL (
2L-G
2L-G 5 (A-04X)
'4 2L-Y
L-R 2L-G L-R ,,l ,,5 1 /\ RADIATOR - " &lA~OTOR ------,, (Lo) (HI) OFF-,CJN \f \I , 3 4 3 L-B , L-B G-B 2% G-B II .t6 G-B
L) I
4 I
Ii
I B;;IATOR (A-55) ASSEMBLY
I 35 1 B
I 2% 41 2B n =
HR12MOGAA
1 TSB Revision
281
KiRB5E b w
r----.
2R-% 2L-Y @
20A
10
!%PATED
2L-w j 2L-k .---$----------2L-Wj715

I
G-OIAiz RADIATOR RtTKoR RELAY m< I % 0
CONDENSER 8!A!OTOR
ON,=-OFF
(HI) (Lo) OFF-:,ON
\/ B
"4 (A-31X) 2L-w
(A-34X) "4 2L
" 5
II II I
c
7
Y L-G 2 T
L----.
1 ---------------2L-w I I 2L
4m 2L-%
90
-----------------J
II I, // II II /I I 1I I/I II I I
I
2L-B g 0 c 2B n 0
I
HR12MOGAB
TSB Revision
282
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
di
(G-0)
1
(F)W-G
( G-R
(A-67),,9 ----
G-R 3 I I ; G-R
1 I I
1-E 1.2 9
I
15
-
COMPARISON
13 (Y-R
I
1 (Y-G:
----- 10 .----
G-R 0 (G-R) v
$f#W&LE MODULE
(F>G-R
AIR CONDITIONING , ENGINE COOLANT ;;yfgiATURE ;;,*OFF ON

ON-OFF :llSC(239'F) OFF-ON :108'C(226'F) \I &ni
;;l
I I
II / II III 1I
II II
II I I
' I I I I I I I I
B-W ! 4 II /\ II FdBr;rE;IC ------- -II II O&F 's \/ I "1 "5 i G-Y B-W
L----+S--------256 0 B-W
I I I I
I I
10Ab
(F> Y-I; 2
(F> Y-G
CL u
(F>%-W
(c-29) r
HR12MOGBA
TSB Revision
283
POWER SOURCE ECPRCUITI
7
(W-E
b , 5
,
3
10 (c-40)
I,m
(BR ) (G-Y (B (B
COMBINATION METERlTACHO)
I
2E
(L-0
)I 1
f
(Br;1)
(G-Y
33 ------
l(36 (c-51) -
AIR ~~~~~;~""I"" UNIT
HR12MOGBB
TSB Revision
284
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit I Ij~

IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) 2L-B (c-82),, 2
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
KkBsE b
J/B 5W-B m ,,l
I\
RELAY
kK%
y3 .J/ y2
1
21
r-
v s(c-82) R-B
\/
L-R
3B-WI
L-I
2B
R-B (c-49)
L-F 101 ----_-_--__---
3.16 .--P
1
L-R
I
108
I
/I AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT
Ia
HR12MOGCA
1 TSB Revision
285
PHOTO SENSOR -9 v 55 2 (D-12) st 1 (Y-W) (Y-G) 10 _---\ 90
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL (c-17) I
(Y-W) (Y-G) T 70 r----,-r----~ 69 (c-49)
107
115 (c-51) AIR E;;Xl;;[ONING UNIT B
20
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-:9)
AIR SELECTION f,lAlA[~R CONTROL (c-28)
a Y
HR12MOGCB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
TAILLIGHT 1.25R-W
RELAY
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL
KFATED
--7 r _
'1 3
--_ ------. F5
iT
-3
---2
---- ----. 3 2
a -
G-W J/B ..6 (c-69) 77 G-W -Le.."5 (c-83)
B-Y I3 (B) / (R-B (E R-i
I I 9-t
!
(W-E
(L-EI) (L-Y
B-Y
I 19 20 k.-- --4
10 ---_
17 ---- -I3----. 7 ---------x

9
f-J E .
i5 (Y-R)
B-Y 'I RHEOSTAT ENGINE COOLANT ;E/;;WATURE

22.5-30.5 c (72. 7-86. 7' F)
OFF-ON:
(c-43) B[:Y-B: 4c 2B Q
b
2
j7
(L-W) (L-W)
(L-W) \
(Y-k
(L-W)
I (c-27) ~
tiisiiLET 2 1 2 (c-42) _r .4b[S;;ERMO
(c-15)
(c-16)
(c-69)m
HR12M06DA
1 TSB Revision
287
INTERIOR ;ENEM;EATURE ri; I,1

L f
DISPLAY 1
a_l v .---_ ---- ---s2 $1 55 56 (c-
#)
(L-W
(F-341,;5.------
(W-R1)
(B-G:
(B-R
1
6 ------- - 1-.---- 15 ---6
) 5I
1 (B-W I
V
(Y-L 2) AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT
(L-W
---- S(c-50)
(c-49: I i56 V
4
pm------_
El
111 ---60 (W-L ----- ----------_j6 58 (L-G) 0 (W 570 R-k (L-W)
(C-51) 105 R-G (L-W) (L-W) B-W
R-G I
! 2 A
B-W 3
(L-W) (W-L ,4 ,: 3
(L-G)
I ,P 1
(L-W) /P4
(W
G-L
BkiFFRAIR (c-21) CONTROL MOTOR (c-17) om(c-49) /
!$@E~""c"o~~~~~ m MOTOR (c-50) (c-51) (F-01) F-TZ)
HR12MOGDB
1 TSB Revision
288
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)

<NON TURBO> (FEDERAL) d
IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) 2L-B 2 m J/B @ r h
FUSIB E LINK Q
(A-04X)
------____ ENGINE 1 ;~WFdP;WATURE COOLANT 3 (F)I

G-R
L-E 3
2B
T"
G-Br 12 (C-31)
J 20
11 -------------------________
t
L-B
11
G-B
I(c-29)
imSLE
SENSOR I (F) 1.25B (F> B-h
(RESISTOR) (A-55)
La AToR ASSEMBLY
G-Y L-R
T
MFI SYSTEM
S(c-52)
I
2E
HR12M07AA
[ TSB Revision
289
J/B ULTI FUSE ( r L-: r---II 1I II
JRPOSE
>
[jJ$iB E 0
A
&BP% CONTROL
PEN R
1 .--------------------~ I
! I I I I I I I I I / / I I I I I I I I I I I I / I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 3 J --
G-C 10 '______--__---_ ____~__-------__~_-----2L-Y G9

20A
2R-B
BW"'""
2L-1
2L-w ! 2L-w
G-O , 2L-w
,,: 3 ,,5 /\ /\ CONDENSER ------KAVoToR -----------____ 7 ON m (HI) (LO) OFF-b N (A-34X) ' 2L-F Lm 2L-w 2L 2L-E I_---_------------ ? .-----_ ,2,,5 A 2L-w
:- il
2L
E~NECTI~N 1 '---,
II
2E (A-36)
/ I I I I I L----------+6
e
M
(A-45)2
j I I I I
\+
2-d 2B E
2L-B
0 2B d -
HR12M07AB
I TSB Revision
290
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) <NON TURBO> (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)
(G-0)
G-O
D 8
G
ON-OFF :200kPa(2BPsi) OFF-ON : 225kPa (32~s i ) ON-OFF : 32OOkPa (455PSi) OFF-ON :2600kPa(370Dsi)
1
;
1 I I
l(c-02) (G-0)
DUAL g$yI?g#RE -*OFF (~-35)
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK 15 CONTROLLER COMPARISON
(F)\h THERMOSTAT
ON-OFF :155'C(311'F) OFF-ON :llO'C(230'F) L:F TO N Of
(B-20) G-R
(F>G (F>G r--I ) c II II II II II /I I/ II II I I I c I.--.
b 13 EYiiB5E
3 2B-R (A-36) --------t
liii&ii
I
13 (Y-R
1 (Y-G:
)-------- IO .----
13
(A-67) 3---1
G-R (G-R) 1
ELC-4A/T
G-R
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
@ n-l
F;E&CATED
(F) Y-R
(F) Y-G
B-\
3
MAGNET IC CLUTCH RELAY (A-33X)
ON
",:",lt B 3 4
/gxm$IC (B-20) 15 (c-5: '2 :4ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
HR12M07BA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air- Conditioning Circuit
291
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE t FUSE @ ) w AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER CIRCUIT/

-7
11
7
(W-E
5 (BE I (G-Y
1 0 (c-40)
I
l(D-42)
COMBINATION METERCTACHO) 7-B W

z(D-15)
8 .-----_
(c-49)
AIR ~~~I~T~ONING UNIT
HR12M07BB
TSB Revision
292
$d
imER RELAY
OFF-,;ON
$4 .(c-73) "3
L F
/ z(c-77)2-- l(c-70) R-Y R I ,,2 ,,l 3L ,l "3 (c-82) L-R
v 3m
28

MFI SYSTEM
(A-11X)
2A \/
--I34
L-R
A/C POWER TRANSISTOR ,.3 c-23)------,<

v ) \,
3B-W
L-R
L-E
,\ 3 -7
-----__OFF-,;ON
I)
"2 "4 (C 213 R-: (C-4E 51 -------1152 -53
28
"1
"1 2B W-Y (c-51) 101 m t L L-F 108 I I
n 0 (A-11X) (C-23) (c-38) (c-39) e=m AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT (c-51)
(c-68) (c-70) (c-73) (c-77)
HR12M07CA
1 TSB Revision
293
PHOTO SENSOR
i
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL (c-17) INDITIONING IL SWITCH
1
-
51
(Y-h
52
53
6
54 "57 58 59
60
(Y-C 10 -_-. 90 (R-h R-Y I

6 9 (c-49)
R-L I
R-C
G-R) (G-B 1
2-L :G-C
(Y-h
(Y-G 70 ----
r--ir
1 (c-50) --- 2 ---
- -
3--_ J-
.2 4 11 _-- --.--- ---. ~ 13

J.
14
J-
J-
.A
)ICATED
_____----_-_~--------~. ------.
a
GND
--------- ----_-_
54
I
113 J/B T
7
102
104
(P
MFI SYSTEM I
(BR (F) R-E I
G-R
R-W
L
107 B B 2B I 6
115(C-51)AIR CONDITIONING E#"""
DOOR LIGHT AND bpg@GG"" COMPARTMENT
R-B 11
-@@-
AIR SELECTION ;#;;R CONTROL (c-28)
HR12MOKB
TSB Revision
294
TAILLIGHT I
RELAY I IL1 1
.--
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL CONDITIONING GRAPHIC I A .--- .--. .--. ----- --___ 11 12 3 4 9 1 (c-16)
Pt, @@CATED 1i
I I
, 15
E
, --
3%8<11 AIR -T , I
A ) I
.3
G-W J/B 1.6 ic-ss, --7T--G-W B-' (B (R-B) (B: R-l L (W-B) (L-B:
TAIL LIGHT.PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
I i
B-Y
(c-50)
E;W&~ETE
B-Y (c-15) 1
r 1. i 1
19 --. --. 10 ----- 17 ----_ .--- 20 9
: 7- -----
----
P J
35 E ENGINE COOLANT ;E/gEiAT"RE
OFF-ON: 22.5-30.5'c (72.7~66.7'F)
----------.
B-Y
(Y-R
67 AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT (L-W)
RHEOSTAT
B (Y-B I I 2E (c-27)
(L-w:
~EWXI~LET (c-49) (c-50)
&k;4JiERMO (c-69)-
HR12M07DA
TSB Revision
295
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL DISPLAY

- -
INTERIOR $;/UdggATURE
.-
ESl
----. .---55
NOTE :l:HATCHBACK :2:CONVERTIBLE
56
(c-17)
I
(Y-L (F-$ (L-W> (Y-L) ; (Y-L) ti
I (L-W,;: j----__
41
J
(Y-L
.G)
(B-R
(B-W
(L-W )
i
-
-15 _---. ____
(L-W) S(c-50) &~TR";~";;iT"N'N" (c-49)
-II
;6 --I :;! : i
F-5?
V V
------
(C-51) 105
111 (L-h
----- ---- - ---------SO 56 58 570 (L-Ci) 0
------
112
103 y$)
(L-W) (L-W)
R-G
I ,2 A
B-W (L-h I \6
(W-L) 1 (L-G (L-.W) I ,,3 1 ,p /\ 1.
W (L-G) R-Y [ G-L 1 I ,,3 ,,l ,? ,6 /* ,\ -@I-
;h[BBRA'R iE%oL
(c-21)
~~~~E~""c~~~~~~ MOTOR
(c-22)
HR12M07DB
1 TSB Revision
296
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)

IGNI'I SWITC tG2) 2L-E !(c-82) 2R-BI J/B @ L

(c-69) 7 10A
L-R
2L-G 5 (A-04X)
L-F RADIATOR ;iFJAyOTOR (LO) 3 2B (HI) OFF-h 4 G-B
A - - - -
10
r 1-----I
1 2(c-31) (F>I
G-R
ENGINE COOLANT ;;{E';$ATURE
11 ---------------------------
2L-'
L-E
zwAToR ASSEMBLY
(RESISTOR) (A-55) i
!I B 2E G-Y
G-E 11 --___--.
l(c-29)
SENSOR I (F)Yi
3kS
B-W
(F>
L-R
MFI SYSTEM
HR12MOBAA
TSB Revision
297
J/B ULTI FUSE ( c Lr----
JRPOSE
>
fi&~p;&;i
CONTROL: 2R-B ---- 10 2L-Y @
20A
G-O
i.--------------------~
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I / I I I I /
FW
G-O
2L-
2L-w t 2L-w ,5 /\ 2L-w
,,5 ,,z I\ I\ CONDENSER ------.--------------I;OFF . KACIOTOR OFF-d .IN (HI) (LO) (A-31X) (A-34X) '1 a 2L-B 2L-w 2L 2L-E 1 _____------------ \G_----- 4 4 NO 2L 2L-w CONNECTION 1 k "4
Lee--
G-B
2E
(A-36)
3--
2B d -
HR12MOEAB
TSB Revision
298
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) <TURBO, NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA)> (CONTINUED) i_/il
(G-0) I 1 II l(c-02) I
THERMOSTAT
ON-OFF :lW C(311.F) OFF-ON :llO'C(230'F) (B-20)
f
I I / I I I I I I I I
f
L
COMPARISON 3SOR ION C

13
i I I I I I I I I
OFF 7"
1 (Y-R (Y-G: 10 -----
2R-E
G-k
(A-67)
(F>G-I R ': I c -------_ Ir---j G- R 2B-I;

1 ----7
I&-------1
DEDICATED FUSE
3 .--------
@ 10A r G-R (G-R)

------__
(F> Y-R
(F) Y-G
5 1 CL u-
B-W
1
ELC-4A/T : G- L----
OE
RELAY 'F (A-33X)
p.jiyifi1
B-W
B-b C
B-W -----___ (F)B-W (F)B-W
~$?~5~T'ON
G-R
L--------
(c-52) ti
HR12MOEBA
TSB Revision
299
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE ( FUSE @ J

C
L-R AIR CONDIT ONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER L-R L-R 3 h 11
ENGINE SPEED OPERATION CIRCUIT
;NC V
10 (BR (G-Y)
COMBINATION METE~/TACH~~2E
I
8 _-----
E -;1
%
1 p&,-1
/ kv/ (c-40) (c-29) pjz$zmg:, (D-15) (D-42) p?lRq -1
TSB r-- Revision
(c-49)
AIR E8/~Cl~~ONING UNIT
(c-49) (c-51) -1
(c-90)
HR12MOEBB
300
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) <TURBO, NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA)> (CONTINUED) i
2W-B 1 J/B I
HORN
2L-B 5W-B
(c-68) ,,l
,\
(c-82),, 2
T
\/
\I \I J V
"5 (c-82) 28 (F)R-B
"
20 2-- 10 D j ,,2 \ ,,l /\
'3 (c-83) L-R

MFI SYSTEM
L-R
Lj
L-R
(A-11X)
,2B-W 1 A/C POWER ,,3 TRANSISTOR m-------.2A
3B-W I
T REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
4
------__ OFF-,;ON
\I
\,
1 \/
"2 "4 0 28 2B R-E (c-49:
28
"1
2B
"1
BkPKR RELAYCHI) I 2m 0
W-Y 13 .-----_I,51 152 __ v 0 (c-51)
L-R
L-R 108
116 101 ------___------ -___
15 -1 /%ZBpYI (EKE RfiF8iaToRj

HR12MOECA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditionina Circuit
PHOTO SENSOR
(c-17)
I-4
L
I\ ;o
-1 !-..$I
AIR CONDIT ONING CONTROL SW TCH
-
51
52
53
54
57
58 .59 "60
(Y-h
(Y-C i) 10 90 (R-W) (R-k (R-L (R-C (Y-G ) 70 -A G-E G-B G-L) (G-C I 4 _--. 12 --- l 13 --J.
1
69 (c-49)
i op--
/I
\
GND
V ----------x------------
iL L--(F
MFI SYSTEM I
--------- ------. Y
s4
113 f (F> R-B (

I
'102
104
(BR
G-R (F>R-B
DOOR LIGHT AND EKQ&GE COMPARTMENT
R-W 1 1
L
107
(SNI
V -
ING
B
41
E,
R-B I1 AIR SELECTION EMhi;R CONTROL (c-28) (c-28) KFZO (c-50) (c-51)
2E 1
r DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79) (c-15) (c-17)
HR12MOBCB
TSB Revision
302
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit d
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) <TURBO, NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA)> (CONTINUED)
TAILLIi;H T RELAY -I2R-W: 1.25R-W' DEDICATED FUSE 1 ----__ 5
--- --
a -
.R AIR iif!CEIJL CONDITIONING --
T--
Ii
GRAPHIC
11
12
---_ 1
---- :-_-3 2
G-Vd J/B
7r
6m 1
r LAL \/
G-W B-.Y
(B
(R-B 1 (B) R-I
I.
(W-B
(L-B
(L-Y
B-Y G-k I
f;@;;TE 0-Y
v
TAIL LIGHT.PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
(c-15),:ll
B- Y
7
RHEOST 'AT
c 2B
1 T
%
(c-50) 1--- 20 3--. 10 9 --. ----
/?.I 4
17 ----.
---
7 -____-_-__
(c-49) 59 G 2
ENGINE COOLANT &Ei{giATURE
-5 I
I LJ
67 A1R CONDITIONONG CONTROL' UNIT
---------. c
(L-W) (L-W)
OFF-ON: 22.530.5'c (72.7-66. 7'F)
(c-43)
1 B (Y-B
(L-W)
r&#LET
@T~ERMO
HR12MOBDA
1 TSB Revision
303
INTERIOR ;;/g;$ATURE
OiSPLAY
A
62 (W-R) (B-G
1
.+
----_ ;1 55
(B-R:
(B-h
I 16 -----___ .---15 ----_ 5 ----
a-E ) 1 -E 4
-I j6 (c-17)
(L-w) (Y-L) EmZ2y-$b (Y-L)
:2 :1 -.
,,I (Y-L) 0 (L-k
~(~-50) AIR CONDITIONING '+ CONTROL UNIT :I
----
111 60 (L-W) (L-W) (L-W)
I
?
B-W
EkELJZgRAIR Fi8EsoL
(c-21)
Ei;;E;Eb&;#L" MOTOR
(c-22)
HR12MOBDB
TSB Revision
304
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) i/,

IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) r 2L-E J/B 7 @
10A
2R-Bj
I-(c-69)
(A-04X)
-L-B
2L-G I RADIATOR ;;FAyOTOR I (LO) 2B II 11
L-R
---------(HI) OFF-..% 4 G-E G-E
(A-07X) 1
1 (F>l
---------__~~----_________
L-B
I.
r
G-E 11 -----_-_ (F>Y
:LE !R (F> 1.258 (F) B-W
RADIATOR FAN ASSEMBL,Y (RESISTOR) (A-55)
G-Y
L-R
I-MFI SYSTEM
i I (F)1.25I 6 ----------___
2E
HR12MllAA
1 TSB Revision
305
J/B ULTI FUSE ( Y
'JRPOSE > I
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER G-O

_---
Y
D
G-O
2L-w
r
2L-B 5
G-B
,,5 I\ . CONDENSER I\ ----------______ FAN MOTOR ___---RELAY . . 'L-OFF (HI) (LO) 0FF-d IN (A-34X) '9 ' 2L-B "4 (A-31X) 2L Q 2L-B 1 .----- i 2L 1
1 ---_-------------
(A-36)
9--.
I I I I I I I I I L----------+,
I
p +
+ (A-45)2
I I / I I I I I I
CONDENSER FAN MOTOR
2-k-46) 2B
2L-B tc 2B
HR12MllAB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditionina Circuit FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
(G-0) I
ON-OFF (32~s ON-OFF
:2%kPa
T G-O 2 I
OFF-ON
:200kPa (28DS i)
1 /
l(c-02) (G-0)
i)
DUAL PRyQR$;RE (A-35)

1
I III
(c-40)
I r
15
COMPARISON COMPRESSOR SPEED OPERATION CIRCUIT
(F>W-G THERMOSTAT
ON-OFF :155'C(31l'F) OFF-ON :llO'C(230'F) (B-20)
,p ,\
OFF 'toN
3
C (Y-R
1 (Y-G
G-I;
(A-67)
3 .---- 1
(F>G-R c l------ -------I j G-F ) I/ II /
10 _---- 13
B&~k
(F> Y-R 2
<F) Y-G
G-R (G-R) 1
ELC-4A/T
r
1
G-k L---..
.--------_
f-b -cl-
I-------- 6
G-R
G (c-52) *
'2
x ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
HR'I2MllBA
TSB Revision
307.
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE ( FUSE @ ) v AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER CIRCUITpj
11
-7
1 (c-40)
7 I
l(D-42) (BR
GNL: n
5 (G-Y ,
14 (B (B)
(W-E 1)
cv
COMBINATION METE~iTACH~~-I
I) -lb I ;!m
2B
v IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR
1
TSB Revision
AIR #/;~;[ONING UNIT
HR12MllBB

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED) \ d
2W-B J/0
HORN
2L-B 5W-B
(c-68) ,,l (c-82),, 2
1 63
10A
4 iFBR RELAY
\, \I &
(c-73)
2(c-77)2-- 10 J I R-Y
i
T-
\/
"3 (c-83) L-R
R ,2 I\ ,,l /\

MFI SYSTEM
34
L-R
(A-11X)
2A
t
REAR WiNDOW DEFOGGER
A/C POWER TRANSISTOR c-23)

, \,
,.3
3B-W
L-R k%" RELAYCHI) I ,m
L-K
4 ,\ 3 I\
-------\/ OFF-:,ON
"2 "4 2B R-E ).85B-G B-R
2B
"1
" 1 2B W-Y (c-51)
L-R 101
L-R 116 108 -
(c-se)0
HRlPMllCA
1 TSB Revision
309
PHOTO SENSOR l-x--l :2(D-12) 1 (Y-W)
(c-17)
(Y-W) (Y-
---- 70 ---
I
----------------------.
113 J/B (P
MFI SYSTEM I DOOR LIGHT AND E)K$GE COMPARTMENT
(
(Y, 10 -F
INDITIONING IL SWITCH
53 '57 \-' 58
6
59 "60
;9 (c-15)
(R-W I R-C
G-R :G-B) (G-L (G-0) I
69 (c-49)
(c-50)
3 4 13 .--- _--_ -11 - - 12- - .--J. J-
,. 7
14
)ICATED
------_
LJ
/ G
---------
.-----_
102
104
107
BR (F) R-B
G-R I
R-W t
R-B 11 16 4 5
2B
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79) (c-15) (c-17)
AIR SELECTION ;8M&R CONTROL m (c-50) (c-51)
A. Ii
HR12MllCB
1 TSB Revision
310
FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED) d!
TAILLIGHT RELAY 2R-W" 1.25R-Wz2 OH

15A
I ILL
Kw ATED
: --. 7
c .-.
G-W J/B J.6 77 (c-69) G-W B-l I 0 (R-E (0 R-L (W-B: (L-E (L-Y
AL "5 (c-83) G-W 63
G-W
TAIL LIGHT,PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
I i
B-Y
(c-50
8 17 ---_ r----
E;$/W;TE 0-Y (c-15) I,,1
j7 B-k
AIR CONDITIONONG CONTROL UNIT
7
RHEOSTAT (L-W)
22.5-30.5'c (72.?-86.7'F) NOTE :'l:HATCHBACK X2:CONVERTIBLE
(L-W)
.B) 1 2E
ic-27:
(c-16) (c-15) pR%q o(c-83) @lq p?7laq
(c-27) cz?) cF$ m f$ I2
HR12MllDA
TSB Revision
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL DISPLAY 1 ---55
INTERIOR ~;~F@;~ATURE
INTERIOR $~/F@~;ATURE
:3 (E-49)
(F-01):4 lzGs
?+3
1 2cY-L, l (L-W) 1 - - - - - -
"2
:3 F
s(c-17)
(Y-L) (Y-L)
:4
(L-W) 5-----' (Lew;t&&3
(W-R
(B-G
(B-R
(B-W (Y-L)
r3 :1
I ----_ 16 ---15 ----
I 5 ---i(c-50) AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT
(L-W)
le-l
:sI
(c-49).,66 -J :; v I
:1
L;
Kiiymty
V
(C-51) 105
------
111 (L-W)
60
p -__-- -----56 (L-G )
pynmTg 1
------
--------5;5
570
112
103
TW) 1
(L-W) (L-W)
r
R-G 1 B-W /CL-W) (W-L) l(L-G) 2 ,,3 9,,4 , *6 I lhg3&RAIR (c-21) CONTROL MOTOR (c-17) (c-21)(c-22)0 :L-w) R-\l 00 I (L-G) ,3 ,,l ,p /\ 5, I\ G-l
NOTE :l:HATCHBACK :E:CONVERTIBLE "3XHIgb;S WITH :4:;;;;Sb;S WITHOUT
I 6 L
MODE SELECTION m @@R CONTROL (c-50) (c-51) (E-4s):3 (E-49):3 (F-01):4
HR12MllDB
TSB Revision
312
COMPONENT LOCATION
Name Symbol II E H F L I B B Name I Dual pressure switch Engine control module Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature switch* Interior temperature sensor Magnetic clutch relay Photo sensor Radiator fan motor control relay* Revolution sensor Thermostat* Symbol lc E J A N B G B D D I I I I
Air conditioning compressor lock controller Air conditioning control unit
I I
l
Air-inlet sensor Air-therm0 sensor Blower motor relay Blower motor relay (HI) Condenser fan motor relay (HI) Condenser fan motor relay (LO) Data link connector (from 1994 models)
I- (up to 1993 models) Data link connector z NOTE Up to 1993 models
S16FO257
L19FO134
00002687
Radiator fan mo-
Condenser fan , motor relay (LO)
01 \\a\
Condenser fan motor Magnetic clutch relav (HI) 9%. relav .., .
?!6F0030
TSB Revision
<From 1994 models>
LY
220NO26!
control module
--- . _
control module /
Xl 6FO292
I
IH
216FO263
Ill -!W II\ I K

Mill\
II\
<From 1994 models> \
YlGFOdSE
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit / - Windshield Wiper and Washer Circuit
Interior temperature sensor
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER

COMPONENT LOCATION
Data link connector
<From 1994 models> ------J\ .r7===-lc7c7%
I-L \
X16Fo?m I
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Windshield Wiper and Washer Circuit
/ L
315
OPERATION
<Low-speed (and high-speed) wiper>
l
<Auto wiper stop>

l
When the wiper switch is placed in the LO position with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, wipers operate continuously at low speed. Placing the wiper switch in the HI position causes the wipers to operate at high speed. If the wiper switch is turned to the INT position when the ignition switch is in the ON or ACC position, the voltage value from the intermittent variable volume switch is input to intermittent time detection circuit. The intermittent time detection circuit outputs an H signal at the intermittent time according to the set value of the intermittent variable volume switch and, via OR, turns the Tr on and off to operate the wiper.
When the wipe: switch is placed in the OFF position, the cam contacts of wiper motor causes current to flow through the auto wiper stop circuit, allowing the wiper blades to cycle before they reach to the stop position. If the washer switch is on for 0.6 second or less when the ignition switch is at ON or ACC with the wiper switch turned off, the washer liquid will not be poured but transistor will be turned on to operate the wipers one time. If the washer switch is on for 0.6 second or more when the ignition switch is at ON or ACC with the wiper switch turned off, the washer liquid will be poured and the transistor will be turned on 0.6 second later to operate the wipers two or three times.
<Mist wiper>
l
<Intermittent wiDer>
l
<Wiper linked with washer>

l
Phenomenon Wipers do not operate Washer does not operate. continuously Washer operates. Inspecting method
l l l
Check the multi-purpose fuse No. 9 Check the wiper motor. (Refer to GROUP S-Windshield Wiper and Washer.) Check the column switch. (Refer to GROUP S-Windshield Wiper and Washer.) Check the column switch. (Refer to GROUP 51-Windshield Wiper and Washer.) Check the wiper switch INT input signal. (Refer to GROUP 51-Troubleshooting.) Check the column switch. (Refer to GROUP S-Windshield Wiper and Washer.)
L
Low-speed (or high-speed) wiper operation only is inoperative. Wipers do not operate intermittently. (They operate continuously.)
l l
Wipers do not stop.
Check the wiper switch INT input signal. (Refer to GROUP 51-Troubleshooting.) l Check the column switch. (Refer to GROUP 51-Windshield Wiper and Washer.) o Check the wiper motor. (Refer to GROUP 51-Windshield Wiper and Washer.)
l l l
The intermittent time will not vary even if the variable intermittent wiper control switch is operated.
Check the variable intermittent wiper control switch input signal. (Refer to GROUP S-Troubleshooting.) Check the column switch. (Refer to GROUP 51-Windshield Wiper and Washer.) Check the washer motor. (Refer to GROUP 51-Windshield Wiper and Washer.) Check the washer nozzle and washer tube. Check the washer switch input signal. Check the washer switch. (Refer to GROUP 51-Windshield Wiper and Washer.)
Even if the washer switch is on for 0.6 second or more,. the washer will not operate.
The wipers linked with the washer operate. The wipers linked with the washer do not operate.
l l l l
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Windshield Wiper and Washer Circuit
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER CIRCUIT
\i e/~
IGNITION SWITCH(ACC) I &, 4 2-pI
15Ab ;
FUSIBLE LINKa I 2W-B 5w-B,,1 (c-68)

HORN
JIBi
\I O"11 13Ab V \, =---y(c-701
I
15Ab \, w i 'pun, 1T
(F)R-BI
2 "'1;
::-J 8
"I,
, I
@@"R'! &.;~~~~ORY
\
0.85L
NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM x2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALATM SYSTEM
I
,.
LIGHTER
- . -. . . .- . _ -
\
I\
"GARETTF ---------_____ _I 53 (c-66)
A 7h
LG
d
I
WIPER RELAY
WASHER SWITCH 1
WIPER SWITCH
-10
(c-83) J/B 0.85L-W
w9
',,4 A V (C-82) *B5 n LG
0 LG c
HR13MOGAA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAlViS - Windshield Wiper and Washer Circuit
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) J/B

+
CHARGING
WIPER RELAY
IGNITION SK?"
(F) R-B
J/B (F>R-B I
DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE E~$;;RTMENT
0.858-W S(c-71) 0.858-W F s(D-44)
LG
0.85L-(
0.85L-
0.85L-A
0. 85
0.85B-W
TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT NOTE tl:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM g :2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM 2 5 x3:UP TO 1995 MODELS %4:FROM 1996 MODELS -
-------18 (c-29)
-
-------6
_--_----. 5
_----___ 16
17
R-B
ETACS UNIT
/!i
:c-ss) 54
%3 2B-$
YmG"106 (D-05)
LG 2 M
B 0.85L-( B 16 9 4 B 5 I 4
L
0.85L-
0.85L-h
0.85
B-L
A3
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79) 2B

NOTE DATE LINK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT AND GROUND CIRCUIT ARE APPLICABLE FROM 1994 MODELS
i%R MOTOR
(A-15) 1.25B
tzB (c-79) gygT

(UP TO 1993 MODELS)
E%E
)
o(D-04)
1 TSB Revision
(D-05)
(D-44)
318
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Rear Wiper and Washer Circuit
REAR WIPER AND WASHER CIRCUIT
IGNITION SWITCH(ACC) I
(c-82)
TAILLIGHT RELAY REAR INTERMITTENT WIPER RELAY
DEDICATED FUSE
I
1
I
\/ 1,
.Ji--mm I -1 *.
1 v i
V
I
i
0.85
0.85L L
"4 " 1 "2 OL3$ OBJ$ T
"5 B-L
------ ,,16 ---------- J,14 --------------____ ,,17 , 0. 85 B-L 0.85L ,\ 6

I\
c-w 1
GLOVE BOX LIGHT
REAR WIPER &;PT;/SHER REAR WIPER SWITCH (D-37) ILL d3
0.85
0.85 L-b
0.85~~ 0.85~~
2 2 I
E1
0
RHEOSTAT
, (F> 0. a:
---- ----5 7m (F) (F) "ifi 1 "if;
REAR WASHER I MOTOR (F-15)
2EI
z(D-41)
2B
28
n 6
HR13M04AA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Rear Wiper and Washer Circuit COMPONENT LOCATION
OPERATION
<Low-speed wiper> 0 When the rear wiper switch is placed in the ON position with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, wipers operate continuously at low speed. <Auto wiper stop> l When the rear wiper switch is placed in the OFF position, the cam contains of wiper motor causes current to flow through the auto wiper stop circuit, allowing the wiper blades to cycle before they reach to the stop positions. <Intermittent wiper> l When the rear wiper switch is placed in the INT position with the ignition switch in ACC or ON position, the rear intermittent wiper relay is energized causing the rear intermittent wiper relay contacts to close and open repeatedly. l When the contacts are closed, the wiper motor is energized. l When the rear wiper motor is energized, the rear intermittent wiper relay contacts open; however, the cam contacts keep the rear wiper motor energized until the wiper blades return to their stop position.
1. Wipers do not operate. (1) Washer is not operative, either. l Check multi-purpose fuse No. 9. l Check ground. 2. Low-speed wiper operation only is inoperative. l Check wiper switch. 3. Wipers do not stop. l Check wiper motor. l Check rear intermittent wiper relay. l Check rear wiper switch. 4. Intermittent wiper operation is inoperative. l Check terminal voltage of the rear intermittent wiper relay energized. (Refer to GROUP 51-Windshield Wiper and Washer for information concerning the installation position of the intermittent wiper relay.) Terrr$al 1 Voltage Check
12v
Rear intermittent
0 3-b 12v 1 (alternating) 5. Washer is inoperative. l Check washer motor. l Check washer switch.
1 TSB Revision
320
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Remote Controlled Mirror Circuit
REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR CIRCUIT
3BB-R r
MFI SiSTEM
20-I DEDICATED FUSE
(2 r
101 11
:F> 3-I;
I I I I I I / I I I I I t I , d/ \, / / I "7 "8 I / Y-W Y-L G-: I / L - - - - - - - - - - _ _ _ _ _ r12
4 -
LH 21 - L
\RH
1
AL
( D - 4 3 ) g-----0 I
"2 j9 Y-R G-R -------- --- ---- ---_ ___ 13 ____----___--_-___ 7
B
0
2E1
I
2(D-41)
4) 4)
(F> 28 (F) (F> (F: B-R Y-W Y-L G-I (E-32) ,&-,p&&B-R (E-33) 2B,, Y-W Y-L G-I ,:1B 1:' :\ -- 2
HEATER
:2 :1
(F) (F> (F> (F) (F) B-R B Y-W Y-R G-R $3-- ,,5--,_4-,,g-,,7 B-R /\ B Y-W Y-R G-R
5:1
(E-01)
1x1
8;;
--
/\
I\
I\
$;
/\
,\
g;
I\
(E-03)
2B
5 I(LH)
1 HEATER
UI (RH)
cl =
REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR
Xl:VEHICLES WITH MIRROR HEATER :2:VEHICLES WITHOUT MIRROR HEATER
HR13M05AA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Remote Controlled Mirror Circuit OPERATION L

l
321
~
I
I
Neither right nor left mirror operates 1) Also cigarette lighter does not operate l Check multi-prpose fuse No. 5. 2) Cigarette lighter operates l Check remote controlled mirror switch.
When teh remote controlled mirror switch is operated while the ignition key is in ACC or ON position, current flows through fuse No. 5 remote controlled mirror switch, remote controlled mirror, remote controlled mirror switch, and ground, causing the mirror to move.
1 TSB Revision
322
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit <RIvD>
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (UP TO OCTOBER, 1993)

<FWD>
FUSIBL LINK@ FUSIBLE LINK@
3R-E &&CATED
3R-E
b
R-E
(L-R) 5 i 7 ABS POWER RELAY IA-02X) "3 (B-R) jl .___-__________-1; ----_ +--&";T ;fNOID VALVE
.ON
"4
G-R
2R
=z= 2 =
0 B 0.85L-Y 2R-Y m,Jl ----_ --------_ 10 n 0.85L-Y 0 t2
L----
----_
-----
' R-l
iI-E
G-E
3 ----- 1----2R-Y I G-B R-L 16 5
2 ;I
7 1.25G-Y 2Y-G 7 f
z f
L5 - - - __ -,I
3 6 20 2Y-B 6 ----- 11 ---_ 9 20 19 2Y-B ,>7 ,,l
Y
f
ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)
HR15M05AA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit 4WD>
323
IGNIT IN SWITC (IG2) 2L-B J/B
IGNII SWITC 2B-1
3 :---------------0
15A
0
15A
(L-R) ?(c-69) 0.85B-VI
S(c-71) 6o 0.85B-k
--------______ \/ 7 (c-83) 13
0.85R-B I2
B-k (D-45) 11 59
(F)R-
STOP LIGHT SWITCH (c-61)
L
I
$2
COMBINATION ) METER (D-04)

-J
58 G-R
0.8%
5 (F-1S)
0.85( ; G-R
ac
0.85( ;
B T7
0.85G STOP LIGHT
29
tc
G-R (;
A
(D-45)
(E-12)
(F-19)
m/
HR15M05AB
TSB Revision
324
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit cFWD>
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (UP TO OCTOBER, 1993) <FWD> (CONTINUED)
SPEED SENSOR FRONTCLH) (A-29) FRONTCRH) (A-12) REAR(LH) iE-19) REAR(RH) (E-16)
2 (T>h (c-33) CT: 3 :---
1 CT)1 1 ------.
1 (T>F; 3.---- 7 , , (T>R 33 (T)h

(T)G
T CH
(T)E
(T)R
(T>W : CT) 14
CT)1
I 11
15
: 10
I 28 4BS @UROL m RESISTOR (F-09)
GND
GND
GND
23 Y-R
A ------_
!4 F (c-34) 2
!O
(F>R-.B R-,B
P g:: y::
-
B 4:1
u
B
5:1
I
21
-
2B
2B
2B

-
NOTE :l:From 1994 moueis %2:UP to 1993 mocfels
(E-12)
1(2~3j4(5(6(?~6(9(10(11~12/13~14(15(16(17118j 19/20~21~22~23~24~5~6~27/28/29po131~32~33~34~35]
(E-16) (E-19) ~~
m pf m B HR15M05BA
1 TSB Revision
-~-I
1 TSB Revision
326
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit cFWD>
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (FROM NOVEMBER, 1993)

<FWD> (HATCHBACK)
SW1 2L (C-EQ ,,: J/B -7 (3 1 OA L--LL (C-E 92 3R-E 3R-E
IGb IN
(IG2)
FUSIBLE LINK@
(L--R)
r- DIODE
I A-68
!!--- ----------- ---!I
kkEB r/
@mlC1 -4F
o.a5~-k 2R-\I 0.85w i 2
/OFF
SOLENOID VALVE
ON
M .-- ----- - 2 =
- - -
_----
----------
1
R-L
G-B
- - -
34 -------z-----R 1 ia
10 --------- 3 2R-k
0
!7
1.25G-k
2Y-G
7 -----
1.---R-L 16 1.25G-Y
G-B
2Y-G 22 -
Y
4 ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)
j10~11/12~13~14~15~16117j18 19~Ol21~22~3~24~25~26~27128129130plp8133~34~35~
5 16 / 7 / 8 / 9
HRlSMOGAA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit <MID>
327
IGNI SWIT
ON (IGl) 5W-B )
(2)
1
CHARGING
2BR-W 2BJ/B
@ !OP
2W-B
HORN
7(c-82)
5w-B,,1 (c-68)
0
15A - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
S(c-71) 0.85B-
II 0.85R-B
17m
0.8580.85B-W G-R 1
TURN-SIGNAL BLIGHT AND
0.85R-B STOP LIGHT SWITCH

21 :2 cm (c-62)
#$"G (F)R-f3 59 i;M;NATION 0.85c: (D-04)

I
5 jF-19) G-I (D-16)

NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITH AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM. X2:VEHICLES WITHOUT AUTO- G-1 CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM. 7 ;l;R'LIGHT LUGGAGE ~~~~~RTMENT
t G
STOP LIGHT
R-B
7
0.85~
SUSPENSION
.MFI SYSTEM ~EFR;FUISE
t
STOP LIGHT
!5 ABS CONTROL UNIT
HRlSMOGAB
1 TSB Revision
328
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (FROM NOVEMBER, 1993) cFWD> (HATCHBACK) (CONTINUED)
SPEED SENSOR I FRONTCLH) (A-29) FRONTCRH) (A-12) REAR(LH) (E-19) REAR(RH) (E-16) \
1 (T) W-L (T> B-R
:1
W-F CT> B-L CT) W-L CT) B-F ! CT) W-R
CT) B-L (c-33)
CT)
3 1 6 _---- _---_-- ----_ 7 I CT> CT> i B-R I W-I; 33 31
CT) (T) B-L i W-L I 14 15
1 11
I 10
: f,30
t 28
ABS CONTROL UNIT m
RESISTOR (F-09)
.ELC-4A/T *MFI SYSTEM 1
r23 r24 J/B Y-R

A ;;---m-Y-;lF
GND
GND V 3
GND V -
--.--I
34
20
~LFXIC~~NC SUSPENSION .FULL AUTO A/C
(P) P R-B Y-R 422

16:
8:
1:1
lo:2
B 4:1
B 5:1
20
2B
28
1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79) n T
NOTE %l:From 1994 moaels :2:UD to 1993 moaels
(E1 [ 2 13 14 15 16 17 j 6 [ 9 ~10(11~12~13~14~15(16(17(18 j19~20~21/22~3~24~5~6~7/26~29~0~1~32~33~34~35~
(E-16)cFm19)(F-09)
@ @@ B HR15MOGBA
( TSB Revision
~~ ---I
329
/ L
NOTES
TSB Revision
330
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit <FWD>
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS)

<FWD> (CONVERTIBLE)
IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) FUSIBLE LINK@
2L-I (c-82) 2 J/B 7 2 3R-E 3R-EI
(c-69:
(L-R
[ t A-60
DIODE
%aB
01[I
0.85L-k 1 0. 85L- 18
i
r OFF c
P-. _
_---!x-.---)
SOLENO I D VA1.VE
/ I I /
----1
R-L
/ I I I ::
_---- -7 5
-----
2R-Y 10 --------2R-
G-B
1.25G-Y
2Y-G 7 6 .---- --
2Y-B 11 ----2Y-E
(c-32) F
I ---- ----1 R-l I G-E 5 \26 23 1. 25G-I !7
2Y-G 22 19 t
ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12) (A-64) EE3(c-32)

m
(C-69)-m
m m mi ~~1~2~3~4~5~6~7~6~9~10~11~12(13~14~15~16~1?~16~ )19~20~21/22$3~24j25~26~27/26~29/30~31~32~3~34~35]
HRlSM07AA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
331
IGNI' SWITI 2B-\ B-W

CHARGING
J/B
r63
1%
0.85B-'i
G-R
(D-45)
3 Ii
o.a5B-b 0.858-W B-b TURN-SIGNAL

,LftgL;DAND LIGHT
L-R
;M&NG
(F) R-E
I1
Lj! (
G-h G-E
j9 COMBINATION
-I B
)* a5G10.sj(
STOP LIGHT
0.85~ ;
16 > 2
14
(F-46)
*MFI SYSTEM '&J;FWE;L"U'SE
, G-R
0.85~ I G (F)R-B ii" L1GHT R-E c;

v
0.85G G\ 42 /G
C -a
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
ic
STOP LIGHT (F-44)
(D-16)
7
#X;;;NIC SUSPENSION
G-F
!
;
129
HR15M07AB
TSB Revision
332
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) cFWD>
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <FWD> (CONVERTIBLE) (CONTINUED)
SPEED SENSOR FRONTCLH) (A-29) FRONTCRH) m REAR(LH) (E-19) REAR(RH) (Ei
STOP L IGHT SWITCH
1 mm
1 CT> B-L (c-33) CT> B-L CT> B-F CT) W-R CT> B-L (T) W-L
1
>I---1
14
1.------ 6 ----(T) CT> B-F i W-R 33
$Tj 1
10
(T> W-R
ABS KI"I"F""" (E-12)
CT) W-l t 15
-7
i A 11
a
RESISTOR
1 I
T
GND
V -
\ LJ
GND
GND
V
J i Y-R \
.ELC-4A/T .MFI SYSTEM
123
'2
r24
2
W.LE~~~NIC SUSPENSION .FULL AUTO A/C
20
34
------ \, (c-34)
T 12
(P)
R-B 6
Y-R a
A
P 1
A
B 4
A
B 5
Al
2B
2E
2B
2B
HR15M07BA
TSB Revision
333
PJOTES L,
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit <AWD>
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (UP TO. OCTOBER, 1993)

<AWD>
FUSIBLE LINK@ FUSIBLE LINK@
3R
3R-E
1 &,;---A dIN \/L 1,
L31 ABS POWER

1 (A-02X)
RELAY
(B-R: ?
1
G-R
2R 0.85R ~
/ / I I I 1
;i;!jE
;$y!AULIC I I-
-65) 1 ---------------;i 8 ------------
-- --T
N
----
~ I II
I I / I I I / I 1
(B) ~ ---- ----. ---1 4 B9
E! --------
i.---
ENGINE SKE" G-B R-L'2Y-G 20 0 G-B 1 R-L 2 1.25G-\1 ---- ---- --__----------__ 7 _---- 6 ---- 11 G-B -26 R-L ,27 1.25G-k 2Y-G 20
_7- - I
5 22 35 P
SOLENOID VALVE / I
JlJ .3-
17
HR15M08AA
TSB Revision

CAWD>
335
IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) -I-2L-B J/B 0

10A
\/ \X (L-R) 2 (c-69)
IGNI SWIT 2B-
ON (IGl)
5W-B
LY%BsbE -r
I
--------------c
15,
@
10A
15A .___-__________ \,
11 0.85B0.85R-B 0.85B-'
"7 (c-83)
B-1 (D-45)
11 z I G-I
(F)R-E 59 COMBINATION METER (D-04) I $3
STOP LIGHT SWITCH (c-61)
0.85G
G-R
G-I: (D-16)
0.85G 0.85G G STOP LIGHT
G-F
G '5 ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)
HRlSM08AB
TSB Revision
336
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit <AWD>
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (UP TO OCTOBER, 1993) cAWD> (CONTINUED)
SPEED SENSOR r FRONTCLH) (A-29) FRONTCRH) (A-12)

1
\ REAR(LH) REAR(RH) (E-16)
mvini 3 1 I
L
llJ-Ln
Tel;T WI1:CH
B7 G
(T>W (c-33)
(T>G
CT)
(T)R 6 *----CT> CT) G (T>B (T)R
1 1 .---- ------
(T)W II(T>G 14
I
15
CT>
I
T
(T>R 31
A v
33
1 30 ABS iX$I;ROL E-12)
--I?= _t
: T
7T 5 Y ,
c!
RESISTOR (E-13)
GNLI
GND
23 1
24
2E
28
NOTE Xl:From 1994 models %2:Up to 1993 models
J
B
(E-12)
\ I(2 (3 (a 15 16 (7 j 6 Is /10~11/12(13(14(15(15(17(181
(E-13)(rn(E-19)
HRlJMO8BA
1 TSB Revision
-7
337
NOTES
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit CAWD>
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (FROM NOVEMBER, 1993)

<AWD> (HATCHBACK)
IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) FUSIBLE LINK@
2L-E (c-82) J/B 3R-I 3R-E
(c-69) (L-R)
I
2
1
DIODE A-68 G-R
0.85R II I -
11 ----------_-___-
kmfi
r
M
SOLENOID VALVE
\/r _-- ----_ I ---- _---1 --f= r2 1 =

u
\I 0.85L-B 1 j j 3+--J I 0.85L-B 0.85L-B

6
0.85L-k 3k 10
2R-Y
G-E
R-L
I;I
1.25G-k
I----------
3 +---- 1 ----- 2 ----------------2R-Y
,l --J' ,6
0.85L-k
.a
l
A2 9
!
\5
G-B 26
R-L
1.25G-Y
1 POWER
SUPPLY
HRlSMOSAA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
339
IGNI' ON SWIT( (IGl) 2B-b B-W l----I CHARG1NG J/B 0 15A r 0.85B-k
%sbE
5W-E
0.85R-B
0.85B-h 0.858-W G-R .l

TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND Ew
0.85R-B L-R
WARNING LIGHT
B-h 59
(F>R0.85 0.85G
STOP LIGHT 0.85 G
STOP LIGHT SWITCH $1 :2

(c-61) 6 2 ) ( c -
(D-45)
COMBINATION METER (D-04)
G-Ii
G-R
G-R
(F)R-B (F-1s)
;;;R LIGHT LUGGAGE fP;@$RTMENT
.MFI SYSTEM '&m-~~uISE
R0.85 G
(D-16)
NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITH AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM. z2:VEHICLES WITHOUT AUTO- G-R CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM.
42
[bi$LE;FNIC SUSPENSION
I2
;
'5 I
29
STOP LIGHT
I?-
(D-45)
(E-12)
13 (4 / 5 (6 (7 (6 IS (1Oj11/12(13~14/15(16(17(18( 19~0121122~3124125$6127128p9130~31~32~33~4~35~
(F-19)
ml
HR15MOSAB
TSB Revision
340
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) CAWD>
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (FROM NOVEMBER, 1993) <AWD> (HATCHBACK) (CONTINUED) d
SPEED SENSOR \ FRONTCLH) (A-29) FRONTCRH) (A-12) 7

J L
J L
REAR(LH) (E-19)
REAR(RH)
1 B-F1
1 CT> W-R
CT)
I5 _---I 15
A
CT> B-L
CT) W-L
CT) CT) B-FI I W-R
1 U-LJ-L I
(E-16) 1 2 CT) B-R CT> W-k I 30 28 ABS #TRO" (E-12)
GND GND 1
LST ;T SW :CH
7
,\ 33 a 1
31
I 11
!i
3 r 24
.FULL AUTO A/C MFI SYSTEM
B 4:1
B 5:' 1
2B
2B

-
NOTE :'l:From 1994 models :~:UP to 1993 moaeis
(E-12)
1112 \ 3 ( 4 \ 5 ( 6 ( 7 ( 6 19 (10(11~12(13~14~15~16(17(1~~
ooF-m16)o
HRlSMOSBA
TSB Revision
NOTES
TSB Revision
342
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit CAWDS
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS)

<AWD> (CONVERTIBLE)
IGNI'I IN SWITC (IG2) FUSIBLE LINK@
2L-E (c-82) J/B J 3R-E 3R-E
(c-69)
7 1
(L-R: DIODE 1 A-68 I; (c-32) 0.85R m&y-0.85R (D-22) 50.85R 2 1: R &NSOR (D-27) ' i
I I I I I I I I 1 I I I
I I I I I I I I I I
G-R
1
1 I I I I I I / / I I / I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I L-
WE r/ 1 c-----
&
SOLEN 0 ID VALVE
ON
1----2 0.85L-!
.- -------
_---_ .---- ---------. 1 ' B 3 R-L

)
.7 ---2Y-G 2( 7 ----.---- 6 2Y-G
2R-1I
G-E
1. 25G-'
10 _-----___ 3 ----- 1-----
.--- ---- ---- ----_
0.85L-I I J
2R-\I I I G-B R-L 26 !7 A5
1.25G-'
HRlSMlOAA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit CAWDB
343
SWITC
IGNIT
J/B r
15A
09
j(c-71)
0.85B-W STOP LIGHT SWITCH (c-61) L-R

TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND E%TRD
G-R
(D-45)
3 I
0.85B-W 7 B-W (F)R-B 3KNG 59 COMBINATION METER (D-d4)

I
0.85G j .85Gi-' STOP LIGHT O-85( 14 (F-46) 0.85(
G
.MFI SYSTEM .W;WiS;UISE
93
G-k
0.85G (F)R-B / G
C
G-R
G-Ii (D-16) 7
Do;R'LIGHT R-E LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
-a
ST01 LIGHT Fb"NFLE;fNIC SUSPENSION (F-44)
G-E
7 / !9
15
(D-04) o(c-83) cm(c-68)(c-71) ~~ fiTimzmmm1 (F-19) (D-45) (E-12)

-1 p J~o,~l,22d3:214,~5~6~~,~*~91~o~l~2~3~41~5, 2 3 4 5 6 7 B 9 101112131415161716 1
(D-44) (D-16) fzEEi!g~~ (F-46) (F-44)

f3mEaRjl HRlSMlOAB
ml /I:1
TSB Revision
344
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <AWD> (CONVERTIBLE) (CONTINUED)
1 LJ
SPEED SENSOR FRONTCLH) FRONTtRH) REAR(LH) REAR(RH)
(A-29)
(A-12)
(E-19)
.J 2 t-
(T> B-L
(c-33) 2----
CT) CT) B-L f W-L 14
I
2 CT) W-L J/B Y-R
A
-I L
4
1 CT) W-f;
CT> B-R
I -------
6 ----- 7
CT> B-L
CT> W-L
CT> B-R
CT) W-I;
t CT> CT) B-R I W-b i 15 33 31
I 11
I 10
I 30
1 RESISTOF
f -L-i
GND GND
-i
t23
i24 . ;U&?fN I C
SUSPENSION
14 B
;;------:~l~
MFI SYSTEM
2 P
. Ev- A"To 1 B 5 A 2B 2B 2E (F-44) 2B
Y-R P.B 16 8 14 A A A A DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)
(A_12)(A-29Nm)
(c-34)
-FRONT SIDE (E-
HR15MlOBA
1 TSB Revision
345
I
NOTES L
1 TSB Revision
346
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Circuit
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)

IGE SW1 -
LJ
?fG2)
2L (C-E J/B 1
3R-B I5
0.85L-Y
r
G-E
(C-E 0.85L 3R-L R-Y
12 _--___-___--_____-______________________----f;@OID
,,ll
EBP
IN x
(I %PNT: IJUT
x IN x
EPRZ
OUT 1 ---. IN x - - - - 5 OUT x
----. 2
,+ .---. (A-64) 2I 2Y-E I (c-c 0.85~ 0.85L-F 21

;-------- e ---_
.---_ 7
\\+
- - - -
4 2B-L
----
2Y-( T 3
2G-: I ---_
2G-
2G-R
2G-'
---.---- 1 0
---_ 11 _---- 1.---_
2Y-EI
2(
2Y-(;
2B-L
2G-1
2G-'
2G-R
2G-\
G-E
;3
78
'0
31 iI 6
0 ti
58
4
I
HR15M35AA
TSB Revision
347
IGN SWI' 2B. B-W

2)
5W-B 2W-B
HORN
CHARGING
51-B, 1 (c-68) J/B
o.a5B- -W
0.85B- -W 0.85B-W 13
TURN-SIGNAL B--W h;$aI;DAND LIGHT
r:c
G-.R
NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITH AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM. Z2:VEHICLES WITHOUT AUTO- G- R CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM.
iE I
3 'i
i: L-R
~H?l?~NG
(F)R-E I
Ej9 METER (D-04) E
i COMBINAT ON
n3
0.85G 0.85G o5 1
I ia
3
O.a5R-BI --2
OFF ON -'OFF - O N
STOP LIGHT SWITCH

:1 :2 (c-61) FE)
54
R-B
G
G
I 130
g(c-33)
G t
- ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)
HR15M35AB
1 TSB Revision
348
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
SPEED SENSOR I FRONTCLH) (A-29) FRONTCRH) (A-12) REAR (LH) (E-19) REAR(RH) = \
IGNITION T;&W&H"G2' v 0.85L-R r-------- 14 I I 0 * 85L-R t1 G SENSOR m
-.A
-.I
mJ--I
L
L 1-
2 CT) B-L (T) W-L
1 CT> B-R CT> W-F
L-
1I !!lJG I II II
2
I 6
r-4
(c-33) 2
CT) B-L
1 6 ------- ----- 7 (T) W-L I CT> CT> B-R i W-I; I 69 70
CT> W-L
CT) B-L
CT) B-F
CT) W-I;
I 71
I 72
I 73
GND
GND
*MFI SYSTEM
R-B $ B*m
11 -
;-1.
2B
HR15M35BA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Circuit COMPONENT LOCATION
349
R16F0257
K19F0134
Y16FO267
Y16FOO40
., ,,
' Y16FOO41
00002666
<Up to 1995 models>
Y16FOOO
TSB Revision
350

Diode (ABS circuit)
Z16FOO241
<From 1964 models>
Data link connedtor
Y16FO496
TSB Revision
351
NOTES I
TSB Revision
352
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit

I
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)

F'%IBLE LINK@ I 5w-B,,1 (c-68) J/B [ i
1.25R-\i
DEDICATED FUSE
J/B F G-k (D-44)

i
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT
(F-13)
5v
P) E _ 4 P)
G-W
L
(G-W:
_____----____________________ R-B ( F - 1 2 )
------- ----------------
W-B 3 G-B' p(D-16) ---------------------------- 1------ ,,6
(L-C (F-20)
R-B, 10 ( L (B-Y: B 0 B-k
W-O 1o W-B 11 (L-0 \ A COMBINATION METER 5 e (D-03) B-Y 2
11
RHEOSTAT (A-13x) (c-68) FE3
$ la (c-70) (c-71)
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
P V-l
10 -
HRlSMllAA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control -Suspension (ECS) Circuit
353
IGNI'I SWITC 2L-B
IN IG2)
0
10A
BR-R THROTTLE gEiW;;ON
L-R (B-05)
50
L-R 0.85G
I
V
BR-R 2
I I
/ L
- - - - - - - - - - ----_ ------------- -------------53 51 57 Y-W G-BR B G-I 5----------____ _------------ ,11 9 --------______-__-_------_________ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Y
_---.
------. 55 i4 1 G-E G-L ---- 3 0
II I/ I/ I III /I TJ
6
G-R 0 G-R
I Y-W (c-14) 6 Y-W t
G-E
G-L 3
y-
I
SPEED SENSOR (B-05)0
/
COMBINATION METERCREED) (c-29)
G SENSOR (E-28) (c-53)
cc-so)
STEERING )j& ;E"f& (c-60) (c-61) FE (c-83)
HRlSMllAB
TSB Revision
354
CIRCUIT DlAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
i;v
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCLH)
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCRH)
I 1 1
I I 2 B I3 B
i-
/---\/ V
1 fl .---W-F L-E I I.---_ W-I L-E I. 10 ----
6---_ 2
(A-13)
G-O (c-36)
- - - -
, /-----\I ,2 ,,6 B B 0
R-L ---_ R-L
2B
----------------------
----- ----
14 R-h
16
W-G
R-!l
13 ---- 15 .---_ 2B R-W ) r---/ 3 W-G R-k
'---_ 1.---- 3 F I 3
\T---
( r--Ly L
,,I-OFF -
>
5%- -. I
15 ;YNo
G-O
12
----_
5 %-_ I
1
---~LICIC~~NIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT

% 9
ti
_--_. 13 I3 E
i2 (F-13)
14i(F-20) Y-B B-W B-L
3.---- 4 ---j
IF
I
3 2 ---t 4
2E
l?EMfi SHOCK ABSORBER
TED& SHOCK ABSORBER
HRlBMllBA
TSB Revision
TSB Revision
356
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT

(1994 MODELS)
FUSIBLE LINK@ I 1.25R-k
G-h J/B L G-k (D-44) 8 s(c-69) I I
1 80
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X) R-B (F-
;2---------
G-W
(G-W:
3 R-B 10 ( L (B-Y
R-B ----------------------------- ------- ---------------(F-12) I-----------:---------------p(D-16) G-B 2 1 W-B 3 6 l------l 1oW-O W-B 11 I 2B B
4
-
(L-C (F-20) (L-0
(P 2 _-. (P
B-k
(A-11X)
(D-06)
2 ma 2Bt RHEOSTAT A =
R-E F V-R 6 14 4 5 - \ A A A h1 DATA LINK (c-7 3 CONNECTOR
(c-70)
11213/41516/716 9 ~10~11~12~13j14/15~16 u
(D-03) n
112]31415161716 1 2 1 10~11/12/13/~4~15)16~17
(D-16)
(D-41)- 4 4 ) (D
(F-
(F-20)
HR15M12AA
1 TSB Revision
357
c
IGNIl IN SWIT( (IG2) 2L-E ENGIm FEE?"*I __\ (F) BR-R 0.85R-B I2 /
t 1l 60
1
w
OF&
mrli7~TTT,E
hlKC~i IN SEIUSUK
0
0.85G 50 L-R 0.85G
(F)BR-R 2
GND
---- --2 - 36 j5 5,4 G-E G-L .R L1---- 3 _------ 2 -%

G-R I G-BR G-R B I 41 G-R G-L 3 2
$ _----
5 -I <<< 31
1-i
fE + I
jl
(B-05)0
SPEED SENSOR (c-29)
G SENSOR (E-28) (c-53)
(c-54)
STEERING l@b &$& (c-60) o(c-61)
HRlSM12AB
TSB Revision
358
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit 1 \ ii,
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
!I
B B
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCLH) I
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCRH) I
1
2 6--2B B B t ,,2 /\ t ,,4 I\
1 4 ----L 4 ----L-B l L
G-O
----
(A-13)
G-O
L-B
p.___---___________-____ -
5 il !j
4 2
7 I!
2 ---- 6 B B 2B
I I
1 ----
5 -
i. 9"
&W?~NIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT
14
----.
---16 R-\l R-Y L ---_
E
15
---------__
V -
11 I3
W-C 13 _---R-W W-G
EI
12 (F-13)
15 ---- 14 (F-20) Y-B :F-32) 0 B-L
,,6 ---- ,,2 -___ 1.---5
---- 1.---- 2 ---_

-
3
<ON
I
OFF
<_ ON
I
-. t_---J
_-- i
i
OFF-
1TI
B I3 2Ei i T 4 rE 2
HR15M12BA
7;;: SHOCK ABSORBER
TSB Revision
359
/ L NOTES
1 TSB Revision
360
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <HATCHBACK>

TAILLI 1.25Rr RELAY
mACATED
2(c-77)
G-1 i(c-69) J/B r IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11x) R-E ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT
7
(F-13)
R-B
MFI SYSTEM
1
G-\
I ;(c-71)
(D-44)
G-1 G-W 17
.TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT *ELC-4A/T $&AND r
B-Y
G-B2 w 1 ---___ 6 ---------------------------W-Oc1o W-B t 11
(F-20)
60 (P 2 ?----_-_ 1 (P:
: SYSTEM T %?-4A
(B-Y
0-I
2B1 h 1 DATA LINK c CONNECTOR
2B RHEOSTAT $ H
\ (D-06) (D-16) (( D -D 1 )4 4 4 ) (F-12) m (F-20)
HR15M13AA
TSB Revision
361
IGNI' ON SWIT( (IG2) 2L-E

cc 1OA .-----___ 20
NOTE :l:NON-TURBO(VIHECLES FOR FEDERAL) :2:TURBO,NON-TURBO(VIHECLES FOR CALIFORNIA) :3:VEHICLES WITH AUTO-CRUISE K4:VEHICLES WITHOUT AUTO-CRUISE k----
(c-83:
(F>R-.
11
15A __~_----___-----_____
MFI SYSTEM
3 L-f; L-F;
L-R -7
0.85R-B 7 o.~~R-~0 0.85R-B 2
(F) BR-k THROTTLE ;E"$W&&ON
L-R
I---------- --------------_ 53 Y-W G-BI 5 I-------------.

(F)R-E
~;~~A~;GH1 COMPARTMENT LIGHI
61 9 G-R
56 (F-13) 20
I-
R-E
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
MFI SYSTEM
SPEED SENSOR
G SENSOR m
STEERING !FEEb #j&R (c-60)
HRlSM13AB
TSB Revision
362
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <HATCHBACK> (CONTINUED)
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCLH) 1 I I

I I
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCRH) I 1
2 6---. B B
12
?---.. W-F
I
_---
(A-25)
(A-13)
G-O
_---
L-E
R-L .---
(c-33)
B
~
W-l 0
L-E .---
G-O
R-L
R-G
I
~ECEC;~NIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UN IT
_-----------___-______
.--- 7 ----- J5
s I-E 14
IL (F-121
2B B B
i ---.----.
16
----------.
i5
----_ :----_
12
13
R-h
W-C
R-k
I52 (F-13) B
B B 213
15 13 _---- ----- 14 (F-20) R-W W-G R-Y Y-B B-W B-L
I ---- 4 1 ,,s - - - - ,2 - - - - ,, 1_---- 4 ----- ----- 2 -------- I L F-32)0 t P t t l 4 5 2 1 ,,2 ,,4 ,J 5 1 ~
ir
IL q
y;/p SHOCK ABSORBER (F-13) (F-20) (F-32)
>J----II
f?ED& SHOCK ABSORBER
I
=
(A-13) Gi725) G33)
(c-36)
o(F-12)
HR15M13BA
1 TSB Revision
363
NOTES L
TSB Revision
364
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS)

<CONVERTIBLE>
FUSIBLE LINK@ 1.25R-\i 2W-B
@ i
G-V (c-69)
15A
R-B
41
R-B
J/B i (c-71)
G-h (D-44)
R-B MFI SYSTEM IOD OR -------7 STORAGE R-B 7 CONNECTOR (A-11X) (F-13)/I 62
4
-__________-_-__---------__------------60 R-B m (L-0) 4cP) ---------------------------- -----_ 3 14 (F-44) 13 G-B W-B R-B p(D-__-----------------________ ,1 ------ ,6 (F-48) 14 13 t+--:+---J R B W-O 1o W-B 11 - 10 (P) /\ COMBINATION 1 K-4A/T ;$L AUTO METER SYSTEM B '11 0 (P) B-Y 2
G-h G-W i---z

. TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT ELC4A/T METER AND GAUGES
Lj
(c-79) DATA LINK CONNECTOR
(A-11X)
cm(m)
(c-70)
(c-71)
(c-77)
OFRONT
SIDE
(D-03)
HR15M14AA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control 3uspension (ECS) Circuit
365
IGNIl ON SWITC (IG2) 2L-B

20
NOTE
:l:NON-TURBO(VIHECLES FOR FEDERAL) :2:TURBO,NON-TURBOwIHECLES FOR CALIFORNIA) :3:VEHICLES WITH AUTO-CRUISE :&VEHICLES WITHOUT AUTO-CRUISE
0
(c-83; (F)R-:
10A .----__z
MFI SYSTEM
11 L-R L-R I\ A
4
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER L OF?- ON
THROTTLE ~~$Q;~ON
(B-05)
a(F-48)
L-R
r-----L
51
(F>BR-R 2 G o-8=$.3 0. 8% 1 0 " BR-R,,13 (c-29) 0.85G,.14(F-46) (c-62)*4 BR-R 0.85G o BR-R f 43 MFI SYSTEM ~~~LE;;L"N'C BR-R 0.85G I? lam AUTO-CRUISE SUSPENSION + 8 CONTROL UNIT BR-R __----___--____~_-_-___ 59 ( F - 1 3 ) 'ONTRoL
STOP LIGHT
GND A
(F>R-E I-
&i;$A;QGHl ', COMPARTMENT LIGHT
R-EI
(c-79)
16 -DATA LINK CONNECTOR
I
14
G-BR W-R W-R

(~-42)
------. 55
16 B G-R G-R B i ,,l G-B , ,, 3 /\ G-L
56 (F-13)
G-L 19 (F-48)
G-R 4
B 0
5p &I&gJISE METER AND GAUGES Y-W 7
W-R
45 Y-W ) ( c - 1 4 ) ::6
G-B!? ! ,2 ,>
G-R SP 1
w -R
I 3 A
/\,p
HR15M14AB
1 TSB Revision
366
ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) <CONVERTIBLE> (CONTINUED)
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCLH) 1 I
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCRH) I

I I T
\/
1 5 1 (A-25) '3 1 3 4 (A-13) '---- ----G-O
2 6
,,6 ---- ,,2 ---- ,,l ---- ,,4-___ B 0 B d W-R B W-R L-B I
R-L 3
R-G 4 ----_ I R-G ----12 R-G 7 ----tE
,3 ---- 4 ----
(c-33)
(c-36) G-O
I I
1.251
R-L L---3 (F-44) 11 0 L W-R L-B R-L G-O -- --------p-----p--- _4 _--_---------- ----- ---J$---:I II i I,I &f 4&f II 5" 5" II . II II ~~q qg I
1
\,
&EFU?~NTC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT
~,
13 R-W W-G R-Y (F-20) Y-B ,,3 (F-32) Fmj \

,
----_
11
52 (F-13)
,J3 15 ---,,14 ---213 B B R-W W-G ,,1 ---/\ ,,5 /\ R-Y ,4 ---,,l
B-W
B-L
213
,,s ---- ,2 ---t ,? \ n Y t ,,4
,,3 ---- 1 3 ----- 1.---- ,,2 ---,,3 ----- OFGN
,,3
ml- i I -~gi~
06
--- 4
i 1
t ,p
B ,,2 ,\
II
TfDJ SHOCK ABSORBER
l?D&? SHOCK ABSORBER
1
=
HR15M14BA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit COMPONENT LOCATION

Name Data link connector (from 1994 models) Data link connector (up to 1993 models) ECS control unit Engine control module Symbol D F G C G sensor Steering wheel angle speed sensor Throttle position sensor Name
367
Symbol E B A
016FO257
K19F0134
Y16FO267
00002609
Steering wheel angle speed sensor I,
II
X12FOO72
<From 1994 models>
module
T16F0292
Y16FO496
TSB Revision
368
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Controt Suspension (EC9 Circuit
-1
1-1 - - - c - k - T \ \\ ,.
J \
\\crl
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Exhaust System Circuit
369
ACTIVE EXHAUST SYSTEM

L/ COMPONENT LOCATION
Name Active exhaust control unit Actuator assembly Symbol C D Name Engine control module Power window relay Symbol B A
119FOl34
Tl6FO268
00002666
module # /
T16F0292
/ TSB Revision
370
ACTIVE EXHAUST SYSTEM CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)
;;ik\IGHT
1.25R-W F;E&CATED
0 r
15A
(c-82)
O.S5B-W 0.85B-W
6
6
J/B
G-W J/B [ G-W
B-W I r-h
5 g
59 (D-04)
COMBINATION METER
R
\/I
112 (D-05)
G-Y
( I
B-Y RHEOSTAT
6 ,\ ---------_---OFF -TON SPOR
3 ACTIVE &BMT
(D-38)
I 28
20
2B
HRlSM15AA
TSB Revision
371
2R-B 5(c-o1) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 2R-B /
(c-14)
20
< OFF t-
--------___
POWER WIV~~WS
R-\
2L- B I
ACTIVE EM:: MODULE (F-26)
GND
V
z 3
:
i
I FULLL
L I m
2
CY & w5
;
JLL 'EN
.--
ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY (F-29)
CLOSE
(c-54) (c-01) o(c-14) (c-29) faq @ plzER@q -1

TSB Revision
(F12-26) 34 (Ff-29) m m
5 6 7 9 9 2 3 4 5 6
HR15MlSAB
372
ACTIVE EXHAUST SYSTEM CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS)
;HT
1.25R-h I
G-h I J/B 7Tr

i
,,a (c-69)
1
I\
~;M;NATION R
8 (c-71) G-W 8 (D-44) G-W 1

----------_____
( IB-Y
I LL
OFF TON
SPOR
RHEOSTAT
(c-82) 1234 5678 km
(D-04)
(D-05)
El (D-38) (D-41) (D-44) pGjlq @ fiMI7Rq \ d

HRlSM16AA
1 I
B 2B 2B -
ACTIVE Ei%T
OUR
z(D-41)
1 TSB Revision
373
INPUT SIGNAL .CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR .THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2R
b
2R
jgE -
(c-01) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
F
35 R (c- ,,8 R-W 12 (c-29) (c-53)
2R
F- 01N
-B
7 T
3
R-B 1 -____---_ 3 L-Y B 2B
POWER WINDOWS RELAY (c-07x)
KkF"
@I-+
2 G-R
f
GND
I r-kI
R-B
ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY lEgI
(c-01)
o(c14)
(c-53)
(F-26)
HRlSMlGAB
TSB Revision
374
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Circuit

I
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODEL)
2B:2
(c-31)
2B-
s5 (A-67)
2B-Y 2B- Y
2B-'
WITH ---iE GOUT ;ygKJiALARM $yG 'FT-ALARM LSTEM I (1992 MODEL) I (il%L3gg3) r'Q 2B-Y !?%#&iTR&kY~ I'SWITCt I
0.85B-Y SRS ;iHAfNOS I S 1 0 I
0.85B-Vv I3
V
(B-26):
2B-R
9 T 2B-R 0 0 0.85B-R
(D-25
-3 -
SAFING INPACT SENSOR
i -
.---5
0.85B-R
CT> CT) 0. 85' 0.851
CT> CT> 0.85B 0.85
M/T
0.85B-,Y
A/T lm
----10 CT) CT) 0. 851 0.851 (A-38) 2
-------- ----7 CT) CT) 0.85B 0.85' 1
lr-/ ~ ~~FFToN f
FRONT IMPACT SENSOR(LH)
FRONT IMPACT SENSOR(RH)
HR15M17AA
1 TSB Revision
375
IGNI SWIT 28-I
@
10A
15A
(c-77) .6
0.85B-\n
(c-71) 5 0.85B-W
B- -W
0.858- W
0.85B-k
1
1 20 '
-1
COMBINATION
.--- ------
---_I
19
CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH

-
0. 85
0.85B I f----f, gz
t
(c-79) &I8
CAUT I ON &y;;
I I
DATA LINK CONNECTOR

T to GROUP 52B-
read and observe the SRS S E R V C E PRECAUTIONSlRefer 6 recautions) Ofior t o any s e r v i c e .
HR15M17AB
TSB Revision
376
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) CIRCUIT (FROM 1994 MODELS)

STARTER RELAY
.$##JISE
2B-Y 2B-Y
WITH @&ALARM
<F)R-B I 2B-Y I
WITHOUT $t/E&ALARM
0.05B-Y I
(A-11X)
V
COMPARTMENT LIGHT
Ei8 L1GHT LUGGAGE
0.85B-W
2B-Y
2B-'
/ r IL .---- .----- --- 6 ----- A I------
4 -
-t
1.25B-\ / I---.MFI SYSTEM . Ef~#NG
16
17
15
18
a ----_
Y
/i 7
CT) (TlO.85W 0.851 0.85B-R ! M/T 0.85BFRONT IMPACT SENSORCLH) (A-38) A/T lm
(TjO.851
CT) CT) CT) 0.85B 0.851 3.85W
9 8 10 (c-31) ----- --------_ _---L
0.85B-
CT> (T)O.85W 0.851 2
i (TjO.851
CT> 3.85B 2
-
ASSENGER'S IR BAG MODULE SQUIB) (c-86)
HRlSMlEAA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Sudemental Restraint System (SRS) Circuit
377
63 10A
0 15A
\, (c-71)6 0.85B-W I
0-w
016 0.85B-W
' 0.85B-W
05 ,,6 (D-44) 0.85B-R (D-25) I 12

n
:,m 3 .------
.HEADLIGHT .FOG LIGHT .BACK-UP LIGHT

--__---- ------- - ------- - ----- ---------------&4--
------------------h-----------
u n IA n
i
I J
a :3 4
CLOCK SPRING r-l-
> I(1
I
CONNECTOR 1 LOCK SWITCH --_-
5
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 0
SIDE
(c-82)
I,1
DRIVER'S AIR ;MU~f~ULE (c-15) (c-71) (c-77)
-FRONT
(c-82) (D-04)
(D-05)
i
HRlSM18AB
TSB Revision
378
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Supplemental Restraint System (SW) Circuit
COMPONENT LOCATION
Name Data link connector (from 1994 models) Data link connector (up to 1993 models) --/ D C Name Front impact sensor SRS diagnosis unit ( Symbol 1 A B
H19F0134
OW02661
<Up to 1993 &de&

/, \ / ,I
nm,,.; l-N\
Jbyl;ion 1
D&linkconnect&
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit
379
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL
COMPONENT LOCATION
Name Auto-cruise control unit Auto-cruise relay Data link connector (from 1994 models) Symbol B C E Name Data link connector (up to 1993 models) Engine control module Throttle position sensor Symbol D C A
PlGFO257
GlGFO134 wow.ee2
m?zYili
L Auto-cruise control unit
ul-~,;> \ \\\ 1 !,- ii i I

-*u
.[
1 wl
o-cruise Engine control
Data linkconnector J
%Y
W16FO396
-0017
<From 1994 models>
TSB Revision
380
<M/T>
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <M/T>
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)

LJ
THROTTLE &~&ON B-05)
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
fi
f+h y GND
GND
G V
D V -
5 B-Y : CLUTCH PEDAL B POSITON SWITCH f OF?- O N
dP5m_i$2t? i. .
a, 1 I
- &JTM&UISE SWITCH 0.2
2E3
Y-E
'-R
5b 11 (c-79) &.-1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
(c-57)
HR15MlSAA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit CM/T>
381
FUSIE
LINK @
5w-
@Zi 1. 25R-ii DEDICATED FUSE
IGHT
2B-W -T-
J/B
@
10A
s(c-77 R-E IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X) 16

V
G-W
B-k
B-W
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT (c-37) 1
w-Rrg
W-R
MAIN SWITCH (D-32)
ILL(
\/
"4 L-B B
"1
D
B-Y (c-15) B-Y RHEOSTAT 1
2B d
m(c-14) (c-15) (c-37) mimijgqgfgq (c-77) (c-82)0
(c-68) 02 1 Ei
(D-32)0 ~~~~~~1
HR15hd19AB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <M/T> AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCI IIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS) <M/T> (CONTINUED)
iitCH L-B L-B
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE 1 ( FUSE@

A
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE 1 t FUSE@

B
I l i%H t 0.85B-h ;RPOSE 1
0.85R-B I
B-W
L-B
L-R ,,l /\
I ,,2 /\
LG-R
L-B (D-05), i;CEaNATION j
11
LG-B 0
0.85c: LG-:
j; (D-04)
LG-B ------------ ,,14 (c-02) II LG-B III I II II II II I LG-B 3 2 4 L-Y L-B L-O 2 17 L -------- ------ 6 L-O L-B L-Y !5 26 13
VACUUM PUMP (A-28)
T
3.85G G STOP LIGHT .5
28 (D-41) 2B 2 LG-I
-I
12 AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT (c-61) (c-84) (D-04) (c-37) TSB Revision
LG-I
(A-28) (c-02) -1 (D-41) m=m
(D-05)
HR15MlSBA
383
NOTES
/ i
1 TSB Revision
384
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Cirkuit <M/T>
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)

<M/T> NON TURBO (FEDERAL)
GND
6 A
1 EEzL
r ENGINE
67 (F> 1, 25B M F I SYS^iEM
(F>BR-R
O(c-83) THROTTLE KIP;;~"" (B-05)
BR-R 13 (c-29) BR-R 5 t
Y-I Y-i AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT (c-37)
\L/ i
GND
GND
GND
3 B-Y ,,2 ': - CLUTCH PEDAL ,, POSITION OF;-"ON SWITCH B1 (c-63j
$0 B-W
-8
r c i: : c5
B-W It
!
grl k K? . . w ILLL!?
CLOCK SPRING
B 2E
HR15M20AA
1 TSB Revision
385
i/
FUSIBLE LINK@ ;;E&CATED

HORN
;;J&IGHT 2R-W B-W
IGNiTION SWITCH(IG1)
5W-B ,,l p\
(c-68)
01
15A<
J/B
G-W, 6 (c-69) m
0
15A \,
,,7(c-82)
iY (c-83) I11
r,
Y
\/ \,
(c-77)2
I I-
----
ljc-70) I.
R-B R-Y i R
"7 (c-77) 6 (c-71) 705 0.85R-BI G-WI B-WI 0.65B-WI
------V
\/
!J
(F)R-E +----++% R-B .MFI - IOSYSTEM 'FULL AUTO A/C CONNECTOR m '&@F&~;E CONTROL 16 1 v
5v 1
.Hp;%ii
........-l.
B-W/-&5B-W/
(D-4L
.MANUAL A/C .FULL AUTO A/C
L
I
I
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT jc-37)
b+
3 V
I
%kH 1
(D-32)/
24
(F)R-Br---
;19 W-R 1 W-R
+
~t&;~~NIC SUSPENSION
DDOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE fy;td+RTMENT
R-E
Y-B
W-R
20
B 4 A
B 5 16 A A 13 14
.MANUAL A/C ,, .FULL AUTO A/C .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
1
SPEED SENSOR
RHEOSTAT 2B
TSB Revision
386
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit d/T>
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) <M/T> NON TURBO (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED) d
MAIN SWITCH
D
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE i FUSE@ 1 .B-W O.B5R-B
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE t FUSE@ !

A
MULTI: ! FUSE<
;RPOSE
L-B
0.85B-I O.B5B-W
L-R --I
)VVgl$NG
,3
,,2 L-B LG-R
(D-42)
I 3 B-k 11 ti: 2 0 .---;4 I
L-R I
IO."""-" 2&-O.S5R-B12
E
;;W~NATION
1
i9
-1
OF?TON
II
j? (D-04)
LG-B E~NECTION (c-62) LG-B

MFI 2 1 SYSTEM (D-41)
LG-I;
30
LG-I;
21
L-E
LG-B LG-R !5
F
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT (c-37) (c-61) (c-62) (c-84) mEI (D-05) m
(c-02)
(D-42)
HR15M20BA
1 TSB Revision
387
NOTES LI
TSB Revision
388
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit d/T>

<M/T> TURBO, NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA)
GND
J/B &, (c-83)
34 (F>BR-R , (F)G-Y
81
92 (F> B7 (F)1,25B MFI i"'"" 1.25B (Fly-1 i 18 l(F>B 4 ,\ THROTTLE W;P;;ON (B-05)
CONNECTOR
38
1
L 20
L
2L
BR-R 13 (c-29) BR-R t5
Y-l Y-l AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
GNI: ) V
I I 1 I IcI 2
r;
--------
.a
14
B-Y im B B
1 2
B-h
1
d c L i ;
CLOCK SPRING
ll
(c-29) (c-30)0 (A-11X)0 ~fzfas2J~5161718;1 9 )10~11~~1ej13/14~15(161171118/19

(c-7o)(c-82)0 (1
~%%Jp$i$q~
HRlSh421AA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit 4/T>
389
FUSIBLE LINKQ
;;L#IGHT B-W 2B-
:ON
I(IG1)
NOTE Xl:Hatchaack X2:Convertible
HORN
J/B
2R-Wt 1.25R-W" #iCATED E 5W-B 151 i G,lB P
7m
L (c-83 i
1 I
i
70 B-1 0.85B-'
S(c-71)
G-W (F)R-I 3 i
. MFI SYSTEM R-B I O-STORAGE . FULL AUTO A/C CONNECTOR (A-11x) ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION !16 .HEATER .MANUAL A/C G-' 'FULL AUTO A/C
E(D-44)
24 (F)R-BI*
Y19
MAIN SWITCH
k-E
Y-E
W-R
1 B 0-Y
D
L-B
2B
I 0
-ll
B B 4 IA
MFI SYSTEM
(c-15: 0-Y
MANUAL A/C o FULL AUTO A/C RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER . E;$W$;TE
5 A DATA CDNNE
@)Y 1
SPEED SENSOR
HR15M21AB
1 TSB Revision
390
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit 4Vb
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) <M/T> TURBO, NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA) (CONTINUED)
J/B J/B J/B MULTI-PI JRPOSE FUSE@ 1
C
0.85B-W 0.85B-W 13 L-R -7

;fEfi+NG
I LG-R
r -P
1 (D-42) 9
L-l I1 LIGHT 0.85R-B ___-_-_-(D-05) #;~NATION
+,
B--W 111 5 1T2 j;
OFF J,[
1
64 ION
+
0.85c I
----
LG-.R 21 MFI SYSTEM (D-41)

G
2 LG-
,,E
2E
L-E
3
2 4
LG-B
L-O !5 26
L-B 13
L-Y 12
~8~%kON
I
15
LG-
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT o-F23 mE) -1 (D-41) (D-42)

HR15M21BA
(c-37)
(c-61) eTz9 (c-84) m
(D-05)
TSB Revision
391
NOTES
~ I
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit CM/T>
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)

<M/T>
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) 2LI j4
i
:d
(F>BR-R
'(F>G-
37 (F) l.25B MFI TIM
O(c-83)
?+-----I
*_ ON
THROTTLE ;E"$B&ON :B-o5)
3 Y-R
t
10
BR-R 13 (c-29) BR-R 5 t
Y-I Y-I AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT (c-37)
GND
GND
GND
'8
14
-1 z i 0
!2 _ 2 E . . m b
i;;yRgfUISE SWITCH (1
L
HR15M36AA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit 4/T>
393
FUSIBLE LINKa
NOTE :l:HATCHBACK :2:CONVERTIBLE HORN
xi 2R-W: 1.25R-W: FwCATED G-
GHT
5W-B ,,l 4,
(c-68)
J/B [
0 15A
j
T(c-77)
B-k
8
O.BSB-W
G-W
(F)R-I
.MFI SYSTEM .FULL AUTO A/C
R-B
I 16
IO-GE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
'HEATER .MANUAL A/C G-' .FULL AUTO A/C
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT (c-37)
24
METER AND GAUGES B-1
I
B 4 5 16
21
B-Y
1.l
B-YI
. COOLING (c-151 . MFI SYSTEM
B-1 I 4 (F>Y 1
SPEED SENSOR i
. MANUAL A/C . RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER . E;;/WiE;TE
RHEOSTAT 2B
5M36AB
TSB Revision
394
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) <M/T> (CONTINUED)
MAIN SWITCH
D 1 -RY
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE ( FUSE@ i

B a -it, Y
(
0.85R-B
J/B MULTI-PI JRPOSE FUSEQ I
0.85Bu. mt(-w I TURN.53IGNAL. LltiH'! L!GHT HNU HALAHLl L-B
L-R -7 rYGRKNG
L-R I
I
,,l 'P
LG-R
(D-42) 9
L-E (D-05)
0.85R-B 2,, \ 0.85R-B 2 /\ , \
B-' 11 j9 ,- 1 II
1
LG-B \ 14 II-----------_ II LG-B I ,\ I II I
ENNECTION m 2E IF1 SYSTEM (D-41)

G
2E
L-E
LG-B
i .b Is1 x II \, I I "4 "3 I L-O L-B L-Y :--+E--+? ______ $>6 (c-02) L-O 15 ,26 v L-B 13
V
2 I
30
L-Y .5
V
LG-F
P P P
5
J
HR15M36BA
TSB Revision
395
NOTES
TSB Revision
396
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <A/T>
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL)
IA
GND A
64
"61
" 72 Y-F
I
Y-F
ENGiNE CONTROL MODULE
4m J/B @
10A V - - - - \, (c-70)3 '4
BR-R
G-Y 1.25B ,j (,I B/,4 /\
THROTTLE PO~PO;~ON :B-o5)
2L-w ,,3 /\ (A-11X)
2L 1 p A
31 "3
BR-R 2Y-R IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR L 9
jm3 Y-F 2 AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
GND V
GND 3
GND V
14
ijiXJR;,U'SE SWITCH 0
2B
Y-E
CONNEC
HRlSM22AA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <Afb
397
FUSIBLE LINK a I
:GHT Ei -. 1.25R-h iwATED
28-W
G-h
1m @
10A
I sm
J(c-82) I\ I
J/B
I \/ I
'0
15A
\/ 8 V -------_--____
(c-77)2
----
l(c-70) 7 R-Y r' R 0.85R-B \ ICk%idGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)

A
(c-83: j(c-77:
R-B
G-W
B-h
16
W-R
w-Rrg
O F F - ON
ON
c 1
Y-W
I 1
.A
Y-W
, 1
(c-15)
B-Y RHEOSTAT 1
E1
0
y-w 6 (c-14) t
2B
Q
SPEED SENSOR
i
HR15M22AB
1 TSB Revision
398
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <AR5
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) <m> (CONTINUED)
J/B MAIN MULTI' -PURPOSE SWITCH ( FUSEq 3 1

D A
L-B Y
Y 0.85R-E
1I
Y 0.85B-W
B I I
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE ( FUSE@ i
J/B MULTI-PIJRPOSE I FUSE@ 1

C
0.85B-\ nl
$@~~~UISE RELAY (c-84)
ILG-R
t-
1
L-l
0
(D-42)
L-l
B-\ v 31 E 5 6 i4
JL -J \r 5 ,5 7-7 -1
LIGHT 0
_________
\/ OFF -*ON
(D-05) COMBINATION METER
\ii* 0.85G 0
LE
02 20
LG-B
11 7m
I I I I I !r
--____---__
140
Tr
LG-F !
T
).85G G STOP LIGHT 5
2E (D-41) 2E 1 LG-I;1
,,E
I(D-42)
L-E
LG-B LG-R
(c-37)
!5
2;3 -
I (A-28) (c-02)
0 mi2)
-1
(c-37)
(c-61) (c-84) (D-04)
(D-05)
HR15M22BA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit CA/T>
399
[c-81)
L-R 20-Y (c-30) PARK/NEUTRAL ;;sCWHON L-R (B-26) ~~~~~~1"" (c-45)
----------------
io9 L-R
3m j7
m
L-R SP8 BR R-Y
2B-\1
R-h (c-29)
L-l 15 .---------BR I 3.------ 14
M
~
R-b X
L-I
n I 1 BR-R 3
R-k
STARTER I 10
I AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT (c-37)
HR15M22BB
TSB I Revision
400
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit c/VT>
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) <AK>

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I 2L
J/B
.a
40 @ IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR L
Jo
67 (F>BR-F
I--I I--I 10 (c-83)
THROTTLE ~;~B&ON (8-05)
BR-R 2(F) 3 Y-R
L
Y-f Y-I: i AUTO-CRUISE'CONTROL UNIT
GND V I GND n
!O (c-37)
BR-R l3 (c-29) BR-R 5
?-+A A
18
i-3
GND V
"6
R -------- 4 (c-57) B-W

-1
CLOCK SPRING
lXJ$XJ~;~iJISE SWITCH (1
1
2B
I
3 B
14
Y-B W-R
CONNECTOR
(c-53)
(c-57)
HR15M23AA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <Ah
401
FUSIBLE LINKa
5W-B ,l(c-68)
m
'RK 1.25R-h DEDICATED FUSE 0 c G-h

15A
[GHT
J/B
r
L
R-E IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X) 16
B-W
W-R W-R
0
O F F - DN T
--. t
W-R NONTURBO,TURBO \ Cl-"
E
E
1:1 t
COMBINATION METERCREED) RHEOiTAT 2E
o(c-14)
(c-15)
(c-37)
(c-ssj6!FEij B
(c-70) ( c - 7 1 )
~~pi%gq
fz%Tqm~l
HR15M23AB
1 TSB Revision
402
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit dW>
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) <A/T> (CONTINUED)
!!ihH
D
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE ( FUSE@ 1

A
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE ( FUSE@ 1
J/B MULTI-PI JRPOSE\ ( FUSE@
L-B L-B ,3
0.85R-B
L-R STOP &x,, CI )-61) LG-B
LG-R COMBINATION METER 3 0.85G
wIlLti i)N
4
(D-05)
----------OFF -t OFF ON
-Y-----t
t I
VACUUM PUMP (A-28)
0r92
L-I E LG-E 2E 3 LG-R 2E LG-R
59 .- 1
1 I
1;
I-_
.------Y/P (c-02) IL
LG-BIfl
I I I I I I I I I
1
).85G ( STOP LIGHT
(D-41)
L-E
LG-B
"4 '3 2 I L-O L-B L-Y L,+!? ----- $,2 ------ St6 L-O L-B 26 13 L-Y 12 !5
$6
I
15
(c-37)
b b b
3
m 34 El
12 HR15M23BA
(c-37)
1 TSB Revision
403
-$[!W;tLE MODULE
----_
L-R :3 L-R I L-R I\ 6 -
04 I> -R 1 L-R
57
R-!
LJ
L- I BATTERY 11 (B-30) 20B-RI 3B-RI
-If--
5
2B-! R-h I L3-R 14
(c-29 1,:15 --- --- -.--
R-W
L -R
R-!
STARTER
/ A 11 .O
CEi
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT (c-37) (B-23)El aI / (c-47) i (c-30)
(c-45)
HR15M23BB
TSB Revision
404
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit c/Vi>

<m> (FEDERAL)
\
d
IGNITION SWITCH(ACC) 2L ,$ (c-82) /\ J/B Gill 10A (F>BR ---_ \/ "lo (c-83) (c-70)3 " 4 2L-w 2L 1 2L ,,3 ,4 /\ (A-14X) IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR $8: L 2L i
20 (c-37)
BR-R
I5
Y-R 1 I4 AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
GND V "-
GND V "..
tl
GND V ". .
14
Ed
1230 (c-70) 1 2 3 4 Ei
(c-82)
HR15M24AA
d,
1 TSB Revision
405
FUSIBLE LINKa
2 2R-'
[GHT
HORN
5W-B
J/B
PWATED E 151 c G,,l (c-68) \

t I
, 8 ag
LI1 5 B-k
.MFI SYSTEM .FULL-AUTO A/C .ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION
(F>.R-B
I O-GE CONNECTOR (A-11X)

16
G-1
B-h
.HEATER 'MANUAL A/C .FULL AUTO A/C
5"
i
) 24
L
' W-R
MAIN SWITCH (D-32) *
(F)R-Bl-7
fl$jR LIGHT LUGGAGE ~~~~~RTMENT R-1
W-R
$#;&INIC SUSPENSION METER AND GAUGES
\/ ,
"4 B B-Y L-B
"1 D
ELC-4A/T MANUAL A/C FULL AUTO A/C RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER E;~~K;;TE
B - Y 28 B 4 rA B 5 A 1 A 4
(F>Y 1
SPEED SENSOR
RHEOSTAT 2B t
HR15M; !4AB
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <AiT> AUTO-C b.& CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) <A/T> (FEDERAL) (CONTIP
MAIN SWITCH D v
J/B MULTI- JRPOSE\ t FUSEa I O.&B-U O.B5B-W O.B5R-B 7

L-R
)VVI&NG
$J;LJRESJISE RELAY (c-84)
(D-42)
L-I 2 (D-05) COMBINATION METER
2 B-h 11
E 5 6 ---;4
I
I9
-1
j7' ( D - 0 4 )
I
0.85G
NO CONNECTION LG-I; 21 MFI SYSTEM (D-41) 21
3 LG-Ii
30
L-E
LG-B
.STOP LIGHT *~i&Q&NIC SUSPENSION
LG-k 15
(c-62) I B
2
TSB Revision
407
IGNI TION
l,25;;yyTE'
v2By;y
~'~--
mli -
2B-Y ;mfJ
L-R "lo (c-29) L-R I
L-I;
(c-47)
37
PARK/ NEUTRAL ;;y#ON (8-26) l----f?2B-k
L-R 196 OVER DRIVE AND POWER/ K~R!' OFF 00 N $5 !5 R-W
-I
L-I; R-Y
(c-45)
(8-23) ,I (B-24)
20B-R 3B-R 1
(c-29)
15 ---____---_
1-----_~_--___--_---_
14
L-Q-4
M SYARTERI
v
MFI SYSTEM
R-W
L-F
R-Y
SUPPLEMENTAL @;$b'NT
(c-37)
HR15M24BB
TSB Revision
408
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <AIT>

<A/T> (CALIFORNIA)
IGNITION SWITCH(ACC) I
GND
-?
h
svENGINE i 3
-I (c-83) (F)BR-R 10
81 92 97 (F) MFI SYSTEM (F>G-Y 1.25B (Fly-1 a I 1 (F)1.25B 16 l(F)B 4 /\ A THROTTLE g;i';&ON
6 "
CONTROL MODULE
I:B-05)
OFF - -:'ON
2L
"2 "3 (F>BR-R (F>Y-R

?,,! II
ELCdA/T
Y-Id1
-
GND
CGND
;rl
3 I E L [ I B B
'14
) 0-w 1 25 E-!z i i _ 1TTr: . . 2E l-3
~;~~RJEUISE SWITCH 0
2B
1 2 3 4
(c-70)
(c-82)
HR15M25AA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <Mb
409
FUSIBLE LINK@
2R-W' 1.25R-W' B&~k""'""
0 r
15A
[GHT
iGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
J/B
@
10A v V
0
15A
0
r- - - - - -
15A 0 ,
(C-E
11 R-B
7m 6 (c-71) 70 5 G-b B-b 0.85B-W G-W
(F)R-I
. MFI SYSTEM . FULL AUTO A/C . ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION

Y
IOD OR STORAGE
HEATER MANUAL A/C FULL AUTO A/C
c G-h
B-h
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT (c-37) 1 3 /
24 (F)R-Bi1:;" LIGHT LUGGAGE fyt&"RTMENT R-E
Y-B
W-R B-Y 1 +
. . . . ELC-4A/T MANUAL A/C FULL AUTO A/C RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER . fW&;TE
16 SPEED SENSOR
RHEOkTAT
2B
TSB Revision
410
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) <A/T> (CALIFORNIA) (CONTINUED)
MAIN SWITCH T7 L-B I I
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE ( FUSE0 i B-W 0.85R-B
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE ( FUSE@ i w
J/B MULTI-PIJRPOSE ( FUSE@ I

C/
0. 05B--W
0.850-w
13
L-R ---I
#I&NG
I
LG-R
TURN-SIG'NAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT
3. )
OFF *ON \I
-1
0.85G 30.65G 1 LG-B t%UNECTION (c-62) LG-B --------____ 14 /I LG-B II 1 II II
L-E
LG-B
"3 2 L-O L-B L-k 17 L -------- 2______ 60 L-O L-B 26

Y Y
tib \, "4
I xi
x
L-L
VACUUM PUMP cA-28)
-J
12
0.85G 1
.STOP LIGHT .ELECTRONIC % & I O N
I L
f 1 I
(D-42)
L-l (D-05) #l&NATION I3
3 B--W 11 E Lj9 7r -1 fB :; i
.--_
.-
$4
11 Ej? (D-04)
cl
G
d
LG-.R ,,t3(D-42) LG-,R
MFI' 213 SYSTEM (D-41)
;3
213
0 -1 LG- R 23 H i
(c-37)
!5
13

GF-23 c=nF) Ic-37) (c-61) ( c - 6 2 ) oT=m ( D - 0 4 ) (D-05)
HR15M25BA
TSB Revision
TRANSAXLE CONTROL MODULE
MFI SYSTEM
STARTING
1. 25BI
2B-k
,,s
L-R (c-30) L-R (c-es) L-R 10
(c-41)
17
2B-1 8 PARK/ NEUTRAL ;;sCI;;ON IL'\ - \ P OVER DRIVE AND POWER/ EsR!EY
L-R c
(8-26)
(c-45)
2B-Y
/ i
!!J 5
R-h (c-29) L-F; R-Y 14
15 .-_--_----- 3.--------------------
.II'EM
R-h
t
L-F
R-k
STARTER
SUPPLEMENTAL I?&~?;~' NT
I 10
A
I.
11 $ AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
(c-37)
i
HR15M25BB
TSB Revision
412.
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <Ah
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)
IGNITION SWITCH(AC0 I
a7
(F>BR-E
1. ijell (Fly-RI (F)1.25B THROTTLE @3;;ON
MFI SYSTEM T
.o (c-83)
0 IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
(B-05)
Y-L I
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER ELC-4A/T
O(c-37)
Y-R AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
I L [ L I
GND V
t ID 7
GND V
Yl8
! E _ : z 2 * E . . i.
i;;XJiE,PUISE SWITCH
L
6
14
2E
(A-11X)0
(c-29)
9 ~10~11~~12~13~14~15~16~17~~1S~19
HR15M37AA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit <A
413
FUSIBLE LINK@
;;Mb\IGHT
J/B
r I v i3 11
R-B (F>R -B .MFI SYSTEM
(c-77)2
u/ - - - - - 1 (c-70) 705 R-B R-Y r' R 0.85R-B G-W B2 ,,l A ---41 ,\
.FULL AUTO A/C
R-B
,,l6
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR IA-11X)

5 v -
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL 1I(c-37) UNIT
.HEATER 'MANUAL A/C .FULL AUTO A/C
I+
24
L
(F)R-Bi-'
;JlXR LI'GHT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
R-B
Y-B
W-R
4 -7
W-R 1
Y19
k%!CH r m
W-R (D-42) la
1,
\/
\/
METER AND GAUGES
"6
"4
ELC-4A/T MANUAL A/C . RADIO AND
6 SPEED SENSOR
TSB Revision
414
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) <AK> (CONTINUED)
<J/R
J/B
3 JRPOSE 0.85B-W 0.85B-W
L-R
L-R I1 STOP LIGHT ____----SWITCH ,,N OFF*OW j (c-61) \y 0.85G 3 0.85G 1 LG-B 0.85R-B
I
B-W
(D-05) METER
COMBINATION
11 % 5 u" ---_ i4
8NNECTION (c-62) LG-B ------------ , 14 II II LG-B 1I /t 1 I I
;fiipUUM
1
STOP LIGHT
LG-F 2 MFI SYSTEM lD-41) LG-I;
LG-B 6(c-o2) 12
I 15
LG-R
HR15M37BA
TSB Revision
415
IGNI TI SwIT CH 2L-E

MFI SYSTEM STARTING
;;;;;;;LE MODULE
(c-82) 1.25B-YTE \-/ 28-Y/
2B-k
2B-\I
(c-81)L-R ;m L-R
lL-F
IE
T
Lq P- o-
10 (C-29)
3 h
P
1 PARK/ NEUTRAL
!W;~ON (B-26) 2B-1
L-R OVER DRIVE AND POWER/ EK!'
, NHR T---J
(c-45)
R-b
5
L-F R-l
L
(c-29) 5 :~--------i-------------_______ 14
1 Q I 1 &
1 L&
S;ARTER=
SUPPLEMENTAL ~"y@!!INT
t
MFI SYSTEM
R-W
L-F
R-Y
1
t
i
HR15M37BB
1 TSB Revision
416
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Seat Circuit
POWER SEAT CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)
IGNI' SWIT
ON (IGl)
2B-k
E%B9E b 2R-B :k5 (c-01) 2R-B R-B 2R-B ,,l

-------__-___----------
J/B
r0
15A
2R-B ,,5
A
7m
B-W 32
LUMBAR SUPPORT
#;$HSEAT (D-21)
i-
jg (c-66)
2Y-G
1. 25 L-R
POWER SEAT ASSEMBLY (E-27)
2B
0
(c-01) (rn(c-65) (c-66) (c-80)
SIDE SUPPORT MOTOR a
"MJJyi;R SUPPORT CD
(C-82)0
(E-27) (1)
cz-)
c-T-1 @
~1~~~1~~~~~9
HR15M26AA
TSB Revision
2R
SLIDE
,,14
I FRONT HEIGHT
POWER SEAT SWITCH (

REAR HEIGHT
FRONT_ _ REAR c_ R E A R - t FRONT t - - - - - - - -
I
SLIDE MOTOR ,,5
/\
0
FRONT LlrUFiCUT mJTOR II~IUILI m LIMIT SWITCH

OFF OFF - ON
I ,,4 /\ ,,2
REAR HEIGHT MOTOR
cm
LIMIT SWITCH
OFF OFF -_ ON
,,l
0i*
0i*
1.258 2B
-;iBBI
J/B
HR15M26AB
TSB Revision
418
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Seat Circuit 1
POWER SEAT CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) \j i
CHARGING
1.
2B-W 70 J/B
R-B ,l
2R-B -5
2R-B
r---/ I
I IL
CLOSE -
..
SIDE SUPPORT
SPREADi
LUMBAR SUPPORT
RELEASE --h
Kl:fEHSEAT (D-21)
G.2; 1.25 G-R
liZ
ig
POWER SEAT ASSEMBLY (E-27)
28
22 l. 25
NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT ALARM SYSTEM :2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT ALARM SYSTEM SIDE SUPPORT MOTOR m
4---- 3 ---- -- 2-___ 1 _ m is is; G-R I-i 1 2 1 M u!z!l

LUMBAR $JF@RT 0
HR15M27AA
1 TSB Revision
419
H33CIWDL I
2R
SLIDE
FRONT_ _ REAR - 3 FRONT - - - - - - - -
,,14
FRONT HEIGHT
POWER SEAT SWITCH (4)

REAR HEIGHT
UP c DOWN c_ D O W N -. U P I ---------_
- -
*I- R E A R -
UP/ _ D O W N NT- D O W N -1 UP - - - - - - - - - ,
LIMIT SWITCH
1.25B
1.25B 2B . 4,I 2B J/B 2B 5 (c-82)

i
'l.25B
9m
(c-78) (c-82) (E-27) m-) cD5~cEDcm ~~~~1~ @ gjJ @J@J ei

HR15M27AB
1 TSB Revision
420
POWER SEAT CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)
70 J/B
0
15A
30 B-W __--- 52 t
- T3
2L-Bw 2L-B
POWER WINDOW
TV
I----B
GND V .,
L
2 2B 2Y-\N
t
57:10 5Qx2
RF"
1.25 1.25 G-R L-E
POWER SEAT ASSEMBLY (E-27) 'i'$ 2 --,,1,
2B 'i'2 2 !
6 NOTE Xl:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT ALARM SYSTEM Z2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT ALARM SYSTEM :3:HATCHBACK X4:CONVERTIBLE SIDE aRiRT 1'2) LUMBAR &J;'RT 0
$$l
HR15M38AA
TSB Revision
421
IUUYLVIUU
2R POWER SEAT SWITCH (4)

FRONT HEIGHT REAR HEIGHT
SLIDE MOTOR
J/B
HR15M3BAB
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Seat Circuit COMPONENT LOCATION
Junction block
W16FO135
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Tension-reducer Type Seat Belt Circuit
423
TENSION-REDUCER TYPE SEAT BELT CIRCUIT ( UP TO 1994 MODELS)

IN :IGl) 2W-E
FUSIBLE LINK@ I
15A I
63
R-B R
r-----
FRONT SEAT BELT SWITCH (RH) (E-24)
R-B
B-A
(F)R-E
FRONT SEAT WE; SOLEMf (Ei
(E-20)
(c-34)
L---------__--_--
.,
-----
., 8:1
4m
Y-W 0
14:1 R-G
1 0:2
R-G ,,l (E-15)

:l:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM :2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM :3:FROM 1994 MODELS :4:UP TO 1993 MODELS \
R-G Y ,,l ,,2 (E-21)
2B
-
(RH:
*
(LH;
(c-65) :2
DOOR SWITCH
---h
il _----_. 57:1 59 2 B B 4x3 5:3
12
TIMER CIRCUIT
m+ I II -----1
i4
B-L
):3,:4
16 :3
m170
(c-79):3 FRONT SIDE
(c-65) :1
(c-66) :1 (c-66) :2
cm~c-70)
(c-77)
~~'~~1
li
(c-82)0
(Fmj (E-15) (E-20) cm-2 (E-24)
HRlSM28AA
1 TSB Revision
424
TENSION-REDUCER TYPE SEAT BELT CIRCUIT (FROM 1995 MODELS)
I &Ij
IGNI TICIN SWIT'CH (IGl) 2B-
FUSIBLE LINK@ 2W-B

HORN
B-W 5W-B ,.l (c-68) /\

CHARGING
2B-
J/B
10A V 10A
a3
V
"4 (c-80) R-B 0 R-B R
------ \I "2 (c-70) R-Y I ,,2
11 (c-83)
,,l 7 R-B ,,l I FRONT SEAT BELT SWITCH (RH) (LH) p"!E-24) (E-26) oFF I(
r---.--R-B
,,2
------I I IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X) (F)R-B
R-E
B-'
OFF 'TON
d
B-W 1
I I
71 R-L1
I 1-Y I I L------+l 1 (c-34) POWER WINDOW L-y
B-'bl
HEADLIGHT FOG LIGHT TAILLIGHT.PARKING/ SIDE MARKER LIGHT tYeH$ICENSE PLATE
A D
HR15M29AA
TSB Revision
425
id
;EAT ILENOID
7
i B 7 R-E
J/B MULTI. LJRPOSE FUSEC ) B-\
J/B R-B
52
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - i7%1
/ iJ
$l$A&GHT AND COMPARTMENT LIGHT
R-G1
R-G
R-G
Qrc( -34) r
R-G - Y-h \ (F)Y R-G
-
E
iEgAk;GHT AND OMPARTMENT LIGHT
BUZZER I
II
. TAILLIGHT.PARKING/ SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND EjgfiFSE PLATE 2E . FOG LIGHT HEADLIGHT
B-L
Iy
5 (RH< (LH;
NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM = :E:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM Is(c-66) :1 (c-66):2 OFRONT
SIDE
DOOR SWITCH
(c-34)
(c-65) $1
m :2
(E-15) (E-21)
HRl5M29AB
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Tension-reducer TvDe Seat Belt Circuit COMPONENT LOCATION
F19FO134
00002663
Note: * indicates that this component is used on the right side as well.
lock
It3
\ <From 1994 models> ,
Y16FO354
D&a linkconnectdrT I i lJ4 \?&-+-kOOl,

D <
-/ J l-
/ c
7& 4 GL
Front seafbelt solenoid (inside the retractor)
Z16FO465
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Tension-reducer Type Seat Belt Circuit OPERATION L

0 0
l
427
If the driver fastens the seat belt with the ignition switch placed in the ON position, the seat belt switch in the seat belt buckle is turned ON to operate the seat belt solenoid in the retractor. This will reduce the seat belt rewinding torqe to minimize a sense of oppression given by the belt. Owing to the timer function of the ETACS unit, the seat belt solenoid is kept in operation for 30 seconds after turning off the ignition switch, with due consideration to elimination of the sudden rise in a sense of oppression caused by the belt immediately after the ignition switch is turned off.
Phenomenon Some of the tension-reducers do not operates. Inspection method 0 0
l
Check dedicated fuse No. 1 and 19. Check the inoperative seat belt switch. Check the inoperative seat belt solenoid.
The tension-reducer does not operate with the ignition 0 Check the ignition switch input signal. 0 Check the ignition switch. (Refer to GROUP switch placed in the ON position. M-Ignition switch.) The tension-reducer is in operation immediately after the 0 ignition switch is turned off, but it does not stop operation l even if the door is opened within 30 seconds from the turning-off the ignition switch. Check the door switch input signal. Check the door switch. (Refer to GROUP 42-Door Assembly.)
TSB Revision
428
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Aero Circuit
ACTIVE AERO CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)
TAI LL: [GHT REL AY 1.25R-
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) 2B-W J/B ,,7 (c-82) 1 A
FUSIBLE LINK@ 5W-B ,,I (c-68) I\

@
10A
1
EFATED
@ r
p G- W
J/B
c-LL \I
I
E
E
30 0.85R-E R-B S I - I
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (F-27) G-

WHEN KEY IS REMOVED B-L R-B 1---------------A----I7
(A-11X)
o55
L3 ---- Yi -___------_--_-_______
--
Y-B (R-L) (L-W) ,,l ,,4 ,,2 ,,3
W-l iI W-l W-li

0
%Y SWITCH
(D-29) W-l;
Y-l N 6 Y-\ v 0 i v SPEED SENSOR
RHEOSTAT
11 [ DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)
HR15h430AA
1 TSB Revision
429
FUSIBL
LINK 0 I
FRONT VENTURI SKIRT (A-57)
J/B MULTI-PURPOSE ( FUSE@ 1 v
COMBINATION METER
DOWN UP
6 2G-1 (C-31) :$ ------- --_ 2R-B 51 2G-I 56 13 28-I 2B-I
5 L-G 5 I 52 L-G
1 R B-R (Y-B) I
4 ------- 1 B-R I a .------. 11 .------. R
------------ --------__ -----r, I / I I I OFF i: I I I I I I I I I I I GNO I v L -------- --------. ------_ 57 53 (F-28) 54 2R-k 0.85B (F-34) 2R-W 3 2R-L
-------
Y-L .-----2 i j Y-L
2R-L
.------ ----------------------------------------~ I r*
12 60 ACTIVE AERO CONTROL UNIT BR-R
.-----14
* *n
II
iLANT )------< - - - - - - .'OFF ON * I OFF
2B
ON
2B
REAR SPOILER (~-04)
HR15h430AB
1 TSB Revision
430
ACTIVE AERO CIRCUIT (FROM 1994 MODELS)

<HATCHBACK>
a;i&IGHT I 2R-W B-W

CHARGING
2B-W 7(c-82) J/B OH

15A
WATED OH
15A
G-W
(c-69)
J/B
,\ 0. 85B-!i6 (C-71)
G-W
G-W
.HEATER . MANUAL A/C .FULL AUTO A/C .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
33
G-W
BKbVE SWITCH
(D-29)
ILL
GA fa
AUTO1 OFF .
AUTO2
*f{@E;TE d$JJf#JISE .ELC-A/T
B-Y
B-Y
RHEOSTAT
(F-27)
(F-28)
HR15M31AA I
TSB Revision
431
J/B FUSIB E LINK b 6 ( WE 'e JRPOSE )
J/B @
10A
59 ? jc ---- \, I 102
(c-70)1 2. R (F)R-I R-Y ,\ 1 ,.2 (Y-B
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (F)R-B

BUZZER DOME LIGHT. FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION
LIGHT
IS REMOVED
B-L
B-L
10
(Y-B
.STARTING B-L 7 10 jf#Pf~~ DOOR r--- ----------------- -----_-
20
'HEADLIGHT .FOG LIGHT 'TAILLIGHTsPARKING, / SIDE MARKER LIGHT tjW&ICENSE PLATE
-----I LL-------19 W-R 1
I
2B B B R-B W-R Y-W 5 1 4 A A * DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)
(c-58) (c-68) 0773 OFRONT
.ELECTRONIC CONTROLNIC
SUSPENSION
Y-W (F>Y
SPEED SENSOR
SIDE
MFI SYSTEM
n n
(A-11X)0
(c-81)
(c-83)
(D-42)
(F-27)
HR15M31AB
TSB Revision
432
ACTIVE AERO CIRCUIT (FROM 1994 MODELS) (CONTINUED)
FUSIBLE LINK 0 r_
DOWN
UP
6 2R-B 2G-I 2B-I
"4 L-G
"1 R B-R
(C-31) 5$--------2R-B 2G-I
13 _-----_ 5 2B-I 56 -----OFFd
4-----L-G
------ ,,5 (c-03)
_------------ 51 --------_r
i 52
B-R Ri i 5 4------ ------- -____-_ 11

I / 1 I I / I I I I I / I I I
ACTIVE AERO CONTROL UNIT
-7-pr
OFF? GND - - V
*----v-j
A '
- - - - - -
A
V
4 - - - - - -
57 0.85f 3 2R-W 2R-L
53 Y-L
12 BR-F
a .-----------------------A J Ism I
10
o '2 ---- --3*------>+ ---- -2R-W ] 2R-L r,,,,-, ~BR-k ) 0 ,7 /& ,,6 ,,5
SLANT
B
t
,,4
FLAT
,,3 REAR SPOILER (F-04) 2B
------213
OFF
n Z
d tiil
HR15M31BA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Aero Circuit COMPONENT LOCATION L/

Name Symbol E C D Name Data link connector (from 1994 models) Data link connector (up to 1993 models)
433
Symbol B I
I Active aero control unit

Active aero front venturi skirt Active aero rear spoiler
--r-l
El9F0134
\{\ j \ \
-
is/y
218FO233
00002694
<From 1994 models>
Y16Fo4!
front venturi skirt
218FO24:
[ TSB Revision
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Car Telephone Circuit
435
;
ii
CAR TELEPHONE CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL)

(VEHICLES HARNESS WITHOUT TELEPHONE COMPONENT)
IGNIT 3N SWITC (IGl) 3 I E
EKBsE m I 25
r)
D-46
DOOR %P""" D I 11
70
,,l (c-68) @y
0
15A
1 (E-04) a
(c-80) 3 h
T-I3 d
;Ek%;HONE
ci I. E*I
(E-01)
I
aI
IOD OR $;~;&-JR (A-11XI

t3 h
1 F-36
I ?J
uII dc
L
3 II II III II II 1IL
3 cA
(F-37) SPARE CONNECTOR WIRELESS ( TELEHONE UNIT >
1 - E I -
I & Fm I
c I y 1 m :
I:
SPARE CONNECTOR (HAND FREE MICROPHONE) (c-85)

h /p * h
(D-35)
II "4 (D-34) 3 a: I 2
4 s
$2 I$ J
s h
c c
55 3 2 -t * A 4
A A
5
A
6
A
5 6 /\ A ,\ ,\
(F-38) SPARE CONNECTOR (HAND FREE CONTROLLER)
02 % _- : I cd= i s 1 +
J g@;ER (D-13)
(RH)
I 6
(A-11X) (Fme=m / L:
(c-80)
(c-82)0
JUMPER CONNECTOR (F-39) ( OR HAND FREE CONTROLLER >
(c-85)
(FmcEz)
(D-35) rmB
(E-01) (D-42) -1
[ TSB Revision
HR15M32AA
436
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Car Telephone Circuit
CAR TELEPHONE CIRCUIT (1993 Models)

(VEHICLES HARNESS WITHOUT TELEPHONE COMPONENT)
IGNI: SWIT( 3/ : 0 15A c
(c-80) 3
D-46
DOOR Qg;fKER \-
\/
10A
"11 m
(c-83)
ci
h 2 "
2 -- 1m > PL d: i ,,2 ,.l
\I 27'
;E&;;H"NE
0 E \
(E-01)
F-36
u I
_-.
16 I :
iF-37) SPARE CONNECTOR WIRELESS ( TELEHONE UNIT ) SPARE CONNECTOR (HAND FREE MICROPHONE) (c-85)
I+ h h A h h T h
m &
s -
3 25
5 ', I II * , I,;z s ' ' v I $- - A I f II Lf 3
ss2z & A G Ll v v -
a: d
G 8 *I
)
5 6 7 3 2 1 4 IA A A * A A * (F-38) SPARE CONNECTOR (HAND FREE CONTROLLER)
I I-\
Lz 1 El 2 L: v
cl.2 I I w $ R e
\ /\
/\ A
8 ,\ ,\
HR15M33AA
TSB Revision
437
NOTES
TSB Revision
438
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Top Stack Circuit
TOP STACK CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS)

<CONVERTIBLE>
TOP SWITCH 6 5
1 !l
Y-E
IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) 2L-B
SPEE DS (F) Y
G-L
Y-I
L-
FcFF2y)
7
2---. 3 ----_ 4 .---5
J/B
0 L
Y-W
- 15
-W 6 o ELC-4A/T Y- .W Y-W
45
3. 851
0.85R
METER AND GAUGES
W- R 18 (D-42) i
t
0.85R
W-,R 0. 85\ 1. 85' 3. 851 1.85-b W-R
W- R
CTRt %:gsINIC sus 0-diION %I TROI WISE
-1
44
11 .----
3 .----
0.851
.85(
I. 85'
3. 853 17
).85F
W-R
0.85G 0.85i
16 3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR
1 cA -
\1r(D-50)
TOP STACK HARNESS
K%i"
HR15M34AA
TSB Revision
439
FUSIBLE L
UMPER 3NNECTC
'ER lECTl
A l(E-41)
(E-42:
2R T (c-01: (E-40 1---I------_ 2G2G-R 2Y-R 2Y-c
$: (E-44)
2Y-F
'ER IECT
2Y-
(E
3 _--_
2F
2G-Y
2G-k
2G-
2G-k
2Y-R
2Y-(
2G-Y
2G-I
2Y-I
2Y-
(F-47
1.----
---- i ---_
;.---- 3 .---_
---_
7.---
2R
2G-
2G-R
2Y-R
2Y-G
2G-Y
2G-F
2Y-R
2Y-
(F-43) [
(F-41
3 TOP STACK HARNESS Em
(c-01) (F-41) Fm)
(E-41) (F-43) Fm (F-49)
HR15M34AB
1 TSB Revision
440
TOP STACK CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)

<CONVERTIBLE>
IGNI SW17
3N (IGl)
TOP SWITC!H (D-48) - -T r i
s-
11
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) 2L-E
Jn
2B-'
G-b
z- .2-t u c
5 a
c
P a
c
J/B i-1
0
10A
0.85k
0.85R
0.85R I
j-1
?HEOSTAT
1
3-Y
!RUISE IL SYSTEM
z a, 6
2 I 19 \TA L INNECiurc (c-91) 8 j
0.85R
REAR HARNESS (F-48)
HR15M39AA
1 TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - TOD Stack Circuit
441
:1 *BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH *PARK/NEUTRAL $2 POSITION SWITCH I
(F)I
5W-B
R-G
E (F) "k"L"
Y-W .
MT:! .MFI SYSTEM
IJB. @
R j(c-14)
(Y-W)
l(c-68)
ELC 4-SPEED 10A AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE &i ---- ::,
Y-V
R-Y ,,l /\ ,,2
.---i Ok$
0. B! R-I 0.85B-W
Y-Y 0.85R
IOD OR STRAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
&#lgJP
Y-W
COMBINATION METER
W-F
O.S5R-G :ER .8 (D-42)
W-F L-G 2Y-R
3B-R
2B
NOTE gi !$;q
REAR HARNESS (F-48)
(D-53) Y HEADER HARNESS
, -4 0
REAR HARNESS
REAR HARNESS
(F-47)
E!l (c-82)0
#+
(c-14) (c-66) (c-68)
pm)
(c-74)
(c-77)
HR15MSQAB
TSB Revision
442
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Sunroof Circuit
SUNROOF CIRCUIT (FROM 1995 MODELS)

<HATCHBACK>
FUSIBLE LINK 0
kw ATED 07
20A(
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) 2B-W ,,? (c-82) J/B' A . @H

10A \,
1.25R-B
0.85~~
16 (c-77)
,,4 (c-01) 0 1.25R-B 1 B-W --------------__________ J m 1.25R-0 2 R-W,,6 (E-46) ------------------______ 1.25R-B 4 R-W 3 w%lE U N I T ii]
4
2 LG ,,3 SUNROOF MOTOR (E-48) LG-Y
4
"1 Y-L ,,7 ,,5 "15 v " " Y-0 ?.25R-L 1 1.25R-Y 1 ,,6 ,,l ,,2
CIRCUIT BREAKER
(
14 E 1.25E
LIMIT SWITCH
MOTOR
"a
HR15M40AA
TSB Revision
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Sunroof Circuit
443
CPU
i
INPUT SIGNAL
SUNROOFrI (3WllLH. .._-^,

(E-47) 1 OPq&B /
DOOR SWITCH
(E-21)
HR15M40AB
TSB Revision
NOTES :L)
16-1
id
ENGINE ELECTRICAL
CONTENTS CHARGING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Crankshaft Position Sensor Check . . _ . . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 13A (ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION OF MFI COMPONENTS) Ignition Primary Voltage Wave-form Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ignition Secondary Voltage Wave-form Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .._. Spark Plug Cable Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spark Plug Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 37 36 36
GENERATOR . . . . ..*.............-....... 12 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Generator Output Line Voltage Drop Test . . . . . . . 6 Output Current Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Regulated Voltage Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Wave-form Check Using An Analyzer . . . . . . . . . 10
Ignition Timing Adjustment . . . Refer to GROUP 11
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
i; General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Service Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . *. . Service Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
31 31
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IGNITION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IGNITION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Camshaft Position Sensor Check . . . . . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 13A (ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION OF MFI COMPONENTS)
3 31 45
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STARTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32 19 ~
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 19
STARTER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . .-a.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
I L I
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging Svstem
CHARGING SYSTEM
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS GENERATOR
Items Type Rated output VIA Up to 1995 models Battery voltage sensing 12fllO 1 Electronic type From 1996 models Battery voltage sensing 12l95 1 Electronic type
1 Voltage regulator
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS GENERATOR
Items
1 Standard value 1 Limit 1 -2OC ( - 4 F ) ( 14.2-15.4 20C (68F) 60C (140F)

I I
I Regulated voltage Ambient temp. at voltage rkgulator V

I
1 4.9
I
I
I
13.9-l 13.4-14.6
1 80C (176F) 1 Slip ring O.D. mm (in.) Q
1 13.1-14.5 1 26.7 (1.05) 1 Approx. 3-5
I/ 26.1 (1.03) I / 70% of nominal output current
Field coil resistance
I Output current
I-
I I
TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System
16-3
TROUBLESHOOTING L (UP TO 1993 MODELS)

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
IGNI: ON SWIT( (IGl)
B-W J/B (c-01:
2B-'MI
15A
r0
7a
B-W B-W 2F
0. a5
0.85 B-W B-W

5 9 (D-04)
)XF&ATOR r
i
COMBINATION
L 1140 L L 10 (D-45)
i 3
(B-18) Ld2i-
i i! -
GENEARATOR
TSB Revision
16-4
(FROM 1994 MODELS)

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
3 E 3 b IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I 2B-WI
B-\nr J/B (I (c-01 D r7
2B-W 7 ,\ 0
15A \, 0.85
(c-82)
(c-71)
B-W B-\ hJ (F) 8W:F> IW-F
METER AND GAUGES
r
-
J
3
gfF;E$ATOR r -77 (A-1OX)

IL JL I_)
--COMBINATION @ METER z 7
?
lo (D-45) DEFOGGER
(F
tc
(F> L
1 1-8
COIL -
\
i
----- -------. 3
; (
i ~ -
ILTAGE YEGULATOS
GENEARATOR
HR04MOlAA
TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System OPERATION When engine is stopped

When the ignition switch is switched to the ON position, electricity flows from the I terminal of the generator to the field coil, and at the same time the charging warning light illuminates.
16-5
1. Charging warning light does not go on when the ignition switch is turned to ON, before the engine starts. l Check the bulb. 2. Charging warning light fails to go off once the engine starts. l Check the IC voltage regulator (located within the generator). 3. Discharged or overcharged battery. l Check the IC voltage regulator (located within the generator). 4. The charging warning light illuminates dimly. l Check the diode (within the combination meter) for a short-circuit.
When engine is being started/has started

When the engine is started, charging voltage is applied to the I terminal of the generator, with the result that the charging warning light is extinguished. In addition, because battery voltage is applied to the S terminal of the generator, this battery voltage is monitored at the IC voltage regulator, thus switching ON and OFF the current to the field coil and thereby controlling the output voltage of the generator. Power is supplied to each load from the B terminal of the generator. NOTE The generator relay functions as a back-up for the flow of electricity to the field coil if there is a disconnection or damaged wiring of the charging warning light.
COMPONENT LOCATION
Name 1 Generator relay / Symbol 1 I A I
TSB Revision
16-6
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
GENERATOR OUTPUT LINE VOLTAGE DROP TEST
Voltmeter
+I I.=-@=
Battery
6EN0962
This test determines whether the wiring from the generator B terminal to the battery (+) terminal (including the fusible link) is in a good condition or not. (1) Always be sure to check the following before the test. l Generator installation l Generator drive belt tension (Refer to GROUP 00 - Maintenance Service.) l Fusible link l Abnormal noise from the generator while the engine is running (2) Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. (3) Disconnect the negative battery cable. (4) Disconnect the generator output wire from the generator 73 terminal and connect a DC test ammeter with a range of 0 - 100 A in series between the B terminal and the disconnected output wire. (Connect the (+) lead of the ammeter to the 73 terminal, and then connect the
(-) lead of the ammeter to the disconnected output wire.) NOTE A clamp-type ammeter which enables measurements to be taken without disconnecting the generator output wire is recommended. The reason for this is if a vehicle in which the voltage may have dropped due to an imperfect connection at the generator B terminal is being inspected, and the generator B terminal is loosened when the test ammeter is connected, the connection will be completed at this time and the possibility of finding problems will be reduced. (5) Connect a digital-type voltmeter between the generator B terminal and the battery (+) terminal. (Connect the (+) lead of the voltmeter to the B terminal, and then connect the (-) lead of the voltmeter to the battery (+) cable.)
1 TSB Revision

/ L (6) Connect a tachometer. (For the procedure for connecting the tachometer, refer to GROUP - On-vehicle Service.) (7) kkconnect the negative battery cable. (8) Leave the hood open. (9) Start the engine. (lO)With the engine running at 2500 rpm, turn the headlights and other lights on and off to adjust the generator load so that the value displayed on the ammeter is slightly above 30A. Limit value: Max. 0.3 V NOTE When the generator output is high and the value displayed on the ammeter does not decrease to 30A, set the value to 40A. Read the value displayed on the voltmeter at this time. In this case the limit value becomes max. 0.4V. Adjust the engine speed by gradually decreasing it until the value displayed on the ammeter
16-7
is 30A. Take a reading of the value displayed on the voltmeter at this time. (11) If the value displayed on the voltmeter is above the limit value, there is probably a malfunction in the generator output wire, so check the wiring between the generator IS terminal and the battery (+) terminal (including fusible link). If a terminal is not sufficiently tight or if the harness has become discolored due to overheating, repair and then test again. (12)After the test, run the engine at idle. (13)Turn off all lights and turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. (14)Disconnect the negative battery cable. (15)Disconnect the ammeter, voltmeter and tachometer. (16)Connect the generator output wire to the generator B terminal. (17)Connect the negative battery cable.
OUTPUT CURRENT TEST

t Load
Charging indicator
Generator
30A
Voltmeter
Ammeter
Battery
6EN0893
1 TSB Revision
16-8

(1O)After turning the light switch on and turning on the headlights, start the engine. (1l)lmmediately after setting the headlights to high beam and turning the heater blower switch to the high revolution position, increase the engine speed to 2,500 r/min and read the maximum current output value displayed on the ammeter.
This test determines whether the generator outputs normal current. (1) Before the test, always be sure to check the following. l Generator installation l Battery (Refer to GROUP 54 - Battery.) NOTE The battery to be used should be slightly discharged. The load in a fully-charged battery will be insufficient and the test may not be able to be carried out correctly. l Generator drive belt tension (Refer to GROUP 11 - On-vehicle Service.) l Fusible link l Abnormal noise from the generator while the engine is running (2) Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. (3) Disconnect the negative battery cable. (4) Disconnect the generator output wire from the generator B terminal and connect a DC test ammeter with a range of O-100 A in series between the B terminal and the disconnected output wire. (Connect the (+) lead of the ammeter to the B terminal, and then connect the (-) lead of the ammeter to the disconnected output wire.)
Limit value: 70% of nominal current output

NOTE For the nominal current output, refer to the Generator Specifications. l Because the current from the battery will soon drop after the engine is started, the above step should be carried out as quickly as possible in order to obtain the maximum current output value. l The current output value will depend on the electrical load and the temperature of the generator body. l If the electrical load is small while testing, the specified level of current may not be output even though the generator is normal. In such cases, increase the electrical load by leaving the headlights turned on for some time to discharge the battery or by using the lighting system in another vehicle, and then test again. l The specified level of current also may not be output if the temperature of the generator body or the ambient temperature is too high. In such cases, cool the generator and then test again. (12)The reading on the ammeter should be above the limit value. If the reading is below the limit value and the generator output wire is normal, remove the generator from the engine and check the generator. (13)Run the engine at idle speed after the test. (14)Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. (15)Disconnect the negative battery cable. (16)Disconnect the ammeter, voltmeter and tachometer. (17)Connect the generator output wire to the generator B terminal. (18)Connect the negative battery cable.
l
Caution Never use clips but tighten bolts and nuts Otherwise loose to connect the line. connections (e.g. using clips) will lead to a serious accident because of high current.
NOTE A clamp-type ammeter which enables measurements to be taken without disconnecting the generator output wire is recommended. Connect a voltmeter with a range of 0 - 20 V between the generator B terminal and the ground. (Connect the (+) lead of the voltmeter to the B terminal, and then connect the (-) lead of the voltmeter to the ground.) Connect a tachometer. (For the procedure for connecting the tachometer, refer to GROUP 11 - On-vehicle Service.) Connect the negative battery cable. Leave the hood open. Check to be sure that the reading on the voltmeter is equal to the battery voltage. NOTE If the voltage is 0 V, the cause is probably an open circuit in the wire or fusible link between the generator B terminal and the battery (+) terminal.
(5)
(6) (7)
(8)
(9)
TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging Svstem REGULATED VOLTAGE TEST

Ignition switch (IGl)
16-9
Generator
- Load
Ammeter 6EN1029
\:
This test determines whether the voltage regulator is correctly controlling the generator output voltage. (1) Always be sure to check the following before the test. l Generator installation l Check to be sure that the battery installed in the vehicle is fully charged. (Refer to GROUP 54 - Battery.) l Generator drive belt tension (Refer to GROUP 00 - Maintenance Service.) l Fusible link l Abnormal noise from the generator while the engine is running (2) Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. (3) Disconnect the negative battery cable. (4) Connect a digital-type voltmeter between the generator S terminal and the ground. (Connect the (+) lead of the voltmeter to the s terminal, and then connect the (-) lead of the voltmeter to a secure ground or to the battery (-) terminal.) (5) Disconnect the generator output wire from the generator B terminal. (6) Connect a DC test ammeter with a range of O-100A in series between the B terminal and the disconnected output wire. (Connect the (+) lead of the ammeter to the B terminal, and then connect the (-) lead of the ammeter to the disconnected output wire.) (7) Connect a tachometer. (Refer to GROUP 11 - On-vehicle Service.) (8) Reconnect the negative battery cable.
(9) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and check that the reading on the voltmeter is equal to the battery voltage. NOTE If the voltage is 0 V, the cause is probably an open circuit in the wire or fusible link between the generator S terminal and the battery (+) terminal. (1O)Check to be sure that all lights and accessories are off. (11) Start the engine. (12)lncrease the engine speed to 2,500 r/min. (13)Read the value displayed on the voltmeter when the current output by the generator becomes 10A or less. (14)lf the voltage reading conforms to the value in the voltage regulation table, then the voltage regulator is operating normally. If the voltage is outside the standard value, there is a malfunction of the voltage regulator or of the generator. (15)After the test, lower the engine speed to the idle speed. (16)Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. (17)Disconnect the negative battery cable. (18)Disconnect the ammeter, voltmeter and tachometer. (19)Connect the generator output wire to the generator B terminal. (20)Connect the negative battery cable.
VOLTAGE REGULATION TABLE

Inspection terminal Voltage regula- Standard value Inspection terminal ambient (V) tor temperature (C PI) -20 (-4) 20 (68) 14.2-15.4 13.9-14.9 Terminal S Voltage regula- Standard value tor ambient (V) temperature (c PI) 60 (140) 80 (176) 13.4-14.5 13.1-14.5
Terminal S
TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charqinq System WAVE-FORM CHECK USING AN ANALYZER MEASUREMENT METHOD
Connect the analyzer special patterns pick-up to the generator B terminal.
I I :L.J ,
B terminal
Z7ELOlSl
STANDARD WAVE-FORM Observation Conditions

FUNCTION 1 SPECIAL PATTERNS VARIABLE
Adjust while viewing the wave-
I PATTERN HEIGHT
I Engine speed
0.4
Curb idle speed -
0.2 I Voltage at g e n e r a t o r 0 p7r-\fTfTfi/\AJ\ I+ h A fi 4 n r B terminal -0.2 -0.4 t lime

27ELOl15
NOTE Furthermore, the voltage wave-form of the generator B terminal can undulate as shown at left. This wave-form is produced when the regulator operates according to fluctuations in the generator load (current), and is normal for the generator.
TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System ABNORMAL WAVE-FORMS EXAMPLES
16-11
NOTE 1. The size of the wave-form patterns differs largely depending on the adjustment of the variable knob on the analyzer. 2. Identification of abnormal wave-forms is easier when there is a large output current (regulator is not operating). (Wave-forms can be observed when the headlights are illuminated.) 3. Check the conditions of the charge light (illuminated/not illuminated) also, and carry out a total check. Abnormal wave-forms Example 1 Problem cause
l
Open diode
AAL
ZELOlZO
Example 2
0 Short in diode
Z7EL0121
Example 3
0 Broken wire in statorcoil
27EL0122
Example 4
Short in stator coil
Z7EL0123
Example 5
0 Open supplementary diode
1 4t this time, the charge light is illuminated.
r2rrirl
27EL0124
TSB Revision
16-12 GENERATOR
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

l
Pre-removal and Post-installation Operation Removal and Installation of Right Bank Warm Up Three-Way Catalytic Converter (Refer to GROUP 15-Exhaust Pipe, Main Muffler and Catalytic Converter.)
24 Nm
lo-12 Nm 7-9 ft.lbs.
14-18ft.lbs.
216FO346
Removal steps
1. Air hose E <Turbo>
l b
2. Air hose C <Turbo> 3. Suction hose clamo nuts <Vehicles with air conditioning, 4. Drive belt (Refer to GROUP 11 -
5. Generator connector 6. Heated oxygen sensor connector 7. Generator and generator bracket assembly 8. Generator bracket 9. Generator
Engine Adjustment.)
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT dAbCLAMP NUT REMOVAL

On vehicles with an air conditioning, remove the clamp nut, raise the suction hose and suspend it from the engine hood using a cord.
1 TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY (Up to 1995 models)
2 3 I
16-13
Disassembly steps 1. Generator pulley .A+ 2. Rotor assembly 3. Rear bearing 4. Bearing retainer 5. Front bearing 6. Front bracket 4B, 7. Stator 4A,
4B,
8. Insulator 9. Plate 10. Reaulator and brush holder 11. Slinlger 12. Rectifier 13. Brush 14. Brush spring 15. Rear bracket
27EL0104
1 TSB Revision
16-14
(From 1996 models)
13
TEN0906
Disassembly steps +A, ,A+ :: ~%? assembly 3. Rear bearing 4. Bearing retainer 5. Front bearing 6. Front bracket 7. Stator assembly 45, 8. Plate 9. Regulator and brush holder 10. Brush 11. Slinger 12. Rectifier assembly 13. Rear bracket
DISASSEMBLY SERVICE POINT

dAbGENERATOR PULLEY REMOVAL (1) Remove the bolts. (2) Insert plain screwdriver between front bracket and stator core and pry downward.
Caution Do not insert screwdriver too deep, as there is danger of damage to stator coil.
TSB Revision
16-15
(3) Clamp the rotor in a vise with soft jaws. (4) After removing the nut, remove the pulley and front bracket from the rotor.
AB,STATOR / REGULATOR AND BRUSH HOLDER REMOVAL

(1) When removing the stator, unsolder stator lead wire from the main diode of the rectifier. (2) When removing the brush holder, unsolder it from the rectifier.
Caution (1) When soldering or unsoldering, be careful to make sure that heat of soldering iron is not transmitted to diodes for a long period. Finish soldering or unsoldering in as short a time as possible. (2) Be careful that no undue force is exerted to leads of diodes.
REASSEMBLY SERVICE POINT FAdROTOR ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION

Before rotor is attached to rear bracket, insert wire through small hole made in rear bracket to lift brush. After rotor has been installed, remove the wire.
Wire
Z6EN087! 3
TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System INSPECTION ROTOR

(1) Check field coil for continuity. Check to ensure that there is continuity between slip rings. If resistance is extremely small, it means that there is a short. If there is no continuity or if there is short circuit, replace rotor assembly.
Resistance value : Approx. 3-5 Q

(2) Check field coil for grounding. Check to ensure that there
is no continuity between slip ring and core. If there is continuity, replace rotor assembly.
STATOR
(1) Make continuity test on stator coil. Check to ensure that there is continuity between coil leads. If there is no continuity, replace stator assembly.
Z3ELOlO
(2) Check coil for grounding. Check to ensure that there is no continuity between coil and core. If there is continuity, replace stator assembly.
23ELOll
RECTIFIERS (1) Positive Rectifier Test

Check for continuity between positive rectifier and stator coil lead connection terminal with a circuit tester. If there is continuity in both directions, diode is shorted. Replace rectifier assembly.
TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System (2) Negative Rectifier Test
16-17
Check for continuity between negative rectifier and stator coil lead connection terminal. If there is continuity in both directions, diode is shorted, and rectifier assembly must be replaced.
(3) Diode Trio Test

Check three diodes for continuity by connecting an ammeter to both ends of each diode. If there is no continuity in both directions, diode is faulty and heatsink assembly must be replaced.
BRUSH REPLACEMENT <Up to 1995 models>

(1) Replace brush by the following procedures if it has been worn to limit line.
Limit line
WELO
(2) Unsolder pigtail and remove old brush and spring.

,Soldered
27EL0014
(3) Install brush spring and new brush in brush holder. (4) Insert the brush to where there is a space 2 to 3 mm (.079 to .118 in.) between the limit line and the end of the brush holder.
TSB Revision
16-18

(5) Solder pigtail to brush holder as shown in the illustration.
Soldered
BRUSH REPLACEMENT <From 1996 models>

Limit line m m L%
(1) Replace brush by the following procedures if it has been worn to limit line.
4 T -if & o 9EN0192
(2) Unsolder pigtail and remove old brush and spring.
(3) When installing a new brush, push the brush in the brush holder as shown in the illustration, and solder the lead wire.
1 TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System
16-19
STARTING SYSTEM L/J

SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS STARTER MOTOR
I Type I Rated output kW/V

No. of pinion teeth
Items
Specifications Reduction drive (with planetary gear) 1.2112 8 I I I
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS STARTER MOTOR

Items running Terminal voltage V Free characteristics Current A Speed r/min Pinion gap mm (in.) Standard value 11 90 or less 3,000 or more 0.5-2.0 (.020-.079) 0.05 (.0020) 29.4 (1.158) 0.5 (.020) 0.1 (.004) 28.4 (1.118) Limit
Commutator runout mm (in.) Commutator diameter mm (in.) Undercut depth mm (in.)
TSB Revision
16-20
TROUBLESHOOTING
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM>
(M/T>
BA ZRY IGI SW 2BION HCST) BA -TTIZRY
(A/T>
IGNI ION SWIT HCST) 2B-Y
2B(c-31 2B4 ! 2
B-1I
2B-Y
B-k I
/\ 7r
5(A-67)
20B-F
STARTER RELAY ------;;OFF (A-09X) AL 20B-R \I 2 ; G-B 3 G-B
MFI SYSTEM
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL
1 1.25y 2B-Y 2B-Y 3
2B(A-67 2B0.85B-Y 1.25B-y\ I

SUPPLEMENTAL gf;EEiINT
MFI SYSTEM 2BWARNING LIGHT
3.
g:2
PARK/NEUTRAL &~#ON
ij
(B-26)
7:1
28-R
,.; ,
i
(B-30: (8-23)
OF?- 8 i$J
0
(c-64)
3B-----____ ii-
lmB
I
2B
STARTER MOTOR
d 0
=
STARTER MOTOR
NOTE %l:FROM 1993 MODEL %2:1992 MODEL I (c-31)
(c-64)
HR02MOOAA
1 TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System <VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (M/T)>
16-21
FUSIBLE LINK@ zJ==%~,
IGNITION iWITCH 2B-k 2B-k B-l B-j 4
J/Br 1
(c-31: 2
2B-k
rwER (A-OSXI I28-k IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR 0.85B-Y
SrOFF ON
----------
B-L
2 G-B (c-02 3
0.85R-B 1
E;$gAb;GHT AND EW';RTMENT
R-B 1 I - - - - - . BUZZER . MFI SYSTEM . fl@+NG .DOME #T, LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT
G-E
G-313
PEDAL &~#,;~ONB
R-B
2B-Y
'TE
LG-B 21 3B-F
20B-R B-l B-L

*;~F$K& DOOR .ACTWE AERO 4EHE;iALARM
WHEN KEY IS REMOVED (B-23: r!
(c-65)
B-l
Q STARTER MOTOR
d
6 (c-31)
r
I
mf3t7) (c-02)
ms (c-56) (c-58) (c-64)
HR02MOlAA
1 TSB Revision
16-22
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System I #d ~
<VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (AK)>
FUSIBLE LINK@
IGNITION iWITCH (ST)
f 2B-kT
(c-31: 1 2B-Y STARTER RELAY @liB

MFI SYSTEM
.----
B-Y 4
-*OFF ON
11 1 II I 1 I
--____----------------.
2B-Y
2 2B~yg$!yIsE 3
G-B 3 I (c-02: .----A
13 /1
O.a5R-B
eQsCIAk;GHT AND COMPARTMENT LIGHT
R-B PARK/ 'BUZZER . f~[f,\6[!?.+~~ [#~f#hI

CYLINDER ILLUMINATION tIGHT (B-26)
2B-Y 3
L\
2' D-'
r
,:1
R-i
:2
2B-R BATTERY ( 2B-R (B-30) 3B-R (B-23)1 (B-24) 1
NOTE Xl FROM 1993 MODEL :2 1992 MODEL
'l.25B-W
MFI SYSTEM
208-R B-1 B-L

$FRIW& DOOR .ACTIVE AERO *TWF;~ALARM
WHEN KEY IS REMOVED
SUPPLEMENTAL gEyL&E"i I NT
B-I
h
STARTER ~0~0:
HR02M02AA
1 TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System OPERATION

0
16-23
The starter motor does not operate at all. l Check the starter (coil). l Check for poor contact at the battery terminals and starter. l Check Park/Neutral position switch. l Check clutch pedal position switch. l Check starter relay. l Check theft-alarm starter relay. l Check key reminder switch.
For models equipped with the M/T, the clutch pedal position switch contact is switched OFF when the clutch pedal is depressed; when the ignition switch is then switched to the ST position, electricity flows to the starter relay and the starter motor, the contact (magnetic switch) of the starter is switched ON and the starter motor is activated. NOTE If the ignition switch is switched to the ST position without the clutch pedal being depressed, electricity flows to the starter relay (coil), the clutch pedal position switch (contacts) and to ground, with the result that the contacts of the starter relay are switched OFF, and, because the power to the starter motor is thereby interrupted, the starter motor is not activated. For models equipped with the AIT, when the ignition switch is switched to the ST position while the selector lever is at the P or N position, the contact (magnetic switch) of the starter is switched ON and the starter motor is activated.
STARTER MOTOR
Refer to GROUP 22 - Manual Transaxle, or GROUP 23 Automatic Transaxle.
Fieldcoil wire
INSPECTION PINION GAP ADJUSTMENT

(1) Disconnect field coil wire from M-terminal of magnetic switch. (2) Connect a 12 V battery between S-terminal and M-terminal. (3) Set switch to ON, and pinion will move out.
/ L&J
Ii ?
Pinion
Caution This test must be performed quickly (in less than 10 seconds) to prevent coil from burning.
(4) Check pinion to stopper clearance (pinion gap) with a feeler gauge.
Stopper
Standard value: 0.5-2.0 mm (.020-,079 in.)

Z6EL003
Pinion gap
TSB Revision
16-24

(5) If pinion gap is out of specification, adjust by adding or removing gaskets between magnetic switch and front bracket.
ZlEL113
MAGNETIC SWITCH PULL-IN TEST

(1) Disconnect field coil wire from M-terminal of magnetic switch. (2) Connect a 12 V battery between S-terminal and M-terminal.
(3) If pinion moves out, then pull-in coil is good. If it doesnt, replace magnetic switch.
27ELOOlQ
MAGNETIC SWITCH HOLD-IN TEST

(1) Disconnect field coil wire from M-terminal of magnetic switch. (2) Connect a 12 V battery between S-terminal and body.
(3) Pull out the pinion by hand until it comes into contact with the pinion stopper. (4) If pinion remains out, everything is in order. If pinion moves in, hold-in circuit is open. Replace magnetic switch.
Carbon-pile rheostat
FREE RUNNING TEST

(1) Place starter motor in a vise equipped with soft jaws and connect a fully-charged 12-volt battery to starter motor as follows: (2) Connect a test ammeter (loo-ampere scale) and carbon pile rheostat in series with battery positive post and starter motor terminal. (3) Connect a voltmeter (15volt scale) across starter motor. (4) Rotate carbon pile to full-resistance position. (5) Connect battery cable from battery negative post to starter motor body. (6) Adjust rheostat until the battery voltage shown by the voltmeter is 11 V. (7) Confirm that the maximum amperage is within the specifications and that the starter motor turns smoothly and freely.
5
0
Starter motor
I
Battery i 12v I Voltmeter 7I 27ELOO22
-I-
Current: Max. 90 Amps
1 TSB Revision
16-25
L
Field coil wire
MAGNETIC SWITCH RETURN TEST

(1) Disconnect field coil wire from M-terminal of magnetic switch. (2) Connect a 12 V battery between M-terminal and body.
(3) Pull pinion out and release. If pinion quickly returns to its original position, everything is in order. If it doesnt, replace magnetic switch.
27EL0021
Caution When pulling out the pinion, be careful not to have your finger pinched.
STARTER RELAY
(1) Remove the starter relay from the relay box. (2) Connect battery to terminal 2 and check continuity between terminals with terminal 4 grounded. Power is supplied / Power is not supplied 3-4 terminals 3-5 terminals 3-4 terminals / 3-5 terminals l-2 terminals No continuity Continuity Continuity No continuity Continuity 1
216Fo264
00002526
TSB Revision
16-26
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System I

Lj~
DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY

<EXCEPT FROM 1994 CALIFORNIA VERSION>
Disassembly steps 1. Screw ;. f$gnntic switch 4: Screw 5. Rear bracket 6. Brush holder 7. Brush 8. Rear bearing 9. Armature ;;. paF assembly .
12. 13. 14. =I:.
Packing A Packing B Plate ;an$ary gear
, I !Lj
4Ab 4A,
+B, .A+ 17: Snap ring 4B, .A+ 18. Stop ring 19. Overrunning clutch 20. Internal gear 21. Planetary gear holder 22. Front bracket
TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System <FROM 1994 CALIFORNIA VERSION>
16-27
27EN0628
1'0
Disassembly steps 1. Screw 2. Magnetic switch 3. Screw 4. Starter cover 5. Rear bracket 6. Brush holder 7. Brush 8. Bush 9. Armature ;y. Fap assembly . 12. Packing A 13. Packing B 14. Plate 15. Planetary gear 16. Lever 4B, .A4 17. Snap ring 4B, .A4 18. Stop ring 19. Overrunning clutch 20. Internal gear 21. Planetary gear holder 22. Front bracket
4A, 4A,
DISASSEMBLY SERVICE POINTS +A,ARMATURE / BALL REMOVAL Caution When removing the armature, be careful not to lose the ball (which is used as a bearing) in the armature end.
TSB Revision
16-28
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System +B,SNAP RING / STOP RING REMOVAL

(1) Press the stop ring, by using an appropriate socket, wrench, to the snap ring side.
Stop ring
Z6EL0097
(2) After removing the snap ring (by using snap-ring pliers), remove the stop ring and the overrunning clutch.
Z6ELOO96
STARTER MOTOR PARTS CLEANING

Do not immerse parts in cleaning solvent. Immersing the yoke and field coil assembly and/or armature will damage insulation. Wipe these parts with a cloth only. 2. Do not immerse drive unit in cleaning solvent. Overrunning clutch is pre-lubricated at the factory and solvent will wash lubrication from clutch. 3. The drive unit may be cleaned with a brush moistened with cleaning solvent and wiped dry with a cloth. 1.
REASSEMBLY SERVICE POINT ,A+TOP RING / SNAP RING INSTALLATION

Using a suitable pulling tool, pull overrunning clutch stop ring over snap ring.
INSPECTION COMMUTATOR INSPECTION

(1) Place the armature on a pair of V-blocks, and check the deflection by using a dial gauge.
Standard value: 0.05 mm (JO20 in.) Limit: 0.1 mm (.004 in.)
TSB Revision

(2) Check the outer diameter of the commutator.
16-29
Standard value: 29.4 mm (1.158 in.) Limit: 28.4 mm (1.118 in.)
ZiELllS
Undercut I
(3) Check the depth of the undercut between segments.
Standard value: 0.5 mm (.020 in.)
BRUSH HOLDER
Check for continuity between brush holder plate and brush holder. The normal condition is non-continuity.
OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
1. While holding clutch housing, rotate the pinion. Drive pinion should rotate smoothly in one direction, but should not rotate in opposite direction. If clutch does not function properly, replace overrunning clutch assembly. Inspect pinion for wear or burrs. If pinion is worn or burred, replace overrunning clutch assembly. If pinion is damaged, also inspect ring gear for wear or burrs.
2.
FRONT AND REAR BRACKET BUSHING

Inspect bushing for wear or burrs. If bushing is worn or burred, replace front bracket assembly or rear bracket assembly.
TSB Revision
16-30
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System BRUSHES AND SPRINGS REPLACEMENT
E
New brush
1. 2.
qC-- Wear limit line

-
Brushes that are worn beyond wear limit line, or oil-soaked, should be replaced. When replacing field coil brushes, crush worn brush with pliers, being careful not to damage pigtail.
do
3. 4.
Soldered (Make sure that there is no excess solder on brush surface) Surface A marked
Zl EL049
5.
Sand pigtail end with sandpaper to ensure good soldering. Insert pigtail into hole provided in new brush and solder it. Make sure that pigtail and excess solder do not come out onto brush surface. When replacing ground brush, slide the brush from brush holder by prying retaining spring back.
Growler
ARMATURE TEST ARMATURE SHORT-CIRCUIT TEST

1. Place armature in a growler. 2. Hold a thin steel blade parallel and just above while rotating armature slowly in growler. A shorted armature will cause blade to vibrate and be attracted to the core. Replace shorted armature.
ARMATURE GROUNDING TEST

Check the insulation between the armature coil cores and the commutator segments. They are normal if there is no continuity.
ARMATURE COIL OPEN-CIRCUIT CHECK

Check for continuity between segments. The condition is normal if there is continuity.
TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition System
16-31
IGNITION SYSTEM
/ i
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS CRANK ANGLE SENSOR cup to 1992 model>
Items Type Identification No. Part No. Advance mechanism Firing order Specifications Contact pointless type Tl T49371 MD1 53464 Controlled by engine control unit l-2-3-4-5-6
IGNITION COIL r
Items Type Identification No.
Specifications Mold 3-coil F-536 j MD152648 I
Part No.
SPARK PLUG
Items NGK NIPPON DENS0
Specifications PFRGJ-11 PK20PRPll
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
Items Ignition coil Primary coil resistance at 20C (68F) R Standard value 0.67-0.81 Limit
Secondary coil resistance at 11.3-15.3 20C (68F) kc2 Spark plug gap mm (in.) Spark plug cable kQ 1.0-l .l (0.39-0.43) 1.3 (.051) Max. 22
SPECIAL TOOLS
Tool number and name MD998464 Harness connector (4 pin, square) i i Supersession Application Check of ignition primary voltage (connection of ignition coil connector)
TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - lanition Svstem
TROUBLESHOOTING (UP TO 1993 MODELS)

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
IGNITION 2B-X J/B 0
15A
hiITCH(IG1)
c
(c-71)
1
5
7m
DETECTION CONNECTOR
@%t
2B-Y (D-44) 5 2B-W (D-15) 4 2B-W 1.25B-W

CAPACITOR (B-15)
1 /
(B-14)
1.25L-R 1.25L-B ,, 1. 25L-Y 2B-W '$ ,,2 ;,l ;,4 23 _ I
2B-W y;
IGNITION I POWER TRANSISTOR!
1. 25 L-Y ----- ,\22 A6 ,P ----- ,,ll (B-22) \ /\ ,h ,\ IGNITION COIL 1-4 -
IGNITION COIL 2-5 r--
rl
(D-15)
2 4 2
3%
(TAC
4TION
) 1.25B
III III I1I IL /
SPARK PLUG
-6%
5v
-6
-4%
.IGNITION SWITCHtST) .CRANKSHAFT .(CTP) S W I T C H POSITION SE:NSOR .CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR';#$;~L;oc IULE .KNOCK SENSOR *ENGINE COOL:ANT .VOLUME AIR ;ED&f$AT"RE FLOW SENSOR 4;ig;f;HERIC
HR03MOOAA
1 TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition Svstem
(UP TO 1995 MODELS)

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
CHARGING
B-W
33-W 70
J/B 0
15A (c-71)5
WE DETECTION
CONNECTOR
2B-Y t 2B-W \I / 1. c5L-R,,2 (F)1.25L-B;,l I' (F>1.25L-Y J,4

(FlPR-W : 3
CAPACITOR (F)2B-W (B-15) -------- ,x6 r----= ,\ iI -
,,ll (B-22) ,_12 ,J3 I\ -----,\ ----- ,\ IGNITION ' ""TL 1-4
IGNITION COIL 2-5
IGNITION COIL 3-6
____-----1 _____ 5 (F)E (F)W
----- _---2 '1 (8-21) 3
&i&AND
1. 2513
~~$yqppQ !I
I/ A A
101;; (C-54) r-,58 (c-90)
1o ----A ------ 23
A
ll(c-52)
SPARK"PLUG
INPUT SIGNAL .INTAKE AIR gE;g;EATURE '&$AT~~;HER'C
siKz&G
.CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR *TRANSAXLE CONTROL MODULE .ENGINE COOLANT $~~~~~ATURE
k-_""_---- 52~1 B-G 104g2
if;INE CONTROL
. (CTP) SWITCH .CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR .KNOCK SENSOR .VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR NOTE
2 I (A-18) IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR
:l:TURBO,NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA) x2:NON TURBO (FEDERAL) (c-54) (c-71)
(B-22)FE) CFm) (B-14) Em3 EFZTJ /$J $mb @f-@
ok4 Oh,
HR03MO 1AA
( TSB Revision
16-34
(FROM 1996 MODELS)

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) B-W i
CHARGING
J/B / (c-73)5 2B-Y (D-44)5 2B-W -I - Eiwi" DETECTION CONNECTOR
2B-W MFILS
,cl
(F>B-W
(B-14) (F)l. 25L-R,,2 (F)1.25L-B;,l (F>1.25L-Yj,4 (F>2B-W ),3-
(F>2B-W 13 ,<2 ------ ---__ ,,11 (8-22) ,\ ,\ IGNITION COIL l-4 I -4 IGNITION COIL 2-5 I I IGNITION COIL 3-6 ( r
IGNITION / POWER TRANSISTOR; I

\I
- - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
\/
- - - - -
- - - - -
(F)' W (D-15) W 2
(F)W
2 BR-R
1m
6
I
9
4 9 4
METE1 *AND GAUGI )

, 4
INPUT SIGNAL *INTAKE AIR -SPEED SENSOR g;#j#ATURE .(PNP) SWITCH .-.-.. "-b- bkl *ATMOSPHERIC 9FLTcno TENSOR ODULE OLANT RE
\1
SPARK PLU G
1. 25
---- 52 1
ENG :h!E CONTROL MODI
HR03M02AA
TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition System OPERATION

l
16-35
1. Engine cranks, but does not start. (1) Spark is insufficient or does not occur at all (on spark plug). l Check ignition coil. l Check camshaft position sensor and crankshaft position sensor l Check power transistor. l Check spark plugs. l Check spark plug cable. (2) Spark is good. l Check ignition timing. 2. Engine idles roughly or stalls. l Check spark plugs. l Check ignition timing. l Check ignition coil. l Check spark plug cable. 3. Poor acceleration l Check ignition timing. l Check spark plug cable. l Check ignition coil.
i;
l
Turn ignition switch to .ONposition, and battery voltage will be applied to primary winding of ignition coil. When crankshaft position sensor and camshaft position sensor signal is input to engine control module, engine control module makes ON-OFF control of power transistors one by one. When power transistor is turned on, current flows from ignition coil (primary winding) to ground through power transistor. When power transistor A is turned from ON to OFF, the spark plugs of No. 1 and No. 4 cylinders spark. Turning of power transistor B from ON to OFF will produce sparking in spark plugs of No. 2 and No. 5 cylinders. Furthermore, when power transistor C is turned from ON to OFF, sparking is produced in spark plugs of No. 3 and No. 6 cylinders.
TSB Revision
16-36
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
SPARK PLUG CABLE TEST
(1) Disconnect, one at a time, each of the spark plug cables while the engine is idling to check whether the engines running performance changes or not.
,d
Caution Wear rubber gloves while doing so.

(2) If the engine performance does not change, check the resistance of the spark plug cable, and check the spark plug itself.
SPARK PLUG TEST

(1) Remove the spark plug and connect to the spark plug cable. (2) Ground the spark plug outer electrode (body), and crank the engine. Check to be sure that there is an electrical discharge between the electrodes at this time.
Defective insulation
Defective insulation
Good
ZiELO34
1 TSB Revision
16-37
/ Li
IGNITION SECONDARY VOLTAGE WAVE-FORM CHECK MEASUREMENT METHOD

(1) Clamp SECONDARY PICKUP around spark plug cable. NOTE 1. The ignition voltage peak appears reversely between when the spark plug cables of the cylinders No.4, No. 5 and No. 6 are clamped and when those of the cylinders No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3 are clamped. 2. Since the 2-cylinder simultaneous ignition system is employed, the wave-form for two cylinder appears group by group when the wave-form is observed. (Cylinder No. 1 - cylinder No. 4, cylinder No. 2 cylinder No. 5 and cylinder No. 3 - cylinder No. 6 as the respective groups) Here, the wave-form is observed for the cylinder whose spark plug cable is clamped with the secondary pickup. (2) Clamp the spark plug cable with the trigger pickup. NOTE 1. Clamp the spark plug cable of the cylinders No.1, No. 2 or No. 3 which belongs to the same group of the cylinders clamped with the secondary pickup. 2. Though it is difficult to isolate the cylinder of the wave-form, the wave-form of the cylinders clamped with the secondary pickup is stable. Use this as a reference for isolation.
--
7EL0134
TSB Revision
16-38
FUNCTION
\ \ ji
SECONDARY HIGH (or LOW) RASTER Curb idle speed Spark line (Point A) / 1
PATTERN HEIGHT PATTERN SELECTOR Engine revolutions kV
Ignition voltage (Point D)
Wave damping reduction section (Point B) Secondary ignition voltage wave-form /
Dwell section
-6
Time 7EL0147
Observation conditions (Only PAlTERN SELECTOR below changes from the above conditions)
PATTERN SELECTOR DISPLAY
No. 1 Cylinder
No. 2 Cylinder No. 3 Cylinder ignition noise ignition noise
No. 4 Cylinder No. 5 Cylinder No. 6 Cylinder (Waveform is ignition noise ignition noise
Secondary ignition voltage wave-form t
Time
I 1 TSB Revision
I)
7EL0148
16-39
Wave-form Observation Points Point A: The height, length and slope~of the spark line (refer to abnormal wave-form examples 1, 2, 3 \ and 4) show the following trends. Spark line
Length Long Short
Plug gap
Small Large
Condition of Compression Concentration electrode force of air mixture

Normal. Large wear Low Rich
Ignition timing Spark plug cable

Advanced Retarded Retarded Advanced Leak
High High Low
Lean
Lean
High resistance High resistance Leak
Height
High
Large Small Large
Large wear Normal
Low Slope
Rich _
Plug is fouled -
Point B: Number of vibrations in reduction vibration section (Refer to abnormal wave-form example 5)
Point C: Number of vibrations at beginning of dwell section (Refer to abnormal wave-form example 5)
Point D: Ignition voltage height (distribution per each cylinder) shows the following trends.
Ignition voltage High Plug gap Large
Condition of Compression
electrode force
Concentration of air mixture
Ignition timing Spark

cable
plug
Large wear Normal
High Low
Lean Rich
Retarded
Advanced
High resistance Leak
Low
Small
TSB Revision
16-40
EXAMPLES OF ABNORMAL WAVE-FORMS
off. (Causing a dual ignition) and abnormal wave-form exam-
TSB Revision

Analyzer
16-41
IGNITION PRIMARY VOLTAGE WAVE-FORM CHECK

MEASUREMENT METHOD (1) Remove the ignition coil connector and connect the special tool (harness connector: MD998464) in between. (2) When observing the No. 1 - No. 4 cylinder group, connect the primary pickup of the analyzer probe to the ignition coil side connector terminal No. 2 (black clip on the special tool). For the No. 2 - No. 5 cylinder group, connect to terminal No. 1 (red clip), and for the No. 3 - No. 6 cylinder group, connect to terminal No. 4 (white clip). (3) Ground the primary pickup ground terminal. (4) Clamp the spark plug cable with the trigger pickup. NOTE (1) Clamp the spark plug cable of cylinder No. 1, No. 2 or No. 3 which belongs to the same group of the cylinder to which the primary pickup is connected. (2) The wave-form of any cylinder in the same group is displayed on the left side of the screen.
Ground
01L1008

FUNCTION PRIMARY HIGH (or LOW) RASTER Curb idle speed
b
/ L
PATTERN HEIGHT PAVERN SELECTOR Engine revolutions
(V)
Zener voltage (Point C)
Spark line (Point A) 100
/ b-4
Wave damping reduction section (Point B) Dwell section Primary * ignition voltage wave-form o wave-formkr 0
/
Time
7EL0149
/ TSB Revision
16-42
PATTERN SELECTOR
Observation conditions (Only PAlTERN SELECTOR below changes from the above conditions.)
DISPLAY 1
(V)
100 -
No. 1 (or No. 4) cylinder /
No. 2 (or No. 5) cylinder ignition noise
Nq.3(orNo.6) No.4(orNo. 1) No.5(orNo.2) N o . 6 (orNo. 1 ) cylinder cylinder cylinder cylinder ignition noise ignition noise ignition noise /
I Neutral :./ section Primary ignition voltage wave-form i 0 /
Time
7EL0151
TSB Revision

/ L
16-43
Wave-form Observation Points Point A: The height, length and slope of the spark line (refer to abnormal wave-form examples 1, 2, 3 and 4) show the following trends.
Spark line Plug gap Condition of Compression electrode force Normal Large wear Large wear Normal Plug is fouled Low High High Low Concentration of air mixture Rich Lean Lean Rich Ignition timing High tension cable Advanced Retarded Retarded Leak High resistance High
Length Long Short Height High
Small
Large
Large
resistance Low Slope Small

Large
Advanced
Leak
Point B: Number of vibrations in reduction vibration section (Refer to abnormal wave-form example 5) Number of vibrations
Coil and condenser
I 3 or higher
Except above
/ Normal Abnormal
Point C: Height of Zener voltage

Height of Zener voltage Higher Probable cause Problem in Zener diode Abnormal resistance in primary coil circuit
Lower
TSB Revision

EXAMPLES OF ABNORMAL WAVE-FORMS
Abnormal wave-form Example 1 Wave characteristics Spark line is high and short. Cause of problem Spark plug gap is too large.
z01P0210
Example 2
Spark line is low and long, and is sloping. Also, the second half of the spark line is distorted. This could be a result of misfiring. 3 i
zo1Po211
Spark plug gap is too small.
Example 3
Spark line is low and long, and is sloping. However, there is almost no spark line distortion.
Spark plug gap is fouled.
ZOlPO212
Example 4
Spark line is high and short.
Spark plug cable is nearly falling off. (Causing a dual ignition)
ZOlPO213
Example 5
No waves in wave damping settion.
Rare short in ignition coil.
-l
zolPo214
TSB Revision
16-45
l
I
IGNITION SYSTEM L
4
I
13 Nm lOft.lbs.
d
12 Nm 9 ft.lbs.
22 Nm 16ftAbs.
78
27EN0520
9 Nm 7 ft.lbs.
u 16FO453 00662527
W1
,A4
Removal steps l Intake manifold plenum (Refer to GROUP 1.5 - Intake Manifold.) 1. Center cover 2. Spark plug cable 3. Spark plug 4. Ignition coil 5. Ignition power transistor 6. Crankshaft position sensor cl 992 models>
7. O-ring cl992 models> 8. Clamp <From 1993 models> Camshaft position sensor, Crankshaft position sensor removal steps <From 1993 models> l Timing belt cover (Refer to GROUP 11 - Timing Belt) 9. Camshaft position sensor 10. Crankshaft position sensor
TSB Revision
16-46
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition Svstem INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS

.A+CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INSTALLATION <Up to 1992 model> (1) Turn the crankshaft so that the No. 1 cylinder is at compression top dead center. Caution Be careful not to turn it to the No. 4 cylinder compression top dead center by mistake. (2) Install, lining up the matchmarks on the crankshaft position sensor housing and the coupling. ,B+SPARK PLUG CABLE INSTALLATION Improper arrangement of spark plug cables will induce voltage between the cables, causing miss firing and developing a surge at acceleration in high-speed operation. Therefore, be careful to arrange the spark plug cables properly by the following procedure. 1. install the spark plug cable clamps as shown in the illustration. 2. The numerals on the support and clamp indicate the spark plug cable No. 3. Pay attention to the following items when the spark plug cables are installed. (1) Install the cables securely to avoid possible contact with metal parts. (2) Install the cables neatly, ensuring they are not too tight, loose, twisted or kinked.
27ELOO95
/ TSB Revision
16-47
Spark plug cable No. 1 sparK piug cable No. 2
Spark plug r cable No. 4 Spark plug de No. 6 Approx. 60 mm (2,36 in.) Approx
(3.15in.)
cup to 1992 model>

Approx. 80 mm (3.15 in.) TIC only
<From 1993 model>
TSB Revision
16-48
ENGINE ELECTRICAL - lanition Svstem INSPECTION

SPARK PLUG Check the plug gap and replace if the limit is exceeded. Standard value: 1.0-l .l mm (.039-.043 in.) Limit: 1.3 mm (.051 in.) Caution 1. Do not attempt to adjust the gap of the platinum plug. 2. Cleaning of the platinum plug may damage the platinum tip. Therefore, if carbon deposits must be removed, use a plug cleaner and complete cleaning within 20 seconds for protection of the electrode. Do not use wire brushes. SPARK PLUG CABLE (1) Check cap and coating for cracks. (2) Measure resistance. Limit: Max. 22 ksZ IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR NOTE An analog-type circuit tester should be used. No. l-No. 4 coil side (1) Connect the negative (-) terminal of the 1.5 V power supply to terminal (4) of the ignition power transistor; then check whether there is continuity between terminal (13) and terminal (4) when terminal (3) and the positive (+) terminal are connected and disconnected. N O T E Connect the (-) probe of the circuit tester to terminal (13).
27EL0086
Terminal 3 and (+) terminal Connected
Terminal 13 and terminal 4 Continuity I No continuitv
Unconnected
(2) Replace the ignition power transistor if there is a malfunction.
No. ~-NO. 5 coil side (1) Connect the negative (-) terminal of the 1.5 V power supply to terminal (4) of the ignition power transistor; then check whether there is continuity between terminal (12) and terminal (4) when terminal (2) and the positive (+) terminal are connected and disconnected. NOTE Connect the (-) probe of the circuit tester to terminal (12).
/
DEL0087
[ TSB Revision
ENGINE ELECTRICAL b Ignition System

1 Terminal 2 and (+) terminal / I I
16-49
Terminal 12 and terminal 4 Continuitv No continuitv 1 I I
Connected Unconnected
No. ~-NO. 6 coil side (1) Connect the negative (-) terminal of the 1.5 V power supply to terminal (4) of the ignition power transistor; then check whether there is continuity between terminal (11) and terminal (4) when terminal (1) and the positive (+) terminal are connected and disconnected. NOTE Connect the (-) probe of the circuit tester to terminal 11.
I Terminal 1 and (+) terminal

-Connected
/ Terminal 11 and terminal 4 I I Continuity No continuity
Unconnected
I I
IGNITION COIL Primary Coil Resistance Measure the resistance between connector terminal (3) (power) and each coil terminal. Measuring point: Coil A (No.l-No.4 cylinder side coil) . . . . . . (2)-(3) Coil B (No.2-No.5 cylinder side coil) . . . . . . (l)-(3) Coil C (No.3-No.6 cylinder side coil) . . . . . . (4)-(3) Standard value: 0.67-0.81 Sz Secondary Coil Resistance Measure the resistance between each coil high voltage terminals. Measuring point: Coil A (No. l-No. 4 cylinder side coil) Coil B (No. ~-NO. 5 cylinder side coil) Coil C (No. ~-NO. 6 cylinder side coil) Standard value: 11.3-15.3 Wz
Z7ELOOQO
27EL0089
TSB Revision
NOTES
54-1
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
CONTENTS
AERO PARTS (ACTIVE AERO) . . . . . Refer to GROUP 51 ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM . . . . Refer to GROUP 35 BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -3 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Battery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Battery Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Battery Testing Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -3 General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 CIGARETTE LIGHTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 CIGARETTE LIGHTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .I . . . . . . . . . . . 119 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 COLUMN SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .lll COLUMN SWITCH* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 SPECIAL TOOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 SPECIFICATIONS ............................... 111 General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 17 DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR (POWER WINDOWS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 42 DOOR HANDLE AND LATCH (CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING) . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 42 DOOR MIRROR (ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED MIRROR). . . . . . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 51 ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 338 FRONT SEAT (POWER SEAT) . . . . Refer to GROUP 52A HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONING . Refer to GROUP 55 HORN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 HORN SWITCH* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM (CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING) . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 42 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
WARNINGS REGARDING SERVICING OF SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) EQUIPPED VEHICLES WARNING! (1) Improper service or maintenance of any component of the SRS, or any SRS-related component, can lead to personal injury or death to service personnel (from inadvertent firing of the air bag) or to the driver and passenger (from rendering the SRS inoperative). (2) Service or maintenance of any SRS component or SRS-related component must be performed only at an authorized MITSUBISHI dealer. (3) MITSUBISHI dealer personnel must thoroughly review this manual, and especially its GROUP 52B TSupplemental Restraint System (SRS) and GROUP 00 -Maintenance Service before beginning any service or maintenance of any component of the SRS or any SRS-related component. NOTE The SRS includes the following components: impact sensors, SRS diagnosis unit, SRS warning light, air bag module, clock spring and interconnecting wiring. Other SRS-related components (that may h,a to be removed/installed in connection with SRS service or maintenance) are indicated in the table of contents by an asterisk ( ).
54-2
IGNITION SWITCH* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 IGNITION SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPECIAL TOOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 LIGHTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 FOG LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT AND OPTICAL HORN LENS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 HAZARD SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 HEADLIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 POP-UP SWITCH AND FOG LIGHT SWITCH . . . . 109 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 RHEOSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Service Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 METERS AND GAUGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 COMBINATION GAUGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 COMBINATION METERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..ll Service Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 CD AUTO CHANGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER WITH ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOTOR ANTENNA/ANTENNA FEEDER CABLE/AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 188
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 DEFOGGER RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ ~. . . . . . 203 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH . . . . . . -. . . 203 SPECIAL TOOLS.. . . s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 REAR WIPER AND WASHER . . ~ *. . Refer to GROUP 51 SEAT BELT (BUZZER). . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 52A SEAT BELT (TENSION-REDUCER TYPE SEAT BELT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 52A SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) ..-............... Refer to GROUP 52B THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e . . . . . m.. s 205 SPECIAL TOOLS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . m . . . . . . . .e 205 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~. . . Refer to GROUP 51
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 RADIO REMOTE-CONTROL* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Battery
54-3
BATTERY L
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Items Up to 1993 models From 1994 models
Type Ampere hours (5HR) Ah Cranking rating [at -18C (OF)] A Reserve capacity min. NOTES
1. 2.
75D26R-MF 52
490 123
75D23R-MF 52
520 118
CRANKING RATING is the current a battery can deliver for 30 seconds and maintain a terminal voltage of 7.2 volts or greater at a specified temperature. RESERVE CAPACITY RATING is the amount of time a battery can deliver 25A and maintain a minimum terminal
voltage of 10.5 at 27% (80F).
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
BATTERY INSPECTION
L
16FO123
White
Blue
Charging necessary
Good condition
BAlTERY VISUAL CHECK (1) The battery contains a visual test indicator which gives blue signal when an adequate charge level exists, and white signal when charging is required. BAlTERY VISUAL CHECK (2) Make sure ignition switch is in Off position and all battery feed accessories are Off. 1. Disconnect ground cable from battery before disconnecting (+) cable. 2. Remove battery from vehicle. Caution Care should be taken in the event battery case is cracked or leaking to protect hands from the electrolyte. A suitable pair of rubber gloves (not the household type) should be worn when removing battery by hand. 3. Inspect battery carrier for damage caused by loss of acid from battery. If acid damage is present, it will be necessary to clean area with a solution of clean warm water and baking soda. Scrub area with a stiff bristle brush and wipe off with a cloth moistened with ammonia or baking soda in water.
TSB Revision
54-4
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Battery

4. Clean top of battery with same solutions as described in step (3). 5. Inspect battery case and cover for cracks. If cracks are present, battery must be replaced. 6. Clean the battery post with a suitable battery post cleaning tool. 7. Clean the inside surfaces of the terminal clamps with a suitable battery terminal cleaning tool. Replace damaged or frayed cables and broken terminals clamps. 8. Install the battery in vehicle. 9. Connect (+) and (-) cables to battery in the order of mention. 10. Tighten the clamp nut securely.
BATTERY CHARGLNG
Caution When batteries are being charged, an explosive gas forms beneath the cover of each cell. Do not smoke near batteries on charge or which have recently been charged. Do not break live circuits at the terminals of the batteries on charge. A spark will occur where the live circuit is broken. Keep all open flames away from the battery. Battery electrolyte temperature may temporarily be allowed to rise to 55C (131F). Increase of electrolyte temperature above 55C (131 OF) is harmful to the battery, causing deformation of battery cell, decrease in life of battery, etc. CHARGE RATE If the test indicator is white, the battery should be charged as outlined below. When the dot appears or when maximum charge shown below is reached, charging should be stopped. NOTE When the charging is performed at 5 amps, charging is virtually 100% three hours after the indicators indication changes from white to green. Use fast charging only in an emergency. If the indicator does not turn to green even after the battery is charged, the battery should be replaced; do not overcharge. Charge Rate Chart Batten/ Slow Charging Fast Charging I
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Battery BATTERY TESTING PROCEDURE L

TEST STEP
Clean terminals and clamps.
54-5
- Replace battery NG - Replace battery
(1) Remove hold-downs and shields. (2) Check for broken/cracked case or cover. OK
NG (1) Turn headlights on for 15 seconds. - Charge battery at 5 amps. (2) Turn headlights off for 2 minutes to allow battery voltage to stabilize. (3) Disconnect cables. I (4) Read open circuit voltage. Re-test OK: Open circuit voltage is more than 12.4V.
(2) Load the battery at the recommended discharge rate (see LOAD TEST RATE CHART) for 15 seconds. (3) Read voltage after 15 seconds, then remove load. (4) Compare the measured value with the minimum voltage. (See OK: Higher than the minimum voltage
i
Normal
LL
16 (60)
9.5
LOAD TEST RATE CHART

Reserve Load test Cranking rating (0F) capacity W-w) Application
1 240 amps / 490 amps / 123 minutes 1 75D26R-MF 1 240 amps 520 amps 123 minutes 75D23R-MF
1 TSB Revision
54-6 SPECIAL TOOL

Tool
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Ignition Switch
IGNITION SWITCH
Tool number and name MB990803 Steering wheel puller Supersession General service tool Application Removal of steering wheel
IGNITION SWITCH
40 Nm 29 ft.lbs. 6 Nm
4Ab
Steering lock cylinder removal steps 1. Air bag module (Refer to GROUP 52B - Air Bag Module and Clock Spring.) 2. Steering wheel 3. Knee protector LRedE;)to GROUP 52A - Instrument 4. 5. 6. ,A+ 7. Column cover, lower Column cover, upper Lap cooler duct and foot shower duct Column switch and clock spring assembly 8. Ignition key illumination ring 9. Steering lock cylinder
:i:
:::
Ignition switch segment removal steps 3. Knee protector (Refer to GROUP 52A - Instrument Panel.) 4. Column cover, lower 5. Column cover, upper 6. Lap cooler duct and foot shower duct 10. Key reminder switch segment 11. Ignition switch segment
NW
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Ignition Switch REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS
54-7
+A, STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL Remove the steering wheel by using the special tool. Caution Do not hammer on the steering wheel to remove it; doing so may damage the collapsible mechanism.
Front of vehicles
+B,COLUMN COVER LOWER / COLUMN COVER UPPER REMOVAL After the screws have been removed, remove the covers, while making sure not to break the grippers.
219FO12:
+C, STEERING LOCK CYLINDER REMOVAL (1) Insert the ignition key into the steering lock cylinder and place the key in the ACC position. (2) Press the lock pin down with a Phillips head screwdriver (small-size one) to remove the steering lock cylinder.
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT

.A+COLUMN SWITCH AND CLOCK SPRING ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION Line up the NEUTRAL mark of the clock spring with the mating mark to center the clock spring. Caution If the clock spring is not centered, problems such as intermediate failure of the steering wheel to turn, broken ribbon cable in the clock spring, or the like could occur. As a result, they might hinder proper operation of the SRS, resulting in serious injury.
I i
1 TSB Revision
54-8
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Ignition Switch INSPECTION

IGNITION SWITCH CHECK (1) Remove the knee protector, the column cover lower and the column cover upper. (Refer to GROUP 52A - Instrument Panel.) (2) Disconnect the wiring connector from the ignition switch and key reminder switch, and connect an ohmmeter to the switch side connector. (3) Operate the switch, and check the continuity between the terminals.
Position Key Connector A Connector B Connector B ignition key illumination light terminal No.
216AO570
00002296
LOCK ACC ON START
415 LJ
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauaes
(/
METERS AND GAUGES

SPECIFICATIONS
METERS AND GAUGES
NOTE * 1992 models *z 1992 models <Turbo>, and from 1993 models
TSB Revision
54-I 0
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges
INDICATORS AND WARNING LIGHTS
Anti-lock brakin
NOTE (1) The values in parentheses denote SAE trade numbers. (2) The *I symbol indicates vehicles with theft-alarm system. (3) The l 2 symbol indicates vehicles with Electronic Controlled Suspension. (4) The *3 symbol indicates vehicles with Active Exhaust System.
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauaes SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

Items Speedometer indicationerror mph 20 40 Standard values 19-22 38-44 1 57-66 1 76-88 100 Tachometer indication error rpm 1,000 3,000 5,000 6,000 Fuel gauge unit resistance R / Point F Point E Fuel gauge unit float height mm (in.) Point F Point E _ 1 94-110 f 100 f150 f 250 Ik 300 I3f2 110+7 18.6-21.6 (.73-.85) 193.4-l 96.4 (7.61-7.73) 104 f 13.5 / Approx. 254 Approx. 101 Approx. 153 Approx. 51 Approx. 139 / Approx. 190 Approx. 42 Approx. 72 I I I I
Engine coolant temperature gauge unit resistance [at 70C (158F)] Q Fuel gauge resistance Q Between A - B Between A - C Between B - C Engine coolant temperature Between A - B gauge resistance Q Between A - C Between B - C Oil pressure gauge resistance Q Pressure gauge resistance <Turbo> Q
I I I I I
SEALANT
Items Engine coolant temperature gauge unit Specified sealant Type
3M Nut Locking Part No. 4171 or Semi-drying sealant equivalent
TSB Revision
54-12
TROUBLESHOOTING
METERS AND GAUGES CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <UP TO 1993 MODELS>
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I J/B
0.05B-W O.B5B-W
I
t
60
S(D-44)
B-W _____----____-_------~~~~~--~-------~~~~~ ,,59 (D-04) q---,\
COMBINATION METER
r--t-L
TURBO t@io 1TURBO
JI
&&- - - - - - - -- -- - - 64 B-W B 2 B2B b B IGNI ION POWE TRAN ISTOR Y-W
54 (D-04)
16 (D-44)
16 (c-71)
r 7 J(c-82) 2B (F)B 2B 2B d 0 (c-82)

m n 51152153154155156157~56 1 59 1 60~61~62~S~s4~65~66~6?
(D-05)
HRlOMOOAA
TSB Revision
54-13
;i;k\IGHT I 1.25R-W r0 - h ;;&CATED
J/B
B-h
A0
s 2@
1 II---B-Y
-7-l
/ -
COMBINATION GAUGE (D-09)
>L
(4 F
! 5
Y-R/
ENGIN'E CONTROL MODULE Ei ? c (B-OS)

.
,%l
r
OIL PRESSURE E#F" (B-36)
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE UNIT (B-01)
HRlOMOOAB
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauaes METERS AND GAUGES CIRCUIT DIAGRAM cl994 MODELS>
IGNI' SWIT
ON
(IGl)
J/B 0 15A i 0.85B-h 0.85B-h COMBINATION METER
IL---:
B-W
64
~w:~5G------ ---- -
B B-
Sm mI'"-,Tw ---- -------_-----_
- - -_- _ _ _ I-----.lO Y 62 y3m
i3
---B
34 (D-04)
W )
- ---, ----- ------------
16 (D-44) ?
(F 2B MODULE (D-41)
2
- - - -J
IGNI ON POWE TRAN STOR
16 m
c 2B
2B
(F>B
2B t -
mm (c-14) (c-71) =plzF@gjm m (F-14)rE$FTg p$J
(c-82)
HRlOMOlAA
TSB Revision
54-15
;;Tli,;IGHT 1.,&q-DEDICATED w/FUSE BJ/B A \I G-W 8 (c-71) 8 (D-44) G-W , 13 --------1
J/B v7
/ / I I / I
II /I ,
/ i
1 B-Y
J, !/ L -7r -1
t2: / f 1 i I
I Y-l (D-15: (F)Y-I
-T
t; / F5 52 0
R:c-14) R[NE rROL MODULE R-l
(Z~Z~~NATION (D-09)
AL 2
3 tc 2E3 (F)R-\I 2 2E3 11
(c-69)
TSB Revision
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE UNIT (B-01)
HRlOMOlAB
54-16
METERS AND GAUGES CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <FROM 1995 MODELS>
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) B-W J/B

\, 0. 85B-W' CHARGING
O.B5B-W t L-R I
t WARNING LIGHT --
s(D-44)
O.B5B-W B-W
--,,59 (D-04) TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT
/\
COMBINATION METER
-..I
64 B-W I B-1 2E
(D-C 109 Y -W E \: S(c-14) ---. --------------___ -W 13 )Y

.MFI SYSTEM
\L -------------____
-----
53 B 2 B IGN: ION R3 ISTOR
54 (D-04)
d
I
I6 (D-44)
16 (c-71)
i 2E (F: )B ' 0 2B 2B
NOTE ::CONVERTIBLE 4
1c-82) j(
n =
(B-34) (c-14) (c-71) m m m z ~~~~5&4

60161(6216~64165166167 ( D - 4 4 )
(F-14)
(Fm (ml'
TSB Revision
54-17
B-lIv
NOTE Zl:HATCHBACK :E:CONVERTIBLE
G-W
ELC 4A/T
I G-W ,,13 --------, I I I z 8 m
'-'I8 2 COMBINATION t; ?
I
Ii-1 B-Y
2,
L R-B
2L
, Y-l 5
R-B 1 (C-14) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Y-R
R--Y
3 RHEOSTAT (D-40)
ILL
L T
if=
2E
213
33 : T
=
, _____------_-------_-~~~~ (D-15) 2I (F>Y-R
'r
20
(c-69)(D-03) (B-01) mm Em cm) D @JB ~,~I:::.:aa-J~~~l (D-40) (D-41)(m) =qJ p$Egq

TSB Revision
k
L
c 1
(F>R-
OIL tzi&PRE / UNIT Z(8-36)
TEMPERATURE
HRlOM02AB
54-18

coil pressure gauge> l When the ignition key is at the ON position, the oil pressure gauge is activated. l When oil pressure is high, the internal contacts of the gauge unit are kept closed for a longer period of time. This causes more current to flow in the circuit, and the gauge pointer swings to the high pressure side. l When oil pressure is low, the internal contacts of the gauge unit open in a shorter period of time. Therefore, there is less current flowing in the circuit and the gauge pointer swings to the low pressure side. <Pressure gauge (TURBO)> l When the ignition key is set to the ON position, the gauge indicator will be at 0. l When the engine is started, the indicator will move from 0 to the minus (-) side, and then, as the boost level increases, it will move to the plus (+) side. <Voltage gauge (NON-TURBO)> l When the ignition key is placed in the ON position, the voltage gauge operates and indicates a battery voltage of approximately 12 V. l When the engine is started, the voltage gauge indicates a battery voltage of 12 to 16 V, indicating that the battery is on charge.
OPERATION <Fuel gauge> l When the ignition key is at the ON position, the fuel gauge is activated. l When there is much fuel, the units resistance is small and the current flowing in the circuit is great, so the gauges indicator indicates in the F area. l When there is little fuel, the units resistance is high and the current flowing in the circuit is small, so the gauges indicator indicates in the E area. <Engine coolant temperature gauge> l When the ignition key is at the ON position, the engine coolant temperature gauge is activated. l When the engine coolant temperature is high, the units resistance is low and there is a great flow of current in the circuit, so the gauges indicator indicates in the H area. l When the engine coolant temperature is low, the units resistance is high and there is a small flow of current in the circuit, so the gauges indicator indicates in the C area. <Reed switch (mechanical speedometer type) /Speed sensor (electrical speedometer type)> l Pulses are produced in accordance with the vehicle speed, and vehicle-speed signals are input to systems (the MFI system, etc.) that regulate according to the vehicle speed. TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS 1. The fuel gauge doesnt function, or shows the incorrect indication. (1) Disconnect the connector of the fuel pump and gauge unit assembly; the F side is indicated when terminal (5) is then grounded. l Check the fuel gauge. 2. The engine coolant temperature gauge doesnt function, or shows the incorrect indication. (1) The l-l side is indicated when the connector of the engine coolant temperature gauge unit is disconnected and then grounded. l Check the engine coolant temperature gauge unit. 3. Systems dependent upon control according to the vehicle speed do not function correctly. l Check the reed switch (mechanical speedometer type) l Check the speed sensor (electrical speedometer type)
4. The oil pressure gauge doesnt function, or shows the incorrect indication. (1) The H side is indicated when the connector of the oil pressure gauge unit is disconnected and then grounded. l Check the oil pressure gauge unit. 5. The meter illumination light does not illuminate. (1) The tail lights illuminate. l Check the rheostat. 6. The voltage gauge doesnt function, or shows the incorrect indication. l Check the voltage gauge.
TSB Revision

COMPONENT LOCATION Engine control module
54-19
S16FOZS2
TSB Revision
54-20
WARNING LIGHT CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <UP TO 1994 MODELS>
IGN IT1 ON SWI'TCH (IGl)
J/B
rG
15
0.85B0.858. COMBINATION BMETER r------------------------------. II I III I d < 1 0 III 2 II L--- ----- -G6? ~ Y-B 59 L-R
12 (D-03)
Y rGiD-15)
FUEL GAUGE UNIT m
J I I
Y-B
c
Y-B
I
Y-B
(F: )Y
Y-B
Y-E
Y 3 2B 1
Y-G
1 OIL $$#RE
/\
Lm
@F&NG SWITCH OFF - ON km
HRlOM03AA
TSB Revision
54-21
IGN: sw1:
ION -I (ST)
IGNI SWIT 2B-'
2B-I
z(c-31)
B-
_-11 1
J/B
rG151 1
B-1
B-1
IN (IGl) '(c-82)
Ei(c-71)
2B-I 1 i 2B-I (A-67) 2B-1 3

.'OFF IN 3
B-
1 /
0.85B-'w kTARTER IRELAY im 1 3 / Ei(D-44) 0.85B-'
G-E 3 i (c-02) .--J G-E EK &#ON
r---I 1 I I I
cI(D-45) EL
1.25B-\ l(D-15) 1.25B-\1 DIODE u D-10 (Y-G)
4ws III I EW 1 OFF '*ON SENSOR II *q (A-30) j Y-G L----~\ 9 0 Y-G 66 COMBINATION METER (D-04) B
2B 28
64
p(D-41)
(A-09X) (A-30)@%?') /
(c-02)
(c-31)
(c-71)
(C-82)0
HRlOM03AB
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges WARNING LIGHT CIRCUIT DIAGRAM cl995 MODELS>
I dl
SWI:
IGN. 2B2B-
IN
(IGl)
R-W
(c-82)
1
J/B
CHARGING
I-
15 A
0.858- W 0.858- ,W 0.85B-W
+ L-T TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT B- ,W COMBINATION AND HAZARD LIGHT METER $3 539 METER AND GAUGES _______--_-------------------- 1
I
13
E;(D-44)
-. ) ; 12 (D-03) Y-I --i .-----l

31
LL , Y
d i
J(D-15)
Y-i
Y-B I
Y-i l(B-06)
Y ,\ 1T- -iniT NOTE ::CONVERTIBLE
Y-C
r--
2B d
FL =
OFF -
HRlOM04AA
1 TSB Revision
54-23
LJ
IGNI ION SWI? H(ST) 2B-k 2B-k
z(c-31)
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I B-Y
I J/B
CHARGING
17-1 2B-k B-Y I 4 1 / /STARTER ;RELAY --------__
f 2B-Y (A-67) 2B-Y
sPOFF IN
jm
0.85B-W 0.85B-W
Y
Y-G Y-G 0
s(c-71)
s(D-44)
CLUTCH PEDAL &j+$HON
/ :i:
1.25B-Y
MFI SYSTEM
lm
1.25B-Y
jTARTING
DIODE u D-10
(Y-G)
66 A COMBINATION METER 9 (D-04) 0
SUPPLEMENTAL l@TE"#'NT
HRlOMOIAB
TSB Revision
54-24
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters -and Gauges
WARNING LIGHT CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <FROM 1996 MODELS>
IGN ITICIN SWI'TCH (IGl) 282BJ/B AL1 '6 (c-71) 0.85B- .W 6 (D-44) 0.858, -W 0.85B-W
13
B-W
CHARGING
G----l
NOTE ;;i;EW;EElg jV;V;O&ABS 8"11 :B:CONVERTIBLE
-W TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT COMBINATION AND HAZARD LIGHT c METER AND GAUGES METER c ~r-----------r -------- -- _______7T j9 , I I y I ii z I c, , z I I LL L--------:67 o '3 .2 (D-03)
-----JI 61 Y-B
0
Y-L "9 (D-16) Y-L

y-L18 (F-44)%3 y-1 ( c Y
Y-B 5 (c-15)
Y-B
2 (D-45)
Y-L
(F) ,Y
Y-B 4:1
;>6:*=
Y-B s,2 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL OFF '*ON SENSOR *(I (A-24) 1
B-R t
I
1
OIL ;@SRE
((B-37)
;~M&NG SWITCH (D-28)
31
a
TSB Revision
IGNI SW17 2B-\1 28-l
J/B 2B-\I
---------.+OFF IN 1
0 ml 15A
2B-1 (A-67) 3 2B-Y
3 G-B (c-02) 3-G-B
6 (D-44)
B-W
METER AND GAUGES
0.85B-W (13 B-W

r----+$
0.85B-W
i B-W 1.25B-Y
MFI SYSTEM '(D-15)
30
L/
STARTING
1.25B-Y
DIODE u I i;yEKNATION (D-04)
SUPPLEMENTAL ~E~&~J$NT
HRlOM05AB
TSB Revision
54-26
<Rear wheels on free rollers>
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
INSPECTION
SPEEDOMETER CHECK (1) Assure tire pressure at standard value. (Refer to GROUP - Specifications.) (2) Gt the vehicle on a speedometer tester. (3) Set free rollers securely on the floor according to the wheelbase and rear tread of the vehicle (when rear wheels are to be set on free rollers). (4) Raise the rear wheels on a jack and place rigid racks to support the specified positions of the side sills (when rear wheels are to be raised on a jack). (5) Make sure the parking brake has been set. cPWD>
Free r&Hers -
Sear wheels raised on jack>
?qi&%!g Rigid rack oooo2297

(6) Attach anchoring bars on the tie-down brackets and secure their ends to the anchor plates. (7) Make sure the tension on the right and left bars is the same. Also be sure there is enough tension on each bar. (8) Attach a chain or wire to the rear tie-down hole. Make sure the end of the wire or chain is secured firmly. (9) Take all other necessary precautions. (1O)Use a speedometer tester to measure the speedometers indication error. Standard value: Standard indication mph 20 40 80 Allowable range mph 19-22 38-44 57-66 1 76-88 1 94-110
Anchor plate -w
216AO864
1
bracket
80
--I
1 100
Caution Do not operate the clutch or accelerator abruptly or decelerate during the operations.
Z16FO133 00002298
TSB Revision
54-27
I,;
zl6F 024;
c I\
TACHOMETER CHECK (1) insert paper clip into the engine revolution speed detection terminal provided in the engine compartment, and connect the engine tachometer to the inserted paper clip. Caution As the tachometer is negative grounded, do not connect battery conversely to prevent damaging transistor and diode. NOTE For tachometer inspection, use of a fluxmeter-type engine tachometer is recommended. (Because a fluxmeter only needs to be clipped to the high tension cable.) (2) Connect the engine tachometer and compare the engine tachometer and tachometer readings. Replace tachometer if difference is excessive. Standard value: 1,000 f 100 rpm 3,000 + 150 rpm 5,000 f 250 rpm 6,000 f 300 rpm Caution The engine speed signal output from the engine is one-third of the actual speed. When the engine speed is measured, make sure that the engine tachometer is placed in the 2-cylinder range. (The real speed is indicated.)
L:
FUEL GAUGE SIMPLE CHECK
Connect a test light to the harness connector.
Place the ignition switch in the ON position.
Check the test light and gauge conditions. 1 (1) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.) /-.-I Replace fuel gauge.
[ (2) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge swings.)
/-.--I Replace fuel gauge unit.
1
I
1 (3) Test light does not light. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.)
k-1 Correct harness.
TSB Revision
54-28

FUEL GAUGE UNIT CHECK To check, remove fuel gauge unit from fuel tank. (Refer to GROUP 13F - Fuel Tank.) Fuel Gauge Unit Resistance (1) Check that resistance value between the fuel gauge terminal and ground terminal is at standard value when fuel gauge unit float is at point F (highest) and point E (lowest). Standard value: Point F: 3 If: 2 G Point E: 110 It 7 Q (2) Check that resistance value changes smoothly when float moves slowly between point F (highest) and point E (lowest). Fuel Gauge Unit Float Height Move float and measure the height at point F (highest) and point E (lowest) with float arm touching stopper. Standard value: Point F: 18.6-21.6 mm (.73-.85 in.) Point E: 193.4-196.4 mm (7.61-7.73 in.) FUEL SENSOR CHECK Connect fuel gauge unit to battery via test light (12 V-3.4 W). Immerse in water. Condition good if light goes off when unit thermistor is in water and lights when unit is removed from water. Caution After completing this test, wipe the unit dry and install it in the fuel tank.
16FO115
00002300
16Fo255
00002383
TSB Revision

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE SIMPLE CHECK
Remove the water temperature gauge unit coupling connector.
Connect the harness connector via a test light to the ground.
t
Place the ignition switch in the ON position.
I
Check the test light and gauge conditions. i(1) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.) [ (2) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge swings.)
(12
v3.4
w) \ //
Z16FO13l
_____c Replace water temperature gauge.
Replace water temperature gauge unit.
[ (3) Test light does not light. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.)
/-------I Correct harness.
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE UNIT CHECK To check, remove engine coolant temperature gauge unit from the thermostat housing. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Resistance (1) Immerse unit in 70C (158OF) water to measure resistance. Standard value: 104 f 13.5 Sz
(2) After checking, apply the specified sealant around the thread of engine coolant temperature gauge unit and install on the thermostat housing. Specified sealant: 3M Nut Locking Part No. 4171 or equivalent
TSB Revision
54-30
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE SIMPLE CHECK

Remove the oil pressure gauge unit coupling connector.
Connect the harness connector via a test light to the ground.
-1
Place the ignition switch in the ON posiCheck the test light and gauge conditions. (1) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.) k-1 Replace oil pressure gauge. 1 (2) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge swings.) k-1 Replace oil pressure gauge unit.
1 (2) Test light does not light. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.)
-1 Correct harness.
VOLTAGE GAUGE SIMPLE CHECK
Check voltage gauge for conditions. (1) Voltage indicated by voltmeter differs from voltage indicated by voltage gauge (position indicated by pointer). -1 Replace gauge.
(2) Gauge does not operate.
/--I Correct harness or replace gauge.
1 TSB Revision
54-31
COMBINATION METERS L
76FO222 00002364
NOTE *: 1992 models
L/
:i:
Removal steps
1. Knee protector (Refer G GROUP 52A - lnstiument PineI.) 2. Column cover, lower 3. Column cover, upper 4. Meter bezel * 5. Combination meter 6. Adapter* (Mechanical speedometer type) /Washer tank (Refer to GROUP 51 - Windshield Wiper and Washer.) 7. Vehicles speed sensor (Electrical speedometer type)
Front of ve
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS

dAbCOLUMN COVER LOWER / COLUMN COVER UPPER REMOVAL After the screws have been removed, remove the covers, while making sure not to break the grippers.
219FOl;
dB, ADAPTER REMOVAL <Mechanical Speedometer TYP(1) Disconnect the speedometer cable at the transaxle end of the cable. (2) Pull the speedometer cable slightly toward the vehicle interior, release the lock by turning the adaptor to the left or right, and then remove the adapter.
Adapter
-Y16FO129] ,
) TSB Revision
54-32
Disassembly steps 1. Trip counter reset knob 2. Meter glass 3. Window plate 4. Speedometer
Ground Reed switch
5. Fuel gauge 6. Tachometer 7. Printed-circuit board 8. Meter case
INSPECTION
REED SWITCH CHECK <Mechanical Speedometer Type> Use circuit tester to check circuit repeats off/on between terminals when speedometer shaft turned several times.
\ d
VEHICLES SPEED SENSOR CHECK <Electrical Speedometer Type> (1) Remove the vehicles speed sensor and connect as shown in the illustration, using a 3-10 k&2 resistance. (2) Use a voltmeter to check for voltage at terminals (2) and (3) when the pulse generator shaft is turning. (One revolution is four pulses.)
16R0273 00002385
FUEL GAUGE CHECK Measure resistance between terminals with circuit tester. Standard value: Approx. 254 0 ;I; Approx. 101 I2 B-C Approx. 153 fi
1 TSB Revision
54-33
COMBINATION GAUGES
Removal steps 1. Instrument panel (Refer to GROUP 52A - Instrument Panel.)
0 Distribution duct [Refer to GROUP 55 - Ventilators (Instrument Panel).] 2. Combination gauge
i;
Disassembly steps 1. Gauge bracket 2. Gauge glass 3. Window plate 4. Voltage gauge <Non-Turbo> or pressure gauge <Turbo> TSB Revision
5. Oil pressure gauge 6. Engine coolant temperature gauge 7. Printed-circuit board 8. Gauge case J
54-34
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges INSPECTION

PRESSURE GAUGE CHECK <Turbo> Measure resistance between terminals with circuit tester. Standard value: Approx. 72 &2 VOLTAGE GAUGE CHECK <Non-Turbo> Refer to P.54-30
216FO14C
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE CHECK Measure resistance between terminals with circuit tester. Standard value: Approx. 42 Q
216FO14:
216FO141
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE CHECK (1) Remove the IG terminal scre\;/ from area A. (2) Measure resistance between terminals with circuit tester. Caution For inspection, use a circuit tester which uses a measurement current of 4 mA or less. Standard value: A-B Approx. 51 Sz A-C Approx. 139 Q B-C Approx. 190 R
1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System
54-35
LIGHTING SYSTEM
L/ SPECIFICATIONS
Exterior lights
Items Headlight W Fog light W Front combination light Rear combination light Turn-signal light / side marker light CP Turn-signal light / side marker and tail light CP Stop light / side maker and tail light CP Back-up light CP License plate light CP High-mounted light stop Vehicles without rear spoiler CP Vehicles with fixed rear spoiler W Vehicles with active rear spoiler Engine compartment inspection light W Specifications 65/45*, 60151 *2 55 27/8 (1157) or 27 (1156)*2 32/2 (2057) 32/2 (2057) 32 (1156) 3 (168) 32 (1156) 4 LED (Light Emitting Diode) 3.8 (194)
Interior lights
Items Foot light W Specifications 3.4 (158) 8 8 5 3.4 (158) 5 I
I Dome light W
Spot light W Door light W Glove compartment light W Luggage compartment light W NOTE ;he values in parentheses denote SAE trade number. Up to 1993 models l 2 From 1994 models
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
Items Headlight intensity
I
Limit 20,000 cd or more
I I
TSB Revision
54-36 SPECIAL TOOLS

Tool
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System , I L/i 1
Tool number and name
Supersession MB991 341 C
Application Up to 1993 models Checking the lighting system
MB991 502
All models Checking the lighting system
1 ROM Pack
MB991 529 Diagnostic trouble code check harness
MB991 529
From 1994 models Checking the lighting system using a voltmeter
TSB Revision
54-37
TROUBLESHOOTING L
HEADLIGHT
OPERATION <Headlights ON operation> l Turn the lighting switch to HEAD, and the contact point of the headlight relay will be closed to turn ON the headlight relay. l When the dimmer switch is placed in the LO position, the headlight low-beams go on. On vehicles up to 1993 model, when the switch is placed in the HI position, the headlight highbeams go on. On vehicles from 1994 model, when the switch is placed in the HI position, the headlight high-beams and low-beams go on. <High-beam indicator light> l When the high-beam is lit or when the passing switch is activated, the high-beam indicator light will be lit. <Light automatic shut-OFF system> l If the drivers door is opened after the ignition switch is turned to OFF or the ignition switch is turned to OFF after the drivers door is opened when the headlights are lit, the current which flows to the coil side of the headlight relay will be cut off by the light automatic shutOFF unit opening the contact point, and the headlight relay will be turned OFF to automatically shut off the headlights. l To turn the headlights on again after they are automatically shut off, turn the lighting switch to OFF once and then back to HEAD, or turn the ignition switch to ACC or ON, and the aut0mati.c shut-OFF will be cancelled and the current will flow from the light automatic shut-OFF unit to the coil side of the headlight relay again to close the contact point. Thus, the headlight relay will be turned ON to turn on the headlights. NOTE When the lighting switch is at HEAD, the light automatic shut-OFF system is valid for tail lights, parking and side marker lights, license plate light, illumination light, etc. (Refer to P.54-70.) by lighting <Pop-up operation-operation switch> (Up to 1993 models) l When the lighting switch is placed in the HEAD position, current flows through multi-purpose fuse (6) to the lighting switch, and the ETACS control unit. Then the UP timer circuit in the ETACS control unit is operated, and current flows from the ETACS control unit to the U con-
tact of the pop-up motor U/D (UP/DOWN) switch, the coil of the pop-up motor relay and ground, causing the contacts of the pop-up motor relay to close. When the contacts of the pop-up motor relay close, current flows through the contacts of the pop-up motor relay to the pop-up motor and ground, causing the pop-up motor to rotate, which brings the headlights to the UP position. The pop-up motor rotates until the automatic UP stop position is reached, then the contacts of the interlocked U/D (UP/DOWN) switch change from the U to D contacts. As a result, the contacts of the pop-up motor relay open to cut off the current supplied to the pop-up motor. Then the pop-up motor ceases to rotate, holding the headlights in the UP position. When the lighting switch is placed in the TAIL l or OFF position, current flows through the multipurpose fuse (6) to the lighting switch, and the ETACS control unit. Then the DOWN timer circuit in the ETACS control unit is operated and current flows from the ETACS control unit to the DOWN contacts of the pop-up motor U/D (UP/DOWN) switch, the coil of the pop-up motor relay and ground, causing the contacts of the pop-up motor relay to close. When the contacts of the pop-up motor relay close, current flows through the contacts of the pop-up motor relay to the pop-up motor and ground, causing the pop-up motor to rotate, which brings the headlights to the DOWN position. The pop-up motor rotates until the automatic DOWN stop position is reached, then the contacts of the interlocked U/D (UP/DOWN) switch change from the D to U contacts. As a result, the contacts of the pop-up motor relay open to cut off current supply to the pop-up motor. Then the pop-up motor ceases to rotate, holding the headlights in the DOWN position. operation-operation <Pop-up by POPUP switch> (Up to 1993 models) When the pop-up switch is placed in the UP l position, current flows through multi-purpose fuse (6) to the lighting switch, the pop-up switch and the ETACS control unit, which brings the headlights to the UP position and holds them in the UP position just like when they are operated by the lighting switch. When the pop-up switch is placed in the DOWN l position, current flows through the multi-purpose fuse (6) to the lighting switch, the pop-up switch and the ETACS control unit, which brings the headlights to the DOWN position and holds them in the DOWN position just like when they are operated by the lighting switch.
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Liahting System

TROUBLESHOOTING
Check the light aut Refer to P.54-108.
headlights is normal.
Tail lights are not automatitally shut off either.
Check the drivers side door switch.
NOTE (1) *Up to 1993 models (2) For information concerning the theft-alarm system, refer to P.54-222.
TSB Revision

ZOMPONENT LOCATION Headlight relay/Pop-up motor relay/
54-39
HeadliiW,$w, q \\ u,6F026,
Data link connector <From 1994 models> -Light automatic shut-off unit <Vehicles with keyless entry system>
V16FO49E
Light automatic shut-off unit <Vehicles without keyless entry system>
1 TSB Revision
54-40
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (UP TO 1993 MODELS)>
2R-
2R-I ;~~;\I""'
rI
2R-L
I
0
4 (R-Y:
I / 3 .------A (c-31)
2R-L DEDICATED FUSE
2R-L
2R-L 2R-L II (R-Y
F5 L----- c --_ 2, 3 1 % c-u A
-- ----A 1 3 3 / 1.25R g d
(R-Y)
HR08MOOAA
TSB Revision
54-41
IGNI'I SWITC 2B-rh
(c-77)
16
(c-83) 11
0.85B-t
R-B
c
I
FUSIBLE LINK@ I 5W-B
J/B
2 T 2
R-Y
(A-11X) IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
(L 7
0.85B-W 3
R-B 3 LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT (E-17)
bJ1
T
'4
G-Y
.2 (E-21)
@SWITCH (E-17) (E-21)
HROEMOOAB
1 TSB Revision
54-42
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (UP TO 1993 MODELS)> (CONTINUED)
HEADLIGHT
B
LIGHT AUTOMATIC HEADLIGHT gWi-i;-OFF RELAY ,J/B

7
I
IGNITION SWITCH(ACC) -7 0
15A
Y \I :
@
10A
3E I
(c-78) 3
l(c-80)
WITHOUT WITH P.~~.~~ORY A C C E S S O R Y *ET -
1.251;
z:
aJ C5
(R-Y:
G-k
R-B i
(c-01)
j -_
,\
L
c
3 I
(R-Y.)
1.25R
P a; i;
(R-Y)
G-Y
R-B
3 .-_ -
7 r
16
3 10 .------ .---------- -__-7
m&c-----------------------~q-6-- - - - - ------""s--"F-'
J/B
2B ,,3 m /\ t.
2B x.7 (c-78) I\
L-W L-Y L-Y St1 (D-43) L-W B L-W
\/ (c-82) 5 0 28 n 0
(c-01)
HROEMOOBA
TSB Revision
54-43
?I IK l(c-68)
@
10A
:GHT I 2R-B l 7'I. 25RDEDICATED FUSE
-_ -k
7 -L
PllP-TIP
8I : 1 %%!
C
z-.-l
3 3
EYi~p
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOk 0 R-E
/* OFF
-4 ) D-u 5 2 z-a.3 &A :

u
(RH) :A-59)
J/B L-
;m 1 (c-71) (D-44)
R-l
il _---
G-
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
I/
RHEOSTAT
HR08MOOBB
1 TSB Revision
54-44
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (UP TO 1993 MODELS)>
FUS &IJ
2R-B
-----1 1 I
4 2R-L (R-Y) ------J 3m 2R-I ;;E#ATED r------II

I , / I
?m
2R-L (A-60) )._____
(R-Y)
1
2R-I 3
2R-L
*--1 /
1 1
COMBINATION METER
Y-R i j .,56 I j
2 HEADLIGHT (LH) (RH) "1 "2 (A-41) (A-61) "2 "1
(R-Y)
C
OO(A-42)~~(C-31) (D-04) I3 m lzi@I - B -1 El

5
(D-45) pT%EEEq
HROBMO 1AA
1 TSB Revision
54-45
IGNI' SWITl 2B-W
FUSIBLI LINK 8 5W-B 'c3B
@
10A
@ 10A
16 (c-77) (c-83)
i 11 R-Y i O.S5B-W R-B
----2 I,
2 R
l(c-70)
7
LIGHT AUTOMATIC ##F-OFF
(E-17)
J/B
10
(L)
(R-Y) 3 1 -II.
13 ;
Y-B
G-Y
DOOR SWITCH (LH) (E-21)
(c-77) (c-68) Gz=m) p$zgy /EJ p&
(c-82)
HRO8MOlAB
1 TSB Revision
54-46
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (UP TO 1993 MODELS)> (CONTINUED)
IGNITION SWITCy(ACC) HEADLIGHT

10A
1. 251
(R-Y)
(c-01)
; --
(R-Y)
1-25F
15 I3
(R-Y)
6 :-_ ,O
5---7
B L-W (c-01)0 0 Fz) (c-78) (c-80) (c-82)-
HROBMOlBA
TSB Revision
54-47
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT 4
G-h
S(c-69)
/
L-L
B
R-E
1
L-y 1
J/B
L 11 53 .---- ---
G-W
.----- % ____________-- - -_ I ----- 1 ---J Ii

54 9 B-L L-Y Ic-79) DATA LINK CONNECTOR
UP
/ #FS /m m
65 66 L-R 0 (D-42) L-y:;_7_--+p L-Y b L-R 1, G-W 3 \ /\ r-. -s
POP-UP SWITCH
ILL ( D - 0 1 )
B L-W II
+ RHEOSTAT
/ id
OlBB
TSB Revision
54-48
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (FROM 1994 MODELS)>
E -i
2R1.25R-B I
t TAILLIGHT.PARKING/ SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT FOG LIGHT
2R-B
----__
3
-_ 7 T-L IN 11 2R-I d
CL:
1 I
II
1
3
I I
2R-L 2R-L DEDICATED FUSE 0

10A
I (R-Y) 3 I .------A :c-31)
2R-L
2
i
2R-L HEAD#isIT 2
2R-L
2R-I HEADLiK#' 2 (HI>
1 2
FOG LIGHT
Y-R (D-45) ,;c'"-, Y-R 56 I
(LO) (R-Y) > (40> l(A-77Y l(A-61)
0. B5E 3
1.25R
0.85E 3
B
(R-Y)
(R-Y) 7
HR08M02AA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Liahtina System
I-,
IGNI' SWIT( 2B-\ 2B-ii FUSIBLE LINK@ B-W 7 (c-82) CHARGING
10A P
10
ic-77)
16 0.85B-W
(c-83)
(c-70)
0.85B-b
(F>R-E
i BACK-UP LIGHT $EWl;\IGHT

D
(L)
I
\7
0.85B-k
(R-Y) 8 i2
R-B 3
DOOR LIGHT AND /gi+GE COMPARTMENT
11

( E -
DOOR LIGHT AND
SE(XlP SWITCH
(E-21) (E-17) (c-82)(A-11X) (c-68) lc=m) 0 p&q pJ ml pig$$$q m pg%q fzzlzj g
HROBM02AB
TSB Revision
54-50
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (FROM 1994 MODELS)> (CONTINUED)
HEADLIGHT
jE2;bIGHT g;
!d ikj
IT
1.25R 3.85B
(R-Y)
G-Y
(c-01)
TAILLIGHTsPARKINGBIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT 1
G-Y
0.85E
(R-Y) (c-10:
ON-
(R-Y)
G-Y
r L3 I* -----7 ---T
10
OFF Tl4;;. 1
---
-1
-----; COLUMN I SWITCH
I' iEAOOFT<I;AD
- - - - - - -------------! - -
- - - - - - -
I - - - - -
2B ' t 2B,,3 (c-76) J/B A
14 ;?B
i
HR08M02BA
1TSB Revision
54-51
NOTES
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Liahtina Svstem

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (FROM 1994 MODELS)>
2R-B 1.25R-B 2R-B 1

TAILLIGHT,PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
FOG
LIGHT
r (L 2R-B 5
IN
.-----_ 1 1 I
(L
2R-L
4 2R-L
(R-Y
.------J ;m
2R-L DEDICATED FUSE 0 10A i I
2R-I
2R-I HEAD#YT 1 (LO>
2R-I.
2R-L 1 (R-Y FOG LIGHT HEADt 4KiYT '(HI>
Y-R (D-45) 14 .- 1 Y-R
( > ( fH1) ( ) ( ,m ,m (A-77)
56; (M;NATION (D-04) ;( I; ;0.851

55, 15: .-A
I I I
1. 25F
1.25R
0.85E
1.25R
0.85
(R-Y
(R-Y)
(A-O1X) (A-_41) (A-_61) (A-76) (A-77) (c-31)

73
(D-04) aamm [m/ I,, 16,, , ,j (D-45) ;~;%x~y fiMR%gq 5 El

HRO8MOSAA
TSB Revision
54-53
B-W
CHARGING
IGNI SWIT 2B-
FUSIBLE LINK@
10A
(c-77:
16
(c-8c (F)R-
\2 I 2
---_ \/
1m R
!
I
J/B
R-Y I\
0.85B-W HEADLIGHT RELAY

D
,.l (A-11x) A IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
(F)R-B
&m&UP
(L)
_c r
-A I
0. 8! B-W ,
(R-Y) Y
R-I
1
-is---l
Y-B
LIGHT AUTOMATIC KwFF
5 I
G-Y
s!fip SWITCH
HROBMOSAB
TSB Revision
54-54
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (FROM 1994 MODELS)> (CONTINUED)
IGNITION SWITCH(ACC) I 2L 5W-B

(c-82) ,P
2W-B
HORN /x1=
J/B
15A
a3
10A
(F>R-E IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR L AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF L";@v;$TE UNIT

E
DOME LIGHT, FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT
R-B
(F)R-B
DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE EWtRTMENT
Y-B Y
R-E 51 ---------7
d,
3NNECTOR 3
I3
2B
HROBM03BA
1 TSB Revision
54-55
HEADLIGHT
LIGHT AUTOMATIC HE! \DL IGHT s/Y;-OFF REL,AY
1.25R
G-Y
TAILLIGHT,PARKING/ SIDE MARKER LIGHT ;yeHkICENSE PLATE
G-Y
t
0.85
(R-Y
1.25R
(R-Y
G-Y
(c-10) )2--------------1
OP
~:JqzT
--_- -_ I
LO
-----__
10
x.3 (c-76) J/B A
2B
,\ 7 (c-78)
(c-82) "5 2B
TSB Revision
HROBM03BB
54-56
With voltmeter

INPUT SIGNAL
Data link connector
Ii
ri7-11
<Up to 1993 models> When using the scan tool (MUT) or voltmeter Using the scan tool or voltmeter, check whether or not the input signals from each switch are being input to the ETACS unit. (1) Connect the scan tool to the data link connector located at the right side of the junction block or connect the voltmeter between the ETACS terminal and the ground terminal. (2) Check if the buzzer of the scan tool sounds or the needle of the voltmeter moves when each switch is operated. If the buzzer sounds or the needle moves, the input signals are being input to the ETACS unit, so that switch can be considered to be functioning normally. If not, the switch or switch input circuit is faulty. Check the switch and the switch input circuit.
When using the MUT-II CUP to 1993 models>
<All models> When using the scan tool (MUT-II) (1) Connect the scan tool to the data link connector. When connecting the scan tool to a vehicle up to 1993 models, use the adapter harness supplied together. Caution Turn off the ignition switch beforehand whenever the scan tool is connected or disconnected. (2) If the scan tool makes a peep sound when each switch is operated (turned ON/OFF), the input signal to ECU is normally sent from the switch circuit system.
Y2OFO164 00002231
, 0,
@y.m$
\r 1-d \ \ \ \ 1 1
( 1 1 1 2 1; 1 4% 16 1 7 1 8 / 1
1 ~~~4i10illi12i13illi15i16v~~~
<From 1994 models> When using the voltmeter (1) Connect a voltmeter to the ETACS terminal and the ground terminal of the data link connector using the special tool. (2) If the voltmeter pointer deflects once when each switch is operated (turned ON/OFF), the input signal to ECU is normally sent from the switch circuit system. do
U2OFO163
TSB Revision
54957
NOTES
TSB Revision
54-58
FOG LIGHT CIRCUIT

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (UP TO 1993 MODELS)
IGNIT SWITC 2B-W (c-82) 2R-B

10A P
,\ -------------_
OFF-10 IN
(L)
4 (R-Y 2R-L
(c-31)
1 I 3
c-77) lS(c-83 CL:
3 % 03 d 3
R-E
1 7 - LIGHT AUTOMATIC w-FF (E-
PWATED
2R-L FOG LIGHT RELAY
r
2R-L 1 "3 2R
B
@ 10A c
(R-Y
-L
1 G-Y Y "4
2R-L
"4 0 2R 2R
(R- -Y)
TeKIp SWITCH
HROEM07AA
I TSB
Revision
54-59
~~if\IGHT
FOGLIGHT ;N; IGHT RELAY 1.25R-W
(R-Y:
(R-Y)
G-W
1
1
DEDICATED FUSE
60
G-A (D-45) (R-Y) 5 r5 G-W 3 FOG LIGHT ) SWITCH I (D-al) 4
RHEOSTAT G-Y (R-Y) I G-Y ,,3--------,JO --------
I I
(c-82)
TSB Revision
54-60

I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (FROM 1994 MODELS)
LE b 2R-E 1.25R-B I 2R2R-B

TAILLIGHT,PARKING/ SIDE MARKER LIGHT #eH;ICENSE PLATE
IGN SWI B-W
IN (IGl)
FUSIBLE LINK@
I (c-7i
;ig&CATED @
15 c
lrI I
2R-1
IGHT
(F>R-B 0. 05 B-W (
(L ----. (L
'7 E%~TUP R-E 3 3 1
(F>R-B
DOOR LIGHT AND E'I'UX&GE COMPARTMENT
2R2R-1
1
FOG
2R-L 1i
HEADLIGHT
LIGHT AUTOMATIC EKFF (E-17)

+ 1 I
J 4
DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
kB% (A-03X)
G-Y
vii L1GHT (A-43)
IGHT
(F>Y
TF;fi SWITCH
HROBMOBAA
TSB Revision
54-61
HEAI RELi
AUTOMATIC /FF UNIT
KEI ,lC ;HT IY

A
'T;TikIGHT
2R-W'& 1.25R-W 0%
15A
DEDICATED FUSE
(R-Y ) G-W 1x6 (c-69) J/B

,,f
G-W G-W
\/ '3 (c-71) ,,a (D-44) G-W

19
(R-Y )
c
G-W
TAILLIGHT,PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
7r /
G-Y G-Y
, i I \
4 OFF c9IN 1 (R-W)
(R-Y
G-Y 3 ---------
r
c
10
(R-W)
_. 5
I
L
,,3 " g;FTbHGHT @cD-ol, \/ "4 B-Y
I RHEOSTAT 11m
2B ,y (c-78) J/B A 0 \/ 50 2B
0
,,3 (c-76) \
NOTE :l:HATCHBACK :2:CONVERTIBLE :3:UP TO 1995 MODELS
HRO6MO8AB
TSB Revision
54-62
OPERATION l When the fog light switch is placed in the ON position with the lighting switch in the HEAD position and the dimmer switch in the LO position, current flows through the dedicated fuse (4) to the coil of the fog light relay, the fog light switch, the dimmer switch and ground, causing the contacts of the fog light relay to close. When the contacts of the fog light relay close, current flows through the dedicated fuse (4) to the contacts of the fog light relay, the fog lights and ground, causing the fog lights to come on. l When the dimmer switch is placed in the HI position or the lighting switch is placed in the TAIL or OFF position while the fog lights are ON, current supply to the fog light relay or headlight relay is cut off. As a result, the contacts of the fog light relay open, and the fog lights go out. NOTE The fog lights are included in the light automatic shut-OFF system. (Refer to P.54-37). The indicator lights are also included in the same system. Fog Lights Operation Conditions
Fog light switch ON position Lighting switch Dimmer switch 1 OFF OFF ON
I
Fog lights
1 OFF position or TAIL posi- 1 LO position tion HI position HEAD position LO position HI position
OFF
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS 1. The right or left fog lights only go on. 0 Check the bulb. 2. Fog lights do not go on when the fog light switch is set at ON. 0 Check the dedicated fuse (4). 0 Check the fog light relay. (Refer to P.54-108). 0 Check the fog light switch. NOTE For the light automatic shut-OFF system troubleshooting hints, refer to P.54-38.
1 TSB Revision

COMPONENT LOCATION Headlight relay / Foglight relay
54-63
Light automatic shut-off unit <Vehicles without keyless entry system>
Light automatic shut-off unit
1 TSB Revision
54-64
TAIL LIGHT, PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT

FUSIBL ,E I.INK@ 2R-1
IGNIl SWIT(
FUSIBLE LINK@ I 5W-BI
7
1OAb
10
J/B
r
fi:-31)
(c-77)
16
---_
(c-83
11
r2
1m
12;
I I I I I 1 I I 7r I I I I I AL I I I : I I I I / I I I I c ----A
R-B
I 1E A kJ
O.S5B-1 6 3 G-Y
R-l
R-Y 1 R 2 .,* (A-11X) ,\ " IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
IBJ*. i-lY
LIGHT AUTOMATIC %YT-FF

(E-17)
tt-
G-Y
523
dGi OFF i T1 28 (c-78) 7

1
r1 &
5 28
f
J/B
=
TFi# SWITCH
HR08M04AA
TSB Revision
54-65
~ I
1.25R-I nr
FWATED
G-hI
MC I
G-W
E 7T-
(c-69)
J/B------
-+IJL . ,
.-- ---- ----
G-W
REAR COMBINATION LIGHTCLH) B
"4 (F-30) G-W
3 &
I
I I
(F-10) IG-W
I
4 REAR COMBINATION LIGHTCRH) !T
,2
2B
B 1 (F-18) B FJ
i
HROBM04AB I
TSB Revision
54-66
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <HATCHBACK> (FROM 1994 MODELS)
FUSIBL#E LINK@ 2R-13 2R-B

.HEADLIGHT .FOG LIGHT
5
IGNI SWIT 2BB-W

CHARGING
IN (IGl)
FUSIBLE LINK@
c
6
10
I (c-7'i
16
O.S5B-
(c-8:! (F>R-
1. 25R-1 3
R-B
1
2T
1m 1 2 R-Y 1 R 2 10 IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR
----
E I\ j -xTAILLIGHT RELAY r .--__-,
0.85B-W 1 RK#TUP 1
(F>R-B iDOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT 1 LIGHT
3 _---12 -
LIGHT AUTOMATIC KK-""" (E-17)
&
G-Y r I
14
DOOR LIGHT AND ~JJ$C&GE COMPARTMENT
29
G-Y
(F>Y
'I
(F>Y ,,2 (E-21)
0 cFE0 (A-11X) (c-02) (c-10) (c-68)cm~ 07)
7:;; SWITCH
HROEMOBAA
TSB Revision
54-67
TAI REL 2R-\I
IGHT
0
15A
G-W COMBINATION
I G-V
i(c-69)
I
8(F-19)
FRONT COMBINATION LIGHTCRH) (A-62)
G-W i/
t ~~~~~W&JJ'SE %kT"E'RTE :;~KJ+E~UTO A/C .MANUAL A/C .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
3.------ ---G-W II 5 .v
1
cl
G-W
1 g$iq$ J T - ^^ G-W 2 (LH) (F-21)
1 -G-h
.! - - - - \ (F-10) 1
1 I I I I
G-W
II I1 I
14 REAR COMBINATION LIGHTCRH)
2B n
HROBMOSAB
TSB Revision
54-68
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <CONVERTIBLE> (FROM 1995 MODELS)
FUSIBLE : LINK@ 2R-B

5
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I 2B-W B-W

CHARGING
6
FUSIBLE LINK@
.HEADLIGHT .FOG LIGHT
f=-
2B-W r
,,7 (c-82) m
10A I P I
\/ O16 0 .85B-W I
(c-02),,
(c-83: (F>R-
1.25R-B 5
R-B
4: @ 0.85B-W
0 .85B-W
I
(F>R-B
DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT 3 LIGHT
6 '4 1.25R-W G-Y

q----J
,8
RE%ffTUP
(E-17)
12 A G-Y
6
G-Y
DOOR LIGHT AND kY;k+GE COMPARTMENT
(F>Y (F>'
it
yE[F SWITCH
1 TSB Revision
54-69
TAIL RELf 7 1.25R-W
GHT
G-W G-W G-W I G-W
4W&$JISE X;$CXv;;TE +'~F'~E~UTO A/C sRADI0 AND TAPE PLAYER
r
G-W
G-
[,
G-wi5
REAR COMBINATION LIGHTCLH) B 0
I G-W 2 (RH) j (LH) + 2%FE LIGHT m/ m B"1 Bl I (F-18) ;$5-----------J 0 h 28 n
REAR COMBINATION LIGHTCRH)
28
HROBMOGAB
TSB Revision
54-70

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS 1. All lights dont illuminate. (1) The headlights dont illuminate, either. l Check the fusible link (3). (2) The headlights illuminate. l Check the tail light relay. (Refer to P.54-108.) l Check the dedicated fuse (2). l Check the lighting switch. (Refer to P.54-113.) l Check the light automatic shut-OFF unit. (Refer to P.54-108.) 2. Some light does not come on. l Check the bulb. l Check the grounding circuit. 3. Some light is not automatically shut off. Check the drivers side door switch. l (Refer to GROUP 42- Door Assembly.) l Check the automatic shut-OFF unit. (Refer to P.54-108.)
OPERATION 0 When the lighting switch is placed in the TAIL or HEAD position, current flows through the coil of the tail light relay to the lighting switch and ground, causing the contacts of the tail light relay to close. Then current flows through the contacts of the tail light relay to the dedicated fuse (2) the individual lights and ground, causing the tail lights, parking/side marker lights and license plate lights to go ON. <Light automatic shut-OFF system> If the drivers door is opened after the ignition l switch is turned to OFF or the ignition switch is turned to OFF after the drivers door is opened when the tail lights are lit, the current which flows to the coil side of the tail light relay will be cut off by the light automatic shut-off unit opening the contact point, and the tail light relay will be turned OFF to automatically shut off the tail lights, parking and front side marker lights and license plate light. To turn on the tail lights, parking and front side l marker lights and license plate light again after they are automatically shut off, turn the lighting switch to OFF once and to HEAD again, or turn the ignition switch to ACC or ON, and the automatic shut-OFF will be cancelled and the current will flow from the light automatic shut-OFF unit to the coil side of the tail light relay to close the contact point. Thus, the tail light relay will be turned ON to turn on the tail lights, parking and front marker lights and license plate light. NOTE When the lighting switch is at the HEAD position, the light automatic shut-OFF system will be also activated for the headlights. (Refer to P.54-37.) The same system will also be activated for the illumination lights, etc.
1 TSB Revision

COMPONENT LOCATlON
. i;
54-71

:Vehicles without keyless entry system>

:Vehicles with keyless entry system>
1 TSB Revision
54-72
DOME LIGHT, FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT
FUSIBLE LINK@ 5W-B ,.l (c-68) /\
IGNITION SWITCH(IGl) 2B-w,,7m \ J/B 03 I "3 (c-80)
(cL -74)
R-B
@
10A
(c-83) I1
(c-81) 0.85R-I
IO
R-B
B-W IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
R-E
R-E
b
IOOR
DOME LIGHT :E-05) ( (LH) (RH: Z-67 R-c
$
KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION
;gF" jl ___-_________ 52 _----__--_-_--,
/ , I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I
R-G R-G
(c-74) (c-83)
) -------
R-G
-----
J/B r
CONNECTOR R-G R-G 27
0
2E
m(c-34)
(c-58)
(RH)
Y DOOR SWITCH
(LH) I
d,
HR08MlOAA
/ TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1994 MODELS)
54-73
FUSIBLE L!NK@ I 5W-B 10
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I 2B-W 7m

15A (> \I \/ (c-77)
(c-74: 1
1.
ll(c-83) (c-81) (F> R-B O.B5R-E
'3 (c-80) B-W
R-I
R-B 1
R-B c-35 < ) ( > FQO? LIGHT LH) (RH) '-67 ,
R-B
IOD OR STRAGE CONNECTOR (A-?1X)
ETACS 51 52 __--- _---------_____-_ !!1T--,
3 > CYLINDER ILLUMINATION \g E LIGHT i(c-58)
!GNITION KEY TIMER CIRCUIT 6sec.

.ND
R-G
R-G
R-G
AJ j7:1
jgZ2
0
R-G R-G
,i
R-G ,,4 (c-34) R-G R-G
R-B
B B lE4 9 5
IA A * Al
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
(c-74 J/B
NOTE :l:VEHICLES WI THOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM :2:VEHiCLES WI TH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
(RH) DooR SWITCH
(LH)
(c-77)
OFRONT SIDE (C-80)
(c-81)
(c-82)
AA
TSB Revision
54-74
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <HATCHBACK> (FROM 1995 MODELS) AND <CONVERTIBLE> (1995 MODELS)
10A
-
\,
(c-8 il3
<F)R (F)R-1 1
i$X&R LIGHT LUGGAGE fy##RTMENTR
0.85R- .B R-B IOD OR STRAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X) 0.85R-B .
1
)
R-B R-.B
DOME LIGHT Jm
XW8 L1GHT LUGGAGE

ITION KEY INDER UMINATION HT
COMPARTMENT LIGHT
)(LH) (RH)\I > C-67 c-35 R R-G
s$4 fY I \7/ 5 R-.G (C
R-c
R-E
R-,G
R-B I
(c-74 J/B
,l --------------------- -77 (c-83)
(E-05) (c-83) (c-81) (A-11X) ( c - 5 8 ) (c-68)cm) (c-74) (c-77) ~plmp?JJ ~I~~~IRi~l~
HR08Ml2AA
1 TSB Revision
54-75
J/B
GND
. , V .
I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I
R-G R-G
R-B
,,4 (c-341 A 16
B-L
A 9
B
h 4
B
A 5
R-G ,,l ,,l

OFF--ON
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79) 2B (E-21) I

(C-66)$
OFRONT sm
(E-15)
NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM %2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM Y
I
z
\
ic-65) ?;2
(RH)
(LH)
(c-66):1
A =
0
DOOR SWITCH
(c-34)
(c-65) :I
HROBMlPAB
1 TSB Revision
54-76
FUSIBLE LINK@
J/B
R-B
R-B
(F)R-E R-B
0.85R-
DOOR LIGHT AND UGGAGE COMP !A RTMENT LIGHT
IOD OR STRAGE CONNECTOR (A-11XI 0.85R-B R-E RDOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT IGNITION KEY CYLINDER > ILLUMINATION LIGHT
R-E
I I
R-E
1
R-B
FOOT ~REAR LIGHT ICOURTESY I > ;LIGHT(RH: ( > > (LH) (RH) ( > C-67 C-35 /pg [(E-50) II R-C R-c R-C I '-i/ R-G R-G R-6 R-E
( R-
l(c-58)
RI
R-G
B
----I
R-E
J/B (c-s3)
HROBMlSAA
TSB Revision
54-77
J/B
IGNI SWIT( 2B-b 2B-b

CHAkGING
B-W
52 -------------------------------~ ------j p?"

NOT '
/ i
10
(c-66) 54
R-G R-G
r
(RH)
EC$gAk;GHT AND E#+RTMENT
R-G -J
4(c-34) R-C
J/B A R-B B-L 16 i DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79) 2B

(E-21)
(LH)
DOOR TWITCH
(c-34) (c-651 ic-66)
OFRONT sIBi5 (C-80) (c-82) (E?(m)
ilR08M13AB
1 TSB Revision
54-78
OPERATION <Dome light> l Battery voltage is always applied to the dome light. When the dome light switch is turned to ON, the dome light will remain lit. After either door is opened if the dome light switch is at DOOR position, the dome light will come on. l With the dome light turned on (with the ignition switch in the OFF position and with the dome light switch in the DOOR position), close all doors, and the timer circuit in the ETACS unit will be activated to gradually vary the voltage for approx. 6 seconds owing to the duty control, and the voltage will be output to transistor Tr. Since the voltage applied to the dome light gradually decreases, the dome light will be dimmed. l If the ignition switch is turned to ON while the dome light is lit (while the timer is activated), the timer circuit will be opened to turn OFF transistor Tr. This will immediately turn off the dome light without dimming. <Foot lights and ignition key illumination light> l Battery voltage is always applied to the foot lights and ignition key illumination light. With the ignition switch in the OFF position, open any door, and all lights will come on. l With all lights turned on (with the ignition switch in the OFF position), close all doors, and the timer circuit inside the ETACS unit will operate in the same manner as the dome light to dim all lights. When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with all lights turned on (with the timer in operation), the same operation as the dome light will take place. TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Phenomenon Dome light does not come on when a door is opened with the dome light switch in the DOOR position.
The foot lights and ignition key cylinder illumination light illuminate.
l l l
Check the door switch input signal.

Check the door switch. (Refer to GROUP 42 Check the dome light switch.
Check the dome light bulb. Check the door switch input signal. (Refer to P.54-80.)
Check the ignition switch input signal.
Dome light, foot lights and ignition key illumination light go out at once when doors are closed. Even if ignition switch is turned on while lights are being dimmed, lights do not go out at the same time. COMPONENT LOCATION
(Refer to P.54-80.)
Data link connect&
TSB Revision

Data link connector
<From 1994 modelsr
54-79
L!l
Y16FO498 1
TSB Revision
54-80
With voltmeter

Data link connector : Ground ETA,CS 21~333
- Data link
INPUT SIGNAL <Up to 1993 models> When using the scan tool (MUT) or voltmeter Using the scan tool or voltmeter, check whether or not the input signals from each switch are being input to the ETACS unit. (1) Connect the scan tool to the data link connector located at the right side of the junction block or connect the voltmeter between the ETACS terminal and the ground terminal. (2) Check if the buzzer of the scan tool sounds or the needle of the voltmeter moves when each switch is operated. If the buzzer sounds or the needle moves, the input signals are being input to the ETACS unit, so that switch can be considered to be functioning normally. If not, the switch or switch input circuit is faulty. Check the switch and the switch input circuit.
Ii3
00002230
When using the MUT-II cup to 1993 models>
<All models> When using the scan tool (MUT-II) (1) Connect the scan tool to the data link connector. When connecting the scan tool to a vehicle up to 1993 models, use the adapter harness supplied together. Caution Turn off the ignition switch beforehand whenever the scan tool is connected or disconnected. (2) If the scan tool makes a peep sound when each switch is operation (turned ON/OFF), the input signal to ECU is normally sent from the switch circuit system.
\ ~ id ~
Y2OFOl64
00002231
#\,I
Qwnd
<From 1994 models> When using the voltmeter (1) Connect a voltmeter to the ETACS terminal and the ground terminal of the data link connector using the special tool. (2) If the voltmeter pointer deflects once when each switch is operated (turned ON/OFF), the input signal to ECU is normally sent from the switch circuit system.
!Lj
U2OFO163
[ TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT L
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <HATCHBACK>
54-81
FUSIBLE LINK@ I
=)R-B
(F>R-E
11 (c-83) R-B
i .ELCdA/T . MFI SYSTEM
(c-71) (D-44; R-i
1C 10 51 $I 1' , 1 SO
0.85R-1
=I
IOD OR STaRAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
(F>R-E
) -----1 r-----
COMBINATIONr METER )
0.85R-I
r----' / I / I
.f;;$yik COOR .POWER WINDOW ';;gX$MALARM .TENSION-RE3UCER TYPE SEAT 3ELT v
R-E , DOOR LIGHT/ (RH) (E-09: Y-b

(E-01)
I/I I/ > I1;I c I

/
; ~ R-B I
.BUZZER 'L"RN;RP.k DOOR .DOME LIGHT. FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY.CYLINDER 6 &L#'NAT'ON -STARTING .;yE;;iALARM j
iX;? LIGHT
>
R-c
(D-43)
10
Y
l(E-32)
----J
, i-----
R-G
R-G
(F)Y R-G
(F)Y
*FOG LIGHT .HEADLIGHT
IIIR-i /I II II ( /I II /I i R-B" IR-G": /I L----.
7(F-19)
(c-34) 4 -----
E -2-l (F)Y 1 R-B" R-G";
R-G
(RH)
(LH) DOOR SWITCH
NOTE :l:UP TO 1995 MODELS %2:FROM 1996 MODELS
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SWITCH
HR08M14AA
TSB Revision
54-82
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL. - Lighting System
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <CONVERTIBLE>
FUSIBLE LINKG 2W-B 5W-B (c-68) ,,l

/ m
J/B @
10A \I \,
HORN
t
(:F)R-B I
(C-70)y-----3
(F)R-I
11 (C-83)
(c-71)
R -1
R-Y
9 (F)R-I
.ELC-4A/T .MFI SYSTEM
.O R-B (D-44) .O R-B jl
0.85R-B t
R-B QJ
-fE#& DOOR *DOME LIGHT, FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT -STARTING jtjg&ALARM
(A-31X) 2 _---- 7 R-f3 DOOR -2 I

C I r - - - -
' I R-l II 2 11 I/ I I ( \ R-G
3
'
R-B
;0
0 1
(1995 MODELS)
.----J
I-----
FROM 1996 MODELS) ,
30 R-G l(F-46) f COMPARTMENT
R-G (c-34) R-G
(F> I---_
(F>
FOG LIGHT HEADLIGHT v
(F)'
NO CONNECTION
r =
(RH)
(LH) DOOR SWITCH
o(C-34)
(c-68)Fml m
(c-81)
(c-83)
(D-04)
(D-43)
HROBM15AA
1 TSB Revision

OPERATION Battery voltage is always applied (via sub-fusible link No. (6) and multipurpose fuse No. (19)) to the luggage compartment light and door light. l When the door is opened, the door switch is switched ON and the door light illuminates.
l
54-83
L- i
When the liftgate is opened, the luggage compartment light switch is switched ON and the luggage compartment light illuminates.
GLOVE BOX LIGHT, VANITY MIRROR LIGHT AND INSPECTION LIGHT

OPERATION l When the lighting switch is.placed in the TAIL or HEAD position, and the contacts of the tail light relay close, battery voltage is applied via the dedicated fuse (2) to the glove box light, the vanity mirror light and the inspection light. l When the glove box is opened, the glove box illumination light switch is switched ON and the glove box illumination light illuminates.
l
When the vanity mirror lid is opened, the vanity mirror light switch is switched ON and the vanity mirror light illuminates. When the engine hood is opened, the inspection light switch is switched ON and the inspection light illuminates.
NOTE The light automatic shut-off system is valid for the glove box light, vanity mirror light and inspection light. (Refer to P.54-37.)
TSB Revision
54-84
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
TAILLI GH:T RELAY 2R-W 1.25RFUSE

I DED1CATED :I NOTE Z'l:HATCHBACK :2:CONVERTIBLE :3:UP TO 1995 MODELS
G(c-69) s J/B
r
GG-
(EXCEPT CONVERTIBLE 1996 MODELS> rI ----- -------_____ II I I I I

L I I L I I I
&
(c-74)
J 1
I I I I I I / I I
G-W G-W
G-W __-----_____ 100 /I (F)G-W II (G-W) 20 I t

I I I
G-
GLOVE BOX ILLUMINAT ION( LIGHT o -11

ELC-4A/T
. ELEPiDnhll P gaTROL 3 yyu&N :& ER AND GAUGES #~;G;v#low $Sa#AL ZYE ARD LIGHT HA2
II\VIY,
---------_ I
I 1 I L
G-i
INSPECTION LIGHT SWITCH
GLOVE BOX ILLUMINATiON LIGHT SWITCH

1 /
/ I
I/ \ I
I VANITY MIRROR LIGHT
(RH)
(LH) /
I/ II I
HROMOQAA
1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System BACK-UP LIGHT

i./
54-85
I
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM CUP TO 1993 MODELS>
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I J/B
r---1
-_--__-__________-_-
M/T
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH (8-26)
ii
II L_-----------_--_-_-----r----- ---__--__-_____ III I 0.85R-L II
110
BACK UP LIGHTCRH)
I B i-~~~~~~~~~~ B
2B !
NOTE x1:1992 MODEL X2:FROM 1993 MODEL
HROSMOGAA
TSB Revision
54-86
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) B-W 2B-W J/B 63

10A
,,7 (c-8)
CHARGING
0.85B-W
PlEADLIGHT TAILLIGHT. PARKING/ SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND k];$ySE PLATE FOG LIGHT ;;k#TALARM
r-
0.85B-W lS(c-77) 0.85B-R

.--------------------SUPPLEMENTAL f$Eg$giiNT
r M/T (F)O.85B-W BACK UP LIGHT SWITCH (B-25) OFF& (F)O.85R-L 2 ,\
2 A/T F>O.85R I
I6
I 5
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
(F>O.85R-L
I I I
:-___-____-____________ 3 (c-30) O.S5R-Lt
0.85R-L
B"
NOTE ::UP TO 1995 MODELS
28 f
HR09M07AA
1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <COth/ERTIBLE> (FROM 1995 MODELS)
54-87
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) B-W 2B-W J/B ,,7 (c-82)

CHARGING
"16 ( c - 7 7 )
0.85B-W O.S5B-W
.!lEADLIGHT .TA!LLIGHT. PARKING/ SIDE MARKER .FOG LIGHT
r--------_____-----___
28) 0.85B-W 452 M/T ,, A/T I
O.B5B-R
;~$..t!$TAL SYSTEM
1 I I
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
0.85R-L 5>4 (F-46) 0.85R-L R-L 2 0.85R-L 2
0 2B n
NOTE =:UP TO 1995 MODELS
(B-25) f?EJ
(c-82) (F-11) (rn(F-46) (c-30) cm ~1~~~~ m -1

HROSMOEAA I
TSB Revision
54-88
COMPONENT LOCATION Park/Neutral position switch 11
OPERATION When, with the ignition switch at the ON posil tion, the shift lever (or the selector lever) is moved to the Rposition, the backup light switch (M/T) is switched ON (or the park/neutral position switch (A/T) is switched to the R position), and the backup light illuminates.
1 TSB Revisibn
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT

OPERATION 1. When operation is normal When the ignition switch is switched to the l ON position, battery voltage is applied (via the multipurpose fuse (11) and hazard switch) to the turn-signal and hazard flasher unit. When the turn-signal switch is switched to l the LH position, Trl (within the flasher unit) is switched ON and OFF repeatedly. Then the contacts of the relay 1 (also within the flasher unit) repeatedly switch from ON to OFF, causing the turn-signal lights and turn-signal indicator light LH to flash. When the turn-signal switch is switched to l the RH position, Tr2 (within the flasher unit) is switched ON and OFF repeatedly. Then the contacts of relay 2 (also within the flasher unit) repeatedly switch from ON to OFF, causing the turn-signal lights and turn-signal indicator light RH to flash. 2. If one of the bulbs is burned out If the LH (or RH) turn-signal light bulb is l burned-out, the resistance of the turn-signal circuit as a whole increases, resulting in shorter ON and OFF intervals of the LH Trl (or RH Tr2) and a higher flashing rate of the LH lights (or RH lights).
54-89
<Hazard-warning lights, l When the hazard-warning switch is switched to the ON position, the relay contact of the turn signal and hazard flasher unit is switched ON and OFF repeatedly, in the same manner as for the operation of the turn-signal lights, and the left and right turnsignal lights and turn-signal indicator lights simultaneously flash repeatedly. NOTE (1) The number of flashes of the hazard-warning lights does not change if there is damaged or disconnected wiring of one light. (2) The light automatic shut-OFF system is valid for the illumination light of the hazard switch. (Refer to P.54-37.) TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS 1. The turn-signal lights and hazard-warning lights do not operate at all. l Check the hazard switch contact (power supply side). l Check the turn-signal and hazard flasher unit. 2. All turn-signal lights at the left (or right) side do not function. (1) The hazard-warning lights function normallyl Check the hazard switch contact (turnsignal side). l Check the turn-signal switch. 3. The number of flashes of the turn-signal lights is excessive. l Check the bulbs. 4. The hazard-warning lights do not function. (1) The turn-signal lights function normally. l Check the hazard switch contact (hazard-warning light side). NOTE For the troubleshooting hints of the automatic light shut-OFF system, refer to P.54-37.
COMPONENT LOCATION
TSB Revision
54-90
CiRCUlT DIAGRAM <TYPE l> (UP TO 1994 MODELS)
BATTERY
$i[l;\IGHT 1.25R-W ~&~kCATED
28-W
,,7 (c-82)
0
15A
J/B
0.85R-B l G-w 6 (c-69) ,\ ----------__ \

t
\/ - - - - - - - \/ \, - - - - - - - - ----\
1 1
lop
15A V - - - -
I
\I
-3 4 '8 (c-71,% 52 Oi3f$ Ok.8B" 0.85 G-W O$Z (D-44)25----2&$ ---- ---'3 ----- GIR,z----:'s 0.85 G-W G-L op; Ok": "i;"; G-R ,,5 ,7 ,,lO ,,9 ,,3 /\ \ ,\ ,\ OFF-e. O N OFF*-. O N OFF/-. O N KK%
(D-08) ILL
----
G-R
I
4,
I I
COLUMN SWITCH
(c-10)
0.85G-0 8 0.85G-0 6 (D-41)y 0.85G-0 3:4 (D-43) 0.85G-0 ,,ll ,,14
B-Y 2 I RHEOSTAT G-Y , 10 TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT (E-30) G-l G-R
LG-I$GR-$$' LG-i$k$
HR09MOOAA
TSB Revision
54-91
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT

C
LG-I
LG-F ? -----_
GR-
(c-02)
19
GR-L .85GR-
0.85G-I
Ii;"; ,,
-0
(G-l (D-45) (G-L iD-04:
(LG-5 i -----(LG-R COMBINATION
'0. 85 G-L
1
2B
FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT(RH) 2(A-62) B
2E 28
!
El
(D-05) n 1P1~102~103~104~1os~1~~107~lf l 1 IW I
110(111~112j11~114$15~116~1,
-z
(D-41) 1 2 34 ?$a
HR09MOOA3
TSB Revision
54-92
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <TYPE 2> (UP TO 1993 MODELS)
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I 2B-W I

,,7 (c-82) I
BATTERY
5W
$E"Lh\IGHT 1.25R-W
@
15A
/ 1 -.---^^^^r !p&LHl LLI
@
10A
J/B
r
0.05R-0 1 G-W 6 (c-69) I\ ------__--__ \

I
,\
OFFc.. ON
0.85G-1
(D-41)
0.85G-C
0. 85G-C
II I
-7r
0.85G-Y 0.85G-0 2
Tr
I;
B--
-----\ ON-
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT

(E-30)
AL
I3:3
0
2I3
n =
HROSMOlAA
1 TSB Revision
54-93
id
COLUMN SWITCH ,)
B
0.85G-L
0.8: 5 G-F?
c
0. 85G-1 (c-02)
0.8:5 G-Ii .-----. 3 19 0. 85 i LG-F 0.85G-L
0.85G-F
1
30
0.85G-L
0.85GR-R
64 E O&8?
5 7
28 COMBINATION (o-41) 20
FRONT COMBINATI ON LIGHT(RH) m
HROSMOlAB
TSB Revision
54-94
28-W
BATTERY
;di\IGHT 2R-W 0
15A
B-W
CHARGING
2B-W6 0
l;akCATED
/\ JBI no
,,7 (c-82)
G-W 0.85R-B 1 -----------_ S(c-69)

/
I \" ----w -------- \/ -------- \/ ---_ b 3 2 '8 a% 52
B-W 0.85
B-W
"9-- '6m 2 Di I I 2 si d : O.BSG-L 0.85G-R 2 L1: / I
8 6 0.85G-C1 0.85G-0 (D-41) $1 ::q (D-43) 0.85G-0 .CHARGING .MFI SYSTEM 'COOLING $F!;E$qAND .WARNIiG LIGHT 1 0.85G-0 Ii
B-Y 2
1
RHEOSTAT
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT :E-30)
2B
HROSM02AA
/ TSB Revision
54-95
COLUMN SWITCH $;fyi$IGNAL ! i 0.85G-1 0.8: G-F
0.85G-L (c-02)
0. 8F G-I; -_-___
0.85G-F 19 0.85G-L 0.85GR-R 30
0.85G-L
0.85 LG-R
3
I-
(G-l iD-45) (G-Z (D-04:
=A w REAR COMBINATION B 4 LIGHTCLH) (F-30) 2B d =
-c AL t ;4
q
"i;!,5 0.85 LG-R
EI
0
2B
I f
(D-41) 2E,
n z
(F-19)
(F-30)
HROSM02AB
TSB Revision
54-96
IGNITION SWITCH(IG?) 2B-W

CHARGING
BATTERY
;&IGHT 1.25R-W 0 DEDICATED FUSE
/\ JBI mo
2B-w ,,7 :c-82)
L 0.85R-B l
15A
G-W 6 (c-69) /\ -___----____ I\

* \L -- &I j% 166 2 CL &I & I A &n - - v.85G-L 0.85G-R 2 cc / I
%
- - - - \y - - - - - - - - w
:c-?:,jE a-7
p2
D-44)% ---- :T2 -------$~e---m--.~s---:~8
B-W
*3> $2
Og;
$Z I
G-W 0.85 G-R I I G-W 0.85 G-R I G-W e9
I &I
0. 85 f- B-W /x5 .\7 ,\ I .wmj OFF-c. ON

E (D-06)
I
i;= !
G-W 1 . .---. p!&'iND

'E%T' ~~~J~~SPECTION .REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER E#@;.NIC
A10
OFF--. ON
5 l
x.3
m
0.8%-( 0.85G-0 (D-41) 1 :s; (D-43)

t 0.85G-C .CHARGING .MFI SYSTEM .COOLING +&$&AND I .WARNING LIGHT
3 I
oF1;F-~oN
'R% tIOX hnrnnnb
o,d3gt12
SUSPENSIONzl
RHEObAT
0.85G-Y I
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT (E-30)
28
NOTE x1:1995 MODELS X2:FROM 1996 MODELS
HR09M03AA
TSB Revision
54-97
COLUMN SWITCH CARBURETTOR i ASSEMBLY 1 0.85G-L 0.8E G-F 0.85 G-R -----0.85G-L 19 0.85G-f ,J3------------- 12m -
0.85G-L (c-02)
0.85G-L
0.85 LG-R
(G-L
(LG-E L-----_ 13 (LG-R ;5
101m )I
COMBINATION B 4 LIGHT (LH) (F-30) 2B !
w
ry3 COMBINATION
0.85G-Lx1 GR-L*2
0.85GR-I 3
I /
34
FRONT COMBINATION LIGHTCLH) (A-39) B\P (D-41) 2 4 , 2E 2B n z
2B
.< 1
TSB Revision
54-98
STOP LIGHT
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <HATCHBACK>
L)
FUSIBLE LINK@
0.85R-B WITH E;$FiEFUISE
(c-83)
WITHOUT AUTO-CRUISE I CONTROL
(c-61)
(c-62)
t .MFI SYSTEM . &&~EU'SE
0.85G 0.85G 0.85G 0.85G 3m
5(F-'iS) 0.85G G 42 t i 0.85G -ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM .ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSIONz3 I2 REAR COMBINAT ION LIGHTCRH )
HIGH MOUNTED B STOP LIGHT 0 2B h =
!
m
2B
NOTE Z'l:VEHICLES WITHOUT ACTIVE AERO %E:VEHICLES WITH ACTIVE AERO %3:UP TO 1995 MODELS
(F-04)l(F-04)%2 (F-10) (F-19) (c-61) (c-62) (C-68) ET3) @J @ fl pggq& pFtiqw[m~a-~~
HROSMO4AA
TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <CONVERTIBLE>
54-99
~
L I N K @ FUSIBLE,
AY o-85x 140 0.85G

i
G
+ .MFI SYSTEM '#T&cpsF
. ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM .ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION:
REAR COMBINATION LIGHTCLH)
B 2B
!
-
40
NOTE x:1995 MODELS
1
4(F-10) B 2B
REAR COMBINATION LIGHTCRH)
(lxn (c-621 (C-68) (c-83) @Q pJ ~~~~~~1

HROSM05AA
TSB Revision
54-100
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
HEADLIGHT AIMING
PRE-AIMING INSTRUCTIONS (Up to 1993 models) 1. Test dimmer switch operation. 2. Observe operation of high beam light mounted in instrument cluster. 3. Inspect for badly rusted or faulty headlight assemblies. These conditions must be corrected before a satisfactory adjustment can be made. 4. Place vehicle on a level floor. 5. Bounce front suspension through three (3) oscillations by applying body weight to hood or bumper. 6. Inspect tire inflation. 7. Rock vehicle sideways to allow vehicle to assume its normal position. 8. If fuel tank is not full, place a weight in trunk of vehicle to simulate weight of a full tank [3 kg (6.5 Ibs.) per gallon]. 9. There should be no other load in the vehicle other than driver or substituted weight of approximately 70 kg (150 Ibs.) placed in drivers position. 10. Thoroughly clean headlight lenses. 11. Adjust headlights following the instructions of the headlight tester manufacturer. (From 1994 models) 1. Inspect for badly rusted or faulty headlight assemblies. These conditions must be corrected before a satisfactory adjustment can be made. 2. Place vehicle on a level floor. 3. Bounce front suspension through three (3) oscillations by applying body weight to hood or bumper. 4. Inspect tire inflation. 5. Rock vehicle sideways to allow vehicle to assume it.snormal position. 6. If fuel tank is not full, place a weight in trunk of vehicle to simulate weight of a full tank [3 kg (6.5 Ibs.) per gallon]. 7. There should be no other load in the vehicle other than driver or substituted weight of approximately 70 kg (150 Ibs.) placed in drivers position. 8. Thoroughly clean headlight lenses. 9. When performing the visual headlight adjustment on vehicles with resin lens headlights, be sure to observe the following precautions. Caution When adjusting one headlight, the other headlight should be turned off if possible. If this is not possible, do not cover the other headlight for more than three minutes while it is turned on. Otherwise, heat from the bulb may warp the headlight lens. NOTE If the visual headlight adjustment at low beam is made, the adjustment at high beam is not necessary.
..I.
Unit A: other Must be used at rear tire Unit B: Must be used at front tire 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
21680245
Calibration fixture Thumb adjusting screws Level vial Floor level offset dial Horizontal dial knob Vertical dial knob Aimer level vial Level vial bubble Top port hole Viewing port
TSB Revision
54-101
VERTICAL ADJUSTING Adjust the vertical angle with the vertical adjusting gear so that the bubble of the vertical angle gauge is aligned with the 0 mark position. NOTE The beam angle will change about 012 with on mark.
Stopper Center b m
HORIZONTAL ADJUSTING Insert a screwdriver in the horizontal adjusting hole and turn until the 0 mark and the center line are in alignment. NOTE The beam angle will change about 023 with on mark.
Vertical angle gauge
3. Check to see that the bubble in the headlight vertical angle gauge is in the illustrated position. 4. If the bubble is out of position, adjust by turning the adjusting screw. 5. Confirm that the 0 mark on the headlight horizontal angle adjusting gear (B) is in alignment with the center line. 6. If not, perform the adjustment as follows. (1) Pull up the stopper. (2) Push the gear (B) in the arrow direction to disengage it from the gear (A). (3) Align the 0 mark on the gear (B) with the center line. (4) Push down the stopper to engage the gear (B) with the gear (A).
Gear (6)
0 hark
1 TSB Revision

LUMINOUS INTENSITY MEASUREMENT Measure the luminous intensity of headlights with a photo-meter in accordance with the instruction manual prepared by the manufacturer of the photometer and make sure that the luminous intensity is within the following limit. Limit: 20,000 cd or more NOTE (1) When measuring the luminous intensity of headlight, keep the engine at 2,000 rpm and have the battery charged. (2) If there are specific regulations for luminous intensity of headlights in the region where the vehicle is operated, make sure that the intensity conforms to the requirements of such regulations.
Up to 1993 models
From 1994 mod&
FOG LIGHT AIMING

Place vehicle on a known level floor 7.6 m (25 feet) from aiming screen or light colored wall. 2. Use adjusting screw to adjust the top end of high intensity zone to dimension A. 1.
__ _..--.
Z16FO509
Vertical center line
J Hot z&ky M-j Within ~ Within 600mm 1 600 mm (23.6) mm (in.) (23.6)
Note l Up to 1993 models l 2 From 1994 models
1 Etomj
00002366
BULB REPLACEMENT
1. Disconnect the connector. 2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to pull it out. Caution Do not touch the surface of the headlight bulb with hands or dirty gloves. If the surface dies become dirty, clean it with alcohol or thinner, and let it dry thoroughly before installing.
00002387
TSB Revision
54-103
HEADLIGHT
(From 1994 models) (Up to 1993 models)
WFOOB1
00002389
Removal steps (From 1994 models) 1. Front combination light 2. Headlight
4Bb
Removal steps (Up to 1993 models) 1. Headlight bezel, upper 2. Headlight bezel, lower 3. Retaining ring 4. Headlight 5. Spring 6. Mounting ring 7. Housing 8. Rod assembly 9. Headlight hood 10. Link assembly 11. Boot 12. Pop-up motor

+A, HEADLIGHT BEZEL, UPPER REMOVAL (1) Raise the headlights by using the pop-up switch. Disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal. (2) Remove the headlight bezel, upper.
TSB Revision

+B, ROD ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
Using a flat head screwdriver (wrap cloth or similar on the ball joint area to prevent injury), disconnect the connector. NOTE When disconnecting the rod assembly from the link, hold the link by hand.
1 I Lj
INSPECTION
POP-UP MOTOR (Up lo 1993 models) CHECK
Rotate the manual knob of the pop-up motor clockwise by hand to check continuity between terminals.
16A0833
Terminal When the (+) terminal of the B ohmmeter is connected to (1) and the (-) terminal is connected to (2) When the (+) terminal of the A ohmmeter is connected to (1) and the (-) terminal is connected to (5)
Continuity range
A (Conductivity
I d ~
Headlight lower stop position 16FO171
00002390
iji
TSB Revision
54-105
FOG LIGHT
(Up to 1993 models) (From 1994 models)
, ..-.-f .- . . .._ 1 - --.._ . . . . ._, .: . . . . . . / y /
-.._ -_
--ye=. ,/c ! -... _.__- _ _ ~___ . . . . . ._. .- /i L.- -3 :I:.;; ____ ... :.y- ....- y-- . . . . . ---T--- .. ____ --._ _ __.-.-_ .;.? : :
.._ / ; .--_. 7 , ,-y-? ..-, ,/L7 .... lr/I..j
/I . . . . -. ~ -,-.- A: . ____ p
r-; ; rl,-
----p-*@ 7 A ,,A.. * ; -.,. 8, $&$Jqk2& ~~~~1 4&;. +I+ , !U ,.I,/ Ii ,i , , . - -I !a 4
Removal steps (Up to 1993 models) 1. Front air side spoiler 2. Fog light assembly 3. Socket cover 4. Bulb
(From 1994 models)

1. Front air side spoiler 2. Fog light assembly
Bulb replacement removal steps

4. 5. 6. 7. Lens Projector unit Bulb Bracket
Up to 1993 models
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT

+A, BULB REMOVAL (1) Remove the socket cover (Up to 1993 models). (2) Remove the bulb mounting spring and remove the bulb. Caution Do not touch the surface of the headlight bulb with bare hands or dirty gloves. If there are deposits on the surface, loosen and remove the deposits with a cloth dipped in alcohol or thinner, and let the surface dry before mounting the bulb.
Z16FO268
From 1994 models
Zl6FO465
1 TSB Revision
54-106
FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT AND OPTICAL HORN LENS

(Up to 1993 models) j&z?&/ optica horn Iens (From 1994 models)
L.J Z16FO216 Z16FO476
00002392
Removal steps
1. Light cover 2. Front combination light
REAR COMBINATION LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION #d
I
~
216FO210
Removal steps
1. Rear combination light unit 2. Bulb Rear side trim (Refer to GROUP 52A - Trims.) 3. Socket assembly
TSB Revision
HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT

<Vehicles with rear spoiler>
Z 16FO229
<Vehicles without rear spoiler>

\ \/ 4
16FcJ231 00002393
Removal steps
<Vehicles with fixed rear spoiler> 1. Liftgate lower trim (Refer to GROUP 52A - Trims.) 2. Rear spoiler (Refer to GROUP 51 - Aero Parts.) 3. High mounted stop light <Vehicles with active rear spoiler> 1. Light unit g. ;S;ke assembly
Removal steps
1. Liftgate lower trim (Refer to GROUP 52A - Trims.) 2. High mounted stop light cover 3. ;;z;keyounted stop light lens and 4. Gasket
&I REMOVAL SERVICE POINT

4A, HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LIGHT REMOVAL (Vehicles with fixed rear spoiler)
Remove the air spoiler center stay mounting screws before removing the high-mounted stop light.
54-108
RELAY
INSPECTION
HEADLIGHT RELAY / TAILLIGHT RELAY / FOG LIGHT RELAY CHECK Connect battery to terminal 1 and check continuity between terminals with terminal 3 grounded.
1 -FE%! oooou2394
Power is supplied Power is not supplied
4-5 terminals 4-5 terminals
1-3 terminals
Continuity No continuity Continuity
POP-UP MOTOR RELAY (Up to 1993 models) CHECK Check for continuity between terminals under the conditions described below.
Y18AOO61
LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT CHECK (1) Remove the quarter trim. (Refer to GROUP 52A - Trim.) (2) Keeping the connector connected to the light automatic shut-OFF unit, connect the test light (12 V-3.4 W) from the harness side to terminal No. 6 (for tail lights) or No. 7 (for headlights). Under the following conditions, check the operation of the test light.
i d
/ TSB Revision
54-109
i L
POP-UP SWITCH* AND FOG LIGHT SWITCH

Z16FO220
b +A, +A,
Removal steps 1. Knee protector (pR,;$)to GROUP 52A - Instrument 2. Colur& cover, lower 3. Column cover, upper 4. Meter bezel
5. Pop-up switch* and fog light switch 6. Rear window defogger switch NOTE l : Up to 1993 models
Front of vehicle

dAbCOLUMN COVER, LOWER / COLUMN COVER, UPPER REMOVAL After the screws have been removed, remove the covers, while making sure not to break the grippers.
INSPECTION
Operate the switch to check for continuity between terminals.
Switch position
219FO123
Terminal No. 1 5 8 9 10 3 4
Pop-up
switch
UP DOWN
:;;1kq:p93 Fog
light O N
switch
OFF
00002395
lbA0356
NOTE Refer to P.54-203. Check the rear window defogger switch.
TSB Revision
54-110
RHEOSTAT
INSPECTION
(1) Remove the instrument panel switch from the knee protector.
\
LJ
(2) Connect the battery and a test bulb (40 W) as shown in the figure. (3) The function of the rheostat is normal if the intensity of illumination changes smoothly, without flashing or flickering, when the rheostat is operated.
1
16FO121
16FO126 00002396
V IA
\ Air outlet assembly _
HAZARD SWITCH
INSPECTION
(1) Remove the center air outlet assembly from instrument panel. [Refer to GROUP 55 - Ventilators (Instrument Pan
eO.1
(2) Operate the switch to check for continuity between terminals.
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Column Switch
54-111
COLUMN SWITCH
SPECIFICATIONS
Items 1 Lighting switch
I I
Specifications Rated load A 1 Voltage drop V 1 0.22 f 0.05

I I
0.2 or less 1 6.6kO.5 / 0.2 or less High beam : 10.7 + 0.8

I I
I
I Turn-signal switch I Dimmer/passing switch

I
I
) Rated load A I Voltage drop V Rated load A

I
I
II
1 Low beam : 9.8 f 0.7

I
j Passing : 20.5 + 1.5

I
/ Voltage drop V
0.2 or less
NOTE For the wiper and washer switch, refer to GROUP 51 - Windshield Wiper and Washer.
SPECIAL TOOL
Steering wheel puller
1 TSB Revision
54-112
COLUMN SWITCH
Removal steps
1. Air bag module (Refer to GROUP 525Air Bag Module and Clock Spring.) +A, .A+ 2. Steering wheel 3. Knee protector $F$i;)to GROUP 52A - Instrument 4Bb 4. Column cover, lower
4B,
5. Column cover, upper 6. Lap cooler duct and foot shower duct 7. Column switch, right (For lighting switch, dimmer/passing switch and turn signal switch) 8. Column switch, right (For wiper and washer switch)

(A,STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL
Remove the steering wheel by the special tool.
Caution Do not hammer on the steering wheel. Doing so may damage the collapsible column mechanism.
1 TSB Revision
54-113
Front of vehicles
+B,COLUMN COVER, LOWER / COLUMN COVER, UPPER REMOVAL After the screws have been removed, remove the covers, while making sure not to break the grippers.
219FOlZ:

.A(STEERING WHEEL INSTALLATION To center the clock spring, line up the NEUTRAL mark of the clock spring with the mating mark. Caution If the clock springs mating mark is not properly aligned, the steering wheel may not be completely rotational during a turn, or the flat cable within the clock spring may be severed, obstructing normal operation of the SRS and possibly leading to serious injury to the vehicles driver.
Mating mark-
! !k U19FOOE
INSPECTION
(1) Remove the knee protector and the column cover. (Refer to GROUP 52A - Instrument Panel.) (2) Disconnect the column switch left connector (16 terminals) and check the continuity between the terminals for each switch. LIGHTING SWITCH CHECK Operate the switch and check the continuity between the terminals.
16FO237
16FO1:9 00002398
TSB Revision
54-114

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH CHECK Operate the switch and check the continuity between the terminals. ~ J
DIMMER/PASSING SWITCH CHECK Operate the switch and check the continuity between the termi-
WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH Refer to GROUP 51 - Windshield Wiper and Washer.
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Horn
54-115
HORN
SPECIFICATIONS
Horn (Except for theft-alarm horn)
Items I Specifications Fiat type 11.5-15 3.0 low sound high sound Fundamental frequency Hz low sound high sound 100-112 100-112 350-390 395-435
Type
Effective sounding voltage V Power consumption A Sound level dB
Theft-alarm horn
1 Items I Specifications 1 Flat type 11-14.5 Max. 3.5
I
1 Type
Effective sounding voltage V Power consumption A Sound level dB Fundamental frequency Hz
105-120
I 405-435
TROUBLESHOOTING
COMPONENT LOCATION
OPERATION l The horn switch always receives battery voltage via the dedicated fuse (6) and the coil of the horn relay. l When the horn switch is set to ON, the contacts of the horn relay close. Then current flows through the dedicated fuse (6) to the contacts of the horn relay, the horn and ground, causing the horn to sound.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS 1. One of the horn does not sound. l Check the horn. 2. Horns do not sound. l Check the horn switch. l Check the dedicated fuse (6). NOTE (1) For vehicles equipped with the theft-alarm system, refer to P.54-205. (2) For information concerning the horn relay and theft-alarm horn relay, refer to P.54-?18.
TSB Revision
54-116
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
<VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM>
. ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM *&$@lJUISE .BUZZER *E;~CT~R~ DOOR .DOME LIGHTsFOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT .DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT .ELC 4A/T 'ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION: FOG LIGHT FULL AUTO A/C 'HEADLIGHT .HEATER 'MANUAL A/C . MFI SYSTEM .POWER WINDOW .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER . REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER . STARTING .STOP LIGHT .SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM .TAILLIGHT PARKING/ SIDE MARKER LIGHT fJy;H;ICENSE PLATE .TENSION-REDUCER TYPE SEAT BELT .THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM *WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
;;-j
5W-B
;;&CATED
R-B (A-06X) I G-B (c-02) G-B (c-57) l(A-47) GF CLOCK SPRING (LH) HORN c > l(A-48) E B ,l (A-49) G-R G-R G-R
"1 (A-50)
[ GE
!( 2E
0 (A-47) oFa (A-49) ofiml (c-02)

HORN
'TCH
(c-57)=
1993 MODELS) (FROM 1994 MODELS) El
HROSMOSAA
1 TSB Revision

<VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM>
i
54-117
I
FUS LIN 5W-B 5W-B
.BsE b L I
l(c-68)
J/B
0
10A
DEDICATED FUSE
R-B R-B L ------ -----_. (C-7E L-C R-B ,,l ,\ ------___----____

\/ ON,;-OFF
J
14 (c-76) R-E R-E -=-FF DIODE c-12 R-B G-B
,5 I\
HORN RELAY (A-06X)
"3 G-R
'4
;r;EK HORN
KF
r
(c-80) (1
(UP TO 1993 MODELS)(FROM 1994 MODELS)

HROSMlOAA
TSB Revision
54-I 18 HORN SWITCH
(UP TO 1993 MODELS) ~
Y16FO207
Removal steps
(FROM 1994 MODELS) T h e horn switch is not supplied by itself. If it is faulty, replace the steering wheel assembly.
1. Air bag module (Refer to GROUP 528 - Air Bag Module and Clock Spring.) 2. Horn contact switch 3. Horn contact plate and wire 4. Horn switch
RELAY
INSPECTION
HORN RELAY CHECK Connect battery to terminal 1 and check continuity between terminals with terminal 3 grounded.
i-.
-L 16FOO61 00002400
~1
THEFT-ALARM HORN RELAY CHECK Connect battery to terminal 2 and check continuity between terminals with terminal 4 grounded.
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Cigarette Lighter
54-119
Li
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
SPECIFICATIONS
Items Max. input W Reset time second 1 Thermal fuse fusion temperature C (OF) Specifications 120 Within 18 180-250 (356-482) I
/ LJ
TSB Revision
54-120
TROUBLESHOOTING
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <UP TO 1995 MODELS> d ~
SWIT 2R-W* 1.25R-W"

21
IGNI
DEDICATED FUSE
15A
0.851
10
0. 851
l(c-81) I
G-
0.851
0.851 REMOTE CONTROLLED G-' 1 -----_____-----____ --MIRROR -- _----- --__. -HEADLIGHT 1 .&v&ALARM ; G- I . WINDSHIELD ' ;AiXRAND I G- I l(o-18)
1
G-W 2 G-W
$iEtX;;ORY
-J
/ CIGARETTE ; LIGHTER / III I III

I
r
,
L-
0.85
l(D-19)
ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION > LIGHT (D-17) B-
0.85E
I / I I I
0.85 I I L------------0.85
.------------- __-__ 3
B- B-
RHEOSTAT
NOTE Xl:HATCHBACK %E:CONVERTIBLE
HR14M08AA
1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Cigarette Lighter i L CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <FROM 1996 MODELS>
54-121
~ I
IGNITION SW1 TCH(AC0
;&I""' I ;&$CATED
21
(c-82)
0 15A
\I
0.85L /
0.851
10 G-W
"5 (c-83)
* HEADLIGHT ~~~~;&A""""
G-?3z4 G-W 0.851 I+ ;:3#E;"@ CONTROLLED _______--____-_ --__--___----______ 223 0. 851 CIGARETTE LIGHTER G-W
0 1m .HEATER .MANUAL A/C .FULL AUTO A/C
0.85L
L
1
.WINDSHIELD ;ft;;ERAND
r/
G-W G-W
/ I I I
0.85 0.85
L--------------
----------- ----- .--- p

323 5:4
0.85i
+ B-Y gG4
ll(c-15) B-Y 213 I t RHEOSTAT

NOTE :l:HATCHBACK :2:CONVERTIBLE :3:VEHICLES WITHOUT ABS :4:VEHICLES WITH ABS (D-22):3 (D-22):4
(c-15)
, ii
(c-82)
1 TSB Revision
p$$g'Tqgq
HR14MOQAA
54-122
NOTES $4 ~
TSB Revision
54-I 23
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
216FO274
Removal steps
i, 1. Console side cover (RH) 2. Plug 4. Socket case
3. Fixing ring
5. Plate 6. Socket 7. Protector
INSPECTION l Take out the plug, and check for a worn edge on the element spot connection, and for shreds of tobacco or other material on the element. Using an ohmmeter, check the continuity of the element. l
TSB Revision
54-I 24
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

TROUBLESHOOTING
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1992 model) FUSIBLE LINKa
5W-B J/B 1 I
lOA&
L.1
,.l (c-68) /\ I
10A
.o (c-81 .o L
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-31X) ------
- -_ -_ r
2L 2B-W ,,4 -------_-_____ 4 3m 2L T 4 2L-w 3 B-W IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)
r-----
MOTOR : &g/g~ i RELAY ! i (F-31): I / I I I I I I
C i hI I --- UP : i
c
4,
(R-B:
I I I I I \L \I, I \, I L-35
!6
6 B
xx MOTOR -@+- ANTENNA F
L 1 IL ,
2i y-g-6 is% E ZE
(A-11X) OEm) (c-771 (c-78) (c-80) rc-81) (c-82)0 pqpJ ~1~~1~~1~~~ (D-34) (D-35) m-3 [%FRj [gq H]
HR14MOOAA
1 TSB Revision
54-125
REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH

KHUIU
*LA1
REL/ 1.25R-\I
,IGHT
c
G-h J/B -------
DEDICATED -l FUSE
r1
S(c-69)
50
G-W
a(D-36)
:--_---- ______
(T>GR-
(T)GR-
(D-34) I; 1JII -r - 1 ---7
10 (T>GRB-k :T>GR-I
3,l
(c-15)
RHEOSTAT (LH) REAR SPEAKER (RH)
HRl4MOOAB
TSB Revision
54-126
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1992 model) (CONTINUED)
REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA CD PLAYER Y s u z Cl RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER Y F! & Ez g2
,,7 ::8 ::5 1 1:s JUMPER CONNECTOR (F-39)
2G-R 2Y-R 2W-B 2B-R
I : , (E-32) ,23_-3 a A & c G v ,,l
a i= f; v
. -7 m 2
(c-15) cm: J A A A G G v j1 (LH) \ FRONT SPEAKER (D-35) (D-42) (E-01) (RH) I DOOR SPEAKER (RH) (E-04) (E-29) ETz9
DOOR SPEAKER (LH) (c-15) (F-39) (D-02) (D-13) (D-34)
HR14MOOBA
TSB Revision
54-127
NOTES
1TSB Revision
54-128
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player d

IGNITION SWITCH(ACC) IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1993 models)
FUSIBLE LINK@ J1B /T\
4 ------------__
J/B
r
jm
3
(c-78:
0.85 R-E
.o (c-81 11 0 L
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11x)
1 SPARE CONNECTOR (CD CHANGER I (F-40) I 3
MOTOR I #$@E;'ti I RELAY / (F-31);
I
I
f \/ -------_ V 2 "3 CmTg
2L I ,,4 \
2L-w
,,3
B-W
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR IA-11X) 2 -1
d
\I
(R-B
I \/ L-;(
L
6
\/ , ,\
0 ---------------R-E .------ ---------. r
l(D-47)
B 2B n
\ \ A MOTOR --@3- ANTENNA
P 30
(D-34)
2 3 SaL EE 22
P 30
(A-1Ix) (c-ss)Crn) (D-34) o(D-47)
(c-77)
(c-78) (F-31)0
(c-80)
(c-81)
(c-82)\
HR14MOlAA
TSB Revision
54-129
A-L-1
;;;M;IGHT I
G-W
S(c-69)
cD-35,Y2 ------------- -x5 1

GR-L GR-R B B
II II I ----- ------ ----v --- -i 9 v7 3 2 Y-L Y-R B-Y
Ll
'5 ------ - ------- ---- 2$f--5$-2 (D-47)>5 -------------- '5 -------------- '>-'>-----'$f--'"12 _______ J (T>GR-R (T>Y-L (T>GR-L tTjY-R' (c-34),;3----__ ,,6 --_--_ ,3------ 10 (T)Y-L (T>GR-L (F-19):5-----+1 (T>Y-L (T>GR-L (T)Y-R (T>GR-R B-Y
II I II III I/ I I
:P :? (c-15)
t
I \ \
RHEOSTAT
(LH) REAR SPEAKER
(RH)
(D-47) (D-34) (D-35) (D-36) (c-57)-m (c-15) (c-34) m pggg ml m] pqg#q fiR?ml [zF/q f?Iiz@m m]
LJ (F-06) Fm) (F-33) (c--T--) (2)
ia Mm//J
q
HR14MOlAB
TSB Revision
54-130
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1993 models) (CONTINUED)
CD PLAYER Y z z a
REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA / \ /T\ Y z ~ci EE kg RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
7 ml3
6 t
a i s
\ WE &A g.2 Li v
/ EtY AA gs ii
2 i c
JUMPER CONNECTOR (F-39)
/+
-\
DOOR SPEAKER (LH)
\ /+ (LH)
1i <! ,
I
05 ix xl= G= 2 2 u v
ci CL g
Lli: CL g
u
Gi & 2 & c; r.2 v -cl
-9
oc , F-2 2 L v
LlI i w G ti
?- 2o (D-42) EC lx & A g c
1 2
-\
1 -- l6 (E-01) [li: cz A c;i g I$

1 2 (E-04) + ~ DOOR SPEAKER (RH)
(D~
/+
(RH)
FRONT SPEAKER
HR14MOlBA
TSB Revision
54-131
NOTES
~ I
iJ
TSB Revision
54-132
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1994 models-Radio and Tape Player with Amplifier)
FUSIBLE LINK@ 5W-B ,.1 (c-68) J/B
IGNITION SWITCH(ACC)
IGNI: [ON SWIT( 1(IGl) I 2L 2B-h ,4 ----------____
r
\/ -------v
.o 2L
4 2L-w I ,,4
3 (c-70) B-W ,,3
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11x) I MOTOR I ANTENNA j CONTROL- I
1 IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-13X)
R-B (R-E A 1
'D UT0 'HAMGER (F-40) B
"2
L-35 6 /\ ,\
2 0 z E 2B 13 n 3
B 0 2B n
fi MOTOR -+@+ ANTENNA tr: z & GE !2g 1
HR14M02AA
TSB Revision
54-133
IGHT 1.25R-W
DEDICATED FUSE
G-W
G-W
---1

L
(D-47)
11 --- _;
.2
B-k
B-I
RHEOSTAT
HR14M02AB
1 TSB Revision
54-134
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (From 1994 models-Radio and Tape Player with Amplifier) (CONTINUED)
REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
; I
13 14 3 II II I cY II y 7II < Ci II 5: i: 03 ::J : I II c d c5 II I L-+-- .---_ 5 13 . -II I z rt: co :0 d c5 e [2 -'

I5 ~~~-I *3 ?z Ck co ;0 d c5 . $ (/ 2 1 ok2 + -
IL .,
----.L--
v ---_
--_ I
------- ----
-- E I
AMPLIFIER
-- - ---- __.
15
CL I 5
D: I :::
- 1I
.-------- ____
.--_ _-
(c-34)
j- I1 -7 A L2 L " 3 14 __I\
4 Di A G CL v a 0h ;: ri 5 \
1:2
3 6 -J I % s
7 > E
1 -- 1 CY i= e 0c d\ 3 Ed ,
I : < c ' +I cb e 2
6m
(F-19)
=
I (LH) FRONT SPEAKER (c-34)
?H) ,
(LH)
2 7 (E-04) F33) - \ (RH)
+ F=7
(LH)
\ *
(F-06) (RH) ,
(c-15)
(c-89)
DOOR SPEAKER (D-02) ~~ (D-16)
(E-01)
REAR SPEAKER (E-04) (E-29) (E-32)
HR14M02BA
TSB Revision
54-I 35
1 TSB Revision
54-136
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <Hatchback (From 1994 models-Radio and Tape Player without Amplifier)>
FUSIBLE LINK@ 2W-B 1

HORN
IGNITION SWITCH(ACC) 2L I
IGNIl IN SWITC (IGl) B-W 2B-w
5W-B ,,l (c-68)
CHARGING 2B-W
J/B
@
10A
,,4 ------___----_ cl\
(c-82, I i(c-80)
B-W
3m
(c-78: 10 (c-81 0.85 R-B L
1
L
1.-----R-E
IOD OR STORAGE B-W CONNECTOR (A-11X)
.BUZZER .@;&ALARM
R-B
W4igfUISE
ID ,UTO :HAMGER
r
2E
HR14M03AA
1 TSB Revision
54-137
J/B
RADIO REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH
J/B
'T;Tk\IGHT 2R-W -T-
3(1 CLOCK I SPRING

Y 3 _------ *m (Y-W) !
(Fgyiiz/g~Y MODELS)
.FULL AUTO A/C
(UP TO 1995
L;
@$*------ -=.-----) E1
(T>Y-L (T>GR-12
(T)Y- R (T)GR-R
-r1 - - - -1 - - - - - - - - - - r - - i
7 12 B-Y > 21 B-Y B-Y
4 ----1I I I II II
.FULL AU .MANUAL I i%A'C .ELC-4A/iP
(c-34),> 3 -----_ E;-----. -;t_3_----_,, 10
B-Y
(T)Y-L (T>GR-' L lhll (c-15) 1 -----1 (T>Y-IR (T>GR-R 1 2 4m + (RH)

Y /
jE;EW&AND .FOG LIGHT

22
(T)GR-I
B-Y 7 RHEOSTAT
+ (LH)
\
REAR SPEAKER (c-
(D-36),(D-47) (F-06) FTC9 ~~l~~[~!~~l~ -1
(c-34)
(c-57)00
(F-33)(1
fzi%$pJ
czD2
HR14M03AB
1 TSB Revision
54-138
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <Hatchback (From 1994 models-Radio and Tape Player without Amplifier)> (CONTINUED)
REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA I \
-f
14 (E-32) CT> B-L 1
(LH) DOOR SPEAKER
-1 I7 : (D-02) I + 1
1
CT> W-L CT> B-L (c-15) I r---CT> W-L CT> B-L I 2 (LH)
\

-___------------
14
CT> W-R
CT> W-R
; 1--F
CT> B-R !l .--_CT> B-R I I (RH)
4)
0 (D-42) (E-01)
CT> W-R (D-13)
---(T) B-R
16
3,
(E-04) El.-.(RH)
IXlnR ---..
FRONT SPEAKER
SPEAKER
HR14M03BA
1 TSB Revision
NOTES
TSB Revision
54-140
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <Hatchback (From 1995 models-Radio and Tape Player with Amplifier)>
J,
FUSIBLE LINK@
IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) B-W 2B-\i
HORN
2L 5W-B ,,I (c-68)
CHARGING2B-y
J/B 1
0
I
,4 -- ------- ----_ 1
10A
B-W
I
I---I
1 ------ 5 I----__-------__-------
IOD OR STORAGE B-w CONNECTOR (A-11X)
'BUZZER TW&ALARM
-1
MOTOR I #&#L" I UNIT I (F-31): 'tT0 jHAMGER (F-40) !

* 4, L-35 \/ \, ,\
rc
4, ,\
6 B 2B 0 2B n Y 2 ii& Ei
Dv OW -
_-i 2 F
(D-47) RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER 1
HR14M04AA
TSB Revision
54-141
J/B REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER 2
AMPLIFIER ---- --__. 3

I I I 1 &B-l
a--____----__
(T)2W-I>
v :------E) c
15 (T)2W-F
-----_
-I
16
CT> 0.85B-L
(T) 0.85W-F
CT> 0*85B-r;
(T)2B-1 2 ------__
10
(T>2B- R
I b
II I Lee-----(T)O.85W-I 4 (T>O.85W-I CT> 0.85B-L (F.T)W-I> 1.------__ ; 3 ------__ 5

0
(T) 0.85B-L
t
-----___ 1.l 1 12 CT) CT> 0.85W-i; 3. 85B-1 i 0 (F*T>W-6 14 :.T>B-I i 1 ------ ,\16
(F*T)B-L
(c-
(D-16)
(E-3E 3 113 * 1-------_
(TjO.851
CT> 0.85R-E
CT> 0.85BF
(T> 0.85B-Ii 1 ,o cm,
(T>W-I 2
(T>B-L )
(T>W-F 1
(T>B- R 2
1 r L+
L (LH)
(LH) FRONT SPEAKER
(RH)
(RH)
HR14M04AB
TSB Revision
54-142
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <Hatchback (From 1995 models-Radio and Tape Player with Amplifier)> (CONTINUED)
------- - -----v 3!7 18
(T:i25
CT) Y-L (F-19) CT> Y-L
<
TRY F
CT) GR-L
;)._----_
CT> GR-1 2
,,l 2) (F-33)& + \
(LH)
Y
,1
j /
1
AMPLIFIER
r
-----7 2iY
1. 25 Y-R
1
E T
------_ -----3 1
-(E-39) 9
2B
2E
CT) Y-R 1
/+
CT> GR-I
2E
(RH)
J
REAR SPEAKER
HR14M04BA
1 TSB Revision
54-143
@;X&GHT -i-q-
.HEATER .MANUAL A/C .FULL AUTO A/C

---2
(D-47) B-E
12
.FULL AUTO A/C .MANUAL A/C .ELC-4A/T
1 L 1 ------. Y L 3.1 (c-15)
t_I SPRING B-k t .. i
1 CLOCK
0
. ,$&AND .FOG LIGHT
0-Y
RHE 'TAT
?ADIO REMOTE :ONTROL SWITCH
HR14M04BB
TSB Revision
54-144
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player \ d
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <Convertible (1995 models-Radio and Tape Player with Amplifier)>
FUSIBLE LINK@
p&J-B
IGNITION SWITCH(ACC) 2L
SW-i
2
1
HORN
5W-B
,,I (c-68)
J/B @
10A
I\
CHARGING 33-W ,$ -----------___ ,,7(c-82)
(c-83: 1 01 21
-------(c-70)2
L ------__
l-2
y3(c-70)
_J (c-80)
R-Y t R-B
2
i I I IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR , 0

L
B-W
I
L
A $
R-B R-P my,

1 ;;;4i;eUISE R-B 1 ,,l II ,\ , I
I II
r----- -------
7 IOD OR STORAGE BUZZER :TOR (~-11~) B-W --------_--___ ----1 B-W F-:
:ZiTO
CHAMGER (F-40)
I '
2L
r.l E ; 2 e c
i----_-_---
MOTOR ANTENNA
(D-47) i
*l -0 RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER I
HR14MOSAA
TSB Revision
54-145
J/B REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA --l-RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER 2
AMPLIFIER
-
13 CT> 0.85W-L I II L--------.

E
------__
-___---_
.4
-------- ., 3 CT) 0.85B-F (T>2W-I (T>2%-I 2
v -------_ v -----_ t3 3.5
1E
CT) 0.859-L
CT> 0.85W-F
(T>2W-F? (:T)2B- R
LJ
------__ 3
-------_ 10 (T)O.85W-1 CT> 0.859-! > 0 (F.T)W-1 1 ------__ (F.T)B-1 13 ---- --__. 11
-----. 4 12 CT> :T) 0.85W-I;! dI. 85B-1 R 0 0
(T>O.85W-L
CT) 0.85B-L
(F*T)W-R! :F'.T>B-Ii 14 1 ----_. 16
(c-15) CT) 0.85R-E CT> 0.85BF
(T>O.85F
CT) 0.85B-F
(T>W-I 1
(T>B-I > ; 7
-
(T)W-F?
(T)B- R 1 2
-1
rx (RH)
,+
/+
/+
(LH)
(RH)
(LH)
HR14M05AB
TSB Revision
54-146
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <Convertible (1995 models-Radio and Tape Player with Amplifier)> (CONTINUED)
1.25R-W
G-W J/B
,,6 (c-69) n
AMPLIFIER
------ - _----7 1
_----- -E 2B
--1 E
/(E-39)
. HEATER .MANUAL A/C *FULL AUTO A/C
tT:i2E
%-i?
i (
:*tL2' :T~R12-t 5
0
2B
. FULL AUTO A/C .MANUAL A/C
.ELC-4A/T
CT) GR-1 15 --__-.------ ,/l 6 CT) Y-J CT) GR-L CT> Y-F 1 7 ---___ ,,l (T) GR-r.?
I 4 d(F-( -
a
28
L
\
(LH) REAR SPEAKER
(RH)
RHEOSTAT
HR14M05BA
TSB Revision
54-147
NOTES I
TSB Revision
54-148
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <Convertible (1995 models-Radio and Tape Player without Amplifier)>
FUSIBLE LINKB
IGNITION SWITCH(ACC) 2L
CHARGING 2B-w ,,4 -------------- ,,7(c-82)
J/B
10A
69
@ 10A
- - - - - - - .o 2 \/ \/
"3 (c-70) "3 (c-80) ,,3 \ B-W

39)
2L t ,,4 /\
I I
2L-w
B-W +
----, BUZZER
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR T@m R-B R-E oy-; ,,l ,\

i
I ,I I I I I I , I I / I I I
IOD OR STORAGE 3 CONNECTOR (A-11X) B-W 2

_----------------------
flW&UISE R-B
:D lUT0 :HAMGER (F-40)
1I /I II
I I
: z c z
B 2 i * J 15 B 2B d
I I
I L
I
L
I I I I I I / I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I
k--J
4 I &----- J 4
(D-47) I
11 RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

I =
o(A-79) (c-83)
(c-68)Gm)
(c-77) mm) (F-46)
(c-78)
(c-80)
(c-81)
(c-82)
(C-92)0
HR14MOGAA
TSB Revision
KK 1 1.25R-k
GHT
r@ 1
r
I
;@ATED
CLOCK SPRING J/B
G-W
. HEATER . MANUAL A/C . FULL AUTO A/C
G-W
G-W

i
I -----_ ----_OV2 -,8 (T)Y-L CT) GY-: L
-----1
_---_----___--____ 7
. FULL AUTO A/C . MANUAL A/C . ELC-4A/T
CT> Y-li (T>GY-I
(c-34),: 13 _-----_ .,~ 6 ------_ 3 _------
1 B-Y
(T>Y-L (T>GR- L
CT> Y-F (T> GY-I
,l (c-15)
. b&&&AND
(F-44)>? _----__ q'- ------. .------ 18 15 16 17 (T>Y-L (T)GR-I 2 :2 /\ 1 mz7LL/-I: + (LH) \ (c-15) (c-34) CT> Y-F (T>GR-F 1 -m /+ (RH) /
B-k
. FOG LIGHT
B-Y B-Y
RHEOSTAT
REAR SPEAKER
(c-57)00 (D-36) (D-47) (F-06) ~~~~1~1~~~ (F-33) Fm) m B(iisiEa

HR14MOGAB
TSB Revision
54-150
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tabe Waver
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <Convertible (1995 models-Radio and Tape Player without Amplifier)> (CONTINUED)
REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA
tr: z ?..I i& EEi g I
i I
lCT> W-F? CT> B-R
CT) W-l (c-15) CT> W-L
(;L; !O (D-42) (E-01)

1 CT) B-F 1
-
16
CT> W-R
CT> B-R 1 (D-13)
$Tj
(E-04)
/
1 k- \ +
(LH) DOOR SPEAKER (LH)
,+
(RH) FRiNT SPEAKER
(RH)
HR14MOGBA
TSB Revision
54-151
NOTES L
TSB Revision
54-152
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <Convertible (From 1996 models)>
vj
FUSIBLE LINK@
B-W2B-W
2L +
HORN
5W-B
,.1 (c-68) ,\
CHARGING 2B-W ,,4 -------------_
J/B
10A
(c-82)
lOA<> AL cI
15A
(c-ss 21
---- \/ (c-77) (c-78) 1 1 O(c-81 2L 0.g;
T
-------10 2
"3 (c-70) ,,3 /\ B-W ( B-W 7

BUZZER
2L 1 ,,4
2L-w
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X) L

A :r
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-~IX) B-W 2 3
WTO-CRUISE :ONTROL
MOTOR t%%W UNIT (c-95) I _-i,:
5 77
T I
UP f-
\ d
N --Id viDOY
It-
21
AL-
"6
km
:O
4m 2 7 MOTOR - ANTENNA (A-79) #m#"d" CABLE
11 -
---I
HR14M07AA
TSB Revision
54-153
J/B
B
2L P II II I II I II I III I III RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER 2L I' 2L 2L 2 A AMPLIFIER 10 (E-39) (NO CONNECTION) * L 13 14 I Y 3 z E;
REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA / \
i ;
I I I i
CT) 0.85W-' L
CT) 0.85B-I
CT> 0. 85W-1
CT) 0.85B-F
(T>2W-1
(T)2B-
(T>2W-Ii
(T>2B-1
Lee------
.-------. 13
------__ 10 (T)O.E5W-L CT> 0. 85B-1
--------_ 11 (T) 0.85W-R
I :T) ).85B-I
(T>O.E5W-I _1
CT) 0.858-L (F*T>W-L 1 ------ -_ (F.T)B-I (F.T)W-R 14 :.T)B-F
(c-15)
-----_
(T>O.E5F7
(T) 0.85R-E
CT> 0.85BF
CT) 0.85B-R
(T>W-L
(T>B-1
(T>W-R
(T>B-F
2 ( D - 0 2 ) + (LH) L
/+
* FRONT SPEAKER
(RH)
(LH)
Y DOOR SPEAKER
(RH)
HR14M07AB
TSB Revision
54-154
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <Convertible (From 1996 models)> (CONTINUED)
TiIL IGHT RELA 1.25R-W
G-W
J/B
r1
S(c-69)
G-W ( AMPLIFIER .------ 8
_-----_ 7
(E-39)
----L
G-W 7
(T:Jt25
CT> Y-L F NO CT> GR-L
6
2B
_ L
-

(D-47)
3(D-36)
1 --- i r
12
HEATER 'FULL AUTO A/C 4 '---7 -1
(Y-W) CT> GR-F Y
*FULL AUTO A/C .ELC-4A/T
CT> Y-R
17 " -
18
CONNECTION 2E
i r r r
RHEOSTAT
HR14M07BA
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player I L/

COMPONENT LOCATION Motor antenna control unit ___
54-155
1 TSB Revision
54-156
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER WITH ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM

l
When power supply is reconnected after set has been removed from vehicle (after BATT line of set has been disconnected for more than one hour), what can be effectively performed is only supply of power made by POWER button operation. (If power supply is connected within an hour, operating state before disconnection of power supply is resumed.)
IGN key of vehicle is in ACC position and set is in no display state.
No display
Abnormal segment op-
*[Faulty
t
Is it possible to set identifi Yes No m-Faulty
Is a beep heard and then does radio operate when PROG button is placed to ON position after setting four-digit identification number
Is a beep heard and 1 Err displayed for two seconds before c displaying code? No
No Faulty set
t
Check if identification number on card is input and set correctly.
Is a beep heard and then does radio operate when PROG button is placed to ON position after setting four-digit identification number on card aaain?
Yes -----+ NomxJ (Error made in input during first setting)
Is a beep heard and 2 Err displayed for two seconds before displaying code? Yes
No
Faulty set
Press POWER button to erase code (to change to no display state).
Continued to next page.
Yes
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio-and Tape Player

Continued from previous Page I
54-I 57
Is changeoverto normal operation made by placing POWER button to ON position while pressing EJECT button? Yes
Faulty set
t
Is power supply cut off automatically to return to no display state after three-minute operation? Faulty set
Does manufacturing numberof set agree with identification number on card? Yes
Error in attaching card (For set manufacturing number identification location, refer to F!54-183)
Yes Is a beep heard and does radio operate when identification number - Normal (Error in first and second setting) indicated on card is reset and PROG button is placed to ON position? No Is OFF displayed after three-minute beeping togetherwith display of 3 Err? Yes Faulty set
t 0
l
In this state, only POWER button operation is accepted (OFFis displayed) and no other button operation can be made effectively. In the OFF state, continuation of the BAlT, ACC line ON state for more than one hour will allow identification number checking operation again and placing the POWER button to ON position will display code and wait for input.
1 TSB Revision
54-158
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player CHART

A. NOISE A-l Noise appears at certain places when traveling (AM).
hYes Do the following measures eliminate the noise? 1. Change to a different station with a strong signal to boost resistance to interference. 2. Suppress high tones to reduce noise. No 1. Place 2. Locality conditions (valley, mountain, etc.) 3. Name and frequency of stations affected by noise
54-159
Is there a particular st
Find out the following information from the user:
t
If due to vehicle noise: It may not be possible to prevent noise if the signal is weak.
t
1 If due to external noise: In almost all cases, prevention on the receiver Weak signals especially are susceptible to inter-
t
If there is more noise than other radios, find out the noise conditions and the name and frequency of the receiving stations from the user, and consult with the service center.
TSB Revision
54-160
A-2
Noise appears at certain places when traveling (FM).

Do the following measures eliminate the noise?
Iji
Yes +3cl
l l l
Change to a different station with a strong signal to boost resistance to interference. Suppress high tones to reduce noise. Extend antenna completely. (Whip antenna) No
t
If there is more noise than other radios, find out the noise conditions and the name and frequency of the receiving stations from the user, and consult with the service center.
NOTE About FM waves: FM waves have the same properties as light, and can be deflected and blocked. Wave reception is not possible in the shadow of obstructions such as buildings or mountains. 1. The signal becomes weak as the distance from the stations transmission antenna increases. Although this may vary according to the signal strength of the transmitting station and intervening geographical formations or buildings, the area of good reception is approx. 20-25 km (12-l 6 miles) for stereo reception, and 30-40 km (19-25 miles) for monaural reception. 2. The signal becomes weak. when an area of shadow from the transmitting antenna (places where there are obstructions such as mountains
or buildings between the antenna and.the car), and noise will appear. <This is called first fading, and gives a steady buzzing noise.> 3. If a direct signal hits the antenna at the same time as a signal reflected by obstructions such as mountains or buildings, interference of the two signals will generate noise. During traveling, noise will appear each time the vehicles antenna passes through this kind of obstructed area. The strength and interval of the noise varies according to the signal strength and the conditions of deflection. <This is called multipath noise, and is a repetitious buzzing.> 4. Since FM stereo transmission and reception has a weaker field than monaural, it is often accompanied by a hissing noise.
FM Broadcast Good Reception Areas
FM Signal Characteristics and Signal Interference
For home stereos: 80-90 km (SO-56 miles)

Z16A0663
:.:,.::. .:,.::. ;
: , .l..
.
216AO664 00002401
TSB Revision

i A-3 Mixed with noise, only at night (AM).
54-161
The following factors can be considered as possible causes of noise appearing at night. 1. Factors due to signal conditions: Due to the fact that long-distance signals are more easily received at night, even stations that are received without problem during the day may experience interference in a general worsening of reception conditions. The weaker a station is the more susceptible it is to interference, and a change
2.
to a different station or the appearance of a beating sound* may occur. Beat sound*: Two signals close in frequency interfere with each other, creating a repetitious high-pitched sound. This sound is generated not only by sound signals but by electrical waves as well. Factors due to vehicle noise: Generator noise may be a cause.
the lamps OFF? Yes
t
1 Do the following measures eliminate the noise? 1 yes cl/
l l
Tune to a station with a strong signal. Tune to a station with a strong signal without comcletelv extending the antenna. No
ii
Does the noise fade away when the vehicle harness is moved away from the radio chassis? (if the harness is not in the proper position). No
If there is more noise than other radios, consult a service center.
TSB Revision
54-I 62
A-4
Broadcasts can be heard but both AM and FM have a lot of noise.
(1)
Noise occurs when the engine is stopped. Yes J
(2)
Noise occurs when the engine in running.
Do the following measures eliminate the noise? @ Tune to a station with a strong signal. l Extend the antenna completely. (Whip antenna) l Adjust the sound quality to suppress high tones. No Is the radio body ground mounted securely? Yes
Securely tighten the nuts for the body ground.
Yes
Yes
Clean the antenna plug and ground wire mounting area. Mount the antenna securely. On a vehicle with a motor antenna, check the antenna itself. (Refer to E-1, 2.)
If there is more noise than other radios, consult a service center
NOTE About noise encountered during FM reception only. Due to differences in FM and AM systems, FM is not as susceptible as AM to interference from engines, power lines, lightning, etc. On the other hand, there are cases due to the characteristics of FM waves of noise or distortion generated by typical
noise interference (first fading and multipath). (Refer to A-2.) <Noise (hissing) occurs in weak signal areas such as mountainous regions, but this is not due to a problem with the radio.>
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Plaver

s
54-163
A-5
There is more noise either on AM or on FM.
1. There is much noise onlv on AM Due to differences in AM and FM systems, AM is more susceptible to noise interference.
Were conditions such as the following present when noise was received?
l l l l l l
Lightning was flashing. A motorcycle was passing. Avehicle passed close by, but it appeared to be avehicle generating a particularly large amount of noise radiation. Passed beneath a power line. Passed under a bridge. Passed beneath a telephone line. Passed close by a signal generator. Passed close by some other source of electrical noise. .I-
NO
Yes
Continue to check for static; whe the conditions listed above No
I
t
Yes
F- Norse prevenoon on Me radro srde IS difficult. If the problem is particularly worse than other radios, consult a service center.
. .
If the problem is particularly worse than other radios, consult a service center.
2. There is much noise only on FM Due to differences in FM and AM systems, FM is not as susceptible as AM to interference from engines, power lines, lightning, etc. On the other hand, there are cases due to the characteristics of FM waves of noise or distortion generated
by typical noise interference (first fading and multipath). (Refer to A-2) <Noise (hissing) occurs in weak signal areas such as mountainous regions, but this is not due to a problem with the radio.>
TSB Revision
54-164
A-6
There is noise when starting the engine. Conditions Cause Parts to be Location of inspected parts or remedy (next page) Noise condenser Ground cable Noise may appear as electrical components become older. Disappears when the vehicle is Occurs when parts or wircompletely stopped. ing move for some reason Severe when the clutch is en- and contact metal parts of gaged. the body. Various noises are produced de- Due to detachment from pending on the body part of the the body of the front hood, vehicle. bumpers, exhaust pipe and muffler, suspension, etc. 1
Noise type Sounds are in parentheses ( ). AM, FM: Ignition noise (Popping, SnapCracking, ping, Buzzing) Other electrical components Static electricity (Cracking, Crinkling)
0 -
Increasing the engine speed causing the popping sound to speed up, and volume decreases. Disappears when the ignition switch is turned to ACC.
l l
Mainly due to the spark plugs. Due to the engine noise.
2, 3
Repair or replace electrical components. Return parts or wiring to their proper position.
l l
Ground parts by bonding. Cases where the problem is not eliminated by a single response to one area are common, due to several body being parts imperfectly grounded.
Caution 1. Connecting a high tension cable to the noise filter may destroy the noise filter and should never be done. 2. Check that there is no external noise. Since failure to do this may result in misdiagnosis due to inability to identify the noise source, this operation must be performed. 3. Noise prevention should be performed by suppressing strong sources of noise step by step. NOTE 1. Condenser The condenser does not pass D.C. current, but as the number of waves increases when it passes A.C. current, impedance (resistance
against A.C.) decreases, and current flow is facilitated. A noise suppressing condenser which takes advantage of this property is inserted between the power line for the noise source and the ground. This suppresses noise by grounding the noise component (A.C. or pulse signal) to the body of the vehicle. 2. Coil The coil passes D.C. current, but impedance rises as the number of waves increases relative to the A.C. current. A noise suppressing coil which takes advantage of this property is inserted into the power line for the noise source, and works by preventing the noise component from flowing or radiating out of the line.
1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player NOISE SUPPRESSION PARTS MOUNTING POSITIONS
54-165
/ N 1
e con::;;,
TSB Revision
54-166
A-7
CHASSlS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

I
Some noise appears when there is vibration or shocks during traveling. d ~
Are connectors properly connected? Yes
No ---+ Ensure proper connection
t Does noise appear when the radio switch is turned on while the No vehicle is stopped and the radio is struck while tuned away from a station? Yes
Static electricity noise: L Body static electric from the shock absorber rubber bushings used to prevent vibration, tires, etc. occurs because of separation from the ground, causing a buzzing noise. Since no measures can be taken on the radio side, steps should be taken to discharge the static electricitv of the vehicle bodv.
t
Is the radio correctly grounded? (Is the mounting screw tightened securely?) 1 Yes
t
Is the antenna correctly grounded? (If noise appears when the No antenna is moved, this means the ground is not securely connected.) Yes 1 Reoair or reolace radio. c If rust is present on the antenna ground screw, clean and tighten the ground securely.
TSB Revision

A-8 Noise sometimes appears on FM during traveling.
No
54-167
Is the antenna completely extended? Yes
t Check the antenna itself. (Refer to E-l, 2.)
+
Does the problem clear up when re 1 No
Yes
i
Does the problem appear only in certain locations and only with yes certain stations? No ~ Due to electrical field conditions. (Multipath noise*, fading noise*).
Are connectors property connected?
Check connector connections.
Yes t
Does noise appear when the radio switch is turned on while the vehicle is stopped and the radio is struck while tuned away from a station? No
Yes
* Static electricity noise: Sody static electric from the shock absorber rubber bushings used to prevent vibration, tires, etc. occurs because of separation from the ground, causing a buzzing noise. Since no measures can be taken on the radio side, steps should be taken to discharge the static electricitv of the vehicle bodv.
Is the radio body correctly grounded? (Is the mounting screw tightened securely? ) Yes
No
-) Tighten the screw securely.
Is the antenna correctly grounded? (If noise appears when the antenna is moved, this means the ground is not securely connected.) Yes 1 Repair or replace radio.
If rust is present on the antenna ground screw, clean and tighten the ground securely.
About multipath noise and fading noise Because the frequency of FM waves is extremely high, it is highly susceptible to effects from geological formations and buildings. These effects disrupt the broadcast signal and obstruct reception in several ways. Multipath noise This describes the echo that occurs when the broadcast signal is reflected by a large obstruc-
tion and enters the receiver with a slight time delay relative to the direct signal (repetitious buzzing). Fading noise This is a buzzing noise that occurs when the broadcast beam is disrupted by obstructing objects and the signal strength fluctuates intricately within a narrow range.
1 TSB Revision
54-168

I
A-9
Ever-present noise.
Noise is often created by the following factors, and often the radio is OK when it is checked individually. l Traveling conditions of the vehicle l Terrain of area traveled through l Surrounding buildings l Signal conditions l Time period
B. RADIO
For this reason, if there are still problems with noise even after the measures described in steps A-l to A-8 have been taken, get information on the factors listed above as well as determining whether the problem occurs with AM or FM, the station names, frequencies, etc., and contact a service center.
B-l
No power is supplied when the switch is set to ON.
I
I
Is multi-purpose fuse No. 4 blown or is the circuit open? No
Replace fuse or repair harness.
Is the connector at the back of the radio connected properly? Yes
Connect connector securely.
1
J
t No Disconnect and check the connector at the rear of the radio. Is the ACC / Repair harness. power (12 V) being supplied to the radio?
1 Reoair or reolace radio.
Yes
1 B-2
No sound from one speaker.
Check to see if there is any sound when attached Repair or replace radio unit. to another radio. I-=----[ No
*Speakarj check the speaker harness for conductance. No out.
Repair speaker harness and ensure proper connection of relay connectors.
t
Repair or replace speaker.
1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio -and Tape Player
54-169
There is noise but no reception for both AM and FM or no sound from AM, or no sound from FM.
Example: in an underground garage or
Is proper performance hicle is moved?
t t Is the antenna completely extended? Yes
No
Check the antenna itself. -W (Refer to E-l, 2.)
Does tuning solve the problem?

NO
Yes
t Are the antenna plug and radio unit properly connected? Yes
No
- Reconnect
Does the problem disappear if connected to another radio? No t Repair or replace the antenna. (Refer to E-l, 2.)
Repair or replace radio.
i:
TSB Revision
pziT---wm
Is proper performanceobtained when the ve-
4
Yes t No
Is the antenna completely extended?
No
Check the antenna itself. (Refer to E-l, 2.)
Yes
Is the problem limited to the reception of a specific radio station yes ) from a specific position? No
Electrical field condition related*. (multipath noise or fading noise)
i
Is the antenna plug properly connected to the unit? Yes Ensure proper connection.
Does the problem disappear when a different radio is connected?
Repair or replace the antenna. (Refer to E-l, 2.) * For multipath noise and fading noise problems, refer to P.64-167.
1 TSB Revision

1 B-5 Distortion on AM or on both AM and FM.
54-I 71
Are the speaker cords in contact with the cone paper? No
Remove cords away from cone paper.
Remove the speakers and check for tom cone paper or foreign objects. INo i Check for deformation with speaker installed. No
Repair or replace speakers.
Yes - Install speaker securely.
\ Repair or replace radio.
B-6
Distortion on FM only
)- Due to weak electrical field of radio station
Does the distortion persist when the radio is tuned to another No station? Yes
Yes Does distortion increase or decrease when the vehicle is moved? ,
Due to multipath noise
/ No
TSB Revision
54-172
B-7
Too few automatic select stations.
Is the antenna completely extended? Yes
No Check the antenna itself. 1
Is the antenna plug properly connected to the equipment? Yes
Ensure proper connection.
Does the equipment work properly if the radio is changed?
B-8
lnsuff icient memory (preset stations are erased).
Replace fuse or repair harness.
Disconnect and check the connector at the rear of the radio. Is the memory backup (battery) power beina supplied? . I Yes
Repair harness.
t
TSB Revision

C. CASSETTE PLAYER C-l Cassette tape will not be inserted.
54-173
Are there any foreign objects in the cassette player? /No
Remove the object(s) 1 Attempting to force a foreign object (e g.. a coin or clip, etc.) out of the cassette player may damage the mechanism. The player should be taken to a service dealer for repair.
Does the cassette player work if another tape is inserted? No
Replace tape **
*2 Ensure that the tape label is not that the tape itself tape of C-120 or greater length often get caught in the mechanism and should not be used.
Repair or replace cassette player.
C-2
No sound (even after a tape has been inserted).
Yes - Replace fuse or repair harness.
+ Is connector at rear of radio connected tightly? Yes
No - Connect connector firmly.
Disconnect connector at rear of radio. Is ACC power being supplied to the yesPW Repair or replace caSSette player. radio?
1 TSB Revision
54-174
C-3
t Replace the cassette player and check again. No
Yes Repair or replace cassette player.
the speaker harness for conductance.
___c It conducts electricity but is shorted out.
+
Check the speaker for conductance. No Repair speaker harness and ensure proper connection of relay connectors.
t
Repair or replace speaker.
TSB Revision

c-4 Sound quality is poor, or sound is weak.
Yes
54-175
,/
l l
Ensure that the tape label is not loose, that the tape itself is not deformed and that the tape is tightly wound. Tapes of C-i 20 or greater length often get caught in the mechanism and should not be used. Yes
No
ccl
t
Is proper operation obtained when the ca /No
Yes
1 Repair or replace speaker.
c-5
Cassette tape will not be ejected.
The problems covered here are all the result of the use of a bad tape (deformed or not properly tightened) or of a malfunction of the cassette player itself. Malfunctions involving the tape becoming caught in the mechanism and ruining the case are also possible, and attempting to force the tape out of the player can cause damage to the mechanism. The player should be taken to a service dealer for repair.
1 TSB Revision
54-176
C-6
Uneven revolution. Tape speed is fast or slow.

Yes No
Are there any foreign objects inside the cassette player? No
Remove foreign object(s).
Is the head or capstan roller dirty?
Z16AO668 No
I-
Yes
j Reoair or replace cassette olaver.
C-7
Automatic search does not work.
I
Button improperly operated.
Does the MSS (automatic search) button depress properly? Yes 1 No

l l l
Yes
c Tape used is bad.
*2
l
When the time between songs on a tape is less than three seconds, or when there is a three second period in the middle of a song in which the volume level is extremely low, the automatic search function may not work properly. Ensure that the tape label is not loose, that the tape itself is not deformed and that the tape is tightly wound. Also, tapes of C-120 or greater length often get caught in the mechanism and should not be used.
t
1 Repair or replace the cassette player.
1 TSB Revision

C-8 Faulty auto reverse. -1 Yes
I *m
54-177
Does the player play OK if the tape is changed? No

l l
Ensure that the tape label is not loose, that the tape itself is not deformed and that the tape is tightly wound. Tapes of C-120 or greater length often get caught in the mechanism and should not be used. No
1 Yes ,1 , Is the cassette player properly installed to the vehicle? Yes 1 Repair or replace cassette player.
+vreplace
No */I
C-9
Tape gets caught in mechanism*.

l l
When the tape is caught in the mechanism, the case may not eject. When this occurs, do not try to force the tape out as this may damage the tape player mechanism. Take the cassette to a service dealer for repair.
Does the player play OK if the tape2 is changed? No 2 Ensure that the tape label is not loose, that the tape itself is not deformed and that the tape is tightly wound. Also, tapes of C-120 or greater length often get caught in the mechanism and should not be used.
l
Tape used is bad.
Repair or replace cassette player.
1 TSB Revision
54-178
D. CD PLAYER D-l
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and TaDe Plaver
CD will not be accepted.
Does the shutter open when a CD is inserted? Yes
Take out the CD.
1 Yes
t Though CD is completely inserted once, e CD is rejected? l 3 Yes
No -l
t
Check CD. l Is the labeled side faced downward? l Is the recorded face of the CD dirty? l Does dew exit on the recorded face of the CD? No
- Yes - Insert the CD correctly or check to see if the CD is defective.
t
Replace CD. l 1 2 3 If the CD is already loaded, doesnt the shutter open to allow insertion when another CD is inserted? If the key switch is not at ACC or ON, the CD stops at depth of 15 mm below the panel surface even when it is inserted, and it will be rejected when pushed farther? Even though the CD is loaded, E (error) is sometimes displayed with the CD rejected because of vibration/ shock or dew on the CD face or optical lens.
TSB Revision

/ L
Does it play if an existing proper CD is inserted? ) No
54-179
1 I
D-2
No sound.
Yes - Replace defective CD.
No
F ture, and recheck operation. Does it operate properly?
Yes *I
C;_T
Are the radio set and CD player connected Repair or replace CD player. (The combined radio cassette must operate properly.)
I No
D-3
1.
CD sound skips.
Sound sometimes skips during parking. Is CD face scratched or dirty? CD is defective, or clean CD.
No
Does it play properly if CD is replaced with an existing proper CD? Yes . 1 Replace CD.
Repair or replace CD player.
2.
Sound sometimes skips during driving. (Stop vehicle, and check it.) (Check it by using a proper CD which is free of scratch, dirt or other abnormality.) No Does sound skip when the side of Yes
t
Securely mount the CD player. I
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Taste Plaver

D-4 Sound quality is poor.
1
Replace CD.
Does it play properly if another proper CD is loaded? No
1 D-5
CD will not be ejected.
Is the key switch (ignition key) at ACC or ON? Yes
Turn the key to ON.
t
Is the combined amplifier or radio set connected securely? Yes Securely connect the subjected one.
If CD is not ejected, dont reject it. The player may be damaged. Therefore, contact a service shop for reoairs.
D-6
Is CD player securely connected to the combined radio set? Yes
Securely connect them.
Does it play properly if another CD player is combined? No
I
Repair or replace the combined radio set.
TSB Revision

E. MOTOR ANTENNA L
E-l Motor antenna wont extend or retract.
54-181
Clean and polish the surface of the antenna rod.

Is the radio power switch ON? Yes Switch it ON.
Is voltage (approx. 12 V) emitted to the radios motor antenna terminal? Yes
Repair or replace the radio.
t
Is the antenna bent? No
t
Is the antenna relay OK? Yes Replace the antenna relay.
i
Is the motor OK? Yes
No
c . Replace the motor.
Repair the harness.
TSB Revision
54-182
E-2
Motor antenna extends and retracts but does not receive.
Is the antenna itself OK? Yes
Repair or replace it.
Is operation normal when a new antenna assembly is directly installed to the radio? Yes
Refer to B. Radio troubleshooting.
/ Replace the feeder cable.
Checking the antenna * Ohmmeter measurement locations Circuits from F to A, B, C, D and E Circuit between G and H Circuits from H to A, B, C, D and E Result Continuity Continuity No continuity
Hz+
216N0087
-I
1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio- and TaDe Plaver
54-183
PROCEDURE FOR INPUTOFSECURITYCODE FOR RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER WITH ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
Card
Security code
216N1034
Typical name card
The radio and tape player does not operate in the following states. (1) Power supply to the radio and tape player has been suspended for more than one hour continuously by removing the cable from the battery terminal or disconnecting the harness connectors. (2) The power supply to the radio and tape player has been suspended for more than one hour owing to blown fuse or discharged battery. (3) The radio and tape player has been replaced. If the radio and tape player does not operate for these causes, input the security code by the following procedure to operate it. 1. Using any of the following methods, confirm the security code. (1) Read the security code indicated on the cards retained by the user. (2) If the security code is unknown owing to the users loss of the cards, a. Remove the audio panel and then pull out the radio and tape player partially. b. Read the serial No. shown on the name card of the radio and tape player. c. Look up the anti-theft code corresponding to the serial number in the serial number-anti-theft code table; or, make inquiries to Mitsubishi Motor Sales of America, Inc.
A Cards
(3) When the radio and tape player is replaced Read the security code on the cards attached to the upper surface of the replacement radio and tape player. NOTE Deliver the cards (two) to the user.
TSB Revision
54-184
TYPE 1
POWER button Dispay

PROG button
Return power supply for the radio and player to the normal state. 3. Turn the ignition key to the ACC position. 4. Press the POWER button, and code will be displayed on the display.
2.
\ ,ij
~
TYPE 2
Display PROG button
Memory select button
I I
POWER button
ZHllA004 Memory ,1r select
TYPE 3
PROG button
\, LJ
POWER button I Display section
HllAlM 00002402
Typical security code 5283
5.
Press No.1 through No.4 memory select buttons and set the 4-digit security code indicated on the card. Every time each digit key is pressed, the number changes as follows: 40 +l +2--e 9+0 **-
ZHllFOOl
Press the PROG button. After a beep is heard, the radio and tape player will be in the operating state. 7. If the input security code does not agree with that in memory, 1 Err is displayed on the display. In a few seconds, it will change to code. So, repeat steps 4 and
5.
6.
NOTE (1) The security code can be set three times at the most. (2) The second error is displayed as 2 Err. If the third error is made, 3 Err is displayed and then it changes to OFF. (3) When setting is attempted four or more times, keeping the ignition key in the ACC or ON position for about one hour will automatically erase the OFF display.
1 TSB Revision
54-185
After the erasing, therefore, repeat step 3 and up. If the ignition key is turned to the OFF position during one-hour period of keeping it in ACC or ON position, the OFF display will be erased. With the ignition key placed in the ACC position again, press the POWER button, and the OFF display will be resumed. Therefore, keep this state for another one hour or so.
TSB Revision
54-186
RADIO REMOTE-CONTROL
CAUTION: SRS <Up to 1993 models>
Before removal of air bag module, refer to GROUP 52B Service Precautions and Air Bag Module and Clock Spring.
<From 1994 modek>

When removing and installing the remote control switch, dont allow any impact or shock to the air bag module.
cup to 1993 models>
<From 1994 models>
2.5 Nm 1.8 ft.lbs.
Z16FO491 00002403
Removai steps 1. Air bag module (Refer to GROUP 528 Air Bag Module and Clock Spring.) 2. Radio remote control switch

2 4
Vehicle without <Vehicle with CD player>
Removal steps 1. Radio panel 2. Radio and tape player 3. CD player
4. Radio bracket 5. Front console assembly (Refer to GRbUP 52A - Console Box.)
1 TSB Revision
54-I 87
~
SPEAKER L/
<DOOR SPEAKER> ,/$I ./$I/ j /$/ 1
,*: ... _I 7.. ,, .-Y_., : , 4 : ., /,,$ ,A I ._. ./ I I ? ;I
<REAR SPEAKER>
16FOO97 00002404
Door speaker removal steps

1. Door trim (Refer to GROUP 42 - Door Trim and Waterproof Film.) 2. Speaker garnish 3. Speaker 4. Speaker cover
Rear speaker removal steps

1. Quarter trim (Refer to GROUP 52A Trims.) 2. Speaker garnish 3. Speaker 4. Speaker box
TSB Revision
54-188
MOTOR ANTENNA / ANTENNA FEEDER CABLE / AMPLIFIER

<Hatchback>
Z16FO497
Motor antenna removal steps

Rear side trim (LH) (Refer to GROUP 52A - Trims.) 1. Ring nut 2. Base 3. Antenna pole 4. Antenna feeder cable and motor antenna connection 5. Motor antenna
l
Antenna feeder cable removal steps

Rear side trim (LH)*l Quarter trim (LH) Rear side trim*, ** Quarter trim (LH)*t, ** l Quarter upper trim, l * 0 Liftgate upper trim*, +* l Ligate side trim (RH), l * l Rear console assembly (Refer to GOUP 52A - Console Box.) l Radio and tape player (Refer to P54-176) 4. Antenna feeder cable and motor antenna connection 6. Rear seat cushion 7. Rear seatback 8. Inner seat belt 9. Console side cover (LH) 10. Antenna fedder cable
l l l l
Amplifier removal
il. Amplifier (under passengers seat) NOTE
l : Refer to GROUP 52A - Trims

*: Vehicels with glass mounted antenna
1 TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
54-I 89
+A,REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL Raise and remove the seat cushion with the lever pulled.

.AqREAR SEAT CUSHION INSTALLATION (1) Securely fit the attachment wire of the seat cushion under the seatback. (2) Pass the inner seat belt buckles through the cushion. (3) Securely fit the lock plates of the seat cushion into the holes in the floor.
INSPECTION
ANTENNA MOTOR INSPECTION Disconnect the motor antenna control unit connector, connect the positive terminal of the power supply to terminal (1) and connect the negative terminal to terminal (4) to check that the antenna goes up, and that when the connections are reversed, the antenna goes down.
Antenna going down
Antenna going up
16FO203
MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION (1) Connect the harness connector to the motor antenna. (Body harness) (2) Disconnect the antenna motor connector. (3) With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, operate the radio switch and check the voltage between the terminals during the period when the antenna is going up or going down. I Antenna operating Voltage (V) Terminals to check direction I Down 10-13 l-3
UP 3-4 10-13
16F0198 00002406
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player ANTENNA POLE REPLACEMENT

(1) Remove the ring nut.
Ring nut
I
(2) Set the radio switch to ON. After the antenna pole has extended, remove the antenna pole and rack cable as an assembly. _.
Tboth side of rack cable
(3) Extend the antenna pole up to its farthest point. NOTE If the motor end of the rack cable is bent, straighten it. (4) Force the rack cable into the motor assembly with the tooth side of the rack cable toward the luggage compartment.
Rack cable
,8Loa1
16LO427 00002407
I I vi ~ I
Tooth side of rack cable
(5) Turn the tooth side of the rack cable toward the rear of the vehicle (90 clockwise) to bring the rack cable into mesh with the motor gear. (6) Lightly pull the rack cable. If it comes out without resistance, it means that the rack cable is not in mesh with the motor gear. Recheck that the rack cable end is not bent before repeating the above-mentioned steps (2) and (3). (7) With the antenna pole upright and the radio switch at OFF, take up the rack cable. As the rack cable is taken up, insert the antenna pole toward the motor antenna. (8) After the ring nut has been tightened, set the radio switch to ON and OFF to check the operation of the antenna pole.
~ d
TSB Revisidn
54-I 91
CD AUTO CHANGER L
Z16FO495 00002408
Removal steps
1. CD changer cover
l
Lu gage compartment floor carpet, big\ floor center board.
2. CD auto changer 3. CD changer bracket (front) 4. CD changer bracket (rear)
TSB Revision
54-192
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger

SPECIAL TOOLS
e rear window defog-
e rear window defog-
d ,
TSB Revision
54-193
TROUBLESHOOTING 8,
;&iL#GHT I
3R-B 5
L I I
i n F;
G-W
I
8=
2B-R -
G-W t
REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR (HEATER>

1 \L
ILL
JI
\I II I
(B-Y) 4 0
+j m
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3B n Z DEFOGGER
:l:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM X2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (c-65):1 (c-65)
2B
I II II I
B-Y (i&y,2 ---------- - ---- ----1 f RHEOSTAT
HR13MOOAA
TSB Revision
54-194
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <HATCHBACK (FROM 1994 MODELS)>
FUSIBLE LINK@
IGNIl IN SWIT( (IGl) B-W

7m CHARGING 7
GENERATOR (L TERMINAL)
(F>L
(D-45) JO
1 1OAb
15A
3m 3R-B I ,,5 /\ ------_____---______--~~~~~

OFF-,=ON
L ,,3 ,\ imGER
CHARGING
6s) L
'4 3B-R J (1, pa-u 7?a-D '3u-0 L I

&STEM (c-65) I,":: (c-66)
r
B-R
G-Y
(c-15) :$
.y "I u" "I =" :I
I
I
t %!E, i Cl? bUI I KUl2~C

MIRROR
MFI
52
(c-65) 2% 4
L-7
I4 I 7i7-
GNO
EW
c&+;;;
B 3B-R 0
2B
NOTE al:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM. X2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM. :3:1994 :4:FROM MODELS 1995 MODELS
n 6
HR13MOlAA
TSB Revision
54-195
FUSIBLE LINK@ I 5W-B 2W-B

HORN
TAILLI GH'T RELAY 2R-
5W-B ,,l (c-68) J/B (c-83)(F>R-E 11 R-Y

2
10A ----__
Zz&P G L
15
G1m
S(c-69)
(F)R-B
I' R
1 (A-11X)
J/B I G2B-1
II e(c-71)
DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE ) C O M P A R T M E N T a .HEADLIGHT .FOG LIGHT .TAILLIGHT PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
IOD OR STRAGE CONNECTOR

4 (D-41) 2
G-W
F.ELC-4A/T '#&AND (G-!'I
ETACS ECU
lOFd,ON
1
IND
ILL
i-
B-L I
4
R-B
16
B
I
:;f'g-$;T (B-Y
*G"~$&AND v
2B B (D-41)
2
2E
1 6
(D-06)
RHEOSTAT
2B NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM. X2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM.
(C-79)FRONT SIDE (c-83)
(D-41) (D-42)
(D-44)
HR13MOlAB
TSB Revision
54-196
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <CONVERTIBLE (1995 MODELS)>
F'JSIBL E LINK@
IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) 2L-B I
3R-I3 (c-01) ,
IGNIl IN SWITC (IGl) 28-h B-W

CHARGING
GENE (L TE (F>I
TOR INAL)
JBp
L-RI DEFOGGER RELAY (c-06x)
2B-h 2 -----------___. 7m
(D-45)
10
I 30
3R-E
B-k
CHARGING
eT
3B-F
(c-15)
MFI SYSTEM
3;:
REMOTE #JJ&LLED
(c-66)
52
GNI n
'57 :1 59 $2 B 38-F
!B
NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM. 22:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM.
HR13M02AA
1 TSB Revision
i i
FUSIBLE LINKa I 2W-B

HORN
TAILLIGHT RELAY q-
5W-B ,.1 (c-68) J/B
:;&"A'""
69
11 1
\/ ------ A/1 (c-70) 10A
(F>R-B
(F>R-I
DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT :I, ,HEADLIGHT .FOG LIGHT .TAILLIGHT. PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT /
R-Y ,,2 /\
r R ,,l ,--(A-11X) ( 2B-F
J/B
7I
G-W
8cc-71)
p@
IOD OR STRAGE CONNECTOR 4 Ed L-R cc-65)

f
I
G-W
.ELC-4A/T
L-R i \6 DEFOGGER SWITCH iD-os)
2B-k 2
'i;$$SAND (G-W) ,,3
IND( UN
my54 B-L R-B
1
:;fE-$;T (B-Y)
.$;;EESAND
V
'4
I
,E
9 I16 A A\( 5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79) B "
2B , (D-41) 2 2B h n
NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM. :2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM.
B-Y 7 RHEOSTAT
2B
HR13M02AB
TSB Revision
54-I 98
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <CONVERTIBLE (FROM 1996 MODELS)>
FUSIBL
SWITC
IGNIII
TOR INAL)
3R-I (c-01)
JBn
-l 7B
7
CHARGING
(F)*
(D-45)
10
3R-i
OFF-:,ON
CHARGING
e(6-15)
3B-R
1
B-R
G-Y
2B-R
3B-R
MFI SYSTEM REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR (c-65)5 ,I V
fl
( c - 6 6 ) I5 2 V
4 (c-65) 4
L ,I I
GND
HR13M03AA
1 TSB Revision
54-199
FUSIBLE LINKa I
TAILLIGHT I 1.25R-W l&&CATED 0%

15A
RELAY
(c-83)L
(F>R-B (F>R-i
DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENF
G-W ,,6 (c-69) \ J/B , \,
G-W 8 (c-71)
.HEADLIGHT ,FOG LIGHT .TAILLIGHT. PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
LJ
L-R (C-65)112 P
I r
Al
/2B- 1 IOD OR STRAGE CONNECTOR I 2B6 DEFOGGER SWITCH (D-06) ) 1 (D-41)

.ELC-4A/T
W8(D-44)
'&;&AND (G-W) ,,3

1
i
)FF T[ IN
2B
F
4 E =
5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR
2B B-Y RHEOSTAT 2B
:
aFRONT SIDE (c-83)
HR13M03AB
TSB Revision
54-200
OPERATION l If the defogger switch is turned to ON when the generator is generating electricity (L terminal exceeds 10 V.) with the ignition switch at the ON position, the timer circuit in the ETACS unit will be operated to keep the transistor on for 11 minutes to close the contact point of the defogger relay. When the defogger relay is on, the defogger and mirror heater will be activated. Moreover, the indicator light of the defogger switch is lit to inform that the defogger and mirror heater are activated. l When 11 minutes have passed, the defogger and mirror heater will stop activating even if the defogger switch is at ON. When the defogger and mirror heater are activated (the timer is activated), they will also stop activating even if the defogger switch is set at ON again or if the generator stops generating electricity (the terminal is 3.5 V or less.) NOTE The light automatic shut-off system is valid for the illumination light of the defogger switch. (Refer to P.54-37.) TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
NOTE
For the troubleshooting hints of the automatic light shut-OFF system, refer to P.54-38. COMPONENT LOCATION Data link. connector Data link connector
<From 1994 models>
V16FO496 1
es.-) blocky,6Fww
216FO125
1 TSB Revision
X16FO354
TSB Revision
54-202
With voltmeter

Data link connector
INPUT SIGNAL <Up to 1993 models> When using the scan tool (MUT) or voltmeter Using the scan tool or voltmeter, check whether or not the input signals from each switch are being input to the ETACS unit. (1) Connect the scan tool to the data link connector located at the right side of the junction block or connect the voltmeter between the ETACS terminal and the ground terminal. (2) Check if the buzzer of the scan tool sounds or the needle of the voltmeter moves when each switch is operated. If the buzzer sounds or the needle moves, the input signals are being input to the ETACS unit, so that switch can be considered to be functioning normally. If not, the switch or switch input circuit is faulty. Check the switch and the switch input circuit.
When using the MUT-II CUD to 1993 models>
<All models> When using the scan tool (MUT-II) (1) Connect the scan tool to the data link connector. When connecting the scan tool to a vehicle up to 1993 models, use the adapter harness supplied together. Caution Turn off the ignition switch beforehand whenever the scan tool is connected or disconnected. (2) If the scan tool makes a peep sound when each switch is operated (turned ON/OFF), the input signal to ECU is normally sent from the switch circuit system.
00002231
Y2OFO164
Ground
<From 1994 models> When using the voltmeter (1) Connect a voltmeter to the ETACS terminal and the ground terminal of the data link connector using the special tool. (2) If the voltmeter pointer deflects once when each switch is operated (turned ON/OFF), the input signal to .ECU is normally sent from the switch circuit system.
U2OFO163
TSB Revision

Normal characteristic curve
54-203
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
THE PRINTED-HEATER LINES CHECK
(1) Run engine at 2,000 rpm. Check heater element with battery at full. (2) Turn ON rear window defogger switch. Measure heater element voltage with circuit tester at rear window glass center A. Condition good if indicating about 6 V. (3) If 12 V is indicated at A, there is a break in the negative terminals from A. Move test bar slowly to negative terminal to detect where voltage changes suddenly (0 V). (4) If 0 V is indicated at A, there is a break in the positive terminals from A. Detect where the voltage changes suddenly (12 V) with the same method described.
Voltage j\
Positive terminal
Printed heater line
Negative terminal
Abnormal characteristic curve

Voltage Qj ( ( r!Yui;
THE PRINTED-HEATER LINES REPAIR

Positive terminal Printed heater line Negative terminal
216Y332
REQUIRED MATERIALS l Thinner l Tape l Conductive paint
l l
Lead-free gasoline Fine brush
Break
Tape
L-J
\ Conductive paint
216Y333
(1) Clean disconnected area with lead-free gasoline. Tape along both sides of heater element. (2) Mix conductive paint thoroughly. Thin the required amount of paint in a separate container with a small amount of thinner and paint break three times at 15 minute intervals. (3) Remove tape and leave for a while before use (circuit complete). (4) When completely dry (after 24 hours) finish exterior with a knife. Caution Clean glass with a soft cloth (dry or damp) along defogger heater element.
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH

(1) Remove rear window defogger switch from the meter bezel. (Refer to P.54-109.) (2) Operate the switch and check the continuity between the terminals.
16FO167 00002409
TSB Revision
54-204
<
pt 1994 model
DEFOGGER RELAY
INSPECTION
<Except 1994 models> Connect battery power source to terminal 5. Check circuit between terminals with terminal 3 grounded.
III
I
lBFO206
Q!-hh&
00002410
~1
cl994 models>
~1994 models> Connect battery power source to terminal 1. Check circuit between terminals with terminal 3 grounded.
L---i
00002411
TSB Revision
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem
54-205
L,
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
SPECIAL TOOLS
Tool number and name MB991 341 Scan tool (Multi-use tester <MUT>) ROM Pack (For the number, refer to GROUP 00 Precautions Before Service.) MB991 502 Scan tool (MUT-II) MB991 502 All models Checking the theft-alarm system Supersession MB991 341 C Application Up to 1993 models Checking the theft-alarm system
ROM pack
MB991 52%. trouble Diagnostic code check harness
MB991 529
From 1994 models Checking the theft-alarm system using a voltmeter
1 TSB Revision
TROUBLESHOOTING
(UP TO 1993 MODELS)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)
SW1
IGNITION TCH(ACC)
HEADLIGHT RELAY 0
---------_
63
10A
0
15A
c-77) 16 0.85 , B-W FJ$
(c-80)
---------1
x SOCI
2R-L1
2R-L1 2
(R.
B-W L
0.85L L
t
\I
R-B
"2 / 2R ; I ----- --A 3 3 1.25R 0 0.85R-W 1.25R _---- ,,6 (c-01) 3 0.85R-W 1625R ,8 ,C I---. *
Y -B
E54# G#~O r L[
HI
+I LE 1
A
I ,\
8
j
L 520 ---------__ 53 --------__
LIGHT AUTOMATIC 0 SHUT-OFF UNIT
.----------------------
lO(c-65) ETACS UNIT
R-c
R-c
nr-
(LH)
(RH)
DOOR TWITCH
;zk77) (c-80) (c-82) (E-15)(m) (E-21) gj 1~~~~~~~~~

HR15MOOAA
1 TSB Revision
54-207
FUSIB E LINK b 6 5W-B ,.l (c-68) /J/B

@
V V (c-70,1---2 15A (c-83)
J,
.l OR-B 10
(c-77)
ik
R ,,l
I
R-Y
I ,,2 I\
I
R-1 R-E
IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11x)
/ i
----i L----i< B l6 B5 2B d
HRlSMOOAB
TSB Revision
54-208
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CONTINUED)
IGNITION SW ITCH(ST) 2B-Y 0 2B-Y (c-31) v2 2B-Y

,4
KEY I#$!;'" B-Y L M/T " A/T

mayt1j---1 1 j
/ \, I /
A/T ,yM/T
LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT 7

r7
$V??ER/ L. mI . b ------____--___ - ------ - ----- -- ---- -\n OFi-,,ON
2B-Y 2
(A-67) 2(3
\ G-B
II ,-r
,J ---_ n /T
B-L
Y-
M/T
*I
A/T
(1992 MODEL> *cl993 MODEL> r \
G-E3
,
G-E3 ; 3 t
t
LG-B
G-B 3 /\
OFF-,:ON 6'1
SE" POSITION N SWITCH I

l(c-64)
STARTER RELAY l(c-56)
xm-
LG-E \
2E L-2%13q 1 -:liq
A/T * M/T I1
GND V
2B
HR15MOOBA
TSB Revision
54-209
FUSIB E LINK 6 'T 5W-B J/B T,, 11;; I

I
2,,-B
,,l (c-68) \
RBI
' THEFT-ALARM i HORN RELAY I (c-72) II I
R-E -0FFJ 3 L 14 (c-76) R-E 18 G-E

_____-_________--
II
iA (c-78)
L-G
L
L-G ETACS UNIT (c-66) I58 DIODE c-12 R-E
G-E
G-E
miHORN
1
HORN (LH) (RH)
G-R
CLOCK SPRING
GR
(1
2E
28 d
z
1
-
HORN SWITCH
q E! GFm KFn (A-47) (A-48) (A-49) @FEZ) mJ2)
II Ei q a q q9 p---qpq ~10~1 ~12/13~141 51 6l1?~16~19 (c-68) (c-12) (c-76) 673 (c-80)
(c-57)
/EiJ q @ mmE=F
TSB Revision
HR15MOOBB
54-210
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <HATCHBACK (FROM 1994 MODELS)>
FUSIBLE LINK@ I 2R-B
IGNITION
'ITCH(IG1)
2BFOG LIGHT 5 TAILLIGHT.bARKING/ SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND b;gXySE PLATE
7_ ------ - ---- Tjj-l @ 10 A iAL , (c-7D 16
HEAD LIGHT RELAY (A-O1X)

3D-r
0
15A
(c-80) B-h
------____ 3
15A
2R-L (R-Y (IL) Ob 'G
WITHOUT WITH ACCESSORY ACCESS ;ORY SoCKET
FOG
LIGHT
3I ,t 0 QxDZ8 ----I
3
0.85L L 0.85L L I - CIGARETTE LIGHTER \
BACK-UP LIGHT
t 3-w
>
1 (R-Y (I2) ObS z
B-W 1
(c-ol)&---------- ____ ,F
0.85B 0.85R * e8
0.85B I
(R-Y)
5
@ L1GHT JGGAGE
HEADLIGHT
iyi;tRTMENT
lO(c-65)
(R-Y (I >) R-G 8
2B ,,3 (c-76) J/B' A \/ _ 3 (c-82) 28 n =
LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT (E-17)
k
J 5._i
2h
V
= =
i
Y-B 6
A
5 \
(LH)
/ * DOOR S W I T C H
(RH)
HRlJMOlAA
1 TSB Revision
54-211
i i
FUSIBLE LINK@ I 5W-B + ,,l (c-68) HORN ,\
J/B
V 1, \, \/
ED11
(C-71)
~~~10
(c-77)1
0.85R-B3F
NATION IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X) GR 57 ----____-________-_______________ 1 --------------- A51 ---------- J,EQ(c-66) ETACS UNIT (E-17)
1 CENTRAL DOOR t LOCKING B-L
/ LJ
2B
B I I ----J L---2B l6 (F)B 5 t 2B 1 0
HRlJMOlAB
TSB Revision
54-212
IGNITION SWITCH(ST)
KEY &y+;;ER rA/T yM/T 1 B-L M/T y A/T I

/
20-Y 4 /\ STARTER , RELAY oft--,--------------------------o !a 2B-Yr2
_______
II II I B-L Y-B
r
LUTD-CRUISE CONTROL I MFI SYSTEM
2B-k
l$&gJ& I
2B-Y
t- 1 b EE
-B -B 2 '(c-64)
11/T ! A/T
LG-B
pSOU;&ON
SUPPLEMENTAL NT
MFI SYSTEM
SYSTEM
BATTERY 20B-R
Jm
3B-R J(B-23) ,.l(B-24) /\ %ERER
J;B J/B B v R-B
j I$ "7 ----c&i--9 my9----- =54 =54 B-L 0
-5 9 16 4 -5 9 A A h * DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)
(c-65)
(c-66)
(c-79) FRONT SIDE

HRlBMOlBA
1 TSB Revision
54-213
FUSIB E LINK b s
~,J/B
;/I
(c-68)
,
R-B 0 R-E 1 R-B 5
DEDICATED FUSE
RB[
6,, 11;; I
10A
[ (c-78) 14 L-G (c-76) R-E 8

i
ON
G-E
___-________---_
G-R (c-02) 7
G-B
ETACS UNIT
L-G (c-66) 58
D,'p,"," R-B (A-26) iEEiHORN (A-27)

>
G-B (c-57) 2 GR CLOCK SPRING 1 C G-R
-l
IA 9
(A-47) 1 iv
HORN (LH) (RH)
,70
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH (F-23) i;yTEfiTE 1 (F-24) 1
GR
2B
2B d r
HORN SWITCH
/ LJ
(A-06X)0 @F-m (A-47) Gz3 (A-49) GF53 (c-02) (c-57) 1423 q m Lizi lla q la /fim$mqmj 5 ii3 cc-ss) oF7-ia(c-76)(m (c-80)
al1 /a
pJipTimaJJ~E&~
TSB Revision
HRlBMOlBB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem CIRCUIT DIAGRAM <CONVERTIBLE (FROM 1995 MODELS)> ij
FUSIBLE LINK@ IGNITION I ITCH(IG1) IGNITION SWITCH(ACC) I I 2L 2R-# , B-W 2B-h I 2B-& 7 :c-82) -----_---------------- 44 CHARGING;r (L) 2R-B r5
-------
, 2R-B l,25R-B ,
FOG LIGHT
LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
13
:c-77)
16
(c-so)~~---------~l B-W
\
(L ; ---. 2R-1 ( 0.85E (L 1
0.8~ B-L
ga
-7
1BACK-UP LIGHT
0.85~ L31 L 0.85~

E;gfi$E;TE
ri
0.85E 1.25R 1 ---------------- 6 (c-01) I 0.85E
(R-Y)
HEADLIGHT
kEPt!ft (%K@ (c-10)
(R-k')
J/B
LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT (E-17)
I
40
I ,
(L 7
IR-G ( R-G 4 (c-34)
_I: ? -
Y-B 5
A 6
(LH)
(RH)
DOOR SWITCH
Ei (rn)(A-41) (A-61) (A-76) (A-77) cm (c-10) (c-31) (c-34) (c-65) lq23 am@Jm ~1~1~~~1 I!3 & (c-76) 677.. (c-82) (7FFJCE-17) (E-21) (c-80) ~pjJJ p$$@gp=[~/~ ~~~~
HR15M02AA
1 TSB Revision
54-215
FUSIBLE LINK@ I
\/ I O.&R-B 3= T2, R-B ,, R-B
i&R LIGHT
IOD OR I llf-Y-nf-!c
CflMR I NAT -.. ~E;I;ER"'~ _ _T nN fEg-j$
STORAGE CONNECTOR L1GHT (A-11X)
~$@EMENT I -L I
LiGHT AUTOMATIC $f-&OFF
(E-17) -________-________--____________________------ A-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - Jf E
i?
140
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I --J
--1 r
I I I , I I I I I I I I I I I
4 B
----
(F)Bt5
(E-01)
cE=m)tFT7~ m-3 cFm(E-23)
HR15M02AB
TSB Revision
54-216
IGNITION SWITCHCST) 2%-Y 0 B-Y
KEY i#+#ER
I B-L I
v A/T M/T h
Y-B M/T ! A/T

i-B
;-B ; ) 2B-Y
I ,
LG-E
t CLUTCH
O.05B-Y
PEDAL POSITION N SWITCH I(c-64)
A/T i M/T
2B-Y
MFI SYSTEM
MFI SYSTEM
BATTERY 20B-R
lm
0.85B-R ii'k'AL ^i
J;B (c-66)yg----- YE
R-B % o B B B-L , ~ ,o~~~
oF;;;fBil?&&R
I@
(A-09X) 6 6 ) (A(c-65)
/I
0 E-22)
16 4 5 E A A A A DATA LINK CONNECTOR I 0 EiQ(c-02) 0 (c-56)cm
El
(c-31)
(c-66)
OFRONT
SIDE
HR15M02BA
1 TSB Revision
54-217
5W-B
DEDICATED FUSE
R-B
ON
,,l
R-B
,5
ETACS UNIT
58
DIODE c-12
R-B
- ____--__-- - _ (c-02) --I2

G-B I 8 7 G-B G-B (c-57) GR ) I CLOCK SPRING
G-E
G-h (A-47) r
!A
G-R
rl7
B GR I 10 HORN SWITCH
NOTE ::1995 MODELS (c-57)-
2E
I ---- -Am (A-06x) (A-26) (A-27) (A-47) @Fm lA-49) (A-50) (c-02)
HR15M02BB
TSB Revision
54-218
COMPONENT LOCATION
16FO257 19FO134
16FO268
00002412
\I-
relay m \ \016F0261
h$k Revision

1 <Up to 1993 models> r
54-219
216FO282
<From 1994 models>
<Vehicles with keyless entry system>
Y 16FO498
zl6Fo464
<Vehicles without keyless entry
TSB Revision
54-220
With voltmeter
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

Data link connector
\%S$F - Data link t Ground ETACS z16R1338
CHECKING THE INPUT <Up to 1993 models> When using the scan tool (MUT) or voltmeter 1. Connect a voltmeter between terminal for ETACS and terminal for ground, or connect the scan tool to the data link connector.
When using the MUT-II 4Jp to 1993 models>
<All models> When using the scan tool (MUT-II) 1. Connect the scan tool to the data link connector. When connecting the scan tool to a vehicle up to 1993 models, use the adapter harness supplied together. Caution Turn off the ignition switch beforehand whenever the scan tool is connected or disconnected.
vi
00002231
Y2OFO164
<From 1994 models> When using the voltmeter 1. Connect a voltmeter to the ETACS terminal and the ground terminal of the data link connector using the special tool.
UZOFOlfX3
1 TSB Revision
54-221
Voltmeter (Output)
rvv
1-1
2. Make sure that when the following switches are turned on, the output shown in the illustration is delivered. (Only those switches which are related to the theft-alarm system are listed here.) 0 Driver and front passenger door switches l Headlight switch l Driver and front passenger door lock switches l Passing light switch l Pop-up switch (up to 1993 models) l Hood switch l Liftgate switch l Door key cylinder switch l Liftgate switch If there is no output of a voltage pattern at all, check for a malfunction of that switch or for damaged or disconnected wiring.
Scan tool (Buzzer %,i sound)
16FO571
TSB Revision
54-222
TROUBLESHOOTING QUICK-REFERENCE TABLE

For information concerning the locations of electrical components, refer to GENERAL-Theft-alarm System Circuit. 1.
ARMING / DISARMING RELATIONSHIP
Trouble symptom The system is not armed (The SECURITY light doesnt illuminate, and the alarm doesnt function.) (The central door locking system functions normally. If the central locking system does not function normally, refer to GROUP 42.) The arming procedures are followed, but the SECURITY light does not illuminate. (There is an alarm, however, when an alarm test is conducted after about 20 seconds have passed.)
Cause Damaged or disconnected wiring of ECU power supply circuit
Check method Check by using check chart P.54-224.
Remedy Replace the fusible link No. (6) or the fuse No. (19). Repair the harness. Repair the harness or replace the door switch.
Damaged or disconnected wiring of door switch input circuit Damaged or disconnected wiring of SECURITY light activation circuit. Blown SECURITY light bulb Malfunction of the ECU.
Check by using check chart P.54-225.
Check by using check chart P.54-229.
Replace the fusible link No. (6) or the fuse No. (1% Repair the harness. Replace the bulb. Replace the ECU.
The alarm sounds in error when, while the system is armed, a door or the liftgate is unlocked by using the key.
Damaged or disconnected wiring of a door key cylinder and the liftgate unlock switch input circuit. Malfunction of a door key cylinder and the liftgate unlock switch. Malfunction of the ECU.
If input checks (P.54-220) indicate a malfunction, check by using check chart P&f-227.
Repair the harness or replace a door key cylinder and the liftgate unlock switch.
Replace the ECU.
2.
ACTIVATION / DEACTIVATION RELATIONSHIP

Cause Damaged or disconnected wiring of door switch (all doors) input circuit Malfunction of the door switch Malfunction of the ECU Damaged or disconnected wiring of liftgate switch input circuit Malfunction of the liftgate switch. Malfunction of the ECU. If input checks (P.54-220) indicate a malfunction, check by using check chart P.54-228. Check method If input checks (P.54-220) indicate a malfunction, check by using check chart P.54-225. Remedy Repairthe harness or replace the door switch.
Trouble symptom There is no alarm when, as an alarm test, a door is opened without using the key. (The arming and disarming are normal, and the alarm is activated when the liftgate or hood is opened.) There is no alarm when, as an alarm test, the liftgate is opened without using the key. (The alarm is activated, however, by opening a door or the hood.)
Replace the ECU. Repair the harness or replace the liftgate switch.
Replace the ECU.
TSB Revision

Trouble symptom Cause Check method If input checks (P.54-220) indicate a malfunction, check by using check chart p.54-225. Check by using check chart P.54-234. Remedy
54-223
There is no alarm when, as an Damaged or disconnected alarm test, the hood is opened wiring of hood switch input from within the vehicle. circuit. (The alarm is activated, however, I by opening a door or the liftgate.) Malfunction of the hood switch. Malfunction of the ECU. Engine would not start [Engine There is a short-circuit of starting is possible when the the starter relay activation starter relay is in the switched-off circuit (normally closed) condition, with the clutch switch in the switch-off and the ECU harness connector disconnected.]
Repairthe harness or replace the hood switch.
Replace the ECU. Repair the harness.
When, as a test of the alarm, a Damaged or disconnected Check by using check door or the liftgate is opened wiring of headlight power chart P.54-231, 232. without using the key, orthe hood supply circuit or headlight is opened from within the vehicle, activation circuit the horn and the theft-alarm horn sound but the headlights dont flash. (The headlights can, how- M al f u n c t i o n of the ECU ever, be switched. ON by using the passing switch.) The headlights flash during an alarm test but the horn orthe theft alarm horn does not sound. Damaged or disconnected wiring of horn relay power supply circuit or horn activation circuit Damaged or disconnected wiring of the theft-alarm horn relay power supply circuit or the theft-alarm horn activation circuit. Malfunction of the ECU. The system is not deactivated nhen, during an alarm test in which the alarm is intentionally activated, the door or liftgate is Jnlocked by using the key. :The system also cannot be disarmed.) Damaged or disconnected wiring of door key cylinder and liftgate unlock switch input circuit Malfunction of door keycylinder and liftgate unlock switch. Malfunction of the ECU If input checks (P.54-220) indicate a malfunction, check by using check chart P.54-227,228. Check by using check chart P.54-229,230,231.
Repairthe harness or replace the diode Ds. Replace the headlight relay or the headlight.
Replace the ECU.
Repair the harness. Replace the horn. Replace dedicated fuse No. (6) or the fusible link No. (6).
Replace the ECU. Repair the harness. Replace the key cylinder switch or the liftgate switch.
Replace the ECU.
ECU: Electronic Control Unit NOTE If the lifigate unlock switch or door key cylinder unlock switch is operated roughly, or if these switches have been installed incorrectly or switches themselves are defective the ECU may not accept the warning or alarm cancelling signal. In such case, the alarm operation will take place when the door is opened using a key. [When the door key cylinder switch has been shorted, however, if the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECU judges the detection-switch as faulty and thereafter, it will prevent setting of (warning) alarm until the shorting is corrected.] If the liftgate is opened using a key and is left opened when the door key cylinder switch system has a trouble (wiring harness damage, open circuit, etc.), the ECU judges it as the liftgate holding mode and does not produce alarm even when the door is opened.
TSB Revision

CHECKING THE CIRCUIT AND INDIVIDUAL PART 1. ETACS POWER-SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITS Description of operation The battery supplies a stabilized 5 V power supply to the ECU, via the constant-voltage circuit and terminal 51 (which is directly connected to the battery). ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU connector).
\ L)
J, c-66fl ,
WC 1l----i 2
2 A.Ilx @j&j E k!ifkBoR
1 -1 c-77
51
JJT
ECU terminal No. 51
Signal ECU power supply
Condition At all times
Terminal voltage 12v
L)
2. KEY-REMINDER SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT Description of operation The key-reminder switch is switched OFF and HIGH-level signals are sent to the ECU when the key is inserted into the ignition key cylinder: when the key is removed, the key-reminder switch is switched ON and LOW-level signals are sent to the ECU. ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU connector).
EYZIF E b ml
J,I: 6,
p$zsq c-s L
,.,!!I
I 3466 m2 c-58[01
ECU
I
!i I i NDER %,lcH C-66
ECU terminal No. 64
Signal Key-reminder switch
Condition Key removed Key inserted
Terminal voltage 12 V 0V
r 1
d
1 TSB Revision
54-225
3. HOOD SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT Description of operation When the hood is closed (the hood switch is switched OFF), HIGH-level signals are sent to the ECU: When the hood is opened (the hood switch is switched ON), LOW-level signals are sent to the ECU. ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the. ECU connector). ECU terminal No.
18
Signal
Hood switch Hood
condition Open
Terminal voltage OV
Closed 5 V* *
Measurement is not possible by using a voltmeter, but is possible by using an oscilloscope.
4. DOOR SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT Description of operation When the door is closed (the door switch is switched OFF), HIGH-level signals are sent to the ECU: When the door is opened (the door switch is switched ON), LOW-level signals are sent to the ECU. ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU).
ECU
terminal No.
10
Signal
Condition Open Open 0

I
Terminal voltage OV V 5 v*
I
Driver door Driver switch door Passenger door switch Passen,
Closed 5 V*
I *
ger door Closed I
NOTE rl:UP to 1 9 9 3 moaels f2:From 1 9 9 4 modet.s KX55-AK-R540-N
TSB Revision
54-226

5. DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT Description of operation When a door is locked by the lock knob or the key, the door lock actuator switch is switched OFF, and HIGH-level signals are sent to the ECU. These signals activate the timer circuit of the R ECU, thereby causing the activation circuit to function, thus R activating the door lock actuator of all doors. ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU connector). ECU terminal No. 13 Signal Condition Terminal voltage
14
t!I(
Door lock actuator switch (driver door)
Lock: Door 5 V lock ac- OFF tuator Unlock: ON 0 V switch
Lock: 5 v* loor lock ac- Door uator switch lock ac- OFF :passenger tuator Unlock: ON 0 V joor) switch
TSB Revision

:Up to 1993 models>
54-227
6. DOOR KEY CYLINDER UNLOCK AND LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT Description of operation When the door key is rotated or the liftgate key is unlocked, R LOW-level signals are sent to the ECU. ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU R connector). <Up to 1993 models> ECU
terminal No. 19 Signal
Condition
Terminal voltage
Door key cylinder unlock switch
Door Not 5V key cyl- rotate inder Rotate 0 V 0-W Door Not key cyl- rotate rotate
5v
ov
20
Liftgate unlock switch
inder (W Liftgate
Lock
Unlock 0 V
<From 1994 models>
flWABdif Tr--
Condition Door Not key cyl- rotate
Terminal voltage
5v
inder 0-W
19 Door key cylinder unlock
Rotate 0 V
Door Not key cyl- rotate
5v
switch
inder W-0 Liftgate
Rotate 0 V
cIiai@w*sYaw -_ _ ,. - 2% - DL:I!IiG EF$: ! fk IG-3l W&bB8# gT%Efi El ?r

SwYbH or, ?a8 @gF-23 2 m 2 ai23 * -T&
KXSS-NC-R505-N
20
Liftgate unlock switch
Lock
Unlock 0 V
iJ
I TSB Revision
54-228

7. LIFTGATE SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT Description of operation When the liftgate is closed (the liftgate switch is switched ROFF), HIGH-level signals are sent to the ECU. When the liftgate is opened (the liftgate switch is switched R ON), LOWlevel signals are sent to the ECU. ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU connector).
ECU terminal No. 17 Signal I Liftgate switch _ Measurement is not possible by using a voltmeter, but is possible by using an oscilloscope. Condition Terminal voltage
1 TSB Revision
54-229
8. SECURITY LIGHT ACTIVATION CIRCUIT Description of operation If all doors are in locked state after key-less locking, the ECU transistor is turned ON and the security light comes on. Checking the security light activation circuit (Disconnect the connector of the ECU and check at the wiring harness side.)
step Check object Normal condition 12v Malfunction ov Cause Remedy
1
JS! E-04 @y&fiNAT! ON 6 .$ SECURITY 3 152
D-04 connector terminal voltage 51
Fuse (19) damaged or disconnetted Harness damaged or disconnetted, or shortcircuit
Replace the fuse Repair the harness
D-04 connector terminal voltage 52
12v
ov
Damaged or disconnected wiring of SECURITY light bulb Harness netted dam-
Replace the bulb
aged or discon3
Repair the harness Repair the harness
ECU terminal voltage 57
12v
ov
damHarness aged or disconnetted, or shortcircuit
FUSIBLE LINK CE) m z al r 0
z! %BECATED m CL
9. HORN RELAY POWER-SUPPLY CIRCUIT Description of operation Power voltage is always supplied to the horn relay. Checking the horn relay power-supply circuit (Disconnect the horn relay)
Malfunction connector terminal Fuse (3) damaged or disconnetted Damaged or disconnected harness Replace the fuse Repair the harness
Cause
Remedy
TO THE ECU
TO THE HORN
TSB Revision
54-230
.,ii, LlNl Q

10. HORN ACTIVATION CIRCUIT Description of operation The ECU transistor is turned ON if the vehicle door, etc. are opened without use of the key. This energizes the horn relay to activate the horn. Checking the horn activation circuit (Disconnect the connector of the ECU, then short-circuit terminal connector No.58, and activate the horn relay.)
Step Check object Nor- 1 I mat Malcondi- Ifunction I tion 12v ov I Cause Remedy
? a / ; 10. dl spored
z 2 I A-as EL? I I31 u~cw ~ I A.,Op+J Ii3 ig, x c! 6
Horn relay termivoltage nal (4-Ground) Horn terminal voltage (LH & R H ) (1 -Ground) Horn terminal voltage (LH & R H ) (1 -Ground)
Malfunction of the horn relay
Check the horn relay (Refer to P.54-118.) Repair the harness Replace the horn
12v
ov
Harness damaged or disconnetted Malfunction of the horn
IZ)Y.l,.-
Horn Horn soun doesnt ds (0 sound V) (0 w Battery voltage
Damaged or disconnected wiring of ground circuit
Repair the harness
11. THEFT ALARM HORN RELAY POWER-SUPPLY CIRCUIT Description of operation Power voltage is always supplied to theft alarm horn relay. Checking the horn relay power-supply circuit (Disconnect the theft alarm horn relay)
Check object THEFT A L A R M HORN RELAY connector terminal voltage 1 Normal condition 12v Malfunction ov Cause Fuse (14) damaged or disconnetted Damaged or disconnected harness Remedy Replace the fuse Repair the harness
TSB Revision

Fwbk link (6)
54-231
12. THEFT ALARM HORN ACTIVATION ClRCUlT Description of operation The ECU transistor is turned ON if the vehicle door, etc. are opened without use of the key. This energizes the theft alarm horn relay to activate the horn. Checking the horn activation circuit (Disconnect the connector of the ECU, then short-circuit terminal connector No. 58, and activate the theft alarm horn relay.)
A-26 8= A 27 al i Theftalarm 1 * horn
ECU
Z16FO342
13. HEADLIGHT POWER-SUPPLY CIRCUIT Description of operation Power voltage is always supplied to the headlight relay. Checking the headlight power-supply circuit (Disconnect the headlight relay)
Check object
(Wiring harness side) terminal voltage (5-Ground)
Normal condition
12 v
Malfunction
ov
Cause
Fusible link (3) blown Damaged or disconnected harness
Remedy
Replace the fusible link Repair the harness
TO Ecu auO-U-RS4I2-Y I
1 TSB Revision
54-232
14. HEADLIGHT ACTIVATION CIRCUIT
<Up to 1993 models>
<From 1994 models>
k&w; ._s____. om- 4 3 - 5 R? R
I c-m 3 C-82 5 w * ii
JO
ta
Description of operation The ECU transistor is turned ON if the vehicles door, etc. are opened without use of the key. This energizes the headlight relay to active the headlight.
Checking the headlight activation circuit (Disconnect the connector of the ECU, then short-circuit terminal connector 2, and activate the headlight relay.)
TSB Revision

1993 models>
Check object Normal condition 12v Malfunction OV Cause
54-233
Remedy
Headlight relay terminal voltage (4-Ground) Headlight (3-Ground) terminal voltage
Malfunction of the headlight relay Harness damaged or disconnected Malfunction of the headlight. Harness damaged or disconnected. Malfunction of column switch.
Check the headlight relay (Refer to P.54-108.) Repair the harness Replace the headlight or column switch. Repair the harness.
2 3
12v
OV The headlight isnt turned on.
Headlight termi- Column switch: O V nal voltage Low (1 -Ground) 12v Column switch: Hi Headlight termi- Column switch: 12v voltage Low nal (2-Ground) Column switch: OV Hi
cFron n 1994 models> SW

Check object Normal condition 12v Malfunction ov Cause Remedy
1 , id 2 3
Headlight relay terminal voltage (CGround) Headlight i (2-Ground) terminal

-r
Malfunction of the headlight relay Harness damaged or disconnected Malfunction of the headlight. Harness damaged or disconnected. Malfunction of column switch.
Check the headlight relay (Refer to P.54-108.) Repair the harness Replace the headlight switch. or column Repair the harness.
voltage
12v 12v
ov The headlight isnt turned on.
Headlight (HI) terminal voltage (1 -Ground)
Column switch: Low
Column switch: OV Hi Headlight (LO) terminal voltage (2-Ground) / Column switch: OV Low Column switch: OV Hi
TSB Revision
54-234
15. STARTER RELAY ACTIVATION CIRCUIT

Battery switch (STI
lgnlllon
Key reminder swtch
Lo & A1
: Y N PI/l i M/T
Theftalarm starter 03 52 relay

. ..-I . OY a. pa 3
C-56
ECUm
PANWNEUTNLl. PONlTlON WITCH :1 (prom 1993 NODEL)
B-23 l -
:2 Starter motor
cm2 N@nEL>
216Fcas
Description of operation The ECU transistor is turned ON if the vehicle door etc. are opened without use of the key. This turns OFF the starter relay and power ceases to be supplied to the starter magnet switch. Checking the starter relay activation circuit (Disconnect the connector of the ECU, depress fully the clutch pedal and activate the starter relay) SW
1
Check object Starter relay terminal voltage (2-Ground) Starter motor terminal (1 -Ground)
t (Starter motor connector B-24: Separation) 3 Continuity between B-24 0 Q connector and ground
Normal condition 12v 12v

:
Malfunction ov ov
Cause Malfunction of the starter relay Harness damaged or disconnected
Remedy Check the starter relay Repair the harness

:
-cl
Damaged magnet switch
Replace magnet switch
( TSB Revision
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
A
i i
ABS POWER RELAY, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . 35-82-l RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-110-1 SIGNAL, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-176,277-i ACCELERATOR CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-4-l SWITCH <Automatic Transaxle> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-51-l <Engine and Emission Control> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-4-l ACTIVE AERO SYSTEM, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51-7-l ACTIVE EXHAUST CONTROL UNIT, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . 13A-173,274-l SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-40-l AERO PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51-19-l AIR BAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520-74-l MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528-82, 87-l AIR CLEANER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-9-l ELEMENT, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-45-l AIR CONDITIONING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3-l <Full Auto A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-54-l <Manual A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6-l COMPRESSOR <Full Auto A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-79-l <ManualA& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..55-39 .I COMPRESSOR DRIVE BELT, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-18-l CONTROL PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-73-l CONTROL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-73-l ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH Engine Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-13-l <Full Auto A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...55-79-l <Manual A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55:53-l POWER RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-29-l POWER TRANSISTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-74-l SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..55-33 -1 Emission Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l On-vehicle inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-123,236-l ANTENNA Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-188-11 FEEDER CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-188-11 ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to ABS ASSIST LINK <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-35-i AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-64-l Maintenance ......................................... 00-49-I AXLE Rear <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-6-l <FWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-2-l HUB, Rear -&VD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-4-l SHAFT <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-16-l
DISC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-93,103-l Front, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-70-I Rear, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-73-l FLUID LEVEL SENSOR, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-64-l HOSES, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-I LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-91-l LINING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-74-l PAD Disc, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-66-l Disc, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . ..~..................>. . . . . . . . . . 35-71-l PEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-84-l Check and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . 35-63-l BUMPER Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...51-8-l Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...51-13-l
B
BALL JOINT SEALS, Maintenance . . . . BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . BASIC IDLE SPEED, Adjustment . . . . . . BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Discharged, Remedy . . . . . . . . . . . . BELT LOCK CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . BLOWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BOOSTER, Clutch <AWD> . . . . . . . . BOOST METER, On-vehicle Inspection BRAKE Parking . . . . . . . . . . ..*............. BOOSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-l .......... 13A-91,217-l

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-55-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-3-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-82-l . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-32,74-t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-35-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-6-l . . . . . . . . . 13A-171,273-l
................. 36-8-l
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-87-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-64-l
CAMSHAFT OIL SEALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-21-l POSITION SENSOR, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . 13A-103,225-l CATALYTIC CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-71-l <Non Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...15-30-l <Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-33-l CD AUTO CHANGER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-191-11 CENTER PILLAR GLASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-33-l CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-49-l CHARGE AIR COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-11-l CHARGING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l.6-2-11 CIGARETTE LIGHTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-123-k CLOCK SPRING, SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528-74-I CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-57-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-101,223-l CLUTCH BOOSTER OPERATING, Check <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-6-l CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-l O-I COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-20-l DISC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-20-I MASTER CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-14-l PEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-8-l Check and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-5-l RELEASE CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-16-I VACUUM LINE cAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-18-I COLUMN SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-112-11 COMBINATION GAUGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-33-k COMBINATION LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11 COMBINATION METERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-31-11 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-123,236-l CONDENSER <Full Auto A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-79-l <ManualA& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...55-46-I FAN MOTOR <Full Auto A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-79-l <ManualA& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...55-46-I CONTROL CABLE, A/T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-55-l CONTROLLER, Belt Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-32-l CONTROL UNIT Active Exhaust, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-173,274-l ECS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-20-I Electronic CABS> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-119-l CONTROL VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37B-9-l Fuel Tank Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-6-I Inspection.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...17-65-l CRANKSHAFT FRONT OIL SEAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-25-l POSITION SENSOR, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . 13A-107,227-l REAR QIL SEAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-26-l
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
CROSSMEMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-8-l CRUISE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-t CABLE, Check and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-31-l SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-38-i Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-32-l CURB IDLE SPEED, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11-l CYLINDER HEAD GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-28-l COOLANT Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-51 -I Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4-l COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-13-l COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Engine and Emission Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l Engine Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-13-I On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-93,219-l HOOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-18-l MOUNTING .......................................... 32-3-l OIL, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-47-l OIL COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-36-l OIL FILTER, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-48-l ROLL STOPPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-6-l SPEED ADJUSTING SCREW, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-59-l EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CANISTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-57-l Check for Leaks and Clogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-46-l PURGE SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-64-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-162,268-l EVAPORATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-37-l EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-66-l MANIFOLD <Non Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-26-l <Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-28-l PIPE <Non Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-30-l <Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...15-33-l SYSTEM Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...15-40-l Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-60-l
D
DAMPER CONTROL MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-75-l DAMPING FORCE CHANGEOVER ACTUATOR . . . . . . . . 338-19-I DASHPOT, Check And Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-l 3-l DEFOGGER Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-192-11 RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-204-11 SWITCH, Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-203-11 DIFFERENTIAL Case, Limited Slip cAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-40-I Limited Slip, Check cAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-15-t CARRIER <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-25-l DISC BRAKE Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...35-93-l Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-103-I PADS, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-I DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-41-l Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-12-l GLASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-43-l HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-47-l INSIDE HANDLE, Play Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-16-l LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-47-l MIRROR.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...51-31-l REGULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-43-l TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..42-42- 1 WATERPROOF FILM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-42-l WINDOW GLASS, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-12-l DRIP LINE WEATHERSTRIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-63-l DRIVE BELT Compressor, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-18-l Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-47-I Tension, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7-l Tension, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37A-9-l DRIVE SHAFT Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...26-12-l Rear...............................................27-19- I BOOTS, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-l OIL SEALS, Replacement <A/T> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-53-l <M/T AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-15-l <M/T FWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-5-l
F
FAN MOTOR Condenser <Full Auto A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-79-l <Manual A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-46-l RELAY, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-129.240-t FEEDER CABLE, Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-188-11 FENDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-24-l FILLER TUBE CAP, Fuel Tank, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l FLOOR CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-1 O-I FLOOR PAN, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-16-l FOG LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-105-11 SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-109-11 FRONT IMPACT SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526-68-l FUEL FILLER DOOR, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-12-l FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-10-I GAUGE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-6-I HOSES, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-45-l LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-8-I PRESSURE SOLENOID, On-vehicle Inspection ... 13A-166,270-l PRESSURE TEST, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . 13A-180,279-l PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-6-I On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-72,200-l PUMP CIRCUIT RESISTOR, On-vehicle Inspection . 13A-84,211-l PUMP OPERATION CHECK, On-vehicle Inspection 13A-179,279-l PUMP RELAY N0.2, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . 13A-84,211-l SYSTEM, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-45-I FUEL TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-3-I FILLER DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-23-l FILLER TUBE CAP, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-6-I Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-54-l
E
ECS On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,338-l 1 -I CONTROL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-20-I INDICATOR LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-19-I SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-18-I EGR SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-70-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-164,269-l SYSTEM, Inspection .................................. 17-67-l TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-68-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-i35,246-I VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-68-l VALVE CONTROL VACUUM, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-67-l ELECTRICAL LOAD SWITCH, On-vehicle Inspection 13A-127,238-l ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT CABS> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-119-l ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-18-l CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-5-l
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
FUNCTION, Check (4WS) . . . . . . . . . . . . .37B-5-l <Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-l
3
5-l
G
GARNISHES . . . . . . . . . ......................... 51-15-l GENERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-12-11 GLASS Center Pillar . ............... ...... 42-33-l D o o r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... . . . . . . 42-43-l . . . . . . 42-12-l Door Window, Adjustment Liftgate . . . . . . . . 42-38-l Quarter Window . . . . . . . 42-34-l Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-26-l G SENSOR.. . . . . . . . . . 338-l 8-l <AWD-ABS> . . . . . . . . 35-117-l
K
KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISM .... KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM . . . . . . . . KICKDOWN SERVO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KNOCK SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . KNUCKLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
................. 23-51-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-52-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-47-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-289-l . . . . . . . . . . 13A-125,237-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-6-l
L
LASH ADJUSTERS Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15-l Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-l 7-l LATCH, Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-47-l LEFT MEMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-8-l LEVER, Shift <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-16-l cFWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-8-l LICENSE PLATE LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11 LIFTGATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-20-I Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-11-l GLASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-38-l LIGHT Indicator, ECS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-19-I Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-105-11 Front Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11 High Mounted Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-107-11 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11 Rear Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11 Switch, Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33B-19-l LIGHTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-35-11 LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL Check cAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-l 5-l Rear Axle, Oil Change, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-I CASE <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-40-I LOOSE PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-25-l LOWER ARM Front Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33A-10-I Rear Suspension <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 34-29-l <FWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-9-l
H
HAZARD SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-110-11 HEADLIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-103-11 HEADLINING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-16-l HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-137,247-l HEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3-l HEATER CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-30-I HEATER UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-34-l HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-107-11 HOOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...42-18-l Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-11 -I HORN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-115-11 RELAY.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-118-11 SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-118-11 HYDRAULIC UNIT CABS>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-110-I 3 Check ............................................. 5-76-l I IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR (Stepper Motor Type) On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-153,263-l IDLE MIXTURE, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12-l IDLE SPEED Basic, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-55-l Curb,Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11-l IGNITION CABLES, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-46-l COIL, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-158,264-l POWER TRANSISTOR, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . 13&158,264-l SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-6-11 SWITCH-IG, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-65, 193-l SWITCH-ST, On-vehicle Inspection <A/T> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-113,230-l <M/T> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-112,229-l SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-45-11 TIMING,Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9-l IMPACT SENSORS, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528-68-I INDUCTION CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-133,242-l INJECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-286-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-144,257-l INSTRUMENT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52A-5-l INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-88,215-l CHARGE PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM, Check . . . . . . . 15-7-l INTAKE MANIFOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-17-l PLENUM <Non Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-l 3-l
M
MAIN MUFFLER <Non Turbo> . . . . . . . ....... <Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING . ....... MANUAL TRANSAXLE <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... cFWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... Maintenance . MASTER CYLINDER . . . ....... Clutch . . . . . . . . ....... MIRROR, Door.. _. . ....... MIXTURE CONTROL (MFI) System ....... M O T O R A N T E N N A . . . . . ....... MOTOR RELAY CABS>, Check . ....... MOULDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... MUFFLER, Main <Non Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . :. . . <Turbo> . . . . .._.._............._._._. MUFFLER MODE CHANGEOVER SWITCH On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . _. . . . .
.......... 15-30-I
. . . . . . . . . . 15-33-l . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6-l . . . . . . . . . . 22-13-l . . . . . . . . . . . 22-2-l . . . . . . . . . . 00-48-I . . . . . . . . . . 35-87-l . . . . . . . . . . 21-14-l . . . . . . . . . . 51-31-l . . . . . . . . . . 17-70-I . . . . . . . . 54-188-11 . . . . . . . . . . 35-83-l . . . . . . . . . . 51-15-l . . . . . . . . . . . 15-30-I . . . . . . . . . . 15-33-l ... 13A-131,241-l
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
0
OIL Transmission, Replacement eAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..22-15- 1 CFwD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-4-l COOLER Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-36-l Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...23-62-l COOLER HOSES, Transaxle .......................... 23-62-l COOLER TUBES, Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-62-l FILTER, Engine, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-48-l LEVEL, Gear, Check <AWEb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-14-l LEVEL, Transmission, Check <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-15-l <FWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-4-l PAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-23-l PRESSURE SWITCH, Power Steering, Check . . . . . . . . . 37A-13-l SCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-23-l OPTICAL HORN LENS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11
Leak Repair Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-28-l LINE <Full Auto A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-79-l <Manual A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-48-l REGULATOR, Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-43-l RELEASE CYLINDER, Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-16-l RESISTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-32-l RHEOSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-110-11 RIGHT MEMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-8-l
S
SEAT Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-17-l Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-25-l SEAT BELT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-26-I SELECTOR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-59-l Operation Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-51-l SENSOR Barometric Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to B Brake Fluid Level, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-64-l Camshaft Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to C Crankshaft Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to C EGR Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to E Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to E Frontlmpact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528-68-I G cACTlVE EC% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-l 8-l <AWD-ABS> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-117-l Heated Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to H Induction Control Valve Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to I Intake Air Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to I Knock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RefertoK Steering Angular Velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-l 8-l Throttle Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to T Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to V Volume Air Flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to V WheelSpeed.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Referto W SHIFT LEVER <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-16-l cFWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-8-l SHIFT LOCK MECHANISM, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-52-l SHOCK ABSORBER <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-36-l cFWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-13-l SOLENOID EGR <California-Non Turbo, Turbo>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-70-I EGR, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-164,269-l Evaporative Emission Purge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to E Fuel Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to F Turbocharger Waste Gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to T SPARK PLUG Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-46-I CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-36-11 SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-187-11 SPEEDOMETER CABLE Replacement <AI-I-> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...23-~-1 <M/T FWDz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-4-l SPEED SENSOR, Wheel CABS> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-113-l SPEED SENSOR, Wheel, Output Voltage Measurement . . . . 35-75-l SRS Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-53-I DIAGNOSIS UNIT (SDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528-71-I STABILIZER BAR Front Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33A-12-l Rear Suspension <AWD>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...34-38-l <FWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-16-l
P
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-53-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-113,230-l PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-8-l CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-5-l LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-5-l Stroke Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-4-l SWITCH, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-4-l POP-UP SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-109-11 POSITION DETECTION SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-19-l POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION SYSTEM, Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-56-l VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-56-l POWER STEERING Stationary Steering Effort Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37A-9-l FLUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-10-I GEAR BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-18-l HOSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-33-l OIL PRESSURE SWITCH, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-13-l OIL PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-29-l Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-12-l PRESSURE SWITCH On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-121,235-l POWER WINDOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..42-44-l PROPELLER SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-3-l PROPORTIONING VALVE, Function Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-65-l PURGE CONTROL SYSTEM, Check <Non Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-58-l <Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...17-60-l VALVE <Turbo> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-64-l PURGE PORT VACUUM, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-63-l
R
RADIATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5-l CAP, Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4-l RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-186-11 ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-156-11 RADIO REMOTE-CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-l 86-k REAR OIL PUMP, 4WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378-11-l DISCHARGE FLOW VOLUME, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378-5-l REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-192-11 SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-203-11 REFRIGERANT
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
STARTER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-23-11 STARTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-19-11 STEERING Angle Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37A-6-l ANGULAR VELOCITY SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-18-l GEAR BOX, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-18-l LINKAGE SEALS, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-I SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-14-I STEERING WHEEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-14-l Centering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37A-7-l Free Play Check ................................... .37A-6-l Return to Center Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37A-9-l STOP LIGHT High Mounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-107-11 SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-19-I STRUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33A-7-l SUN ROOF ........................................... 42-56-l SUSPENSION Rear cAWD> ........................................... 34-26-l <FWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...34-7-l SWITCH Accelerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to A Air Conditioning Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . Refer to A Closed Throttle Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to C Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-112-11 ECS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33B-18-l Electrical Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-127,238-i Fog Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-l 09-11 Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-110-11 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-118-11 Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-6-11 Ignition-lG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to I Ignition-ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to I Muffler Mode Changeover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to M Parking Brake, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-4-l Park/Neutral Position <AIT> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to P Pop-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-l 09-11 Position Detection ................................. 338-19-I Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to P Rear Window Defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-203-11 Stop Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-l 9-l <Mm AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <MI-T FWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOUNTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OIL COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OIL COOLER HOSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OIL COOLER TUBES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OIL SEAL <AWD> ................... TRANSFER <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRANSMISSION FLUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OIL Replacement <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cFWD>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURBOCHARGER <FRONT> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <REAR> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BYPASS VALVE, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUPERCHARGING PRESSURE . . . . . . WASTE GATE SOLENOID Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
................ 22-17-l
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-6-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-5-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-62-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-62-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-62-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-16-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-22-l
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-47-l ................ 22-15-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-4-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-11-I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-42-l ................ 15-20-I

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-23-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-8-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6-l
................. 15-8-l
. . . . . . . . . 13A-169,271-l
U
UPPER ARM <AWD> . . . . . ............................ 34-29-l cFWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-9-l
V
VACUUM TANK <AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-18-I VALVE RELAY CABS>, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-83-l VAPOR LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-8-I VARIABLE INDUCTION CONTROL MOTOR (DC Motor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-174,276-l SYSTEM, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5-l VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ECS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-l 8-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-117, 119,231,233-l VENTILATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3-l SYSTEM, Positive Crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-56-l VALVE, Positive Crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-56-l VENTILATORS (Air Inlet and Air Outlet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-52-l (Instrument Panel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-50-I VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR Engine and Emission Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-85,212-l
T
TAPE PLAYER ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM ......................... THERMOSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THROTTLE BODY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THROTTLE BODY (Throttle Valve Area), Cleaning ... THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TIE ROD END BALL JOINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TIMING BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TIRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRAILING ARM cAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <FWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRANSAXLE <An-> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <MiT AWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <MfTFWDz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-156-11 . 54-205-11 . . . . . 14-9-I 13A-288-f 13A-57-l 338-l 9-l 13A-57-l 13A-98,221 -I . .37A-6-I . . . . . 11-31-I . . . . . 00-46-I . . . . . . 31-4-l 34-32-l . 34-11-I
W
WASHER Rear . . . . . . . . . . .............. Windshield . . . . . . .............. WATERPROOF FILM, Door .............. WATER PUMP . . . . . WEATHERSTRIP, Drip Line WHEEL . . . . ALIGNMENT Front . .._............................. Rear <AWD> . .._.......................... <FWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEARING Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . End Play Check cFWD> . . . . . . . . W H E E L S P E E D S E N S O R <ABS> . .
. . . 51-28-I
. 51-25-l . . . 42-42-l . . 14-11-l . . . . . 42-63-l . . . 31-4-l . . . . .33A-6-l
i:
23-64-l 22-19, 23-l . . . . . . 22-9-l . 00-49-I Manual, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-48-l CONTROL <AA> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-55-l
. . . . . 34-25-l
. . . . . . 34-5-l . . .33A-6-t 27-3-L 34-6-l 35-113-l
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Output Voltage Measurement . WINDOW GLASS . . . . . . . . . . . Door, Adjustment.. . . . . . Quarter . . . . . . . . . WINDSHIELD . . . . . . . . WASHER . . . . . . . . . WIPER . . . . . . . .
...................... 35-75-i
...................... ...................... ...................... ...................... ...................... ...................... 42-26-l 42-12-l 42-34-l 42-29-l 51-25-l 51-25-l
RJHY506014-734

Mitsubishi 3000gt Workshop Manual Vol 2

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Mitsubishi 3000gt Workshop Manual Vol 2

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

--

GROUP / SECTION INDEX

Harness Connector Inspection . I . . . . . . How to Diagnose . . . . . . . . . . . . . -. . . . . . .

Engine Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chassis Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alphabetical Index .............

G E N E R A L - Fusible Link, Fuse and IOD or Storage Connector Location

FUSIBLE LINK, FUSE AND IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR LOCATION

GENERAL - Inspection Terminal Location

INSPECTION TERMINAL LOCATION

A A--+% Ptz-+v l,& ~:~~~~p::~eotor

From 1994 models

GENERAL - Groundina Location

GENERAL - Grounding Location

GENERAL - Relay Location

Symbol /A I E K D D F F L A C A A A D 1 MFI relay

GENERAL - Relay Location

<Up to 1995 models>

L-7 \ \ I. \_ H?ic\ -% Theft-z2 5:\ Y starter relay

GENERAL - Relay Location

\.\ ' . yliFO264

GENERAL - Sensor Location

( Volume air flow sensor

(3) *3: Up to 1995 models (4) *a: From 1996 models

GENERAL - Sensor Location

Volume air flow sensor

<Turbo, Non Turbo (for California)>

GENERAL - Sensor Location

<From 1993 models>

GENERAL - Sensor Location

> servo switch

<Up to 1992 models>

Steering wheel angle speed sensor

GENERAL - Sensor Location

Interior temperature sensor 4 Qs

GENERAL - Control Unit Location

CONTROL UNIT LOCATION

GENERAL - Control Unit Location

<Vehicles without keyless entry svstem>

Electronic d&trbl 1 suspension control unit

IFi& \\ -q== r--?KI\ 216F;)OO6

GENERAL - Solenoid, Solenoid Valve Location

SOLENOID, SOLENOID VALVE LOCATION

to 1995 models for California

GENERAL - Diode Location

GENERAL - Junction Block

GENERAL - Junction Block

To /I front wiring harness

To roof wiring harness

- TO instrument panel wiring harness

Theftalarm horn relay

To body wiring harness W-9

GENERAL - Centralized Junction

Rated capacity IA) 120 30 40 30 40 40 60 30 30 40 30

GENERAL - Centralized Junction DEDICATED FUSE

Power supply circuit

Rated capacity (A)

Fusible link (6) Defogger relay NOTE

*l: Vehicles produced up to Oct. 1993. *2: Vehicles with sunroof

<Relay box in engine compartment>

<Air conditioning relay box in engine compartment>

<Interior relay box>

GENERAL - Centralized Junction

MULTI-PURPOSE FUSE (In junction block)

(3) 3: Up to 1995 models (4) a: From 1996 models

l: Vehicles produced up to Oct. 1993. 2: Vehicles with sunroof